BPP 220: Tori Wright - How to Work with Models

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Tori Wright is a model with more than 10 years of experience turned photographer. Her understanding of both sides of the camera has helped her grow quick and plant a foundation in the photographic community. Today we talk about the do’s and dont’s of working with models for new photographers.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

This Episode is Sponsored by The Contract Vault. Do your business a favor. Check out The Contract Vault. You’ll find all the photography contracts you need right at your fingertips. www.thecontractvault.com and use promo code BPP for 20% off your first month.

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • When Tori knew she wanted to focus on photography

  • Where Tori struggled most with technical settings when getting started

  • How Tori’s experience modeling helped prepare her for photography

  • How to pose models

  • How to reach out to models and what you need to tell them before they commit

  • When to know you’re ready to work with models

  • What is TFP

  • What separates a good photographer from a bad photographer for models to work with

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How Tori booked her first paid shoot as a photographer

  • Where you need to be to start booking shoots with models

  • Whos pays the model

  • How much to pay a model and what to give them

Resources:

victoriousstl-photo4.jpg
victoriousstl-photo5.jpg
victoriousstl-photo7.jpg
victoriousstl-photo2.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 You were in front of a camera as a model for 10 years before getting behind it and becoming the photographer yourself. So what was it about the camera that after being on set for 10 years, you know, you thought, you know what, I want to give this photography thing a try,

Tori Wright: 00:17 You know, it's really weird because I never thought that I would become a photographer. I mean, I've always been a creative in general, but I never thought that I would go down the photography route. It all really started when I was modeling and I would have to take pictures for my agent and they would say, send me a picture of you doing this. Are you doing that? And I didn't have a lot of people around me, so I would kind of just take these pictures. And then I started traveling and taking pictures, you know, all over the world. And then when it came down to it, sorry, what was the question?

Raymond Hatfield: 00:49 When did you think to yourself? You know what, I think I'm going to put the brakes on this modeling thing and try out photography.

Tori Wright: 00:55 Right? So when it came back to photography, I was just like, you know, I really love it. It just combines like all of the creative things that I love. It's got a little bit of technical, technical parts to it. It's got the creative parts to it and you just get to make pretty pictures for social media and for wherever. And so I just kind of phased into it after learning to take pictures for myself and just taking them from my modeling portfolio. And then I started to take them, other people, and I just got so inspired every single time I took a picture and I'm like, okay, well, this is really something.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:28 Did you start off with like, just, just your cell phone or did you start off just straight in buying a DSLR?

Tori Wright: 01:35 I had a DSLR that I got in college and I did not know how to use it. So I learned on YouTube in like two weeks, but still didn't know how to use it. Try to take some pictures, like blowing glitter. You remember that like blow glitter? None of them worked out and I was just cleaning up glitter for hours and days and months. But yeah, I had that one. I never knew how to use it, so I pretty much just sat on a shelf. And then when I started to really get into photography, I was like trying to play with it again. I'm like, you know what, this is just not working. So I bought a new mirrorless camera and just like all of the best things that I could buy. And I was just like, okay, yeah, this is completely different. This is like a whole new world with like modern technology.

Raymond Hatfield: 02:21 What, was there something about the mirrorless camera that really helped solidify how photography worked for you?

Tori Wright: 02:29 I don't, I think it was just like the sharpness in the way that it was focusing because I just, I was shooting on a 1.4. I had like a prime wins on my, on my Nikon DSLR. And I was trying to just shoot everything at 1.4, like all beginners do, and I couldn't get anything in focus and I couldn't figure it out. So when I switched over to the muralist, I couldn't afford the 1.4 lenses. Cause you know, they're pretty pricey on the newer cameras. So I had get like a 1.8 and just like that small change in depth, I was able to just get more focused and I'm like, okay, well maybe I just don't need to shoot at 1.4, maybe that's the problem. And it took buying a whole new system of cameras to figure that out.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:14 It was a very expensive lesson to learn. Isn't it?

Tori Wright: 03:17 Yeah. But I'm very happy. I'm very happy. I would never go back.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:21 Right. It's weird as somebody who's who I've also been shooting mirrorless for a long time now, it just seems so, so strange to go back to just like the traditional, you know, prison finder, just looking out through the lens and not being able to see that accurate representation of what you're going to capture before, before you grab the photo. That's. So before, before you, before you made the upgrade right before you switched and you're still trying to figure this whole thing out and these photos aren't turning out the way that you wanted, would you say that was there anything in particular that you struggled with most, you know, aside from this whole depth of field thing, was there anything else that you really thought to yourself? Why am I just not getting this?

Tori Wright: 04:03 No, I think my experience as like a model, just knowing how to frame things and knowing how to take portraits in general really made it easy for me, but I was just pulling them up on my computer and they just were not in focus and it was driving me crazy. And I'm just like, this is the shot, but it's not in focus. So it's trash.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:22 And that was all attributed to the, to the very shallow depth of field.

Tori Wright: 04:27 Pretty much. Yeah, because I didn't know anything. I just knew that photography trick was the shoot is wide open as if you just want like the shoulder in focus.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:38 Cause, and not the eyes that's, that's my least favorite. Like whenever I put the camera, you know, an autofocus and just put it on like face tracking and it gets to the nose and not the eyes. I'm so disappointed. I'm like, why do you think that? Why would you think that? So obviously being a model you'd been in front of the camera, you know, many times, many times, would you say that before you actually picked up the camera that maybe there was a preconceived idea of how easy or how hard photography was for you?

Tori Wright: 05:09 Yeah, I think that the transition felt easy. It didn't feel like it was something that I couldn't do because I was always around photographers and working on sets and stuff like that. And I had come a long way as a model starting like 10 years ago when model mayhem was like the best way to find photographers to work with. And I was shooting with anybody and everybody, and you know, probably not the best decisions that I've made, you know, going to photographers, big Smiths that didn't know of and taking pictures. And so I learned pretty quickly after sending these pictures to my agent, which pictures are good and which pictures are bad. And I was able to sort of like filter through what makes a good picture and a bad picture. So coming into photography, I already knew that because I learned that from the other side of the camera. What

Raymond Hatfield: 05:58 Were some of those things? What were some of the things that you thought, Oh, this makes a bad photo and versus this makes a good photo?

Tori Wright: 06:05 Well, it's, it's more specific to my type of photography. Like when it comes to like taking portraits models for their portfolio, you know, just like things that are just getting a little bit too artsy or just like too dark or too much of a theme or too costumey, you know, when I'm taking pictures, I'm trying to sell the model. And sometimes when I was taking pictures in the past, I thought they were really cool pictures, but they weren't doing anything to sell me as a model to get me more jobs. They were just cool pictures.

Raymond Hatfield: 06:36 Ah, interesting. Interesting. Do you think that's an issue that many new photographers have is that they have these lofty ideas of a shoot and then it, it doesn't really benefit the model at all, or maybe that the ideas and fully fleshed out?

Tori Wright: 06:50 Yeah, I think definitely. I mean, and there's things like when I shoot with models and I'm just going to be like, Hey, we're going to shoot for your portfolio, but we're also going to do a look. That's just going to be really fun just for like Instagram or something, you know, because like Instagram and like professional photos that muddles need for their portfolio, they can be completely different. You know, there's like two different worlds, Instagram models and then like professional models. So I'm just telling them, you know, we're going to do this completely different and it's okay to get artsy and do all these things. But I feel like sometimes you have to take a step back and make sure your focus is on your model.

Raymond Hatfield: 07:30 [Inaudible] And how, as a photographer now, how do you do that?

Tori Wright: 07:35 So really I just talked to them and a lot of times they do have portfolios since I'm just at the beginner phase. So they come for me to me for updates and just like little mini updates to what they already have add ons. And so I asked them always, what roles do you get cast for? And I take that role and I kind of create like a setting for this character that they get cast for. And I shoot that.

Raymond Hatfield: 08:03 Okay. So what about, I love that first of all, I mean, that's great. That's going to make the model. I'm sure. Feel very comfortable and excited to work with you because they know that they're going to get something out of it. But as a photographer, is there some sort of a creative aspect to it for you where you're thinking like, man, I have this really cool idea for a shoot. I really want to get a model for this. And maybe, maybe it doesn't benefit the model. Is, is that even a question? Like, does that make sense where I'm going with that?

Tori Wright: 08:29 Yeah. Yeah. So I think that everything always benefits the model, but it may not benefit their portfolio. So for example, let's say that they're a newer model and they don't have much experience just getting in front of the camera and working with a new photographer and just, you know, if you are going down the creative route, getting them to kind of step out of their box a little bit is always good experience for that model. So that can benefit them. And you know, like I said, I shoot some things that are creative and I'm just like, your agent is not going to like this, but this is going to get published, you know? So that's kind of also experience and can benefit the model just to say that they were published.

Raymond Hatfield: 09:09 Yeah. Oh, I bet. I bet it would be, it'd be, I mean, as a, as a photographer, it's great to say that you've been published, you know, in all of these magazines as well. I can't imagine for a model. I just quick question, I just thought of this. If you had to guess, you know, a lot of people say that like photography is a very saturated industry. Would you say that the modeling side is more saturated than the photographer side?

Tori Wright: 09:30 That's a tough question. I would say yes. I would say everybody is a model now, especially with an Instagram days, you know, and there's lots of photographers out there, you know, and especially now that you can be a photographer with just your cell phone, I would say it's pretty even because the people who are modeling for these cell phone photographers are also models.

Raymond Hatfield: 09:55 Yeah, that's true. That's true. So that kind of brings me to my next question here, which is well, first of all, I kind of want to get into the, the shooting side of it here, which is, are you, are you right now? Now I know that you've been doing this. You've made the transition for about how long now, how long have you been focusing more on photography rather than the modeling side?

Tori Wright: 10:19 Well I still did both.

Raymond Hatfield: 10:20 Okay. Well, how, how long have you been I guess more focused. Where's your, where's your focus at right now?

Tori Wright: 10:27 It's kind of funny because in some days in the mornings I will have a photo shoot where I'm modeling and then the afternoon I will go and be taking photos of somebody else.

Raymond Hatfield: 10:36 Do you like that? Do you want to continue doing that? Or is there one side

Tori Wright: 10:39 Really, really weird, but you know, I feel like doing both has increased my skills in belt, you know, so I worked with other models as a photographer and that makes me a better model. And then working with other photographers as the model has, you know, they, when I'm there, they teach me so many things and I've learned so many things on set and never thinking that I was going to ever apply them to photography, but I am, and I'm still learning on set. So I don't think that I would give up either. Raymond Hatfield: 11:07 Do you have, do you have an example of something that that you've learned on set that you brought into your own business here?

Tori Wright: 11:14 Oh man. So many, a lot of them are more like things that should be on set, whereas like, you know, you need to stop like places to hang your clothes when I'm designing my studio. I know that I always come to photo shoots with like bags and bags of clothes and in hangers. And so I'm putting that as soon as you walk in the door, there's going to be like a rolling bar in a space for you to hang your clothes. So that's just something that I picked up, but I was working with a photographer that actually shot my very first modeling portfolio 10 years ago. Oh, wow. So he was shooting me for a local brand just the other day. And I was telling him how, you know, he inspired me to become photographer, whether he knew it or not like everything I learned from working with him back then, you know, I'm using today. And he was giving me just like so many more tips. Like for flooring, you can just like paint vinyl from the hardware store on planks are not playing sound rolls. You can just paint that and you can just have interchangeable flooring drops.

Raymond Hatfield: 12:14 Yeah. I would not have known that. I would not have known that. What about from, what about from the modeling side though, as a, as a, as a model interacting with other photographers what has been something that that you've picked up in a way to interact with other models that now you're working with?

Tori Wright: 12:34 I think just just like comfort and telling people how to pose. I know I talked to this, told you this at the beginning. When I was working with photographers in the past, sometimes they'll give you every single pose they want you to, they'll tell you to do it. You know, it's like, okay, now turn your head like this and put your hand on your head and your other hand on your hip and arch your back. And they'll literally pose you in every single shot. And so it kind of is hard because you're just waiting for them to pose you. Cause they're automatically the boss now and they're telling you how to pose it. So it's just kind of like weird, cause you don't know what to do without their instructions, even though you can fully model, but that's just that sort of like photographer relationships.

Tori Wright: 13:19 So I sort of learned from that because I don't like being posed like that. So when I'm working with models now I tell them maybe a post to get into, but then they'll say, okay, but like shake it out and make it your own, you know? Or I'm going to let you pose. And then since you can't see what's in my camera, you can't see the angle at their perspective. I'm just going to shift you just a little bit. So I like to let them feel in charge, but if I need to pose them a little bit and make sure that they shake it up, so they're not feeling stiff and they know that they have the freedom to do whatever they want as far as posing,

Raymond Hatfield: 13:56 Shake it up, shake it up. I like that because I think when I, when I first got started and I know that many others, when they first get started as well, you know, you get the camera. When you think to yourself, I gotta get some people in front of a camera and you go to your neighbors, your friends, your family, you know, whatever it is. And you realize, man, these people just don't have the enthusiasm or the photo genericness, you know, quality from my subjects that I wished that I had oftentimes that first thought is, man, I should, I should get a model because models obviously know what they're doing and they know how to pose. But from, from the photography perspective right here how important is it for you to understand the posing side of it versus letting the model kind of just do their own thing?

Tori Wright: 14:48 So I think that posing is definitely important, especially because when you're looking through your camera, you can see what they see. And sometimes one of my tricks is like to let them pose, but then to show them on my camera, Hey, this is what this is looking like. It looks good, but you need to just like shift it. But a lot of people come to me that have never met before and just being able to pose them. They really love that. And I'm not, not like posing them, like I mentioned before, like telling them exactly how to put every single arm and leg. And I don't tell them how to do that. I just, you know, give them moods and vibes. And then I show them personally, I think that's probably what I'm getting at. I personally show them the pose cause I'm a model. And so I can just do whatever and then they can replicate that. But like in their own body motions and their own level of comfortability and they're able to get the shots. So I think that knowing how to pose as a model definitely helps people who aren't models and helps you really get the shot.

Raymond Hatfield: 15:52 Okay. So let's talk about posing for a little bit. Or do you have some simple let's can you give me an example of maybe something that you shot for recently? Was it like a brand thing? Was it a, for a portfolio let's just work with an example here, the model or you as the photographer.

Tori Wright: 16:11 Okay. let's see. With a non-model or a model.

Raymond Hatfield: 16:18 Well, I guess what I'm getting at here is like a, you know, like where would you start with this whole thing? You know, if you were to show up as the photographer and you have a model in front of you, and let's say that you're working with with a, with a clothing brand what's kind of the first, is there a GoTo pose that you start off with and then just kind of build on from there? Are there a set series of body looks that you go for?

Tori Wright: 16:42 Okay. Yeah. So I'll talk about specifically shooting for portfolios. So when they comes to portfolios I try to get certain poses and certain like framings with each outfit. And it really depends on the type of outfit and the type of model that you're working with. So if you're working with like a commercial model, you know, I would start them just like walking and laughing. That's always a really easy one to start with just very candid shots. And then we would just, just move to like headshots sitting shots. I try to do those on every single look. It's going to be like a headshot and sitting shot three quarters shots and like emotion shot. And then the posing just comes along with whatever. I mean, if it's going to be a fashion one, you're going to have to get a lot of motion. It's going to depend on the dress, the wardrobe, you know, whether it's styling on hair, it's sort of like interacting with whatever you're, whatever you're promoting in your photos. That's, that's where I start.

Raymond Hatfield: 17:48 Okay. So if I know that there's kind of, I don't know, I don't want to say two schools, but it seems like when I see a lot of modeling photos, they're either very lifestyle or they're very, very post like high fashion. You know what I mean? Would you say that as a photographer, that there's kind of, that those are two different routes to go on or that you need to be pretty versatile in both

Tori Wright: 18:15 Two different routes? Yes, there are definitely different routes, but I think that they are somewhat aligned and a lot of times I feel like you can just change it up depending on the wardrobe and a smile. So if you want something to be not fashion or not lifestyle, we just tell them like, don't smile. And as soon as you smile, even if you have them like in a nice dress, it becomes lifestyle.

Raymond Hatfield: 18:39 Well, that's a, that's very quick and easy. I like that. I like that, that really does change it up quite a bit with very minimal, minimal effort. Now, if you are I guess first off are you as a photographer, are you working more with, cause I, this is going to lead into my next question. I'm sorry for this buildup right here, which is, are you as the photographer, are you working with paying clients or is this like spec type stuff? I'm very new to this whole world of, of, of working with models. So I don't even know if I'm using the right terminology here.

Tori Wright: 19:12 So it depends. I lucky to, and lucky enough that I had a hookup with my agency, so they were able to send me models when I was building portfolio a portfolio for myself. So I got to work with a lot of models early on that are professional. And now I am working with models and they are paying me. And I'm also working with people who want to be models, because I do have the experience on the other side of the camera. They really appreciate that I can help and teach them at the same time. And then I work with people who are not models at all and have no, even not any idea of becoming a model. But just want really nice headshots that makes it, that make them, they'll make them look like a model, but they don't, they don't want to go down the middle.

Raymond Hatfield: 20:02 Oh, that's what I want. I got, I got to come down to st. Louis. That's exactly what I want. I don't, I don't want to be a model at all. Okay. So let's say that you have this idea for a shoot, right? And now it's time for you to reach out to a model. I guess first question is how do you find the right model for whatever your vision is? And then as a model, what information do you need from the photographer when being pitched to shoot idea?

Tori Wright: 20:28 So I find a lot of my models through Instagram so late, and I haven't really connected here in st. Louis as far as modeling goes, because like I said, I've been doing this in st. Louis for 10 years or more, and I've worked with a lot of different models on set. So a lot of times I can just call up a friend. But if I have a project and I want to look for a model, I would go to the modeling agencies starting with my own that I'm huddle for, because I'm the most connected with them. But yeah, and pretty much I just say, Hey, I have this idea. This is what it's going to be. I have a couple ideas right now. But I'll just say, you know, I was invited to shoot at this place and I have this like grand idea, and this is what I'm going for. And a lot of models will just say absolutely yes. And it's, it's not a big deal.

Raymond Hatfield: 21:19 Okay. So if somebody is just starting and maybe they're not as well connected in the modeling industry, as you are, you would say reaching out on Instagram is a great place to start.

Tori Wright: 21:29 Anybody on Instagram will model for you.

Raymond Hatfield: 21:32 Okay. So then where do you get cited from there? You shoot them a message. And then that goes into my next question, which was as a model, what information do you like to know when being pitched for a shoot idea?

Tori Wright: 21:43 Yeah. I made a joke with my friend. I said, Hey, I'm coming into town and let's get together for a coffee and then maybe we can do a photo shoot, but like, how do you know, I want to do a photo shoot. Everybody wants to do a photo shoot. But I'm pretty much, I just pitched to them. My ideas, the dates in general, if I don't have a specific date and I'm really flexible. And I'm trying to say, you know, what days work for your availability? Like weekdays, weekends, you know, just so I can plan everything. And sometimes I'll send them like little mood boards or stuff like that that can sort of give them a vision of what I'm going for. It's if you're going to start getting really creative, I think it's definitely important to show the model. What's your wanting to shoot before, like having them come here to your studio or wherever you're going to shoot and say, by the way, you're going to be wearing lingerie today and we're going to paint you and you're going to be wearing this crazy hair and makeup for a Halloween shoot. You know, it's definitely important to let them know as much details as possible when it comes to planning these things and reaching out to them because you don't want them to be like surprised when they get there, because that will make them uncomfortable.

Raymond Hatfield: 22:55 Oh, okay. That makes sense. So when it comes to a mood board, which I love that idea, how do you just make something in Pinterest and send it to them or something else?

Tori Wright: 23:03 Yeah, a lot of times just Pinterest. Sometimes I'll build a whole board out for a shoot if I already have the idea and I'm just looking for the model and sometimes I have just screenshots on my phone and then I'll be going through Instagram and I'll be like, this person is perfect for this type of shoot that I wanted to do. So I'll send them that image. That was just the screenshot and say, Hey, are you interested in doing a photo shoot? That sort of looks like this.

Raymond Hatfield: 23:28 Okay. I, I love that. That makes sense. So then let's, let's kind of shift gears here and talk a little bit about the business side of the photographer and model relationship. You mentioned there just a few minutes ago, sometimes you pay models, sometimes models pay you to work with you. So before we get into that, let's start with that first paid shoot that you had with a model. I want to know how that went. How did you book it? Were you nervous? And how did it turn out?

Speaker 3: 23:56 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips, to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today, by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond Hatfield: 24:19 So obviously we just talked a lot about how to pay your model, where to find models and all that stuff, which was just fantastic information, but let's take a step back from that. And as the photographer, I guess kind of the bigger question is when do you know that you're ready to work with a model or not?

Tori Wright: 24:40 Well, like I said, there are models on all different levels premiere, you know, your, your neighbor's daughter who likes to model to professional models that are working in agencies to roll blind models that are traveling all over the world and all on the cover of Vogue and that sort of thing. So I feel like at any point you should be ready to work with a model as long as you're competent enough, because you can also learn a lot from working with a model. You know, someone who's comfortable in front of the camera is huge. It's a huge deal, you know, versus like trying to get your brother to take pictures, right.

Raymond Hatfield: 25:18 Do you have any tips on getting new models comfortable in front of the camera?

Tori Wright: 25:24 I have to just say, you know, you be comfortable and they'll be comfortable, let them know what you're wanting to do so they can even know you can work towards a common goal. And I think that music also really helps. So I always bring like a little speaker with me and it attaches to my camera bag with a little hook. And I always ask the model, what type of music do you like to listen to? And so they'll tell me, and I'll put that on their Spotify until their favorite song will be playing. And all of a sudden they're just so much more comfortable and relaxed and, you know, happy to be there.

Raymond Hatfield: 25:58 That is a great tip. I've always seen those little, like, I don't know, JBL speakers or whatever with the Caribbean or club on them. And I always thought to myself like, who uses these, but now like, that totally makes sense as to why you might want to use it. And I might even pick one up from my camera bag for engagement sessions. I like that tip. Thank you very much for sharing that.

Tori Wright: 26:16 You're welcome. Yeah. Music makes a huge difference.

Raymond Hatfield: 26:20 What about what about saying, you know, somebody who is you know, brand new to modeling again and maybe isn't comfortable with posing. I know you talked a little bit earlier about you having the experience of being a model. What, again, situation is somebody brand new to modeling just walks in front of your camera and says, I'm ready for this, but kind of what, what would you tell them?

Tori Wright: 26:47 Like as far as they're struggling, kind of like get to closing. Yeah,

Raymond Hatfield: 26:52 Sure. Yeah. What, what would you tell them?

Tori Wright: 26:55 Well, a lot of times when I am building out a shoot for a particular person, I will create a mood board. And sometimes these mood boards have poses in them. You know, like we're not gonna shoot this idea, but look at this post. And so I always have that on Pinterest and I send them model that link and I say, Hey, look at this as far as like mood and bias, but also opposing ideas. And so then when it comes to actually shooting, I can pull up that picture again. And I can say, Hey, remember this picture, let's try to do this luck. You know, and I do have the experience as a model that I can go into the post myself. Like I set my camera down and I'm like, okay, not do this. And so they're able to, you know, mimic me. But really it's just kind of working with them and just kind of teaching them little tricks, like, okay, don't be so stiff. Keep switching it up. Even if it's just like shifting back and forth your weight from one leg to another, it's just going to be working with them and they will eventually learn. But yeah,

Raymond Hatfield: 27:55 It's really something as simple as just like weight from one leg to the other that can make a huge difference. Tori Wright: 28:00 It can be. Yeah. Just cause you're like swaying, just hips, one to the other. Raymond Hatfield: 28:06 I can see what the camera in your hand that you're just swaying right there. And it looks very natural. Yeah.

Tori Wright: 28:11 Yeah. I mean, like, let's say you're doing one pose and your weights on one side, but you can just switch it up and throw your weight to the other side, you know, and that's two poses, you know, and then start moving your arms around and everything's a new post.

Raymond Hatfield: 28:24 Okay. I like that. Can you talk to me a little bit about TFP, because that's a term that I hear all the time I've seen from obviously models I've seen from photographers. Can you tell me kind of what it is and your views on it?

Tori Wright: 28:39 So when I learned it, it was kind for prints, but nobody really prints pictures anymore. So I guess it's time for pictures or for photos. I don't know. Well, basically that means it's like a train shoots. So you work with a model and the model works with you. The new word is also like collabs. Let's go. So it pretty much just means it's free. You're not getting paid. The model's not getting paid and you just get together and work and take pictures. And then in theory, you should send those pictures of the models, but sometimes that doesn't happen cause it was a free shoe. So not saying that I haven't personally done that, but as a model on the other side, there has been photographers that would want to do with time for print shoot. And then you can just never get the pictures because it was free. So it's not on your level of priority. No, it's not a top priority to get those editing.

Raymond Hatfield: 29:38 Well, let's, let's talk about that for a minute because being a model, you know, starting off you know, 10 plus years ago what are just some good practices that as new photographers who are listening, who want to start working with models should and should not do,

Tori Wright: 29:59 Should I mention that

Raymond Hatfield: 30:00 Obviously we should be sending photos to the model, but what are some other things that we should be doing and what are some things that we should not be doing?

Tori Wright: 30:08 Man? That's a tough question. Well, I did say as a photographer, there are some things that you should be doing, and this is not just coming to, this is not just for models, but this is a tip from a model. Is that when you're working with somebody that you should always give them like a little checklist that the things that they need to do before shoe and some of those should include like, make sure your nails are painted like completely or not at all, you know, make sure that you're bringing these sorts of things to your photo shoot for like touch ups on your makeup. I always say, you know, make sure that your clothes are ironed. That is my biggest pet peeve when people show up without hiring clothes and they're just like in a ball and a suitcase. So I always give my anybody that I'm shooting a checklist and they say do this the night before you shoot. And it's gonna make everything go so much smoother the next day.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:02 And is that just like, is it the same list that you send to everybody or does it change

Tori Wright: 31:05 The same list? And the times that I don't send it, you know, it would be to like my friend, that's a model and my kitchen not, they come with like their nail Polish chips and editorial and they come with their nail Polish, like three different colors and like chipped. I'm like, cool. So I'm gonna have to put a shot each and everyone here, nails

Raymond Hatfield: 31:23 That always takes up so much time that yeah. I would imagine

Tori Wright: 31:26 Expect that they know, you know, and I feel like that's also just a good way to elevate your photos.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:31 Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Yeah. What about what about now the reverse, I guess, what are some things as a photographer that you are as a model? What are some things that you saw photographers do that other photographers should not be doing? Tori Wright: 31:45 Man, it's really hard.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:47 I can see in your eyes that there's a billion things.

Tori Wright: 31:50 Okay. So my biggest thing is like these photographers that pretty much try to get every model like naked because that's like a look. But it's really, it's really not. I feel like as a woman, as a photographer that has like an also who has been a model that has been a huge thing for me. Cause a lot of people will come to me saying, you know, like I'm shooting with you cause you're a woman and I feel more comfortable because in the past they've shot with photographers and then the photographers say, yeah, Oh yeah. To get like half naked is fashionable when it's, you know, really. Yeah. Creepy.

Raymond Hatfield: 32:27 Yeah. All right. So I guess maybe this isn't a, a, a show for models, but as a model, like what do you do in that situation? Cause that sounds terrifying. That sounds horrible. Especially with, as you said earlier, being in somebody's basement. I mean, that sounds like literally terrifying.

Tori Wright: 32:45 Yeah. I mean, I was really lucky to make it out of a lot of these things. I mean, I've never had like any scares, but I've, you know, definitely got some vibes. But you know, really, it's just about making sure that you communicate what your goals are for each photo shoot beforehand. I think that's important. So that way you're not surprised when you show up and they're like telling you that you're going to be shooting in lingerie and you're not comfortable with that.

Raymond Hatfield: 33:12 [Inaudible] Okay. Okay. So yeah, just managing the expectations that, that makes sense. Not saying that you're going to, you know, just shoot some sort of lifestyle thing and then surprise, we're actually doing this naked when they show up or something,

Tori Wright: 33:24 It could happen. There's some photographers that definitely go down that route and it's just like, no,

Raymond Hatfield: 33:30 Like, like with it being a surprise, like it's just gonna make it all better, something that's horrible. So from the photography standpoint I kind of want to know I'm sorry, not from the photography standpoint, from the model's standpoint working with so many photographers is you have, is there anything that you have recognized aside from things like, you know, the rolling cart and whatnot, what makes a good professional photographer from a less than professional photographer? Are there any key things,

Tori Wright: 34:03 Any I would just say the quality in the photos, honestly. Just anybody can take a great photo, especially with today's equipment, but if you don't know how to edit that so that it looks like it's from 2020 rather than like, you know, 2009, I feel like that's a huge, a huge thing that will differentiate if you're, you know, good professional photographer and just not

Raymond Hatfield: 34:31 From a technical standpoint as the photographer now, what do you think that is? Is that something like off camera flash? Is that something like V flats? Like what does that mean? How do we increase the quality of our images?

Tori Wright: 34:45 I would say that it definitely depends on the type of lighting that you're going to use, but also I feel like it depends on how thick your level of frequency separation is. And I say thick because you know exactly what it means sometimes it's literally just like someone just much the whole skin on a picture. And yeah, I would say that, is it the editing techniques,

Raymond Hatfield: 35:10 Editing technique? I mean, that's the thing that we didn't even get into today. And unfortunately we're, we're running out of time here and I wish that we did have time for that. So I'll have to bring it back on and we'll talk about that here in the future. But yeah, obviously editing has gotta be a big part of this as it's not as I'm sure rarely you're just taking the photos and then delivering them right away. Right. They all pretty much require some sort of retouching and editing. Is that right?

Tori Wright: 35:36 Yeah. I mean, I retouch a lot. I know a lot of my friends that are photographers that barely retouch anything. And I wish I could be more like them because it just saved me so much time. At the beginning, like being able to retouch was definitely a godsend because I made a lot of mistakes, but I was able to fix them in the editing process. So I've learned to kind of like minimize my mistakes, but you know, as a new photographer, these things happen, you know, you do make the mistakes. But if you're a professional and you're just making the mistakes in the editing process, I feel like that's an easy fix.

Raymond Hatfield: 36:14 Right? Why is that? Why do you think that's easier than are you saying that it's easier than the photography side of it?

Tori Wright: 36:21 Well, I feel like if you're a good photographer and you are bad at editing, you can just learn to like edit, but if you're shooting bad photography, which I was at the beginning and you didn't know how to edit that out, like you just have like battled top of bed and your photos just not to get good, you know, at least with editing, you can make anything look decent.

Raymond Hatfield: 36:41 Okay. So for new photographers listening right now, focus first on editing or focus first on the photography,

Tori Wright: 36:49 I would say learn both, but so you know what to fix. So like, if you're, if you're trying, if you're making mistakes, while you're doing photography, you should be able to recognize that this is a mistake and you should know how to edit out that mistake. But I think it takes you recognizing, you know, that this is not how it should be.

Raymond Hatfield: 37:08 Yeah. So last question here for you. And it's a simple one. Is there any sort of common, bad info that you hear being taught to new photographers about working with models?

Tori Wright: 37:23 Hmm, not that I can think of. I mean, there's, there's, like I said, there's just so many, there's like a wide range of what's a model now, you know? So it's really hard to say that it's not, I just don't think that there is any specific thing that, that I've heard about working with models.

Raymond Hatfield: 37:48 Well then before I let you go, is there anything that you would tell to a new aspiring photographer who's looking to start working with models?

Tori Wright: 37:59 Yeah, I would say don't be afraid to reach out to people who would obviously, you know, they don't need to be a top model, but someone who feels comfortable in front of the camera if you are a new photographer and you're wanting to work with the model, the benefit is that these models are comfortable in front of the camera and they know how to pose. And so if you're new, you can focus more on your camera and working, you know, your exposure and all of these things and trying out cool stuff, because you don't have to worry about the person on the other side of the camera necessarily, you know, because they're already doing their thing and you can focus on your, so that's a great way to kind of like get yourself to grow in level up when you only have to focus on one thing when it comes to the portraits.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:44 I don't think that I could have said it any better. Myself, Tori. I want to say obviously, thank you so much for coming on today and before I let you go, can you let the listeners know where they can follow you online and check out your own work?

Tori Wright: 38:58 Yes. So you can follow me at victorious, STL victorious, like when you win the game I'm on the ground, the Dodgers,

Raymond Hatfield: 39:08 The Dodgers. So victorious.

Tori Wright: 39:10 Yeah, it was, he was victorious. STL. STL is for st. Louis. That's where I live. And I'm on Instagram. That's where I post most of my stuff. I do a little bit of editing videos on tick tock. And I also am watching a YouTube channel once I launch my studio, but that's in the works. So yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 39:31 Lots of exciting stuff coming from you. Well, I'm excited. Well, again, Tori, I have to say thank you so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did today. And I look forward to keeping up with you here in the future.

BPP 219: Kelly Lawson - Getting Started with Product Photography

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Kelly Lawson left her health care career of 7 years to pursue photography. Shortly after needing to take her own product photos for her business website did she fall in love with product photography. Today on top of shooting products for brands she is also teaching product photography to new photographers.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

This Episode is Sponsored by The Contract Vault. Do your business a favor. Check out The Contract Vault. You’ll find all the photography contracts you need right at your fingertips. www.thecontractvault.com and use promo code BPP for 20% off your first month.

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • What was the hardest part about photography to learn when getting started

  • How she got started photographing products and why

  • Where to come up with ideas for product photography shots

  • How to add expression and emotion to your product photography

  • Common mistakes made by new product photographers

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How Kelly got her first client, and how you can too

  • What Kelly is doing this week to market her business

  • How to charge for product photography, and what to deliver

Resources:

IMG_9680.jpg
IMG_6906.jpg
IMG_7096.jpg
IMG_7066.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 You spent seven years getting a degree in healthcare field before giving it all up and transitioning into photography. What was it specifically about photography that kind of stole your heart away?

Kelly Lawson: 00:11 I think it's a good, that's a good question. I think about it every day and I think it was a combination of things. So I don't think it was any one thing in particular, but it started with my desire to be creative outside of my day job. And I just thought photography was the most sensible thing. It was useful. It was something, you know, that would bring meaning to my life to be able to capture memories or, you know, anything really in a beautiful way that I would treasure. So just bringing the value into my own life, but also it offered me a little window into entrepreneurship and freedom. So I think it was sort of a combination of all of those things. It started as a hobby you know, a desire to create beautiful imagery for myself, and then it expanded into a whole new life.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:01 I know that you have kind of several irons in the fire right now in terms of photography and also teaching and digital courses and whatnot. You mentioned there, you know, entrepreneurial ship, entrepreneurial ship, I'm sure that's right. That you can entrepreneurship. Was that something that you were looking for in the beginning, or do you think that that aspect of it developed after you got your hands on a camera?

Kelly Lawson: 01:23 Yeah, that's an excellent question. I think that aspect of it developed after I got my hands on a camera, I think it was sort of inversely proportional to my job satisfaction. So as my day, job satisfaction dropped my interest in photography and its potential grew. And then before I knew it, one thing replaced the other thing.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:43 So you got your camera, right? At some point, you're there, you're at your day job and you're thinking this just isn't doing it for me. I'm not enjoying this. And you decide to buy a camera, you know, for whatever reason, there's a million reasons to decide to buy a camera. But now you got this camera in your hands and you start shooting. Did you master this thing right away? Or were there some struggles or okay.

Kelly Lawson: 02:01 Heck no, there were struggles. I, so I bought the camera with my first or second paycheck. So I guess to give listeners a little context, I went to university to become an occupational therapist. I started working in that field and for the first time I was getting a regular paycheck. And despite the fact that I could not afford to buy a beginner DSLR camera at that time, I decided I'll skip out on bills and groceries. This is important to me right now. So I found a DSLR camera on eBay for $600, which is Canadian dollar. So for you guys, that's like a couple bucks and and I bought the camera and it came and I was very excited. I unboxed it. I thought this is going to change my life. I'm going to take the most beautiful photos and I, everything screeched to a halt. I had no idea how to use it. I stuck it in auto, took a couple of photos that looked horrible and then I stuck it on a shelf and it sat there and collected dust for some time thereafter.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:00 So what was it obviously, you know, why you decided to skip out on bills and groceries and stuff like that's a pretty big decision and one that is you know, not very smart for many people. So obviously the, the, the desire to have this camera was there. So even before you had the camera, what was it that drove you to photography in the first place?

Kelly Lawson: 03:21 Yeah, I think it was really just that desire to be creative and to create beautiful imagery. And I think around that time too, you know, like social platforms where we're on the rise, so we're starting to see more digital imagery into the mainstream at that point as well. So I thought, you know, I want to be part of this. I don't want to just take a regular photo. And at that time, you know, take it to Walmart or whatever target or wherever and get these photos developed. Like, I want to understand this on a, on a deeper level. I want, I want to be able to create photos that look like magazine covers. It doesn't seem, you know, like that difficult to do. Anybody can do it, I can do it. I want to figure this out. And it's kind of fun. Even hearing myself say that now, because my work has been on magazine covers since, you know, way back then when I sort of had this vision in my head of what, what I would produce when I bought the camera.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:13 That is awesome. That is a good feeling. How was photography or this creative outlet for you really important in your childhood growing up? Or was there something that sparked this?

Kelly Lawson: 04:25 Yeah, I mean, like as a child, I would probably wouldn't have even thought of it. The only, you know, I love flipping through those old photo albums by the way. So my dad did have a DSLR camera. I'm pretty sure he just used it in auto mode. I don't think he ever really got that into it, but he loved to, you know, have toys and things. So he would take them on family vacations and things like that. It wasn't really necessarily a really big part of my childhood, but I think in hindsight, you know, the, having the ability to cherish these images and, and recall these moments in time were really driven by the photos without the photos. I don't know that I would have those memories, you know, they they're so easily lost. And especially in today's busy world, your brain is so full of everything else.

Kelly Lawson: 05:09 Like how would, how would you remember that family vacation that you took in the old Ted camper on that weekend in the fall? You know, so I think that definitely there's like a deeper value to having photos for me that maybe I haven't quite untapped until right now, but for the most part even through university, I wasn't the photo taker I had, I had a close friend who loved to take photos. She had one of those little point and shoot digital cameras that she took with her everywhere. She would get the photos printed in triplicate and share them with us. So even in those days I was pretty you know, unaware of any desire for photography. And that would have been in my early twenties. I have not to like age myself here, but that would have been in my early twenties. And really, it kind of felt like it was covered by someone else and I didn't need to do it. So I enjoyed having the photos, but I think at that point too, I was just really focused on schoolwork and, you know, trying to make sure I wasn't wasting my tuition dollars and you know, just that kind of thing. So it wasn't until I got into that full time career that I really thought like, okay, this is something I want to try.

Raymond Hatfield: 06:13 So when you got that camera and you're like, okay, here we go. I'm going to start taking these magazine quality images. This is gonna be great. I've seen all the photos online. Here we go. And you take those first few hundred of those first few thousand photos and they're, you know, they're garbage, right? Like we all start off just taking garbage that had to have been kind of a struggle for you to kind of deal with, as it is I think with everybody. So how do you think that you overcame learning the technical side of photography?

Kelly Lawson: 06:41 Yeah, so I mean like anybody I'm sure who buys a digital DSLR camera and things that all your problems are solved. You've got this beautiful machine now. You're just going to point it at something and click a button and, you know, beyond the next cover of GQ or whatever it, none of that happened and it was very discouraging and I definitely had to, at that point deal with the guilt of having skipped out on, you know, groceries and bills to afford to buy this thing that wasn't working the way I imagined it would. And the way that I dealt with it was to put it back in the box and up on a shelf and let it sit there for awhile and try to forget that I made that poor decision. And then I think it wasn't until I realized that, you know, I just really needed an, an outlet.

Kelly Lawson: 07:25 I really, I really needed to give this another try. My job satisfaction was reducing in those years. So like I said it was, it seemed to be inversely proportional in that respect. So I reached back out for it. So I bought it in 2006 and it sat there for two years collecting dust and in 2008, and by the way, in the meantime I bought another lens because I thought that that would solve the problem. I was like, okay, this isn't working. Like, what else do I need to do? So I walked into our local camera store and I said, you know, I bought this Canon rebel. And it had the kit lens on it. And I was like, you know, it was just not doing what I thought it would, what should I do? And they happily sold me. I am trying to think of what lens it would have been.

Kelly Lawson: 08:11 It didn't last very long anyway, but they happily sold me. It was some type of a zoom lens for three or $400. And I put that on thinking, here we go. Still, no scratch. So it's all of that stuff. Sat on a shelf for two full years before I realized like, okay, you know, there's gotta be some other way. And that's when I took it was a night class in 2008 to, to try and understand it a bit more. And in hindsight I'm not a great student in that context. I really kind of need to figure things out on my own, but I really just needed some confidence to know, like, you can figure this out. Like Marie Forleo says everything is, figureoutable like, there's nothing wrong with your brain. You're going to figure this out. I needed that confidence.

Kelly Lawson: 09:00 And I think as soon as I turned the corner and realized like I got this, I can figure this out. It might take me a little while it might take me a year or two, but I just going to stick with it. And I just started to really take photos, fiddle with the settings, take another photo, change the settings again, take another photo. And, and now in hindsight, when I think about it, as soon as somebody said to me, you should buy a nifty 50 lens. That changed things for me as well, as soon as I had the ability to really see the difference in the camera settings and like the nifty 50 lens is a gift in my opinion, to the photography industry, because affordable and it's versatile, and you can finally get to see the impact of changing your aperture settings, for example. And now that I'm talking about it, that actually changed things for me. I bought that nifty 50 lens at the time. I think it costs 120 Canadian dollars, which again is like a couple of bucks for you guys. And well, it's more now. I think it's closer to $200 now. And that really changed things. I went, well, wait a second. Now I can get creative. Now I can start to understand how all of these exposure aspects work together and how I can control the light a little bit more. And that's when things really changed.

Raymond Hatfield: 10:18 Do you think, was there, can you recall maybe any photos specifically where you had some sort of like, aha moment, like, Oh, this is all that I needed to do. And then from that point forward, things just kind of work themselves out.

Kelly Lawson: 10:31 Yeah. So when I was, when I was first getting started, I took a lot of photos of my dog. So in the early days there's a lot of dog photos. And then I decided like, Hey, I'm going to like try this a little bit differently. And I did a call out on Facebook for anybody, with kids who might like to let me experiment with their children. And of course everybody, like, you know, there was lots of response for that. Yes. And I did take a photo of a little baby girl. I actually did a blog post about it because I took this photo of a little baby girl looking at it now, you know, is not perfect by any stretch. But it was like something that I suddenly felt excited about. It was the moment that I was like, Oh my gosh, I did that.

Kelly Lawson: 11:12 That looks like that. And I took it and it looks amazing on the mother, loved it and we all loved it and it was great. And I, you know, I'm happy to share that photo with you if you want to throw it in the show notes, but it really was kind of that moment that I went, like, I think I can do this. I think I got this. And again, it was using that nifty 50 lens with some open shade, natural light, and you know, that really low aperture setting that just made everything look pretty gorgeous. And yeah, that was, that was definitely like a pivotal moment.

Raymond Hatfield: 11:41 I can think of my same photo that you know, it was very similar and, and brought up those same feelings of emotion. And I think that that's, that's pretty common among photographers. And as long as you get that first win, that really gives you the confidence to kind of continue on. So I'm glad that you stuck with it and that you didn't just leave the camera up there on that shelf for another year, because you know, who knows where you'd be today. So

Kelly Lawson: 12:02 Yeah, I know who does know. And like, it's, it's exciting too, because I do host photography workshops and I see that moment happening with people now. Like, I don't know if it has a name or not, but it's, it's the same thing when somebody takes a photo and you can feel them radiating with excitement. Cause they're like, look at this one. And that's when things start to change, it's like that little dopamine drip that you get, that's like, hang on. I want to feel that again, like, let's get this camera back out and see what we can do.

Raymond Hatfield: 12:28 Exactly, exactly. That's exactly it. So obviously, you know, you started off with getting people in front of the camera, photographing them children maybe people, at what point did you transition into something that you work on live today, which is product photography? Kelly Lawson: 12:45 Yeah. well it was really kind of a combination of things. So as I entered into the current, my world of photography, I also along the way, decided that I wanted to dabble in retail. So I opened all the things, just all the things I'm like, I only have this one life. I got to try every career possible out there. But you know, just part of my love for entrepreneurship partially born from the love for the city that I live in and wanting to contribute to its vibrancy. I opened a eco fashion boutique and suddenly I have my own products that I am now adding to, you know, eCommerce websites and things like that, creating an Instagram presence for this business. And I started to look at photography a little bit differently, more from like a product photography standpoint, but also a branding standpoint.

Kelly Lawson: 13:43 And I used all of the photography knowledge that I had in my business, obviously, but it took a little bit of a different spin then. And I started to understand now differently how commercial photography works specifically when we're selling products. And it was a bit of a different game altogether because I was paying attention to more things than camera settings and proper exposure. I was paying attention to actually targeting a specific audience with what was inside the frame and appealing to that audience. And so then yeah, I delved into the world of product photography. Through that business fast forward a couple of years, I sold that business because I had way too much on the go, I couldn't handle all the of the things. It was definitely overwhelming, but in that couple of years, other businesses that were sort of within my network were like, we need to learn product photography from you.

Kelly Lawson: 14:36 We love the way you do it. We love seeing the traction that you're getting, like, how do we recreate this magic for ourselves? And I was like, Hey, Hey girlfriend, like, I'll show you, like just come on over to my studio. So I started like that. And then the next thing, the demand increased and was doing like eight to 10 people workshops. And that all kind of started to feel overwhelming as well. And I thought, Hey, what if I turn this into a digital product? That's a little easier to deliver than the in-person type of workshop. And so that's kind of the evolution that led me to creating a product photography digital course that helps the same types of people, but from kind of all over the world to teach or sorry, I'm going to resay that to learn. Yeah. So I created a digital course that helps people outside of just my geographic network to create beautiful product photos for their businesses.

Raymond Hatfield: 15:35 Let me write that down real quick. Sorry. so obviously, you know, shooting products, this kind of evolved naturally, it sounds, it wasn't something that you kind of sought out to do. And I don't think that product photography, you know, for many people is, is a, is a hobby that they get excited for. Right? Most people get into photography for, you know, taking pictures of their kids or their dogs or, you know, family events, things like that. Right. Landscapes. So how was that transition for you? Was this able to still kind of fulfill your creative bucket that you were looking to replace when you were at at your previous day job?

Kelly Lawson: 16:12 Yeah, definitely. So here's the thing I love teaching. My mother was a teacher for like her entire working career and she always discouraged me from teaching. She said, your life will be run by buzzers because she's like a high school. She was a high school teacher. She said, don't do it. Like don't get dazzled by the summers off. Don't let any of that fool. You, it's a horrible career choice. And I don't agree with her for the record. These are her words, not mine. But for that reason, I, I always just kind of turned my back on anything education. I thought, you know, this is just, isn't going to be for me. And I love teaching. So when I started to teach this to people and see their excitement for what they were doing, and I think people do get excited by product photography cause I've seen it.

Kelly Lawson: 16:57 And I think for, for folks like for myself, I felt that excitement with my own business. Cause I thought I get to create this visual brand for my business. That's exciting. Like the marketing side of things for me, it got me very jazzed up like understanding the customer that I'm talking to and then understanding on a deeper level, what appeals to them in photographs was very exciting for me. And I think in today's age, like we'll say in COVID times, even a lot of businesses needed to shift everything online. So a lot of businesses were suddenly needing to rethink how they were getting their products in front of their audiences. And it's not, it was a viable to hire a professional photographer every time you need to do that. So there was definitely some excitement for the digital course for product photography, even though it doesn't sound sexy or anything like that.

Kelly Lawson: 17:49 I think people got it right away. They knew that it was something that they were going to need in their businesses. They knew it was a skill that they were going to need to have in house, especially again, during COVID times. And for the most part product photography, isn't just, you know, like splashing some cologne into water at a high shutter speed with great lighting anymore. It's something that most e-commerce businesses need. And it's also with the kind of the rise of influencer marketing and influencers online. We're not just advertising products that we make ourselves anymore or that we're selling ourselves. Now we've got a whole host of people that need to understand how to take beautiful product photos for their affiliate marketing efforts, for example.

Raymond Hatfield: 18:39 Yeah. There's definitely a use for product photography. And I'm sorry if my question came off as if you know, to downplay the importance of product photography. Cause obviously it's, it's very important I guess, just that you know, early on, I'm not sure many people like go out and get excited to buy their first DSLR specifically to take pictures of, you know, maybe some handmade jewelry and stuff like that. But I definitely see, I definitely see the use for it, for sure. So when it came to your your store and taking photos of the products that you actually had can you maybe just give me an example of something that you would have photographed?

Kelly Lawson: 19:16 Oh gosh. So we had everything from when we started the store, I should say, cause things evolved a little bit over the years, but my original vision was we're going to have eco conscious, like ethical fashion products. So by nature of what that is, it tended to be like independent fashion vendors, so independent makers. So basically you could, you could trace back like a degree or two of separation to the person who actually made the products that I was selling. So yes, they were fat. Like some of them were clothing. But then there was also also a pot, the carry. So, you know like beauty products, I guess I'll call them. And then things like candles, stationary gosh, let me think. Water bottles, coffee cups. Basically anything. I mean, what I started by thinking about my customer. So anybody who's a marketing geek would be like, yes, of course. So basically I thought of my customer as you know, a 35 year old, new mom, you know, sort of middle income. And what things would she get excited about if she walked into a boutique and that's what I filled it with.

Raymond Hatfield: 20:26 Okay. I could definitely see my wife getting excited about some candles and coffee cups, especially with fall here. Now she loves nothing more than a nice warm coffee cup. So let's go ahead and use that as an example, if you are given a coffee cup, right, you show up to work, Hey, look, here's a coffee cup and now you have to take photos of it. Where do you start? What's the first thing that you even think of before you take your first photo?

Kelly Lawson: 20:48 Yeah. So a couple of things and because I like to go to marketing a little bit the thing that I always like to say first is like, and this is in the world of commercial photography. You're taking a photo to appeal to someone else, right. Not just yourself. So the first thing that I was like to say is like, who is this photo for? What do they care about? What would appeal to them? What would grab their eye? The more that you can be inside your customer's head, the more that you're going to have all of these answers. So this kind of goes away a little bit from traditional photography in the sense that it's like, we're not necessarily focusing on a perfect exposure here. We're focusing on what the person that you want to attract with your photo cares to see. So in some cases that might mean maybe it's a little overexposed because she likes something that's bright and colorful, or maybe it's something that's a little underexposed or dark because they're there, you know, that's more appealing to the person that you're trying to attract. So it sort of wipes away the traditional rules of photography in that sense. And it goes more to what does that person want to see? What would light them up? What would get them excited if they saw it? So, yeah,

Raymond Hatfield: 21:59 That makes sense. That makes sense. I'm just trying to think of if somebody, if, if somebody was listening, you know, and they had a coffee cup at home that they love and they want to take their first photo of it, what's probably the first thing that you would tell them to. Obviously I understand, you know, you got to figure out who the photo is for, but maybe from a from a exposure standpoint, like as you're about to take the photo, what's that first thing that you're going to do or collect or think about and bring into the frame? What, what is that?

Kelly Lawson: 22:29 So now I understand your question is definitely no, it's all good. It's all good. Actually just made a Facebook live video about this exact thing just yesterday. So basically what I encourage beginner photographers to do if they're taking product photos is to the first step is to start to try to understand light. And I always like to say, like, forget about your device, because I know that a lot of my students, the first thing that they'll do, so I've got retailers, let's say, for example, that are my product photography students. The first thing that they'll do is take a photo and go, Oh, this looks awful. And then they go to Google and say, how do I take better product photos? And then Google does a really nice job of showing them Amazon light boxes and all of these gadgets that you can buy.

Kelly Lawson: 23:15 And I'm guilty of the same thing. I went to the camera store and bought a $300 lens. That was completely useless to me when, what I didn't realize is that what I really need to do is understand light. And then I need to understand how to control it through my camera settings. And those two things, you know, I ignored my students, ignore, they end up spending money on necessarily. And so the first thing I say is like, you've got to understand light look around you, start to look at how it behaves, hold your hand under neath, like the light in your house, your overhead light, and see what that does to your skin tones. Like look at the shadows, start trying to understand the light. And once you start to pay closer attention to light, things are going to change for you. And I think that again is one of those less sexy photography topics that gets overlooked really quickly in the early days, because it's, it's really the most important thing.

Kelly Lawson: 24:06 Like that's what we should be talking about all the time, in my opinion. And so from there they say, okay, okay, great. But now what? And so I say, well, okay, to get started, let's start with natural light that one's easy. You don't need to buy anything it's available all around you. And it's actually my favorite light source. And it's, it's, it's what I learned from, and it's a really beautiful light source. It's going to keep your whites true to what they are, your colors true to what they are. So let's start looking at natural light and there's a couple of different ways to look. I mean, there's a million different ways to look at it, but just at the rudimentary level, I say, let's look at indoor natural light. So let's look for your biggest window that you have in your house or in your workspace and your retail shop, wherever it is.

Kelly Lawson: 24:46 Ideally if it's North facing, that's great. If not, let's look for that biggest light source and let's look at the type of lighting that's coming from there. And also there's the option of open shade, which you can go outside and take photos next to a big building. For example anywhere you can find a big patch of open shade. So it's not gonna work if it's like high noon and the sun is directly over your head, but pay attention to where that open shade is near you near your workplace, because that's also going to be a really great spot to start taking product photos. And so that's where we start. And from there I say, okay, let's try to understand what that light looks like at any given time of the day. So you've got some natural light cut, like let's just say you've got some natural light coming in, a nice big display window in your retail shop.

Kelly Lawson: 25:34 Let's pay attention to what that looks like at eight o'clock in the morning, and then every hour on the hour from there so that you can start to see what that looks like and where the shadows are falling in when you get direct sunlight. And when you don't get direct sunlight and that's kind of step one is really just looking at the light around you and what you have available and what I always remind my students of at that time too, is notice, I didn't say anything about your device. I didn't, we didn't even talk about that yet. Because in my opinion, you can take a really great looking photo using your smartphone. It's fine. Like sometimes that just makes more sense for your workflow than getting out your DSLR camera and going through all of those phases. That's fine. Let's understand the light.

Kelly Lawson: 26:13 Let's let's just start there. So that's step one and then step two is, okay. Okay. Now we're going to position your product in a way that would appeal to your target demographic, but let's say that that's too much to consider right now. Let's position your product in a way that, you know, will flatter it and make it look good. So again, then a lot of times we end up, you know, hopping over to Walmart or target or staples, or I don't know what department stores you guys have there and to you have all those. Okay, good. And to buy some white, we call it Bristol board, but white card stock or white foam core instead of a light box, because the other thing is that one of my students who owns a shoe store, she bought a light box to take better photos.

Kelly Lawson: 27:00 They didn't look better. Like, and she wouldn't mind me saying that. I'm happy to share with you the results that she got from taking those product photos to put in your show notes as well. Because she was a little bit dazzled and fooled by getting an Amazon Lightbox that didn't work for her. And furthermore, she had boots and things like that that didn't even fit inside of it. So, so that didn't work at all for her. So using things like foam core, it costs you about 50 cents, I think at the department store and it works, everybody is good and you can customize the size of it. You can create a sweep, which would be to take that card stock and just secure it from one side to the other so that you don't see the seam in the background. And that's really kind of the best place to start. In my opinion, I think for, for product photos, then you're taking a product photo using natural light that has a white background that has lots of use sounds boring, but it has lots of use. Like, where's that photo gonna live? Sometimes they live online sheets for salespeople. Sometimes they're, you know, just going to be on your Etsy shop or on your whatever eCommerce platform you use. And sometimes just having the most basic white background product photo is what you need.

Raymond Hatfield: 28:10 I'm going to have to try that out. I don't think I've ever tried a white, seamless, a backdrop photo for anything, but that sounds like fun. It's always, I feel like that's, like you said, I mean, that's kind of step one. Like that's where you should start before adding in more feeling or more I dunno, prompts, I suppose, to, to really enhance the the, the appeal of a photo, but that kind of brings me into this next question that I have, which is, you know, as a wedding photographer, I love taking pictures of people because especially at a wedding they're happy. They're always, there's literally like the happiest day of their life and that emotion on their face is very easy to capture it. Cause they're going to have it naturally. So for something, without any sort of expression or emotion, like a coffee cup, what do you do to deliver different sorts of looks? Yeah.

Kelly Lawson: 29:01 Yeah. That's an excellent question. I'm happy that you asked it. So there's all kinds of things that you can do with camera angles and with exposures that can still convey an emotion or a perspective that you may not consider day to day. So for example, if you're taking a photo of a coffee cup and you take it from a slightly lower angle, then where then at, I guess, I don't know if I can say eye level, because it's a coffee cup. Like where is it sitting? But if you angle where's the size, but if you're, if you're angling it slightly beneath the coffee cup so it's, it's a bit of an upward angle. Well, that communicates authority and power and the same is true of people. So camera angles, like never underestimate the power of camera angles because they, they can convey all kinds of things.

Kelly Lawson: 29:49 And I always like to tell my portrait clients, things like this too, because I don't know about you, but when you're taking photos of people and they they have all kinds of insecurities, like, let's just say as photographers, as soon as you get out the camera and you're about to take a photo of a person, they start to unload their insecurities. And so there's like a little bit of a psychological exercise. I think that comes into play when you're photographing people. For sure. But the first thing that they'll want to do, if they're insecure about maybe some extra skin under their chin is to stick it out like this. And so then I always kind of have to go through like a little bit of a chat about how the camera perceives things. And basically at the, at the most like rudimentary level, I say, whatever is closest to the lens is going to appear the largest.

Kelly Lawson: 30:34 So if you're like, I know people can't see me, but if you're sticking your chin out like this, to try to eliminate any extra skin, that's there now with the closest things to the camera, it's your chance. It's just going to look really big. And I know that that's not what you want. So the goal is always to get whatever you want to be the most prominent closest, or, you know, like the most prominent, closest to the lens. So if you're angling it down a little bit, it just kind of gives it that look of it, the authority, even though it's an inanimate object. And then conversely, if you're photographing it slightly from it from above that conveys like a little bit more of a submissive thing. So for like, I guess to give it context with a person, if you're in and people do this a lot, I see it all the time.

Kelly Lawson: 31:14 I'm sure everybody does. But people love to take their selfie from slightly above and there's fine. That's fine. There's nothing wrong with that. That does a lot of good things to like even out, you know, fine lines and wrinkles and bring extra skin back and whatever. And it also helps to spill light evenly over your face, like creates those beautiful catch lights in your eyes. It does all kinds of good things, but it also conveys submission. So if that's something and I know we're getting into the psychology of photos here a little bit, but just consider if that's how you're taking a photo, if that's the message that you want to convey with the subject, matter of your photo.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:50 That's something that I was, I was taught in film school as well. I mean, just the power of those camera angles. I'm glad that you specifically spoke to that, especially for something, as we said, like a coffee cup that you wouldn't normally think of these things, who's going to think of a coffee cup as, as an authority figure or a submissive figure. But you're 100%, right. I know personally I take all of the photos of my kids at like waist level. Like the camera that I have is at my waist level, because I want them to look at themselves as as, as having, as not being less than, you know, as being an equal to people because most people take photos of their kids looking down and maybe that's where we get this idea that, you know, something smaller than me. Raymond Hatfield: 32:32 I can kind of control it or take over. But like you said, I mean, that's where it really does get into the psychology of photography and maybe that's a lot for today. So I wanna move on a little bit now, which is, I know that as you said, you started with taking product photos for your own products, but then eventually other retailers, other business owners started coming to you for you to take photos. So I want to know I want you to tell me kind of about that first paid product client photo shoot that you had. How did you, how did you find them and then how did it go?

Kelly Lawson: 33:12 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera, then become a premium member today, but heading over to beginner, photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond Hatfield: 33:36 Yeah, it it's, it's, it's, it's interesting because I was actually talking with a photographer this morning who wanted specifically like a little bit of help in marketing their business. And they mentioned, you know, that they're trying to be on all these social platforms that they're also trying to do, like these lives and that they're also trying to be in person. And I thought to myself, like, you're doing so much here. Like why not just focus on just a few things and get really good at those right now before you start to grow and and do those. So thank you so much for sharing, you know, obviously being open about what it is that you're doing this week to grow your business, but also talking about those things like charging for photography, which can just be a difficult conversation to have with people. And I think again, that you, that you broke it down really easy to to understand. So thank you. So going forward, I want to know what is a common sign that you see of a product photo taken by a beginner photographer versus somebody who's a little more seasoned in product photography.

Kelly Lawson: 34:33 I love that question more than one light source. So in, in my product photography course, I teach right out of the gate and I probably should have said this when I was talking about it earlier, but start with one light source, just start with that. And so what that means is if you're taking your photo from inside, say your living room or your workspace or your office, or your retail location, or whatever, that means flip off all the light switches, because otherwise you're going to be dealing with more than one light source, and that's going to create all kinds of challenges for you. So often what I'll see if, if, if I'm looking at a photo that I'm like, okay, that I'm sure that this photo didn't go the way the person intended it to go, or I'm like, I'm just, I guess I'm projecting because I'm thinking if I took that photo I probably would have been unhappy with X, Y, Z, and usually what the XYZ is, is color casting.

Kelly Lawson: 35:25 So I'll see a lot of tungsten color casting in product photos. And I know that the photo was taken from somewhere where the person wasn't fully in control of the light and basically the result of a lamp or an overhead light inside your house or your workspace. We'll create color casting. And nowadays with led lights, there's all kinds of colors of lights on the market. And you gotta be careful because those throw color around and you may not realize it until you've got this product photo that isn't making you very happy. So I guess that's probably the number one indicator I would say that someone is maybe needing a little help with their product photos. The other thing that I hear a lot from my students the way that they'll say it is I can't get a crisp photo. I can't get a sharp, crisp, clear photo.

Kelly Lawson: 36:18 What am I doing wrong? And so, I mean, there's any millions of things that could be going wrong, but often it's because you're not steadying your device. So any bit of movement, even the movement that comes from, if it's a smartphone, for example, even the movement that comes from hitting that little round circle at the bottom to take the photo can create some motion blur. So usually I'll say like, just find a way to steady your device. It doesn't have to be fancy. And that's like another thing, I guess like what's the, what's the word I'm looking for? Like a mantra that I live by, like, it doesn't have to be fancy. You don't need a high end tripod. You can make a tripod out of Lego pieces. If you need to think about what's right. I've seen it done.

Kelly Lawson: 37:08 Like, it's like, why not? It's like, if you've got kids, you've got Lego, probably like you know, you don't have to be spending money on things I guess is, is kind of my, where, where I like, that's what I'd like to reinforce. Like until you understand what you're spending money on fully, don't spend the money on it. And I guess maybe that's part of like my entrepreneurial perspective coming in is like, if you don't need to make an expense out of something don't. And so if the goal is to study your device, think about how you can do that without buying a tripod, be creative, it'll save you some money and it might be fun. And so maybe that's just, you know, like studying it on a, on a surface. Maybe you need to get down on one knee and put your elbow on your knee to steady it, whatever that is, figure it out. You don't need to spend money.

Raymond Hatfield: 37:56 So spend as little money as possible, make it as easy as possible and just use one light. Yeah.

Kelly Lawson: 38:02 Yeah. Use one light steady your device easy.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:04 Okay. Okay. I'm going even a little bit deeper than that, obviously, which is, you know, what is, what are some common signs of a, of an amateur photographer going, I guess, the other way, not deeper, but what is your some common, bad information that you being that you hear being taught to new photographers?

Kelly Lawson: 38:25 I also love that question and it goes right back to the, to the Amazon box and the gadgets. Like you don't need those things. You need to understand light and how to control it. It all comes back to that. Understand how to control light and understand what it looks like and look at it all around you. So if, if the advice is to, to buy something, to fix the problem, I would still dig a little deeper than that personally, before I bought the thing to fix the problem. Because in my experience, as an early photographer buying the thing to fix the problem, won't fix the problem. You first need to understand what's causing the problem. And almost always it's going to in photography, it's almost always going to go back to your ability to understand and control light. Would you agree with that?

Raymond Hatfield: 39:12 Yeah. I mean, you're absolutely right. That's all that kind of photography is. So if you can get that under control, everything else is just kind of extra at that point. So that's good. Kelly, I know that we're getting to the end of our time here and I really don't think that there's a better way to, to end it than that. So I want to say thank you obviously for sharing everything that you did today, but before I let you go, can you share with the listeners where they can find you and keep up with you online?

Kelly Lawson: 39:38 Yeah, of course. So I hang out on Instagram, you can find me there at Kelly S. Lawson. I was late to the Instagram game, so I didn't actually get my name Lawson. And I have a website, Kelly lawson.ca. Also I have a free product photography masterclass where I teach the form. I'm going to say that again, where I teach the four step framework for taking a beautiful product photo that will get your audience excited. And you can find that at Kelly lawson.ca/masterclass.

BPP 218: Mark Hemmings - iPhone Photography for Dummies

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Mark Hemmings is a travel photographer and educator that just published his newest book iPhone Photography for Dummies. An all in one resource for those looking to take better photos with the gear they already have! Today Mark shares many tips on getting better compositions, what apps to use, and how to see light better.

This Episode is Sponsored by The Contract Vault. Do your business a favor. Check out The Contract Vault. You’ll find all the photography contracts you need right at your fingertips. www.thecontractvault.com and use promo code BPP for 20% off your first month.

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How to take better photos with an iPhone

  • Some of the strengths and challenges when shooting with an iPhone

  • Why there is room for mobile photography and professional dslr photography

  • How to use composition to take better photos without changing your camera settings

  • How to use your iPhone to capture the best moments

  • When you should NOT use an iPhone to shoot

Resources:

APC_2281.JPG
APC_2970.JPG
IMG_4880.JPG
IMG_3469.JPG

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 Can I tell you something about the listener of the beginner photography podcast? Yes. So they typically have a DSLR or a mirrorless camera or an interchangeable lens camera. So why today are we going to be talking about iPhone photography?

Mark Hemmings: 00:17 Yes, so, well, thanks for asking that because just recently, in fact last week a brand new book was released on very proud of called iPhone photography for dummies. Now, this is the for dummies series that spans almost every conceivable aspect of knowledge. And I was really happy, pleased, and honored to be asked to be able to write one on iPhone photography. Now, interestingly, I am fully immersed for the last 22 years in DSLRs in back then film, cameras and mirrorless, but also I use my iPhone a lot and I think probably over the years I've gotten to be known as a somewhat of an expert in mobile device photography, specifically iPhone. And so yeah, I was really happy to get this work as a writer, as an author first time for the wildly publishing's for dummies series. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:21 She on your iPhone right now, which I think speaks to a, your, your constant commitment to maybe mobile first photography, or just, just I guess just the versatility and usefulness that we have gotten to at this point in time, which is, which is really exciting. So, you know, I'll be honest when it comes to iPhone photography, I'm, I'm just appointing shoot kind of shoot it. Right. I don't really use anything aside from the shutter button composition, and then sometimes the flash and that's it.

Mark Hemmings: 01:54 I greatly currently apologized my friend do you see

Raymond Hatfield: 01:58 It's massive. That's a massive spider and it's terrifying. Yeah.

Mark Hemmings: 02:02 It's so big and it's, it's bothering me. So I'm sorry. I'm not,

Raymond Hatfield: 02:06 No worries. I would move to, Oh my goodness.

Mark Hemmings: 02:11 Oh, I don't want to show it to you. It's too grotesque. And I'm in, I'm in a cold Canada. We don't usually get spiders that the, yeah, that would freak out your, your viewers out, I think. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 02:25 Right. Somebody is going to be watching on YouTube and just start hitting their computer screen. And I'm going to get a bill in the mail for somebody who needs a new computer.

Mark Hemmings: 02:34 Okay. Second, we will get the same. Okay. Well, I think that's probably a better anyway for lighting.

Raymond Hatfield: 02:41 Yeah, definitely. Definitely looks great. Absolutely. Yeah. Nice green lush. I like the the backlight there, so I'll just get right back into it. And it's basically saying that as, as a, as an iPhone photographer, I'm definitely just at the point that you variety. I don't use any sort of settings or anything like that. Except for, you know, just, just my own composition and using the flash. So I think that this episode is really gonna be an eye opener for me. But before we dive deeper into the world of iPhone photography and mobile first photography, can you remind myself and everybody listening kind of how you got your start in photography?

Mark Hemmings: 03:21 Yeah, certainly. So my start in photography was way back in the day with film and I was really glad with the you know, being forced to have that stress and that anxiety of you know, working for a client and having no idea if that film was any good. And that edge, I think propelled me to really study deeply the basics of exposure and understanding that you only have one shot. And then when digital came by the way, that was 22 years ago, and then when digital came, I was an early adopter and a lot of my career as a travel photographer happened. And that was a real great awakening, but the, the start of my photography career ultimately was in the movie industry and working as a stills photographer, that person would take pictures of the actors and also a location photographer. So I'd go around looking at different places where the production team could plan for the shoots. And since then, it's been a lot of travel, normal commercial photographer and photography teaching as well.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:33 So when I know that you said that you were an early adopter of digital photography, but would you say that you were also an early adopter of mobile first photography as well?

Mark Hemmings: 04:44 Yes, but I think so because in 2012, I, if I recall it was an iPhone four S and that was the first time I took a photo with my iPhone and that was in Mexico. And I had a huge, very heavy Nikon. I think it was the D 300 S if you recall that, and I just felt silly with that huge, you know camera, a big, heavy lens. And I said, you know what? I'm just going to see and really do. And I was hooked, you know, it was really great because I'm a street photographer and a travel photographer. And I found a lot of times I was getting better pictures or sorry, better opportunities to capture the scene in front of me with my iPhone, because it was less con it was less the people on the streets didn't feel like they were a target and that's really important. That's one of the really great values of being a mobile photographer.

Raymond Hatfield: 05:48 Yeah, of course taking photos with a phone is one of the reasons actually, why I switched to Fuji was just essentially to blur that line, you know, having that smaller camera, being able to be at weddings and be a little bit more you know, behind the scenes and kind of blend in more and I've always wanted to actually just shoot an entire wedding on an iPhone, but I think I'm scared to tell you the truth because we are removing a lot of the the controls of the settings. You know, as, as we, as professional photographers, we know the technical side of photography. So when it comes to iPhone photography from me, my brain goes right to all of the challenges that iPhone would bring up when shooting rather than using an interchangeable lens camera. So I know that we talked a little bit about blowing that line and making it easier to interact with your subject, but what are some of the biggest challenges that you face when shooting with an iPhone?

Mark Hemmings: 06:49 Well, one of the biggest challenges is actually being met as we speak is the fact that a small sensor camera does not have much what we call bit depth. Now that's a technical term. I'm sure that you, you know, what that refers to, but essentially the larger the sensor on a camera usually not always, but usually allows for greater levels of capture in the shadows and highlights. I'll give you a real world example for someone who doesn't have much hair, take a look up here to see this white spot. Yes, this is due to a very small selfie camera from my iPhone. That's what we're recording on right now. Now we have a larger camera and, you know, a DSLR or a mirrorless, there would be more information, more pixel information, which could actually produce skin tone, normal non blown-out section a year.

Mark Hemmings: 07:45 And of course on my face and my shirt, the engineers came up with a digital solutions for a lot of these, these physical or, or analog problems. And that would be, for example, in iPhone, they have something called a smart HDR, deep fusion night mode. These are three aspects that are largely digital solutions like computational scenarios that are happening inside the iPhone while the pictures being taken that will actually produce results that, that mimic or very, very close to raw capture in DSLRs. Now it's true that this is a digital solution. It's not perfect, but what's really promising is that this technology is that its baby stages. And it can only go, you know, farther, higher and better from here.

Raymond Hatfield: 08:37 Do you think that, I guess, let me start with one question before what I was about to ask is are we going to be entering a world in the future where you think that both having a DSLR or a mirrorless camera and a small center iPhone do you think that we're going to in a world where both of those can still exist?

Mark Hemmings: 08:58 I think that the polarization is going to be even stronger. We're professionals, we'll still have DSLRs and mirrorless or advanced amateurs who love, you know, like landscapes, nature, Safari, astrophotography, fashion, anyone in the magazine, all those people will still have them. But I do see with regards to me saying, you see the average person is probably not going to be buying DSLRs or mirrorless is as much as they used to. So if you're making money with photography or you, it's your great passion, the DSLR and mirrorless more. So the mirrorless industry will be going strong. I feel, I hope however, the mass vast majority of people will be just using the cameras on their iPhones or Android.

Raymond Hatfield: 09:52 Yeah. it's, it's, it's hard to tell what the future has coming, but I think I'm of the same viewpoint of, I can't imagine it going really any other way, unless there's, you know, what really excited me there for the long time was that was it the light 16 camera? The one, it was like a cell phone camera, but it had the six, 10 cameras built into it. And I think afterwards you could either choose your own focal distance as well as a focal plane for like what you wanted and focus, because honestly, like when we're shooting with DSLRs, you can miss focus. And it's always nice after the fact to be able to edit, but being able to zoom in with an optical zoom after you've taken the photo would just be incredible. Now I know that, you know, I phones have introduced multiple lenses and things like that, but do you see any sort of technology like that coming and well, yeah. Do you see any, any more technology like that coming or is it just the you know, single lens type system that were, that were used to,

Mark Hemmings: 10:55 Well, the, the best scenario and it's already happening is a mixture of analog, or we'd say physical processes. That would be the physical glass of the lens and the physical chip mixed with the computational algorithm, the the software and the firmware that's behind the, the processing of that image. Now, I, I'm not well versed in Google world and Android, but I do understand that there's a new camera. It's 106 megapixels, and there's also Android cameras that have physical zooms. And I would say that that aspect of having a physical zoom where the lens physically goes in and out capture more telephoto and more wide angle, that might be something that is highly valued in the future. The trick is, is that an iPhone or an Android is thin and has to be, cause if it has to fit in our, in our pocket.

Mark Hemmings: 11:53 However, the true the true quality in my opinion is physical processes where we have the physical ability to zoom in. Now, if that's not possible, then what Apple is doing. And also a lot of Android manufacturers is simply putting in a third lens. So that would be called the two X lens. And that is equivalent at least on the iPhone to a standard 50 millimeter view. If I recall now you have that 50 millimeter view, which we all love the nifty 50. And then the good thing is, is that you can extend beyond that 50 millimeter view through their digital zoom. Now it's true that digital zoom isn't a manufactured or a fake or an artificial zooming in. However, I was really surprised I did a T easy X, you know, like 10 X on the digital zoom. And I was really surprised how far I could get and the quality of the image. Now, the quality of the image with artificial digital zoom usually is terrible. However, it's all based on, you know, the geniuses behind these you know, the software developers who are creating this, this magic both on the Android and the iPhone side.

Raymond Hatfield: 13:11 All right. So obviously there's a lot of promise going forward in the future as far as kind of where we're going to be going with digital photography, but maybe I maybe we jumped in a little too headfirst. Maybe we're getting a little too technical. Let's go ahead and scale it back and just kind of start from the beginning. I know that in the app store, there are tons of camera apps. Is there something in particular that we should be using? Is there something special that you use or do you just use the stock camera app? Is that fine?

Mark Hemmings: 13:39 Oh, I love this question because I have very specific instructions for people based on their device. Now, if you have an iPhone 11, then I suggest that you use the, what we call the native camera and the word native camera simply means the camera that is that's given to you on the iPhone. If you have any other iPhone, by the way, I'm going to get into Android in a second. But if you have any other iPhone, I suggest the Lightroom camera. Now this is the Lightroom mobile app it's free. And the labor camera is so good because it allows you to shoot me in a DNG. Now that's a raw format, really good quality, and you can edit those photos extremely well. Now, with regards to the Android world, I would suggest unless you have the latest super S20 or I think it's the pixel for, then, then I would suggest the Lightroom app as well. But if you have the, the newest S20 and the pixel four, then you're probably gonna do just as well with your native camera that's on your device.

Raymond Hatfield: 14:52 So why is that just cause I'm, I'm completely unaware. I have a, an older iPhone completely unaware as to why what makes the native camera app on the iPhone 11, just as good or good enough compared to the light room app.

Mark Hemmings: 15:06 Okay. Yeah, that's a great question. And the reason being is that iPhone 11 comes with those three factors that I was referring to. One is night mode. One is deep fusion, one is smart HDR, and this is all you know, aspects of the camera taking three shots, almost instantly to balance. Like I said, you know, like bright spots on my head you know, to get really good sunsets where the sunset isn't blown out and too far too bright, and the new, the newer devices have these, you know, electronic wizardry aspects that allow for insanely good photos, even though they're not raw. Now, if any of your viewers, most of them probably know what raw means, but that's simply an uncompressed image that retains a lot of digital information now, while it's true, that Lightroom allows for RA. And I encourage it. I found that the, the, at least on the iPhone, which I'm used to the iPhone 11 pro max, I got better results from the iPhone. Even though it was not raw, it was called a format called H E I C. And some of your viewers may, may know about that. It's just a newer format. That's a bit better than JPEG.

Raymond Hatfield: 16:23 Do you think that that is something that we're going to have to worry about in the future different types of file formats and stuff, cause with Apple kind of making the switch to this AGI C format rather than JPEG is, is, is there anything going forward that we should be maybe concerned about or to prepare ourselves with?

Mark Hemmings: 16:41 I don't think so. I have, because a HIC or hake, whatever you want to call it is it's easily exported to JPEG. Very simple. I've had, I've had zero interoperability problems with it. In fact, almost all new software receives and reads and understands hake images now. So I don't see a problem with that at all.

Raymond Hatfield: 17:06 Okay. Okay. So when it comes to, let's get back to these settings, right? Why we're using either the native iPhone app on the iPhone 11, or going forward newer or using the light room camera app, maybe an older iPhones, you know, a large part, as you know of DSLR shooting is adjusting your settings just for total image control, right. Are there any settings that we should be using or changing on our phones to be able to take the best picture possible?

Mark Hemmings: 17:35 Well, the, the iPhone photography workflow was meant to be simple from the very beginning. And I appreciate that where you have very few options, it's a really stripped down way of taking pictures. Now, a lot of people will know that when they push their finger on the screen, that activates what's called the H E a L w button. And that's usually a little yellow icon that pops up, which means that the exposure is locked and the focus is locked. I hope I said that. Right? Auto AE AF lock. Yeah, that's right. However, my understanding is that in iOS 14, there may be a separation of those two, so we can actually do what other apps already do is where we can lock the exposure. This is sort of like mimicking a manual adjustment on our DSLRs or mirrorless and independently lock the focus. And this was not possible before. Now. It may be very possible on Androids and it's certainly possible and almost all the popular camera apps available on the app store. However that is just one more aspect of being able to get into a more manual adjustments, but still keeping the device super simple so that everyone can enjoy photography.

Raymond Hatfield: 18:58 So obviously I would consider keeping photography simple. You know, I guess you could look at it both ways, either a strength or a weakness. But when it comes to the strengths of iPhone photography, we've kind of talked about those weaknesses, small image sensor kind of limited by the lenses that we're using. I want to take a moment just to talk about the strengths specifically of iPhone photography. Where do you think the iPhone shines most?

Mark Hemmings: 19:25 Yes. And what I'll probably do is say that this is also for Android as well. The first couple the mobile photography strengths, are you being able to react super quick and almost instantaneously by pulling your camera out of your pocket? Now that's not always the case with DSLRs or mirrorless. You're unlatching your camera bag if you even have your camera at all. So that is one real strength is the you know, in, in two seconds I can get a picture from, you know, having my phone in my pocket. That's good. The second is because I'm a travel photographer and a street photographer. I find that people are, are like so much more inclined to to allow photography with an iPhone or an Android. And they do get nervous with big cameras because you know, who knows who you are, like, why are you photographing, you know strangers without their permission on the street with a huge $6,000 camera, which I've done by the way.

Mark Hemmings: 20:32 And I felt ridiculous doing it. So that's the second aspect that's really important. Now the third aspect is that with an advantage of being able to have a workflow, like I'm a professional, you're a professional photographer and the, the workflow aspects of me being able to take a picture, put it into Lightroom because I'm a Lightroom user. And that, that image going straight up to the cloud to be safe in case my phone was stolen, or I dropped it in the water that is just unbelievable amount of insurance. It's an insurance policy. And all you have to do is just make sure you're near wifi or set it to, you know, cellular if you've agreed cellular plan, which I do like 10 gigs or whatever. And I have pretty much guaranteed instant protection for every photo that I take through that Lightroom camera, or even through my normal native iPhone camera. It's really, really good to have that workflow stability.

Raymond Hatfield: 21:47 Yeah, that's something that as a professional photographer or as, as camera manufacturers have tried to make cameras more for professionals, they've added dual card slots, and they're just making things almost more complicated to be a professional photographer and ensure that your images are safe. So that is a huge benefit to be able to shoot on your phone. So that is as you said, I mean that, that's a huge, that's a huge plus, but I want to go back to that first thing that you were talking about because it reminded me that, you know, I've said this on the podcast a million times, and that is, that will simply moment matters most. I think that it matters more than the tech and to a degree. I think that the moment matters more than light as well. So can you talk a little bit more about how using the iPhone maybe on the street or just simply using the iPhone, you can lean into that concept of moment matters most. Mark Hemmings: 22:39 Yes. Yeah. So what I tried to tell people when I'm teaching DSLR or mirrorless, I'm going to explain this first is that speed is key. And so I always tell them, you know, when you're doing the street and travel photography, cause I teach these people in different countries around the world, we need to be quick. And that's why I suggest aperture priority F 5.6 or F 4.5 auto ISO. So that's the recipe I use for super fast reader, travel photography. Now in the world of iPhone or Android or mobile photography, it's, it's even easier because there is no real adjusting of those, the three parameters on the exposure triangle, it's you compose, you make sure that the lighting is good. And even if, even if the lighting isn't the greatest, you take the picture anyway, and you just pull it out of your pocket, get the shot and you're all set. So what I've found is that the, the usage of mobile devices for taking pictures, at least in my instruction, when I help people with is that they're inclined to study and appreciate composition far more because that's almost the only factor that they're dealing with is composition. They don't have to deal with, you know, all the complexities, which are actually good complexities, but they don't have to deal with that. So they really study composition. They study how light affects the subject, which is something that I really like.

Raymond Hatfield: 24:10 So composition, obviously for those listening is just simply how you compose your frame. So can you share maybe how the iPhone is more conducive to working on your composition rather than a DSLR?

Mark Hemmings: 24:22 Yes, exactly. So these days we have articulating screens on our newer DSLRs and mirrorless. That's great. That means that you can flip up the screen to see the picture better, but to be honest, that's still smaller than probably the smallest cell phone that screen. So the ability to have a very large screen to compose our photos and to see just how the elements fit into the picture space inside this rectangle is quite valuable. And that really sort of kick-starts people into a love of composition and understanding theory. That would be the rule of thirds. The golden mean all of these things that, that, that we, we learned theoretically, and then hope to place or to put into our actual practical photography. So essentially to sum up the answer, it's the large screen that is incredibly beneficial. And I do find that the large screen of the iPhone or a good Android is actually a much easier it's brighter than the back screen on your camera. And it's a it's instant, you know, instant preview, which is awesome. And I think that's well, well suited for a quick review and for learning composition.

Raymond Hatfield: 25:34 So I know that you can actually turn on in a iPhone. I believe they just call it grid view or something like that. Which is essentially just the rule of thirds, right? So almost they're, they're really pushing this idea of focusing on composition. So I would, I highly recommend turning that on. Do you, do you keep that on as well?

Mark Hemmings: 25:57 Yes. Yes. And not only is it good just generally, because it really drills in the theory of the rule of thirds, but it's also good for simple things like landscapes. When you have water, you don't want crooked water and that rule of thirds grid, even if you don't follow the rule of thirds, at least will help you line up the horizon. And it's incredibly useful for architecture buildings, interiors.

Raymond Hatfield: 26:25 Yeah. So obviously, I mean, it sounds like obviously the, the, the iPhone is a, is a very capable camera if you're using it. I guess if you're looking at it in a different sense, because I know that when I shoot, you know, with my food GS, I'm thinking a lot about the exposure. I'm thinking a lot about those are those really the two things, I guess, three things, right? Exposure moment and, well, I guess that's really it. Yeah. Just exposure in the moment, right. That is what I'm really looking for most. And it sounds to me like with the iPhone removing a lot of the manual exposure control, but still being able to control it, it really focuses on working on the moment. So this may be kind of a, an out of the box question, but why do you think there's so many, like when I scroll through my Facebook feed, there's so many bad iPhone photos. Why, why do you think that is

Mark Hemmings: 27:17 Well, that, and that's true. One thing is, is that there's an incredible amount of pressure and it's probably, it could be more so in young people. I don't know, maybe it maybe it's pressure on everybody to just push out content, even if it's ridiculous or if it's you know, meaningless. And I don't, I probably sound a bit harsh there, but one thing that and I'll come back to your question. But one thing I do notice is that it's better to put a one photo that, that has some element of, of compositional intelligence a week, rather than put out six photos a week or 12 photos that are just filling up, you know internet and social media space. So I really try to help people to reduce that stressful feeling of trying to keep up with the Joneses, by putting out all this content. I would sooner them do less posting of a little bit better quality and more, more thoughtfulness. And I think that could actually in turn reduce a certain amount of stress and anxiety, because there's so much pressure these days to you know, become a, an internet superstar through social media. I don't, I don't know if I answered your question or not, but

Raymond Hatfield: 28:43 Yeah. Yeah, well, you did. But I think that I asked the wrong question here, I guess, really what I'm looking for, or I guess the question that I should've been asking was what sorts of things do you see in a photo of, it just tells you right away that there was no sort of intentional intentionality behind, behind taking the photo and that it was just purely just a snapshot.

Mark Hemmings: 29:05 Okay. Yes. Well, one thing I will, I should have separated is snapshots just for fun. They, they don't need any artistic aspects. For example, I'll just take a quick shot of you know, my daughter's you know, walking through a path when we're on a hike, I don't care about anything. Just, that's just a memory. Now I think what you're referring to of course is when we're photographing something that is actually something that we want to present. Well, then the, the desire to, and what I teach people during photo workshops is that unless it's a sports event or a fleeting aspect, like a wildlife that disappears quickly, that you just take a deep breath, pause, look at the subject, think compose, then take the picture. And that will slow people down. Now in, in what I like to teach people during the workshops is to actually use a tripod, even with an iPhone or an Android, because that purposely and forcibly slows down the photographer.

Mark Hemmings: 30:11 Now, why is that good? It's good. It's good. Because we actually have time to think about composition. We have time to think about light. Now, when you don't have a tripod, then it's just snap, snap, snap. And that's where we get those, those results that we see online that are really subpar, or at least they haven't been thoughtfully produced. So if you don't have a tripod, no problem. Just, you know, just pause, enjoy the moment. Then take the picture. Now again, I'll preface that by saying, if you're into wildlife, if you're into sports, you don't have that luxury. You just take the picture, take it, take a ticket ticket, use burst mode, use, you know, the the continuous shooting.

Raymond Hatfield: 30:51 So talk to me more about this idea of a a phone on a tripod went shortly. We're not doing this everywhere we go. Is this only for certain use cases or, or just talk to me a little bit more about that? I liked this idea.

Mark Hemmings: 31:05 Yes. It's certainly for certain genres, like for example, landscapes, I always say, please use a tripod now, even if you don't need a tripod, for example, if you're in the bright, bright, sunny day, there's no way that you're going to have a shaky picture with an iPhone or an Android doing a landscape. However, the, the art of landscape photography is very much entwined, intertwined with the use of a tripod. This is traditionally been so, and it still is with DSLRs and mirrorless. We want to be able to, in our mindset, realize that we are appreciating this land. We're going to compose it. Well, we're going to present it well to the world and the tripod slows us down. So we have everything absolutely, you know, shipshape. And that would include SIM simple things like having the horizon straight, which is always really important. Now, what about other things like fashion photography with an iPhone or an Android or a product photography, or maybe still life, maybe you like to photograph flowers with a pretty vase. These are all aspects of photography, sorry, mobile photography that do really well with a tripod because they don't move. That's a good thing. We're not rushed. We can, you know, reduce those cortisol levels, the stress levels, because we can enjoy the process of photography. And that tripod is a real gem to to slow us down and to get that composition. Right.

Raymond Hatfield: 32:34 You know, I think what you said, there is something that I wasn't really even expecting the answer for, which is really that even though we're still using our phone and we have it with us everywhere, and we can just take it out of our pocket and take a picture of breakfast or whatever, still looking at it through the mindset of how can I create something with intention, how can I create something that will look its best? And that's really where that tripod comes in. Right? Cause I'm not surely I'm not just gonna like come into my office, grab a tripod, take it out there and take a picture of lunch or whatever it is. Not that I do that I used to, if you look at my old Instagram, those definitely what I used to do. But I'm not going to do that.

Raymond Hatfield: 33:15 But as you said taking, knowing what it is that you're shooting and having an idea in composing the photo, I suppose, in your head pre visualizing it before using that tripod is, is huge. And I helped that somebody really takes that away from from this episode, if they decided to pick one up, because I really, I really think that that could help a lot of people, especially fix all those horrible horizons that I see people use with their cell phone, or even when they do like the tilt. And they'll take a picture like this, that's the worst, the worst, sorry. I know that moving on, we have come a long way with the iPhone right? In the past 12 years or so now to take a good picture with our iPhone, do we, do we need the newest photo or the I'm sorry, do we need the newest iPhone? Do we need to upgrade every year that it comes out?

Mark Hemmings: 34:03 I want to always make sure that everyone knows, and I even do this for my idea, slur photo workshops and mirrorless is that I never want people to go into debt to buy gear. That's, that's the biggest mistake don't upgrade until you have the budget for it. And don't ever feel pressure from any ridiculous professional photographer saying that, yo, you gotta, you gotta upgrade. You know, your, your iPhone seven is too old or you're this and that is too old. That's not the case. If it takes a picture, then you have 80% or 90% of the work done. Now there's also the aspect of, you know, that 10% that may not be as good as the latest model. Well, you know, we have apps, editing apps, really good ones online to be able to help with that. And here's proof. I look back at my very first digital camera picture, which was, who knows when that was so long ago, it was an, I think it was a Nikon D 70 or something. And those pictures way back, more than way more than a decade ago though, they're still excellent. You know, it was a six megapixel camera. And when I looked back on my iPhone pictures, my history from back in 2012, they asked some real gems in there. So don't ever feel pressure to buy the latest and the greatest and always purchase within your budget. Because if you go into debt to buy gear, you will feel stress and that will ruin the excitement and the fun of taking pictures.

Raymond Hatfield: 35:48 I love that. Such a, such a clear answer to the question. What I want to know though is going forward when it comes to, you know, they're always talking about new advancements in, in, in mobile photography. How do we know if you know, whatever the new thing is that they're talking about? How do we even know if we need that? Like when they introduced the two cameras, I thought, okay, that kind of makes sense. But then they introduce three, you know? And then now I think, well, well may, maybe I need that. And now it's becoming more of a gear thing going forward. How do we know how to make the decision on whether or not we even should upgrade? Or if our current phones are fine,

Mark Hemmings: 36:27 I would say, here's an interesting, this is just, I'm just throwing this out there. This is totally it could be totally argued, but the iPhone eight seemed to be a progression from the seven of course when we get to the iPhone eight, I was, I felt like it finally had enough data to hold together a really good picture. And we, you know, you and I talked about bit depth and all the technical jargon and all that stuff, but let's just say that you could spend the rest of your life using an iPhone eight and still produce great pictures 20 years, 30 years from now. And the reason why I know this is because I, I, one of my clients asked me to take a iPhone four S picture. This is when I went to India and maybe it was a, it was iPhone five.

Mark Hemmings: 37:26 I went to India and I came back with some iPhone pictures. And my client wanted me to use the picture to blow up to like, what was it like 12 foot high by 18 foot wide for, for a a restaurant it's a big, I said, no, that will never work. It's an iPhone four S or it's an iPhone five and it's six megapixels, but you know what? It looks stunning really. And it's in, it's in the restaurant, in my hometown in st. John new Brunswick [inaudible] Indian restaurant. And I was amazed. So you don't need to buy the 11. You don't need to buy the pixel four or the [inaudible], whatever you have right now is probably more than enough. And if you feel that it isn't, why don't you try just learning a little bit about Lightroom editing using the Lightroom mobile app, just to, to clean up any issues that you might find. One of the things that's super important is a lot of people give up on their phones, their Android, or their iPhone, because the pictures aren't sharp, but I almost guarantee you that 80% of those people simply have fingerprints on their lenses.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:41 Yeah, I I'm sorry. Can you give me just one second? The kids are out there. Yeah. They're they're not, they're not happy right now. Hold on. I don't want that to, to show up. Hold on just one.

Mark Hemmings: 38:51 Yep.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:56 I am a I'm so sorry about that. They Parker took down one of Charlie's chargers in the on the wall right there.

Mark Hemmings: 39:04 Oh, I have two daughters. I understand.

Raymond Hatfield: 39:06 Yeah. Not, not, not happy about it. Not happy if for some reason, like into the world right there. So okay. Who we were just talking about the the iPhone eight and how, how it will last as a camera and how we can do good things with with maybe older technology. So it sounds to me like everything that we've been talking about today has, has been a lot about the strengths of an iPhone, but surely we haven't really talked a lot about the challenges of shooting on an iPhone, you know, about its weakness. Well, we did talk about the smaller sensor sizes and whatnot, but maybe let's talk about a situation in which we would not want to use an iPhone. When would that be?

Mark Hemmings: 39:52 Yes. So there's, there's a technical term. It's a very funny, nah, actually it's a non tech term. It's called the, the jello effect. And that happens when ever we take our foam and we shake it or move it and take a picture. And what happens is everything becomes skewed in one direction or the other. And it's actually quite fun. You should try that. And all of the listeners and this is a result of how sensors camera sensors read or record information. And so if we are physically, like, let's just say, we're in a car and we saw, see this great scene, but we are moving around like this. Cause it's really bumpy. Our photos are not going to be what we call true straight lines. They're going to be warped. And this is a, this is normal. This is a, you know, this has been a problem since the age of since digital recording has happened.

Mark Hemmings: 40:56 Now, why doesn't this happen on a DSLR or a mirrorless? Well, DSLR muralist has the advantage of a physical shutter and I phone, or an Android does not have a physical opening. And closing shutter has what's called an electronic shutter. So that's why sports, photography and any fast moving photography is usually not the best for a mobile device. That's why I would, I would always switch to, like, I have a Nikon D seven 80, I have a Fujifilm X, T four, and I cycle through camera cameras quite a bit. And that's where definitely I would be using a bigger camera. So that is, you know, that's, that's one area where you would definitely want to make sure that you are using a bigger camera with a physical shutter.

Raymond Hatfield: 41:47 Okay. That makes sense. So anything pretty much fast moving, anything that yeah, that's it really fast moving, fast moving subjects. Okay, cool. It's funny that you said that. Cause now I'm thinking back to a photo last year, I went to the Indy 500 and obviously these kids are going like 300 miles an hour. And I remember sitting in the stands and taking a photo. And just the effect was that the car, you know, if you, if you were to measure it on the track had to have been like several hundred feet long, just cause it was going so fast and it was so stretched. Alright. So note to self don't don't maybe I could shoot a wedding on an iPhone, but don't, don't try to shoot the Indy 500 on an iPhone. Okay. So let's go ahead and move on to the next step, which is after the capture, right? The edit, there is a lot of editing apps. I know that you talked about Lightroom there. Is that pretty much the end all be all? And what else, what should we be doing with with our photos after their editor to edit them?

Mark Hemmings: 42:47 Well, I love talking about the photographer's workflow because I use this every day. So I'll just quickly tell you what I do is I'll take a photo either in my DSLR, my mirrorless or my iPhone, and within my iPhone, it's either the native camera or the light room camera, but all of those pictures, regardless of how I captured them, get into the light room app. Now the Lightroom app, I can actually access like if I shoot with my Fuji or my Nikon, I just have a little adapter. So SD card adapter goes straight into my iPhone and they get loaded into light room. Those images go straight up to the cloud, but they're also within my iPhone in this, in the form of what we call a thumbnail or a, an editable copy, that's lower resolution, but still fully editable. Now in light room, I'll do all my adjusting because I feel in all my experience that Lightroom CC has the best amount of editing capacity.

Mark Hemmings: 43:50 Now it doesn't have all the fun gimmicks, but it has the foundational elements that the professionals need. Now, when I get the picture of the way I like to in Lightroom mobile app on my iPhone, then I export it to a third party app. If I need to. Let's just say, for example, people like Snapseed, let's just say that there's a Snapseed filter that I can't get on my light room. So I just export it to snap seed, do my adjustments and then send it back to Lightroom as a copy. This is extremely useful, but there's something even better, all Adobe apps. And that would be Adobe fix Adobe mix, Adobe Photoshop. I think it's called express. They really easily interact with Lightroom where you seamlessly go from one app to the other and then back into light room. So that's my workflow.

Mark Hemmings: 44:44 I every like 90% of the time, I just stay within Lightroom. But when I need that extra, you know special, fun filter or something, I'll go out of Lightroom. And one more thing before I it's really important because people get frustrated Lightroom because it's raw, it's dealing with non-destructive rock capabilities. It's not so good for erasing power lines or spot removal or healing brush, but that's okay because there's an app called Adobe Photoshop, fix F I X that works seamlessly with my Lightroom app and they send each other back and forth. And that's how I get rid of the power lines or, you know, the anything that I want to remove from a photo.

Raymond Hatfield: 45:33 I have never heard of a Photoshop fix. So there'll be Photoshop fix. I'm going to check that out for sure. Right after this, because one thing I did this year was I tried to, with the I started off the year with a [inaudible] which I love to death and I thought, you know what, I'm really gonna try to make a push towards mobile editing with with my iPad here. And I loved it. But as you said, I mean, there was just a few things that I found were much easier to remove maybe in light room on the computer than they were on mobile, but it sounds like maybe there's just a slight work around to get those things to work. And I just got to do a little bit more research to to do that. So I'm going to download that right away. Cause that sounds fantastic. So earlier you said that Lightroom is, is, is great, but maybe it doesn't have all the cool gimmicky features I believe was the exact technical term there. Can you maybe talk to me about what, what that means? Like what, what does light room CC not do?

Mark Hemmings: 46:35 Yes, Lightroom CC is the it avoids usually popular, popular gimmicky meme ish type filters, because it needs to make sure that it doesn't I think it's called software bloat where there's just way too much stuff within a software software app, but that's okay because Adobe cleverly comes up with these extra apps. For example, one's called Photoshop camera. Now Photoshop camera has all of the cool filters and effects that, for example, my teenage daughters love and it works in tandem and it's the interoperability with Lightroom app is quite stunning. So for example, if I want to get this crazy colors with words coming out of my head, you know, at four for Instagram or even a tic talk, if it was for promotion and all of these things, they're all available in Photoshop camera or Photoshop L Photoshop express, or, you know, all these other Adobe apps. And it's very simple. So you do your base work in Lightroom and then the fancy fun stuff for social media, you can export and work within those apps and then bring that picture back into light room.

Raymond Hatfield: 48:01 Okay. So, so the, the basic edits in light room are just simply exposure, saturation and contrast just getting the overall look of the image, right? We bring them into another Adobe app play with a little, a little more, maybe do something a little bit more creative, and then we bring it back into light room too, as a form of storage or as a form of, of, of finishing it up

Mark Hemmings: 48:22 A form of storage.

Raymond Hatfield: 48:24 Got it. Okay. Okay. So now that we have shot our masterpiece, now that we have edited it to be even better, what's next? What, what do we do with all these mobile photos that we take?

Mark Hemmings: 48:37 Yeah. So for, for what I do is I, now this is we're talking COVID times right now, but let's just say that we're talking pre COVID. What I would do is all my photos live in Lightroom and then I, I export a small JPEG for upload to social media. So for example, my last trip was Mexico. I spend each winter in Mexico and if you look on my Instagram, probably there hasn't been much uploading at least not internationally, but I have a very scheduled way where I export all the images that I want to upload to social media as a small. So in Lightroom, you have three options. You export as small as large. Now that would be a large JPEG at really good quality, or what's called original plus edits. Now this would usually be a raw file if you shot it in raw.

Mark Hemmings: 49:38 And there's actually a fourth option called custom where you can actually set the exact pixels, both length and width and your pixel resolution. And that's really useful. Not many people would need that to be honest, but those are the three export options that you would be doing after all of your editing is finished and you want to get stuff up to social media. And a lot of people will say, Mark, are you sure that small is okay for upload the Facebook? And I say yes, because the small export from Lightroom is actually 21, sorry, 2,140 pixels in the, the longest dimension, which is actually a little bit more than what's even necessary for Facebook or, or any social media platform.

Raymond Hatfield: 50:23 Oh, that's good. That's good to know. So obviously we're going to be our photos. I got one last question here. I know that we're going a little long and that the kids were kind of crazy there. So lastly is that I know that we can keep all of these photos in the cloud. But what about those who maybe don't want to don't want to do that? And they would like to keep their photos maybe on a hard drive or something, is that even a possibility with with the iPhone photos?

Mark Hemmings: 50:52 Yep. So the possibility exists with the paid version. Now this light room app that we've been talking about the whole time, it's free with a limited amount of cloud storage space. However, if you upgrade to their normal monthly program, which I believe is $9 and 99 cents, U S then you automatically have late room, the same light room, but the desktop version for your laptop, and you would just connect an external hard drive to your computer. And that will in the background, just churn through, it'll send everything straight into your external hard drive. And I do that as well. So I have three points of backup. I have the cloud, I also have the external hard drive, which sits on my desk and it continually keeps getting fed automatically from, you know, the cloud into the external hard drive. And I have a duplicate hard drive that I sent to my office. And that w that covers me essentially.

Raymond Hatfield: 51:54 So are you, this is my last question here. Are you like going through and rating all the phones? Are you manually choosing the photos that you want to go on that hard drive to be backed up? Or is it every photo?

Mark Hemmings: 52:04 No, it's every photo, every photo. Okay. Every single photo that gets out. Let's see. Let me give you a really quick scenario. Let's just say right now, I take a picture of you. I can see you on the screen, and then that photo goes straight to the cloud, but not only that, it goes down from the cloud into my computer, which is only about 10 feet away inside rate it right over there, and then directly into my external hard drive. Now this is incredibly easy and useful. I don't need to do a thing. And it gives me that assurance that we have both cloud backup and physical hard drive backup. And then I would say once a month, I will, or soon, maybe every two weeks, I'll take my physical hard drive and duplicate it at my office.

Raymond Hatfield: 52:57 Okay. So that's just another reason to maybe slow down and be more intentional with your photos so that you don't have a thousand photos of your steak sandwich from the hard drive.

Mark Hemmings: 53:09 Yes. And one thing I, sorry, I just have to throw this in. It's really important for people to know that if they're concerned with that steak sandwich and those ridiculous fun snapshots, I only use my Lightroom camera and I only, these are artistic photos. If they're just silly pictures or like business receipts, or, you know, maybe a phone number of someone those reside within my normal camera photos app, I don't put them into light room. So I just want to make sure that everyone understands that a light room for me at least is reserved for my artistic or my clients or photos that are that have that, that level of value.

Raymond Hatfield: 53:54 Okay. So again, the difference between a more digital photos and just snapshots when you would differentiate those. Perfect. Perfect. Well Mark I got to say, thank you obviously so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did about iPhone photography today. You, before I let you go, you let the listener know about your new book, which honestly I'm going to be picking up and I'm excited to learn more about,

Mark Hemmings: 54:20 Yeah, so the, for dummies series, which is published by Wiley publishing and in the United States, they cover so many different genres and they asked me to do iPhone photography for dummies and it's out now, and you can buy it on amazon.com or amazon.ca for Canadians like myself or around the world, any Amazon shop. And it's a, I'm really proud of the book and it will help you if you have any version of iPhone to get better at iPhone photography. And I, I have a whole bunch of the nice thing about this book is that it has sort of my favorite pictures from around the world. It's doubled as a, my portfolio in the sense of international iPhone pictures and words and instructions and lessons and genres inside this book. So I hope you all get it. I hope you enjoy it. And I really hope that my proposals for doing it, you know, an Android smartphone, photography for dummies is accepted because I would love to serve the other side of the mobile photography world.

BPP 216: Gary Crabbe - Master of Landscape photography

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Gary Crabbe is an award-winning photographer and author living in the San Francisco Bay Area. Gary began his photographic career spending nearly a decade managing the image library for famed National Geographic photographer Galen Rowell. Since then, his own client and publication credits include the National Geographic Society, New York Times, Forbes Magazine, TIME Magazine, Victoria's Secret, The North Face, Sunset, L.L. Bean, Subaru, The Nature Conservancy, and The Carnegie Museum of Natural History to name but a few.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Gary got started in photography

  • The hardest part about photography for Gary to learn early on

  • What elements go into every great landscape photo

  • The tale-tell signs of an amateur landscape photo

  • How to start focusing on composition

  • What to do when the weather does not cooperate

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How to start selling your landscape photos

  • Shooting on assignment vs Shooting personal work

  • All about licensing. How it has changed and how to charge for your work

Resources:

161023a_YOS-0645-Edit_1600.jpg
170226a_SRAE-0469_1600.jpg
Crabbe_sera-2040.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 In 2018, seven of your landscape images were chosen by the us postal service to represent just how beautiful America is in a series of stamps. Now, I want to take a step back from that, just monumental achievement right there. And I want to know what, how you got into photography in the first place.

Gary Crabbe: 00:24 Oh, that's a really easy answer. And it's a question I do get asked a lot. I was a breakfast cook.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:35 Okay. Let's go on. Let's elaborate from that. How does,

Gary Crabbe: 00:38 Okay. No, actually, I, I was so absolutely sick to death of waking up every morning at ungodly hours that I actually now waking up again that early, but I, I literally woke up with a stream of profanities coming out of my mouth saying I didn't want to go to work. And my wife basically said, well, find a different job. And so I basically started applying for anything I could find out of the newspaper and that included answering telephones at an adoption agency, a telemarketer you know, I didn't care what the job was as long as it was a normal Monday through Friday nine to five job. Wait, that's what you wanted was the norm. That's what I wanted because as opposed to waking up really early and cooking, and I had to spend my weekends cooking and stuff like that, I want, at that point I wanted some sense of normalcy and I think it was maybe about 24.

Gary Crabbe: 01:54 It was right after I had graduated from college. And one of the ads that I saw in the paper was for to outdoor photo agency must love dogs. Okay. And so I applied for it and got asked to come in for an interview. And it, soon as I showed up at the doorway I recognized it, it was the studio of even then a world famous national geographic photographer named Gale and Raul. And the only reason I recognized who it was immediately was because I had seen his mountain light exhibit in person at the California Academy of sciences. A number of years before that and his famous shot of the rainbow over the potassium palace is like a, you know world-class signature photo. And I was just kind of like, Oh my God. And surprisingly, I did get offered the job of basically just being a little file, boy. My job was going to be taking all the slides back from clients. Cause in this time there was no digital photography not even digital scans, so everything was done on slides and they need someone to put all the slides back into those same sort of file drawers that you see behind me. And so I did get hired, I got paid less than I was as a cook. And surprisingly I did ask for and got a raise on my very first day of work

Raymond Hatfield: 03:42 Day one, starting out.

Gary Crabbe: 03:46 So they, they agreed. They gave me, you know, we, we split the difference on what I was losing. But literally nine days after I started working there, I went off on my three week honeymoon. So actually I guess my wife was my fiance at the time. This first started happening. But within that nine days, I was exposed to all of this world-class photography. And I figured, Oh, here I am. I'm going off to Hawaii on my honeymoon. I've got my little old money manual Minolta [inaudible] and I was going to be like the next Galen route. I took, you know, like 10 rolls of those print film, negatives that you develop in the drug store. And, you know, there were shots of rainbows and Palm trees and sunsets, and they were all

Gary Crabbe: 04:46 Like, I knew nothing about it. I came back from my honeymoon three weeks later and literally the moment I walk in the door, the manager of the office goes Galen and Barbara need to see you in their office right now. I mean, we're talking eight 30 in the morning after my first day on the honeymoon and I'm being summoned in the office and I get into the office and they say the people that are running your department are no longer here. We've let them go. Do you think you can run the department? And I went sure,

Raymond Hatfield: 05:32 Does it come with a rake?

Gary Crabbe: 05:34 What I was doing? But I said, absolutely, I can do it. And so they put me on like a 90 day probation period to see if I could keep up with what I said. Yeah, that turned out to be a decade that I wound up staying there. And I was running this image library of 400,000 slides. I'm dealing with all of, some of the top publishing companies, agencies, magazines, ad agencies in the world, which was great because that was training ground for me as a photo editor. So that's literally what I consider part of my business is not just photography, but I also do photo editing as well. And the benefit though is the photographer was that Galen taught workshops out of his office there in Berkeley and I had to work them. So I got the training of being in, sitting through over the course of years.

Gary Crabbe: 06:43 Like I'm probably about 30 or more of his workshops that he led. And at some point we got even to a point where I was helping teach them and working with the students out in the field and stuff like that as part of the job. But the greatest point of the education was always like the slide critiques, where they, you would listen to Galen critique the slides. And that started to be like, Oh, I just had all that information sinking into me. It turns out ironically though, they would refuse to hire photographers. They had been burned by photographers a number of times. So when I was hired, it was like, do you want to be a photographer? And I'm like no interest in being a photographer. And oddly enough, nine years later when I laughed, I wound up having enough information and skills that I was able to start my own photography business. So it's

Raymond Hatfield: 07:53 Okay. Hold on, hold on. There's a lot of questions I just wrote down on this little piece of paper here about that story. First of all, what did that I have to do with dogs? I didn't hear anything about dogs and that, and that whole story.

Gary Crabbe: 08:04 Oh, there was there Galen had a golden retriever named kumu and that dog basically lived with us in the office at all times. And they were gone. We had to care for the dog. So yeah, that was, that was one of the requirements walking into the dog. And that was actually on my cover letter was like, you know, I may not know what a photo agency is, but I liked dogs,

Raymond Hatfield: 08:33 But I had never knew a shooting dogs, nothing like that. No photograph. Okay. At least a they're focusing on everything that's important there. Right. You gotta be welcome to the family before you can, you can take a photo. So before starting did you have any prior photography knowledge up until that point? I know that you said that you had a Minolta camera. But how, how did, how, how did you know about photography before you had stopped?

Gary Crabbe: 08:59 Not a lot. I knew how to point and push the button and keep it on the automatic mode. I had taken a black and white elective photography course through my art department in college. And that was the sum total one semester in the dark room. However I did wind up getting a job working for the university that I was at. I was getting my master's degree in the theater. And so I became the official photographer for the theater. So from that black and white class I was able to adapt to shooting in the theater where I used a 3,200 speed. And since I had experience with both acting and directing, they would let me run around on stage with the actors during one of their final dress rehearsals. And so I would basically get the film that I shot from the dress rehearsal, run back to my apartment, process it all in my bathroom with a little dark room unit that I had bought during the course of that class. And I processed all of these eight by 10 RC glossy prints of the theater production. And in the morning I dropped them off with the art department and in the afternoon they were lining the walls of the theater. And that was it. That was photography job number one. And the sum total of experience I had before I walked into that other job. But that was probably just enough to help me get that job because they definitively didn't want photographers, but, you know, I had just little bit of experience and that was it.

Raymond Hatfield: 10:51 Yeah. It definitely helps knowing a certain aspects about a camera before you go in. You don't want to go in completely blind. So that, that makes sense. I love that. My next question is, is, is when it came to, this is, this is just how much I love this story. So you had you said that your master's in theater directing, right? Yup. Okay. So clearly like you, you enjoy being in the company of people. What I want to know now is that like, when did you decide that landscapes, which arguably, maybe one of the loneliest forms of photography would be something that you were going to pursue full time? What was it about landscapes that really drew you in?

Gary Crabbe: 11:35 Probably the fact that when I was a young, as a teenager and a kid and young adult, that I had grown up fishing and camping with my parents. And as I started to get into my teen years, I started doing backpacking and getting out into some of the wilderness, especially by like, like Tahoe and parts of Yosemite and stuff like that. And you know, I also had this one specific memory of when I was a kid we had driven across country from, at the time I was living in New Jersey and we drove and came back into California. And I remember jumping out of the camper and just seeing the majesty of Mount Shasta over highway five, which is just in fact, I was just there a little while ago. And you know, every time I see this big, huge volcanic peak towering, you know, 10,000 feet over the surrounding landscape, it's just, you know, the jaw dropping awe of nature, the natural processes, and the fact that it's the part of the planet that will go on and has been here long before and long after humans, you know? So it is that point where you can escape everything else that is around us and retreat, just back to, you know, what is the real kind of mother earth aspect.

Raymond Hatfield: 13:18 So it's funny that you mentioned that I remember as you said, like Shasta, I told you that I grew up in Northern California, my grandma lives in in Redding and every year we would go up there to to see her and we'd go camping at, I think it was whiskey town. Was he late? Yeah, exactly great place. Yeah. And I believe that one of my first photographs now that I think about it is of Shasta as we were driving up a five and I'm going to have to ask my mom if she can go back through my old scrapbooks and and find that photo that's. That's awesome.

Gary Crabbe: 13:50 Yeah. It is just something it's like walking up to the rim of the grand Canyon the first time, or seeing half dome for the first time or looking at the Swiss Alps. You just, you know, it is something that is transcendent and literally goes right. I think to the core, you know kind of our own being. So when those moments hit and that's, that's what attracted me,

Raymond Hatfield: 14:18 Well, it makes an impact that's for sure. So when you went to Hawaii, right on your honeymoon, you had your 10 rolls of film. You had your Minnesota, you go out, you're super excited to take all these photos when you get back and you develop them. They're all. What would you say was the hardest part about photography at that point for you from the technical side for you to, for you to learn?

Gary Crabbe: 14:41 I think so obviously there was the basics, like exposure and composition but one of them, the things that gallons talked a lot about. Yeah. And, you know, people I don't understand right now in the digital world, if they've grown up totally in the digital world we did not have little LCD panels on the back of our screen where we can immediately see what we were getting. And so probably he's this phrase, learning to see like external, in other words, you could look out there and through this lens of basically what was a foreign language, understanding how the film was going to see the world differently than how our eyes were seeing it. You could start making compositional and artistic choices based on what you knew the palette of the film was going to do versus what your eyes were saying. And that was probably a huge quantum jump because compared to that learning things like, you know, your rule of thirds and you know, diagonals being good, don't put something directly in the center.

Gary Crabbe: 16:05 Those were kind of the more easy technical aspects, but suddenly learning to, to think in the light language of photography was much a much better step up the ladder than any of those small instructions, because it allowed me to start making more critical choices. What I was in the field. And there's a famous photographer named art Wolf, who I think I think it was him who said, you know, the hallmark of a good photographer is knowing what photo not to take. And so as we've learned this kind of language of film and the language of composition and the language of light itself as the beginning and photographers, you just run around and you point your camera and you push the button, you literally have no clue. It's like, Oh, that kind of looks nice. I'll take the picture up. That looks good.

Gary Crabbe: 17:04 I'll take the picture. But then once you start learning all these things, you can go now, that's, that's not good. Maybe if I move over here or maybe if I change this or change that you can start reacting to the world around you, I'm making informed choices. So that, that aspect of like learning to see like film and to understand what else is going to get in the camera without having to look on the back of my camera to see if it's okay, first that's something the modern world, you know, doesn't teach you. But I thought it was a great resource, but there, the way, you know, light and subject matter comes together in that little, two dimensional frame that is it's like learning a second language. And once you become fluent in the language, you're able to basically speak it much clearer

Raymond Hatfield: 18:07 When you become fluent in the language, you're able to speak it much clearer. How do you become fluent in that language?

Gary Crabbe: 18:13 That's, that's a lot of practice. You know, and it's a lot of mistakes and it's a lot of really looking to see what doesn't work. A really easy example. And I think even Gustavo had mentioned it in his little interview the other day was that, you know, have someone try bracket their exposures and just put them all up on the screen and look at what it does. Try and feel how your eye moves through a frame. I'm sorry. I thought I'd put all these ringers to silent. No worries. Believable. So I literally had a chair and I had basically set them all to silent and had them sitting here on silent figures.

Raymond Hatfield: 19:17 The whole world's against you. I swear.

Gary Crabbe: 19:21 I'm not a fan of technology. Let me tell you that. So going back at, you know, that was the other, probably big step that helped understanding that this kind of fluency of photography was understanding how, as a photographer, my connection to a subject comes across in a photograph and understanding things like, you know, how light and shadow work together in a frame. But most importantly, how does our eye move through the frame? Because if you create a great visual path and your subject matter can, can literally jump off the page at the size of a postage stamp. You know, you're doing something right. But if someone looks at that and your subject is either dead centered and there's nothing there, or there's a whole bunch of jumbled stuff on the side, a viewer is going to look at that and they're going to feel that kind of confusion and that sort of odd tangle of information so that their brain doesn't process it nicely that hearkens back to, I think what the famous line of, they're always, you know, two people on a photograph, the photographer and the viewer.

Gary Crabbe: 20:47 Yes. And so starting to think like a viewer of a photographer and making things easy for the viewer is one of the steps along that path. That's really important.

Raymond Hatfield: 21:01 There was, there was a lot right there I think to, to unpack when it comes to what goes into a, a, a landscape photo and obviously what makes one better than another. So if, if if I were to ask you to, to close your eyes and describe the perfect landscape photo, what elements are you seeing? What elements are most important to you

Gary Crabbe: 21:28 First and foremost is light because that's what photography is. I mean, you can strip everything out of it, but if you don't have light, you don't have a photo. And one of the things I like to teach is that's what we take pictures up. We don't take pictures of things. We take pictures of light on things, and I've always said, and continued to say that a great, let me get this exactly right. A boring subject in great light will always make a better photograph than a great subject in boring light. So you can have a beautiful mountain in the middle of the day, look substantially less impressive than a park bench at sunset in perfect light.

Raymond Hatfield: 22:37 It's true. That's absolutely true.

Gary Crabbe: 22:40 So that's, that's the very, very, very first thing. I think about the light first, and then I think I match it to the subject. So whenever I'm looking around, like outside my office right now, I can see some beautiful morning light hitting my tomatoes and bean plants and cucumbers and stuff like that. And I'm like, Oh, that's pretty, but it's the light that's catching my attention, not the subject. And I go, Oh, there's the pretty light. That's what I'm going to photograph. So obviously for an outdoor landscape, weather is key. Timing is key. If it's cloudy and gray, I'm not thinking about big landscapes. I'm thinking about smaller details or possibly doing something in black and white. There's a reason that landscape photographers and travel photographers are drawn to what they called the magic hour. You know, the hours between sunrise and or around sunrise and around sunset is because that as the sun gets lower in the sky, it's traveling through more atmosphere and it's getting, you know, more and more golden and eventually turning to red.

Gary Crabbe: 23:59 And that light makes such a special quality on anything it falls. So the first thing I would think about is, you know, am I going to get some beautiful light, either on trees, mountains clouds, especially is there a Lake or body of water that I could reflect that in? Would there be a nice foreground subject, like a rock with a nice angle that I can start leading the viewer into? And can I construct a scene that I think is going to evoke an emotional response so that when someone sees it, they know exactly what I was seeing, what I was passionate about, but moreover than that, that it hits them in some manner with their own kind of emotional response so that they can say, Oh, I want to be there. I want to see that I want to live in that scene.

Gary Crabbe: 25:00 And that's kind of one of the things, you know, as a photo editor critique, when people are going through and I'm looking through their portfolios and they've got these, you know, they're out at a Lake at a sunset or a sunrise, and they've got clouds and they've got trees and they've got rocks in the foreground, but it's not a good picture. Yeah. And one of the hallmark questions as like, would you want to live with that photo on your wall for 10 years? And even if they love the photo, you can almost kind of see the hesitation in their eyes at somewhere. They know, you know, it might be really good for them, but they know that there's some of that kind of combination missing. And it's the ability to create those kinds of compositions adding one plus two plus three plus four, and putting them in the right sequential order. That's the part that takes years of being out there of years of clicking the button and then really trying to look objectively with what you've got on the screen. Once you've got it back and you're sitting there and Lightroom or camera or whatever program you're using to really stop and study what you got and to figure out why was this image better than that image? And that's, that's the long process of it.

Raymond Hatfield: 26:33 It sounds like a long, a long learning process. Obviously when you have to wait for things like weather and you have to wait for things like light in order to really be able to you know, test skills, I suppose. But as somebody who teaches workshops as somebody who has attended other workshops, as you said there are those elements, the light, the composition subject matter, seeing images from photographers of all skill level, low skill levels, which one do you think is overlooked the most?

Gary Crabbe: 27:05 Probably the light you know, especially from a, well, I will have to amend that to two sides. I'd say from a beginning perspective, someone walking out in the, the camera, I think, you know, while they may not have the understanding of light, they, they certainly have this kind of intuitive sense of pointing the camera at what they like to see learning, I would say the elements of composition and the visual pathway, you know, constructing a photo so that the eye goes through it. Okay. is probably the first step by that. I try and push people up the ladder. So I know that in my own workshops, when I'm doing the critiques, you know, it's simple things like checking the edges. Why, why do you have the branches? You know, what if I'm, you know, subject is over here, how about, you know, making those kinds of choices and experiment it because the first reaction most beginning photographers do is they'll see something and they bring their camera up to it and they go click.

Gary Crabbe: 28:31 And that's the extent of what they do. So really trying to get them to work with this idea of perspecting perspective and connecting with what they're shooting as trying to tell a story, you know, what is the story that you're trying to tell with this photo? What things do you think you could do to make it better? At least getting them to be aware of light and how light plays is a big thing. But from first step one, I would have to say composition and visual pathways is probably the biggest, you know, if you're going to push someone up that ladder, that's the way I'm going to get them started.

Raymond Hatfield: 29:16 So I think talking about visual pathways, that's something that maybe internally, I think that I struggle with most when it comes to taking a photo of, you know, just like a nice landscape, as you said, something that I find visually interesting. I want to take a photo of it, but then I have to ask myself like, well, what is the main subject of this photo? Because when I shoot weddings, it's going to be the couple. When I have somebody in front of my frame, it's, it's them, that's always the subject of the photo, but when it comes to landscapes and there's something like a rock that could be 10 feet in front of you and you know, a volcano that could be several miles in front of you, right? How do we build the visual pathway and where do we find like what the main, what the main subject is, is does, does that question make sense? That kind of,

Gary Crabbe: 30:01 So I think that is, you know, that is at the very core of one of the other aspects is I especially try and get to with a lot of my presentations, you know, and if I could walk up with a baseball bat and hit people over the head with it it's the one thing I would say is photography is a communication. Medium. People are like, wait, I thought it was just an art form. No, it is a communication medium, which means every single photo you take, you're telling a story, you're saying something about something, that's it. And that's the way a, viewer's going to look at it. They're going to know what does he try? What's the story. This photographer is trying to tell me about this subject. So it doesn't matter if the subject is a single rock or a single flower or a bride and groom cutting the cake, or you've got a portrait of a person that you're setting up for some sort of assignment.

Gary Crabbe: 31:15 You're always trying to communicate something with that image. And let's say for the example that you use the rock and Mount Shasta, which is perfect because it's in the midst of this volcanic landscape, that it would be really an ideal setup to say, Oh, here's a piece of volcanic rock that is sitting here two and a half miles from the mountain. And how do I superimpose that? So that they're in the frame together. And I am trying to say this foreground rock came from that background mountain. So the first thing you know is you have to have both of them in the frame, but then aligning the perspective white using the rule of thirds and composition. So that if those are on a diagonal like this, if there are like straight across like that, it's not as much of a story as if they're pull the part or okay.

Gary Crabbe: 32:18 You know, and finding that kind of balance where you're creating the relationship between the background and the foreground, so that when a viewer sees that they see foreground rock, let's see how I do this here, then background volcano. It's those, you know, how you construct it in the frame that helps lead your eye from one to another, but it also establishes that there is a relationship between the two. And if the rock is down on the ground, if you're shooting from five feet, four inches up, which is the average spot, beginner photographers take photos up, you know, it was like, no, get down on the ground, you know, put the foreground rock up like that, you know, and then match it with a little tiny mountain in the background. That's, you know, that's an option. That's going to tell a story in slightly a different way than if they're both kind of equalized in the frame.

Gary Crabbe: 33:24 I like that. I like, I like tying in those stories or the element of a story there as well. And I think that really helps me kind of figure out how to compose photos a little bit better. So thank you very much for sharing that. It really is, you know, they, they say every photo is worth a thousand words or should be, or could be, but it's that the photo is worth X words just reinforces the idea that you're trying to use photography to communicate something and they walk around and say, what am I trying to communicate with this photo? That's a good way to kind of get you into those better positions to create better photos. That's why you're the pro here. That was perfect. I want to switch gears just a little bit now, and I want to know that as one of the very few people in the entire world who make a living from your landscape photographs, I want you to talk to me a little bit about the business of landscape photography. How do you recommend somebody new to landscape photography, even w where do you recommend that they even begin to start earning money with their photos?

Mid Roll: 34:40 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips, to learn how to make money with your camera, and then become a premium member today, by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join. Now,

Gary Crabbe: 35:03 I, I believe that, and I'm going to play devil's advocate here for a second and ask you, what is the role that Instagram plays in your landscape photography? Not a lot. In fact, I don't think I posted more than a couple images since the pandemic began. I know that a number of photographers who have done incredibly successful at Instagram and built up quite a following, but I think a large part of that is the photographers that want to learn from them so they can do what they do that said I've also known several photographers and my self included one, I have a very kind of, I don't want to say bitter reaction, but I, I definitely, I feel a bit saddened by the fact that they have made photography so instant and so overwhelming in terms of the flow of content that people scroll by on this little device.

Gary Crabbe: 36:26 And they barely give some of these excellent photos more than a second worth of attention, and barely the effort to absorb more than a double tap and move on. So as far as someone who really likes to dig in and dive and look at the meat of a photographer's body of work or what they're trying to show me as like, Oh, you know, when I get on instant, it's just like, scroll, scroll, scroll, tap, tap, tap, cut, make a quick comment and stuff like that. But I think people also strive for the psychology of affirmation. And before I switched to my theater degree, I was actually a social, my, my bachelor's degree was in social and adolescent psychology. And this idea of the dopamine hit for the, like, you know, I specifically know photographers out there who gets so wrapped up in, you know, I'm going to do this for the numbers, or, Oh, if, if I didn't get the numbers on this image, it must mean that image is not good.

Gary Crabbe: 37:39 And that's kind of a pervasive set. And I, I, you know, I've known someone that literally came up to me and said, I'm out to kill the Instagram thing. I'm going to slay it. And he did. He made that and he's done great for it. And there is, once you get to that point, there will be a market for people that want to learn from, and that is all very well and fine. It's getting to that point. Yeah, I just have, you know, and I, and I guess that I might feel different if I was 20 years younger at the moment and living on my phone, but as someone who likes to go into a museum and stare at, you know, a three foot photograph hanging on a wall and just really kind of soaking it in instead is the exact opposite. And I think what it is really done is it is dead and our senses to the appreciation of photography. We see it, we know it's good. And bam, we have just moved on to the next thing so fast. We don't know why it was good.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:54 Oh, wow. We see it. We know it's good. And then we just move on. That's a, that's a sad thought that it you're right. I mean, that's a real sad thought. And there's been photographers who I've talked to I'm thinking of Dan Milner right now. And he is a if you don't know Dan Milner, he was a he was a photo journalist in Texas. And then this was a, I guess in the late seventies kind of grew up in this publishing world. And then once social media came around, he realized he's like, this is the worst thing I think to happen to photography. And he just completely swears off it. And now he still shoots on his like, like a [inaudible] and just prints every single one of his photos and makes books out of them. And he's like, this is how I enjoy photography.

Raymond Hatfield: 39:37 And I think that there's a lot that episode has really resonated with a lot of listeners, because I think that they can see themselves getting caught up in that same dopamine hit, like you said, and that, that does take a lot of the the joy and the fun out of being there in the moment and being excited about the photo to capture, because if it only gets like seven likes or whatever, then, then that's going to negatively affect how you see the photo. And that's a, that's a shame. That's a shame. Is there anything that you do about that? Do you specifically try to print photos that you specifically do something to ensure that you continue to appreciate true photography?

Gary Crabbe: 40:16 Yeah. I definitely try and go to individual photographer websites, and I look at their portfolios on their website now to be fair. During the start of the pandemic, I kind of took a break from the Instagram and posting online from my business side. Now I have a business page. This is one other thing I would say. My business Instagram account is a far different beast from my personal business account and or my personal Instagram page. You know, the personal one is me personally. And it's, it's the, the, the stuff that I do. But when I post something on my Instagram business page, I'm curating that like a professional photo editor, you know, I'm trying to not just think of one photo, but I'm also thinking of, you know, how does this match in a stream of colors or subject matter so that I'm bringing up stuff that is, you know, when someone brings up the whole page that they're looking at it as kind of like this gestalt kind of portfolio, and I don't have seven orange sunsets run together.

Gary Crabbe: 41:32 So I'm really kind of picking and choosing, but I did have to think of that as kind of, you know, Instagram felt like a business thing I had to do, but I also did it with the mindset of like, I'm not going to care about the numbers. You know, I will go ahead and post it one just because I like sharing my photos. I have in the past taken breaks from, you know, a photographer sites and sharing. And then I just realized at some point, you know, if people aren't seeing the work, you know, they should, and I want them to see the work, but I just don't go out there because places like Instagram, you know, they reward people who spend more time on the app and I don't want that fish hook in my mouth. And I just like, you know, if someone said I was going to have to spend four hours a day hanging out on Instagram to bump their algorithm up and to build a crowd, I'm like, that's not the way I want to spend four hours of my day. So, you know, sadly I do. It's like, Oh, it's a work thing. It's like, I have to shift and say, you know, that's part of my job. Like I'm opening.

Raymond Hatfield: 42:52 Oh, wow.

Gary Crabbe: 42:53 I also don't like to do, but it has to get done sometime. Right.

Raymond Hatfield: 42:57 I don't know if this will help, but I was definitely in that, in that trap of like, you know, wanting to grow the Instagram and because that's what you're told from everybody. And that was me. I've found that I was spending so much time on Instagram and yet for no reason whatsoever, but I, I pretty much completely cut it off. Now what I do, I literally, I just schedule everything. So once a month I take, you know, an hour schedule out all the photos that are going to be posted with a program called I think it's called [inaudible] or something like that. And it just automatically pushes those images to me,

Gary Crabbe: 43:28 That's that is a great way to do it because yeah, it is especially, you know, I mean, I've seen, and Noah photographers that have gone down the psychological rabbit hole when it's become so obsessive and so compulsive that they find the rest of their existence has gotten wrapped up and tied up into this kind of online push to, especially for landscapes to have these Epic landscapes. And, you know, there is a bit of a psychological trap in there that, you know, if you're not careful, it can catch you in the wrong area.

Raymond Hatfield: 44:14 That's inspiring right there. And I'm glad that that it's not so much just about you know, obviously the, the, the time shooting, the amount that you've been in the field you're going to have all that great information in and going forward, be able to kind of leverage yourself in that. But I love that story of, of this woman and a cat. That is a that's great. I would love to tell you what I'd be in Europe and I'd be in all the croissants and I'd be like, thank you, mr. Fluffy. This is all all. Thanks to you. I know that we are at the end of our time here, do you have time for two more questions? Is that okay? I'm sure that there are times where when it comes to landscape photography, you plan a photo, you know, when the sunset it's going to be, you know, you know, what your subject matter is going to be, and then you get out into the location and maybe, you know, not everything works, maybe the weather doesn't cooperate or something like that. How do you make do in those situations?

Gary Crabbe: 45:11 Oh my gosh. Yeah, that happens a lot. So it's basically a pre visualizing a scene. And in fact, I think one of the images I sent you of this red light on top of half dome was exactly that it was a scene that I had pre visualized in my head, and I had walked out there and with a buddy of mine and, you know, all of a sudden the clouds came in from everywhere and it was just like, Oh crap. And, you know, my pre visualized image went completely out the door. And here I am in this big landscape with crappy weather in this bike. Exactly what I said, you know a great subject in boring light was still going to make a boring set you know, a boring photograph. So I started shifting my minds like, Oh, well, maybe I could do stuff that's like black and white because of all the storm clouds or something like that.

Gary Crabbe: 46:12 And so it's kind of saying, well, if I can't do this, then, like I said, I'm going to start thinking first and foremost about the light. If the light is completely wrong, where is it? Correct. I had an instance where I was at Mount Rainier and I was at that beautiful reflection Lake with Mount Rainier, you know, in the background. And the light was just blocked up on the mountain, but the sun coming through the trees at the far end of the Lake was making these beams on the mist. And it was like, fabulous. And, you know, I just like, okay, that's where my camera is going to be pointing. Cause it's pointing at what's interesting with the light that's I, I let that kind of guide me to whatever the subject should be. It didn't matter anymore that Mount Rainier was in the question or in the photograph because this image that was just trees and sunlight and mist was so more fabulous than anything looking in that big, huge mountain off to my other shoulder.

Gary Crabbe: 47:21 And so that's the way that, that half dome image, I was like, well, I'm just going to have to adapt. Maybe I'm going to start looking for smaller details. I I've, you know, it's a nine mile hike. I might as well do something while I was here. And interestingly on that one image of half dome there was one second or one brief moment where the light got through the clouds, right, as it was setting way off to the West and hit half dome and bathe in that beautiful red light, just like I was imagining. And, you know, I couldn't believe the luck. I was literally jumping up and down next to my camera because I had completely said, this is never going to happen. And then all of a sudden it happens. The one thing I knew was I was kind of just being able to anticipate, and I'd like left my camera, just sitting right there.

Gary Crabbe: 48:20 And cause, you know, at that point it was like, there's nothing to take pictures here. I might as well sit down and have a cup of tea and enjoy scenery. And then the light snuck through this clouds and bathe half dome in this red light. I'm jumping up down next to my tripod and I'm yelling at my friend. Who's like 20 yards away from me. Is this happening? Is this really, really happening? When I got back in put all the cam frames into light room, I counted from the first moment that light turned on to the last moment, the light was there was 42 seconds. Wow.

Raymond Hatfield: 48:58 Be prepared

Gary Crabbe: 48:59 The entire day. So I figured, you know, my whole day, in fact, I did, I processed some of the images from early in the afternoon, like as black and whites, I even did. Some of them is sepia tone to make them look like they were shot back in the 1840s. When you, somebody was kind of first discovered by or, well, William Henry Jackson was out there taking photographs. So I had done all those, but then I, you know, that's what they say is luck favors the prepared. But if the luck doesn't happen, you know, look around, change your mindset, you know, figure out what would the light work well on. And, you know, in the end sometimes just put the camera down, enjoy where you are and what you're doing. You don't cause taking photos can take away from the moment. You know, it's great that we can see these Epic moments, but certainly if the Epic moment from photography isn't happening, you still sitting by a quiet Lake next to a beautiful mountain in a forest is a pretty Epic moment with, or without a camera in your hand.

Raymond Hatfield: 50:16 Very true. That's like that old bumper sticker a bad day on the Lake is better than a good day at the office.

Gary Crabbe: 50:23 Absolutely.

Raymond Hatfield: 50:25 Oh man. Gary, you have given me so much to think about today. You have opened up my eyes into truly what the world of landscape photography looks like. And I can't, I can't thank you enough for coming on and sharing everything that you did, but before I let you go for those listening, can you let them know where they can find you online and where they can see some of your amazing photos?

Gary Crabbe: 50:47 Sure. I've got my website and it is enlight photo.com. So it's a contraction of my business name, which is enlightened images, photography, and that's E N L I G H T P H O T o.com. Or they could probably just Google my last name or my name and it should pop up. Hopefully Raymond Hatfield: 51:11 It does. It does. I can confirm. I'm glad that you didn't point them to a, to your Instagram that would've kind of negated that whole conversation.

Gary Crabbe: 51:20 If they really want to see it, there's a link on my website. That'll get them there. Raymond Hatfield: 51:23 Yeah. You know what I found interesting when I was doing a little bit of research on you was to look at the photos that you're tagged in and seeing maybe other people's stories that they had either at some of your workshops or photos that that they took that were inspired by some of yours. And that was just really fun. So I would still recommend checking out the Instagram.

Gary Crabbe: 51:43 That's the part of Instagram I do like that. I mean, it's not, it's definitely not all bad. So no, it's not something I'm saying to avoid.

BPP 215: Shane Balkowitsch - Wet Plate Photography

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Shane Balkowitsch is a wet plate photographer from Bismarck North Dakota. Prior to getting into wet plate photography, Shane had never owned a camera outside of his cell phone. Shane is currently on a mission to capture 1000 wet plates of northern plains native Americans.

Clip from our documentary showing the wet plate process and Shane's cameras. Her is Chelsy Ciavarella. Him is Greg DeSaye. The Fellas are all the creatives w...

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • What is wet plate photography

  • How Shane got started with wet plate photography

  • How wet plate photography works

  • Where Shane struggled most when learning wet plate photography

  • Technical challenges of exposing wet plate photographs

  • Why Shane stuck with Wet Plate Photography, knowing that digital photography is much quicker and eaiser to produce an image.

Resources:

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00:00 Prior to shooting wet plate photography. You've said that you've never owned a digital camera, but you've had many creative endeavors I guess, or pursuits. So how were you introduced to wet plate photography and why do you think it stuck with,

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:00:15 With you right away? I get asked that question a lot. I feel that there was something visual that I needed. I've always felt like I was a visual kind of person. So I, I did, I never want a camera. Obviously I had a camera on my phone and stuff like that, but I never, I never had an interest in photography whatsoever. And I saw an image online. I asked what it was, the photographer told me what it was and I just fell down this rabbit hole with this very archaic you know, process that dates back to, you know, 1850s.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00:53 So that was obviously like the cliff notes version right there. When you say that you had really never been interested in photography, I find that there's some sort of disconnect between between that and kind of where you're at today spending so much time, so deep into the wet plate process. So I kind of want to know, is it more of the technical side of wet plate that gets you excited? Is it, what is it about specifically wet plate that gets you excited more so than maybe digital photography ever did?

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:01:27 Well, I think a wet plate isn't anything about convenience. So you know, the technical side, I did not know what it was going to take to make a wet plate. I didn't, I guess at first I didn't realize that I would have had to have a dark room of some sort. I mean, that's how naive I was. I didn't know what an F stop was and knew nothing about lenses. I knew nothing about cameras, obviously. I didn't know anything about large format cameras. I, I had no, no point of reference. So for me, I'm chasing this and learning from the ground up, just stumbling my way through it. It just seemed kind of natural. It didn't seem like an inconvenience, like if I would've known digital photography or even film photography you know, you would say, Oh gosh, this is so much more difficult or something like that.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:02:12 I never knew these, these more recent processes. And so the difficulty was never really there. I, it, the difficulty was trying to figure out how to give an image. Like that's all I cared about. There was, there was no, I, I can be honest with you. I had no creative ideas at all. It was just about getting an image. I wanted to be able to point this lens and camera at something and be able to transfer it into pure silver on glass. And it was that, that that goal or that end game that just, I just one step in front of the next one step in front of the next. So I, I, it's not about convenience for me. It's not about difficulty for me. I still have difficulties in the process. You know, people ask me, when do I think I'm going to master this process? And I, I always say, you know, for the last eight years, I've had the same answer 30 years from now. So it gives you an idea of you know, you'd never really become you never become perfect at it. You just continue to continue to chase it.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:03:18 I find it crazy that after looking at obviously the process of wet plate looking at some of your photos, some people have the audacity to ask you, when are you going to master this as if, as if your photos are just technically crazy because whatever their thinking is I dunno, I think so far removed from probably what goes into wet plate. So that's just a, that's just my, my little thing there to say that I think that your work is great, I guess. So I didn't,

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:03:46 I appreciate that. Yeah. And maybe that answer also, Raymond goes back to people have called me a master, like they they've called me. You know, they they've said that he's a master of wet plate in interviews and online and stuff. And I always go, Whoa, Whoa, Whoa, hold on a moment. Hold on a moment. Let's let's not go there quite yet. Give me another 30 years. So I, maybe my answer was more to that notion of someone calling me a master. Cause I just don't I think I, I know in my heart, I know there's a lot more to learn and that I know that I can approve much more. I know it's going to be smaller baby steps and these larger leaps that I took when I first started taking my portraits. But online, if you look on my website, you can go back to, there's a little link that shows every year, my images.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:04:31 So you can go back at 2012 and you can, I keep them out there for this specific reason. And usually why I keep them up there is because when I'm I have wet plate brothers or sisters, and there's only about, I should tell your listeners, there's probably only about a thousand of us in the world that do this process, but when I have someone coming on and I'm always trying to you know, assist other people, trying if they, if they want to take the song on, it will always say, well, look at your images versus my images, that kind of thing. And I said, hold on a moment, click on this link and I'll send them that link. And then they get to see, because all they know about me is my recent work. And then I show them my, my first work my, my very, very amateur work.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:05:09 And then it gives them a little bit of like, Whoa, look, good, Shane. You know, this is how far Shane's come in eight years. If I want to do this, I can do the same thing and understand all these people that usually take it on the wet plate process are photographers, professional photographers. You know, not many people just start from this is their only, their only process. So they have the tools and the knowledge of light and the use of light and composition and all these things. These are things I didn't have any of that. I knew nothing of, any of that.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:05:39 So really excited to dive specifically into that idea right there. But I think maybe, maybe I got a little bit ahead of myself maybe before we get any further, can you explain to me as if I've never heard of the thing before? Could you explain what wet plate photography is? Yes, course.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:05:58 In about 1848 the, the Frederick Scott Archer from Europe, he decided that he was going to figure out this new way of making photographs so that the Garrett type and to give your listeners a little bit of history of the big era type was the previous process about a decade before what blade process they were polishing the Garrett types or polishing pieces of copper and using mercury and heating it up and they're getting heavy metal poisoning. And there's some very beautiful images came out of the big air type era. But Archer wanted to figure out a, a better way or a more convenient way, a safer way to make images. And so what he did is he figured out that there was it's called wet plate collodion photography. So collodion is the, is the key term there.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:06:45 So Clodius had a medical application. If you were a doctor or on the planes or something like that, and someone cut their arm or something or someone got a sword cut or something like that as a doctor, you would have a bottle of ether with you. This is in the Victorian era, understanding this is 1840s, 1850s. You'd have a bottle of ether with you to put people to sleep. If you had to be extracted to their cutoff, an arm or whatever, the reason it would be that that was your, that was your way of making people unconscious. You would take your bottle. We, through you go to your gun. Smith had [inaudible], which is cellulose, which is the white Whiting that they used to stuff down. The barrels had guns that cellulose in a bottle of ether, and you would make collodion, I would then go to your arm where you have this slash or this wound.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:07:31 And I pour the mixture onto your wound. And I would seal it shut at stopping the bleeding. So it was like this liquid band, it's the Victorian era and Frederick scars about this kind of like glue substance and what he did, the, the, the coin flipped and how he used applied it to photography. He figured out he knew that there was an affinity between bromide salts and silver molecules, and he knew that he could get silver out of silver nitrate, baths. So he it's called Salta clothing and he added a certain percentage of bromide into the collodion. I pour the clubs Salta collodion onto, and you asked for the brain. So I'm giving you a long explanation, keep going if I'm going too far. So I got my bow, my bottle assaulted Claudia, and I pour it onto the plate. I then well wet plate for a reason, if the plate drives, and this is one of those inconveniences, again, we were talking about earlier, the thing, you know, why people probably got away from this because if the plate dries, you lose the image.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:08:28 So you can't go and have a sandwich. You can't go, you know, once you pour that plate, you're making an image right there and you have to have come available to you right there. So I poured the clothing onto the, the glass plate. I immersed that plate into a bath of 10% silver nitrate, the silver molecules jump out of the silver nitrate, the attached to the bromide. That's in the Claudia and I make a photosensitive plate. I then take that photo sets of the plate. So then my camera I bring it back and before dries, I have to develop it. I gotta rinse it. I gotta fix it. I got to rinse it. And then it goes on the drying rack. So there's this this process that you just have to follow in, and it has to be done in a relatively short amount of time.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:09:09 Last week I went down to dignity in South Dakota and cache for the native American statute down there. And it was, it was 90 degrees out and there was a wind and, you know, these plates and his plate of ether and stuff, I was just struggling cause I was in bright daylight and it was just very difficult to in that kind of environment to you know, to make a wet plate. So and then once you're dry, so the light, once it's dry, the image is made out of pure silver. And what's beautiful about Pearl pure silver. There's two things about this process that I think your listeners need to know about. First is the, the longevity or the archive ability of a wet plate. An image made out of silver will be here at thousand years from now on broken.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:09:48 So you can't say that for pigments and dyes and inks and any other kind of thing we create with, they all fail over time. We know that we can look at a painting that's 300 years old and we can say, Oh, look, it it's failing. A silver image does not fail. So we have the archive ability of the web plate. And then we have the resolution of the white plate and the resolution of a wet plate is at the molecular level. So I'm writing in molecules are silver. Rather than, you know, how many other than pixels Jumani molecules of silver, I have to stack on top of each other to visualize what the human eye,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:10:20 I couldn't imagine

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:10:22 2 billion billion. Okay. So you can take my wet plate, any one of my dried plates at the end of this process, and you can take it to any university and ask for their highest resolution microscope, and you can put my wet plate under that microscope and you can't get to the pixel of grain that makes up that image.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:10:41 Wow, that's incredible.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:10:43 These are, you need an electron microscope. I've seen images on electronic microscope to get down to the pixels of grain that make up an image. So these are the most high resolution images man has ever made. And we abandoned this process in the mid 1880s for something simpler and faster and cheaper and more convenient

Raymond Hatfield: 00:11:00 And more convenient. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Yeah.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:11:03 Why is that a good enough reason? No freezer.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:11:08 That's funny. You know, it's not a good enough reason I think for you, but I wonder how far we would advance in photography if we would not have abandoned it. You know what I mean? Like I'm not trying to it's just an interesting, I guess, thought process there, which is obviously like there's things that are far superior and this even happens today. There are things that come out that are far superior, but for some reason, either convenience or nowadays maybe marketing, we choose the lesser of the option because it's, it's, it's convenient. So I'm glad that you decided to stick with this and continue on because you are, you were kind enough to send me your book here, which I have looked through and I've thought to myself, looking at some of the, I wish that I could see a higher resolution version of some of these images because even printed is this what's what size of a book is this? It's very large.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:12:04 I like 11 by 14 or something like that. I'm not sure the exact size, but I understand that I'm taking a plate that has infinite resolution or not. You can use the word infinite, but it's very, very high resolution. Okay. And I'm putting it on a scanner bed and I'm trying to shove it into a 1200 DPI. Hey, you know, and it doesn't want to go there. One of the struggles that wet plate photography I have always had in the modern day is to replicate their work. And we just struggle. I mean, you you'll see, we just, we don't, we have no way. Cause if you came in and these plates on behind me here as I'm talking, if I, you know, if you were in here and I could show him that couldn't hand you an analog photograph on glass, on a heavy piece of black glass that ha is made out of pure silver you're just, and anyone who walks in the first thing that they say, if they know my work, they say, Oh gosh, w w what we see online is not this, this is, this is totally different.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:12:59 And I always say, yeah, it's not my work. And I explained that to the college students, when they come out from the university and the junior college they'll see prints, or, you know, maybe my darkroom or whatever, my work. And I'll, I'll say that's not my work. And they, and they get confused. And I said, well, that's not my work cause that's on paper and that's a scan and that's, that's not my work. I do my work exists on black glass and made out of pure silver. If it's not black classmate of your silver, it's just, it's a very bad, and I'll, I'm the first one to be honest about it. It's very bad representation of my work. And that's just the truth, but that's not, that's not unique to me is what I played on a sets unique to all wet plate artists. It's just the struggle, everyone.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:13:37 And I've had a bunch of friends that do books, what playbooks of their work. And it's always, always, they're just, we're just not happy with it. We're just not happy with it because in the real world, the real work. And then we're trying to use some kind of technology to represent these plates. And it just it's a false representation, but that's, but we have to share it. I mean, the only reason, you know, people know about my work and stuff, and the only way I could share it is online and stuff. So I got to do a scan of it. Yeah. The scan sucks. It's a reality.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:14:08 It's funny. I feel like I kind of feel the opposite of time shooting digital is that, you know, we have such high resolution screens and sometimes it doesn't feel like enough. Like you can never get enough sharpness, but then when you go to print the photo, you realize, Oh, there's more of a re there's more resolution on my computer screen than there is in this print. And suddenly this print looks fantastic. So it's almost, it's almost the exact opposite there, which is really something interesting to to think about, to think about

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:14:37 Intuitive. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:14:39 Yes. Yeah, yeah. Yeah. I'm interested to learn a little bit more in your learning process as how you got into wet plate, because I'm assuming that there's really not as instructional YouTube

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:14:52 Videos or books on how to shoot wet plate probably still in circulation. So tell me about how you learned, how to shoot wet plate photography. Well, one once the decision and I, I think I made that decision in the first day, I saw my first wet plate online. And again, I didn't see an original wet plate. It's not like I ran into an ambrotype, which is what these are called. If they're on glass and they're in type. So your listeners, I should also give them that little tidbit of information. It's a tin type. If it's shot on a tin or metal, it's an Amber type. If it's shot on glass, ambrotype means eternal impression. But it it's the same process when people think they're different and they are the same process. So I decided right away. And so I got online obviously, as we all would.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:15:33 That's how I, I started doing some research and I, and I found a gentleman in upstate New York called John coffer who wrote a manual on how to make what plates and, and him and I are friends to this day. I've never met him. He sends me some of his work and sends me these letters. He doesn't even, he's in a, in a house with one light bulb. He doesn't have a computer, he doesn't have a telephone. And he writes these he writes his manual. It's called the John cartridge doers guide. So I, I sent him, I think, $75 yo box, you know, a couple of weeks later, this manual, this handwritten high end type manual into my house. And I just sat there with a highlighter and just 33, trying to understand, okay, this is what I gotta do first.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:16:16 Okay. That's step one. Oh, that that's step two. Oh, I gotta do that before that. And, but I didn't, I had no point of reference, like, I didn't even know, you know, even about developing like film or anything, so I didn't know. Okay. So you shoot the film and then you got to develop it. I didn't under, you know, I didn't, I didn't understand any of that. So it was John coffers manual. And then you know, you can find people on YouTube and stuff like that. And then it was on Facebook. And then I found some groups out there and I have my own group now of friends of Eric Scott, Archer on Facebook. So if anyone's interested going that group and we're just a bunch of guys and ladies trying to you to practice what he he had started so many years ago, Speaker 3: 00:16:59 So it was

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:17:01 A bunch of just a bunch of learning. And then when you get started, and once you start that first day on October four, 2012, when I made my attempt at my first wet plate that's when you have all the questions, you know what I mean? Like that's, when you can read all you want. And I read, it was about 45 days. I had my camera made for me by star camera company and my five by seven wood camera with the bellows. I had to find a lens. So I, I mean, you could read all you want, but when you start practicing, that's when that's when the real questions. And then, then you have people that are kind enough. Andres Ray in Germany is my, my only, only wet plate mentor. I've never met him as well, but I consider him my mentor and, you know, I kick over and I, you know, so this is what happened or I'm getting this w what do I do? And he's always been, he's always been there for me. So you just find someone else. And that's why I feel like I'm starting a friends of Frederick Scott Archer, and helping other people and showing them my previous images and stuff like that. Always trying to help someone if they're interested. I I'm, I'm here to help them because people help me. So,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:18:05 So you got, you got this handwritten manual in the mail, is that right? This guy you said John Cox wrote it's a handwritten manual.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:18:15 Yeah. He ain't either. I would recommend if your listeners want to get this manual, he has the handwritten one, which is in his, which is in cursive, which I've seen pages from it which is kind of difficult. And he'll admit that it's kind of difficult to follow, but then someone went and took his handwritten manual and typed it out with a typewriter. And I think goodness, and that way, so ABA, John kafir, I want to see back in the, I want to see in the nineties, he had traveled across the United States or some States with oxen and wagon. What plagues? Oh, he's, he's just, he's brilliant. And he's got a yearly people will pay homage to him and go to his camp, Tim type it's called every year he has. And I think it's going on right now, or it did last weekend and people from all over the United States and all over the little fly in and go to his little farm and camp out in his field and learn the process and, and, and, and, and, and spend time. And I'm gonna use this word properly with the master.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:19:20 Yeah. He's the master. That's good to know. I can't wait until you release your handwritten manuscript. A VAT would be the day. That's how you'll know when you, when you become the master. So as you said, though, you go from reading all this knowledge and I'm right there with you. I can read all day feel like I learned something. And then the second that I pick it up, I feel like I have no idea what's going on. So you read everything that you could, you said 45 days, you went to go take that first wet plate. Walk me through some of the things that you immediately realized that you were struggling with.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:19:52 Well, people will come in and I always, I always demonstrate. So if you came in as a complete stranger, if you came in as a sitter and I was gonna take your portrait on any given day and I've made about 3000, I can tell you exactly what we need to walk away. My next plate on Friday will be 3,598 on my made 3,597 wet plates in the last, nearly eight years. I always demonstrate, so they'll, everyone comes into the dark room. I show him the poor. I think that was the difficult part is that you've got this liquid and you're pouring it onto a glass plate. And you're trying to keep that on the plate. And you're trying, you have to cover a coated evenly that you gotta capture back in the bottle, cause you don't want to lose all your chemicals. So I, I think that hands on and then there's a lot of it where you can't like, I couldn't tell you Raymond, okay.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:20:42 You develop for 18 seconds. Like, you know what I mean? Like if I could tell you that as a newcomer, that would be brilliant, right? I'd say you just pour on the developer and you go 18 seconds and you got what you got in your all. That's always going to work. That's not how it works. So you, so it was a lot of stumbling around is how long, okay, how long is my exposure going to be? How fast is my lens? How long am I going to develop for these things? And there's that marriage between the exposure time and the development time. You always want to get that exposure. Right. Which I didn't understand that at first. Right. I was just taking the lens cap off. Okay. This time I'll count to four or this time I'll count to eight. What do I, and then you look at it and like, well, that didn't work.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:21:20 Okay. So eight isn't right. To always six, right. Or seven or eight, or is 12, right? Or is 30. Right. how, how long? So I usually in my natural light studio have a ten second exposure. So you're you know, my iPhone, I think my aperture is open for about one 60th of a second. I think I read somewhere. So it's about 600 times longer to take a wet plate in the process than it is with a digital camera. So McMahon, tick thought that these aren't snapshots per se, you know what the quotes, these are ten second movies of my sitters. So there's heartbeats. And I've said this before, there's heartbeats in the plate, there's a couple shallow breasts or maybe a blink. And you know, what really is romantic as there may be sort of, there's a thought, so my camera's capturing the thought during that 10 seconds.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:22:07 And you only get those romantic ideas when you have these longer exposures. So I have no interest. I have a FA a 5,000 white Belker unit for about 30 years ago, flash unit, and I can get boom, instant exposures and I've done it three times maybe. And I quickly just put my Belker unit in the back room and I've never used it since, cause I can't get to my work so that the split second exposures, it's not where I want to live. So I, and I could probably get my exposures times down from 10 seconds to maybe six or eight or depending. I have no interest. I want to be at 10 seconds. That's my, that's my sweet spot for me as an artist.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:22:50 Talk to me more about that. That's a really interesting idea that I don't think I've ever heard anybody say before. I don't think I've ever heard anybody explain it like that. That is it. Talk to me more about having a longer exposure and I guess the, the, the romance of, of it all, is it, is it all of it coming together? Is it, is it, do you, is it that there's more feeling in the images that you produce? Why would you now this is obviously just devil's advocate. Why would you not want to have this

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:23:23 It's obvious to me? Why would I not? Right. I mean, it seems like you would, right. You would go to the FastWorks, but when it makes sense, the sitter doesn't have to, I have a head brace here from Victoria that I got to hold these people in place. So they, they sit still. If you came in for a portrait, Raymond, it would be, it would take me about an hour. So I'll on a, on a Friday afternoon, I create on my Fridays I mean here for eight hours and I'll make maybe three, four or five plates at most. So at the end of eight hours. So, you know, if I was going to take a serious portrait of you, it's going to take an hour, compose that, talk through it. I coach you a little bit. And there's that rapport and that relationship between you and me that has made over that one exposure. Shane Balkowitsch: 00:24:04 Do you know what I mean? Like if I had my D I could get my iPhone out and it'll capture a thousand images in that same amount of time, but there's something about we're going to go for that one portrait, Raymond, and this is what we gotta do to get it. And there's something there's something romantic about that. And I've had I've said this before. I mean, when was the last time you took a photograph of someone and I'm going to say that too, you know? And, and someone a complete stranger broke out into tears in front of you. Like when was the last time you on your iPhone, if you took a picture of some, a portrait of someone and you showed it to the person and they started crying, never. I have people in my studio every month. I mean, I have a box of tissues in my dark room for people that cry.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:24:47 And I'm not, I mean, well, I don't know. So I'm not, I'm not saying that I don't attribute that to my skill level. Okay. I attribute that completely to the process and, and what I'm trying to do here, you know what I'm saying? Like, it's not that I make the most people portraits that people break down in tears. That's not what I'm saying. I'm seeing this experience. And if they have, and it's not for everyone, but if these people that come in my sitters and they have the trust, and then they have an appreciation for history and what this plate represents that this plate is the most high resolution images ever taken of you in her life and will ever be taken of you at this plate, this image will outlast every other photograph ever taken of you in your life. This image will be the image that will be here 300 years from now, if someone cares for it and it with that history. And then, you know, I explained to you earlier that I explained the process and I show them the process, what all the work that it takes to get that one image and the response sometimes is sometimes it's laughter sometimes it's tears. I mean, when you have like a, I don't know if I can, I mean, when you have a complete stranger breakdown in tears, in your dark room, I there's something going on there. And I just, how can you not just like, you know what I mean? I can never take that for granted.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:26:02 [Inaudible] Yeah. And I've never, as I said, I've never, I've never had that happened obviously with with a cell phone photo. I don't know if that happens from weddings, but yeah,

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:26:13 Of course. Yeah. I mean, obviously I'm not saying it doesn't happen, but it's that immediate thing it's like when the image comes up in the fixer, tears come to the face and it's just it's. And, and I, I get choked up myself sometimes and I've seen, I mean, I've been doing this for eight years now. I mean, and I, and I will get stuck. Sometimes I will get choked up and I don't, I I'm mixed that. I think there's something about the human condition. I think there's something about us as humans, that we are romantic thinking about leaving things out our lives behind, after we're gone as an oncology nurse. I mean you know, I, I know I have an appreciation for that though. You know, that I know that I'm not going to be here forever. I'm always thinking about, okay, I've got to put these in acid free sleeves.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:26:59 And you know, my will says that my work, all my work is going to the historical society of North Dakota with my other work. That's up there. I'm always thinking about what if Shane's done today. This is my last day. What am I leaving behind? And I hope it's not I hope it's not a vanity thing. I hope it's more of a, you know what I mean? Like some proof, well, why was I here in the first place? Well, this is why Shane was here. He was here to document these people. I mean, if that's, that's enough of a reason for me to be, you know, to do what I'm doing, all the, all the doing all this time that I've spent and hopefully all the time that I spend in the coming decades. I'm 51 now. So I, hopefully I can do this for another 25 years like that.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:27:45 I mean, that's my goal. My, I built the studio here at my, at my house, in my backyard. Cause I have this vision of me walking down the Hill with a, you know, a cane or something trying in and coming in on that Friday to take that last portrait. And you know, I don't know why these things are. These thoughts come into my mind and some people may think it's corny and that's fine if it's not for you, but that's not how I see these things. I see things as a very special document of the human that I'm capturing. I'm capturing 10 seconds of your life and you can never get it back. And I've dropped plates like I would do. Raymond comes in, we'd make this plate. Raymond likes to plate very much. You'd just, Oh, I love that portrait. You did Murray. You, maybe you don't even like it, but then definitely drop it. I break it. And then I still got Raymond in my studio. I can still sit the camera. Hasn't moved. The head brace is still there. The same chair I can, I can get back to that. I can sit Raymond back in that chair and try to capture that moment again. I can never get to it. I've tried. Like I can never get back to Raymond 19 minutes ago.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:28:48 That is a lot of pressure. Obviously, if it gets put on you to be able to capture something and then obviously take care of it immediately afterwards. I wanted to talk about now you just, in the past, you know, almost eight years now, you have gone from not owning a digital camera to now photographing some pretty notable figures including which I saw in the documentary five time, a heavyweight champion of the world of Andrew Holyfield, and then recently

Gretta Thornburg. Now these are people who may have never even heard of the wet plate process. They don't understand why a photo may take a considerable amount of time to capture. I can tell that you're passionate about this, but how do you clued them in on what you're about to do? How do you explain that process to them?

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:29:37 Well, first of all, the only reason I get a vendor Holy field, and like Deb Helen, one of the first native American Congresswoman in United States that just spoke with her last week again. So we can move on to these friendships, continue on Evander, Holyfield of Virgil Hill. And that, that played Evander. Holyfield is at the Smithsonian Institute and their portrait gallery. The only portrait they have of Evander Holyfield Virgil Hill was a North Dakota boxer Olympian box first, who probably are our most famous pugilists from North Dakota. And he was in the same room as a vendor Holyfield at the Olympics, or they were, they were in the same camp or whatever. So Virgil came out and before Virgil said, I can spend an hour with you. Virgil spent nearly four hours with me, showed me how to wrap my hands. And by the time Virgil left, he said to me, I'm going to get the champ out here. And I said, what are you talking about as well? Evander, Holyfield. Nice.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:30:36 And I was at my daughter. My, I can remember this Saturday very well. It was at my daughter's volleyball game. And someone called me on the phone. I picked up the phone and the phone said, champ will give you an hour if you can pick them up at the hotel in 10 minutes. And I said, I'll be there at eight. And I drove to the hotel, Evander, Holyfield jumped into my car, and then I had, I, then, then there's a trust, right? Because now I I'm at the hotel. I didn't have any my chemistry right here, any, they didn't have any clean plates to me. It was a disaster. Right. But here I got this opportunity. So I got to make the best of this. So on the way down, you know what he's driving, he's next to me in my car. So then I just start explaining to him why this is.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:31:14 And you can about imagine the photography studios that have Evander Holyfield, and you know what I mean, ESPN, I mean, you can have automatic. I mean, he's millions and millions of millions of professional photographs have been taken of this man. You know, over his life and here I'm, he's never had his wet plate tickets. So there's, there's something about that uniqueness of it. And once you explain it, but I had to get that rapport because that's shot along the teth on Smithsonian. I knew I wanted his shirt off. And how do you tell the five-time heavyweight champion of the world? Oh, by the way of Andrew, can you take your shirt off? You know what I mean? Like, how do you, so I had to gain that. I knew I wanted to get the rock useless, fists up, no shirt. And, and, you know, it was that trust that that I was able to in that car ride and then in my studio and my studio at that time, wasn't this natural light white plates do in my backyard.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:32:03 It was a corner of a warehouse. So I'm taking a vendor wholly field into this corner of this warehouse, which you must've thought it was easy. Right? I mean, there's all these light fixtures and bottles of chemicals. And I mean, it's just a warehouse that, you know, just not think that any, I mean, out of. So so it goes back to the rapport, Raymond and end the trust. And so it's all been word of mouth. So all these people that [inaudible], I got my 15 minutes, I know I heard that she's coming to standing rock. I was doing my native American series, Northern Plains, native Americans, a modern way, perspective project of mine. And as soon as I, they heard that she was coming to standard rock. I knew I had my, and I made one phone call down to there. And the people standing rock gave up 15 minutes of their time with Gretta too.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:32:48 They knew about my work and what I was doing for them for many years before that. Right. I mean, standing rock people pull. I mean, they're there. Many of them have come into my studio and they said, Oh, we'll give you Gretta. And that's when those opportunities knock, and then you just have to take them, but it's all been word of mouth. So there isn't some like, you know, propaganda machine trying to get these celebrities to combine the people that have come into my studio, found out who I am, and then they tell someone else. And that's it. That's how all my sitters have come in,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:33:20 I guess, I guess. Do they have a sense by the time you start the exposure, by the time you remove that lens cap and you start that exposure, do you think that they have some sort of sense of the weight of what is about to happen?

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:33:36 Well, I don't, I don't, I'm not sure I can talk to about the Gretta situation. Cause that was most recent. So when they came out and I, and I really said, can I only have 15 minutes with Gretta? Which isn't insane. I should never say that. You know what I mean? Like, but if I said, I need at Gretta for an hour, there's a good chance that I couldn't have gotten her. Right. So I had to say, all I need is 15 minutes, which is a stupid thing to say. I mean, that's a stupid, you know, I'm in the middle of the field, down at standing rock with my cameras at chemistry, in my dark room. And I don't even have a chance to take a test exposure. And I have to figure out it's F eight, three seconds on the.to get that exposure. And it was just a gut check at that time, but they came to me and they said, well we only have time for one photograph and my heart sunk right away.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:34:20 Cause I had this idea of doing a documentary photograph, which is a closeup that I did a Greta. Cause I didn't want to get too creative. I wanted to make sure that you knew who she was. So I wanted to in your face, I wanted to show the 16 year old credit thing, Swedish environmentalist. I want them to, to show who she was. And that, that would, for me, if I only had one chance to get a photograph was going to be that close up photograph of her when the plate was coming in the fixer, I'm trying to answer your question. I poured the fixture onto the plate and Greta was to my right. Her father was to Gretta, was to my left. Her father was standing to my right and I was on the ground with the bottle and the, in the tray. And I poured the fixer on there.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:34:53 That image came to life and you can see that in the documentary. It was a collective wool like her dad and her just both said, Whoa, at the same time. And I took that opportunity. I looked up at Savante and, and they, they continue to, I got a text message from them two weeks ago, by the way, it's been 10 months. So I spent time with I looked up to Savante. I said, can I do another one? He said, absolutely. And that's when I got my chance for my second portrait, which is the most important portrait, which is the one is that the library of Congress, which has told to stand in for us all. And that's where I was able to now I can get creative. Now I can get her in the environment and how I can, I can play a little bit with what I was, what I had to do. And so my 15 minutes turned into 20 minutes and she was in the car.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:35:44 If you know, Raymond, if I told you that Gretta Thornburg, you'd get 15 minutes with Gretta Ellenberg and you grab your camera and your gear and you got your 15 minutes as next Tuesday, the thing bird, but your camera has to be the memory you've got to be completely maxed out. And you only have two exposures that you only can take. You can't delete it. You can't delete one exposure and get three. You can't, you're only there's no, you get two exposures. It's all you get. You get to snap the shutter, open the shutter and close it twice. I mean, you would tell me that's insane. Yes. What I mean like in modern, modern photography world, that is that's absurd. Why would you handcuff me? You know what I mean? Like why would I, Raymond, if I asked you to do that with your digital camera, even a film camera, why would you Shane, even, you know, even a film camera, maybe it has 12 or 15 exposure. You can use one roll of film. Oh, wow. I got 15 exposures. I mean, that would be a godsend. Right? I get, I get the snap, the shutter 15 times I had two exposures.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:36:44 And in that sense, what's the most important thing for you as far as I take that back. The most important thing for you has to be the planning process, right? Ensuring that you have a vision of what it is that you want to capture before you actually get into that situation. Nothing that you're shooting at this point is reactionary. Correct?

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:37:07 I always try to, even when sitters come in that I've never met before, I'm always trying to, I go out and I I crawled a Facebook page or whatever. I try to find out who they are. I'm not looking at previous images of them, but I'm trying to understand who are they as a person, even before they come in. It's just my, I have to get a feel and then I will find a piece of art or something or another photograph that just kind of inspires me to say, this is kind of, because not all the people that come into my studio are professional models. You know, I don't, these aren't professional models and now they're not professionals I'm asking them to perform. And that's the other beautiful thing about this, this, and I describe it as a dance between the photographer and the sitter.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:37:48 Cause I can do the most beautiful wet plate work and photography work, which I don't, but I could, if I did it doesn't matter if my sitter does not do what I need them to do and which is hold still. And the blink only wants. And do you know what I mean? Like hold a pose. I mean, so they, these people come in and you have to perform when Gretta Thornburg was in a 20 mile per hour wind in the open Plains. And she did not, I did not have my head brace, which she had to stand there and hold still. And that was a three second exposure F eight and three seconds. I mean, there's a lot of blurriness can happen in three seconds. And you know what I mean? Like it's, it's a pretty sharp image. It's a pretty sharp image. And I've heard people, you know, there was one comment that I wish the image was sharper.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:38:31 It's like, I don't know you don't, you're understanding what it, what this is. You're not understanding what this photograph is. If you're asking for more sharpness, if you, if you were there next to me with a camera, with your camera and I stood you and I, we got to get great as photographs she's standing there, you know, in the wind and it's three seconds. I mean, you would say, well, that's going to be very difficult. And she had never done this before either. So there's that coaching that has to go and that's, but that's building while I'm coaching, I'm re I'm building the rapport, right. But it's dance. They have to perform and I have to perform. And I think, you know, some of that emotion that the sitters have towards the work that I do of them, I think that has to do what they realize. They recognize that, Hey, I had to do something to get this photograph. Do you know what I mean? You come into my studio and you, you know, you bring your camera and you start snapping shots. You can capture shots of me. I have no idea. You're taking a photograph of me and you can still get a good shot of me. Right. I could be doing something. I mean, you don't, they know that there's some, there's some intent with the portrait and with that intent comes these emotions. I don't know if that makes any sense.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:39:40 It does. Yeah. I see it. I mean, the way that I feel like you've kind of forged your path into photography is, is almost out of necessity, right? Because you, you don't really have any other option. You can't just use it as snapshots. You can't walk around. It's not before to here. It's not before to there. It's just not an option for you. So having to work within those constraints and make those constraints strengths is what it sounds like is what exactly you've done to, to be able to capture the type of portraits that you have. And again, they're, they're incredible, but going back to these long exposure times, I think that maybe the listener might be a little bit confused as to why exposure times might be so long. So obviously in film days, you know, you could just go buy a roll of 400, 800 ASA film with digital. You can set your ISO to whatever you want for whatever the light sensitivity needs to be for wet plate photography. How do we, what is the sensitivity? What's the, what's the speed, I guess, of a wet plate.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:40:45 I don't know these terms. I mean, I know of these terms cause I've, I have photography friends, so ISO is sensitivity, right? I think someone told me that it's negative, negative. It's like negative four or something like that. And again, I'm no expert. I mean, I don't know what that I understand. You're telling me ISO is sense and I'm not being dumb here. I'm being honest with you. Okay. I don't, I don't care. I mean, I, I, this is the only process I follow. So I don't, I just know my process. So, but I, I, I want to say that a photographer wants, cause I I've been asked this question before. I it's a negative ISL. So as far as sensitivity and you can change your chemicals, you can mix there's different, there's different recipes for different kinds of clothing that can make them more sensitive and less sensitive as well.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:41:34 But I don't, I don't, I don't know any of these terms that you're, I know what the term is. You can explain to me what they are. But I don't, it's not Raymond, I'm not being naive for, I guess let me, I told them I have no, I have no interest. I don't totally understand it. Doesn't apply to what I'm doing. Just it doesn't apply to what I'm doing. Okay. So then let me rephrase the question. It's almost like if, if I'm a painter and then you're a sculptor telling me something about sculpture, I don't really feel that I'm a photographer. Raymond. I don't, I'm an image maker. I don't, I'm not really. And it took me five years to even call myself a photographer and not because I'm better than, than photographers, but I just didn't want to insult real photographers because I know there's people like yourself that know all these other technical things.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:42:23 And I don't, I'm not about technical at all. I'm about hands-on shooting from the hip gut check, get the image at all costs. It doesn't matter. And, and well, how I got the image and I tell the students this, I don't care how you get the image. Nobody cares what lens Anzel Adams used. Nobody even cares. What process Anzel Adams used do that? Hey, I mean, you really, I mean, there's some professor may, but you're, you're not, you don't care how Angela Adams, I'm just using him for an example, how he got to his image is who gives us it doesn't matter. Deedee, get to his image. That's all that matters. So if you have to stand on your hands, do four jumping jacks before the exposure do a Cartwheel, I don't care what you have to do. As long as you get to the image, that's all that matters. So everything up to that point is irrelevant.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:43:13 So, and I T I totally get that. And I love that state that you're in almost this this, this totally ignorant state of photography, right. As if, because I remember when I was as all beginners, we get so excited about these new things that happen for us, that we can, it seems like we're taking such big leaps and bounds forward, even though they're in the beginning, we don't know all the technical aspects. And it sounds like, I mean, it sounds like the, the sensitivity wasn't even an issue back in the day, because it all kind of, we all have the same amount of light, I suppose. So let me rephrase that question, which is does, do you find that that the, the, the exposure times are pretty consistent in consistent light? Or do they vary depending on how long the plate is? In the I'm sorry, the silver nitrate, I believe it was. Is that what you said? Silver nitrate.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:44:19 Yeah. It has nothing to it. It has nothing to do with that. It there was a struggle when I built my natural light studio because in my old studio where I took a vendor Holyfield, I had three big, huge fixtures that had these daylight bulb. So for growing plants, cause this process loves loves an actual light. It loves UV light. Okay. Infrared doesn't register. Okay. So reds are red shirt. If I had a red shirt on and you take my wet plate, it's a black shirt. If I have a blue shirt on it's a white shirt and white play process, it's just how the colors translate. So this, this process loves ultraviolet and it, it, you know you know, infrared, it doesn't really register. So you Sensitivity. Yeah.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:45:07 At my old studio, would I turn the lights on? I always got what I've got because I, if I always had all the fixtures on, I always got the same exposure. Right. It was always, it was very, very similar, but now I have my natural light studio. So a cloud may come over maybe overcast that day, or it may be a bright sunny day. So there's, there's an adjustment that I have to make every given day, every given plate. So I will go in and I'll compose a shot and I'll have in my mind. Okay. That's a nine second exposure just because I made so many of these, I just I'm in the light. Just the light I can just do. I don't use a meter. I just know that this is a nine second exposure. The amount of light off my subject's face right now is nine seconds.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:45:44 Now I go back in the dark room. I pour the plate, come out, back out three minutes later and a Cobb moves over and now I'm so send them at 11 seconds, but it's all, it's all hit or miss it's all shooting. But the point is I shoot, you know what I mean? Like, I'm going to shoot. I'm going to shoot at that 10 seconds. Oh, well it wasn't right. You know what I mean? But the point is to take the shot. And the other thing I want to kind of explain to you, maybe your listeners and went in, and this is, you know, your podcast about beginning photography is don't if I don't want to preach. Okay. But I've got to say this. Okay. Chasing gear. Okay. Chasing the newest lens, chasing the newest camera, chasing the newest flash, chasing the newest, whatever it may be.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:46:26 It's not, for me. It's not where it would be at. Okay. Because I've seen some beautiful images, pinhole images where the camera doesn't even have a lens. And it goes back to my idea. It's all about the final image. So these guys that changed their lenses like underwear. Okay. They, it's not, I worry more about the image and I only use Carl's eyes. Tests are lenses. That's the only lenses that I have. And I've got 150 year old lenses on the shelves here. I never Mount them in my camera. I never create with them because I feel like if I create with the same tool, the same lens, the same error lens that I'm going to eventually get better at it. Like it's, it's like when I was a golfer, I use the same putter for 15 years. Okay. I didn't change my equipment.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:47:14 I thought that even though this may be an insuperior technologically putter, this putter is newer partners made out of better materials and stuff like that out on the market, which I go to God, I could upgrade it to them, but you know what, my 15 year old putter I've been touting with it. It's got my marks. You can see, you know what I mean? You could have see all the eye, there's a usefulness. There's a, there's a there's a comfort level that I have with that particular instrument that I like that. And that's why I think when you see my work, you can see, Oh, that's, that's a, that's a bulk of which like, you know, if you see what I'm, I need American works and you see another one, somewhat it, you quickly see that, you know, if I change lenses, I may change my whole aesthetic.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:47:59 And, and I don't want to change lenses. I want to, I'm a simpleton. I am a, if there was ever such a thing as a one trick pony, I am a one trick pony to grave. I mean, I am a one trick pony. This is all I do. I don't, I don't care about anything else. So, you know, it's not that I, I mean, to be naive and stuff. And I have photographers that come in and early on when for photographers started flocking to my studio they, you know, they quickly, and I had been told this more than once Shane don't, don't grab a book, don't listen to someone else's opinion. Don't, you know what I mean? Like, don't do those things, do what you're doing, because somehow you're just stumbling. You're finding your own way. And it works for you and, and, and, and their, their thought.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:48:44 And what they shared with me is that they thought that someone would have some kind of influence on me. And then maybe that, you know, my, my aesthetic or my work would change. And I'm, I'm always willing to change and, and look at different things, things, but there's something about this way that I don't, I kind of block out and I take advice when photographers. One of the things that I learned all the time as a photographer, I've had photographers have been in my studio. I had one that was 55 year photographer. He's been protecting photography for 55 years. It was in here last week. He drove in from out of state. I, I gained something from him, you know what I mean? Like, I'm, I want to learn something from him. But it's not about how he does it. It's about what I can take from him, the way that he does his stuff and how I can apply to my, where I'm trying to go with mine

Raymond Hatfield: 00:49:29 And make it your own, obviously. And I think, again, that's, that's, what's so unique about just seeing something new with fresh eyes. And I think one of the reasons why you've had such great success in capturing these these really unique, really unique images on top of the, the, the, the, the technique that it takes, not the technique, the the process in which it takes to capture the images that you do coming at it with such fresh eyes is something it's such a, it's such a skill and a benefit. And I think that that's why so many of their photographers have told you, like, don't, don't listen to anybody else. Don't read into anything else. But again, I think that you're doing it the right way. I love it. I love it. When you I'm always interested to know from a photographer, because I consider you a photographer. You are capturing images using a camera to capture images. I consider you a photographer. I don't think that has anything to do so much with the technical abilities. It's, it's being able to capture image. So to me, you're a photographer. So my question is what do you think are some of the unique challenges that you face outside of the process of capturing a photo? What are some of the unique challenges that you face compared to modern photographers?

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:50:45 Well, I mean, if the, the, the real big challenge and I alluded to it a little bit earlier is taking us on the road. Like people think they'll say, well, can you just come here and take pictures? And it's, it's not like that I have to actually have. I mean, can you imagine how many iPhone photographs would be taken today? And I don't know if your listeners know this, but we've, we we've taken more digital photographs today in 24 period than we have in the first 150 years of photography. But if you're, if to take an iPhone photograph, if you had to have a dark room with you and you had to actually develop in and fix your iPhone photograph within five minutes of taking it, I phone photographs would be taking. So there's that the difficulty of taking this on the road is, is one of the things that, and anytime you go on the road and are in a different environment and stuff, it's just not, you know, people just think that you're just grabbing my camera.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:51:41 You don't even, they think it's my big box cameras. So they think, Oh, I can just throw that over my shoulder. You're immune. Like, I'm just like, like, it's my iPhone. I can just, it's just a little bit bigger, but it acts the same way. It's not like that at all. I mean, I have to actually make my film out of glass and silver nitrate. I mean, in the field, I have to, I have an entire portable dark room with all the trades and I have to have ample amounts of water and the fixers gotta be there. Developer's gotta be there. The silver nitrates gotta be there. I gotta gotta have glass. And it all has to be there to make an image. And you just don't have that today. You can just put it in your back pocket when you get to your destination, pull it out.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:52:19 And I mean, you don't, we don't even use tripods anymore. I mean, these are things that I think about like pride pods for the love of God. I mean, I don't know. The last time I saw, you know, you don't need them with modern cameras, tripods. There's a, there's a purpose for those, right? I mean, there's, I mean, we don't even need them. Our exposure times are so quick and cameras have gotten so efficient and we don't even need tripods. I mean, my iPod here weigh 600 pounds and is 14 feet tall. So, you know, these are, these are just things, but people don't think about that. They don't think about where we've come. You know what I mean? People think you know, like the flash photography and the old westerns where they did their magnesium, where they would like the powdered magnesium, you know, the old Western, they take a picture of the dead guy in the casket or whatever.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:53:08 You always there's always that well, people don't understand that that's 19, 1906, my processes here's before that. So people think that that's old time photography when, when magnesium shooters that magnesium flash, that was like state of the arts top of the line. I mean, you were, you were actually able to maybe even take a picture at dusk. I mean, there was no photographs in the Victorian era that were taken at night. I mean, there was only one source of there wasn't flash there's one source of light. It was the sun. So at nine o'clock, if sitting bull came into your house, you're not taking city and bullets photograph because it's at nine o'clock at night and you have no sun people, you know what I mean? But we're so used to we're so used to flash we're so used to all the modern conveniences photography, we don't, we don't think about, you know, I've got a head brace that holds my clamp. So these people's heads in the position so that they don't move your face.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:54:08 Yeah. That's something that I've never had to look for on Amazon. I got to tell you that

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:54:14 Fine. Now, if you find one, like if you find one at a garage sale, buy it for me. Because the last one that I want to say, I saw sold for like $6,000.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:54:24 These aren't something that you could manufacture. You could make something like this.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:54:29 Mine was not a, mine is a remanufactured one, a friend of mine, a wet plate brother of mine had an original and he took it to a Foundry, had a castmate. And he was making these before he passed away about a year and a half ago. So so yeah, you don't, and you can come up with a modern solution for it, but to have an actual Victorian and head brace, if you had an original, you know, the price is probably six to $10,000 for an original. If you, if you, if it was in good condition and all it is is a pedal on, you know, a stand,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:55:00 I got to say, Shane, this is a, there's a lot of work. This is a lot of work. You know, today we have cameras that, as you said, they're lighter, they're faster. They're better dynamic range. When you started wet plate, surely you thought to yourself, you know, I like this, but maybe I might pick up one of these new current cameras to see if I like that as well. Did that thought ever cross your mind?

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:55:26 Never. Now I have a polar right here in the, you know, someone sent me a Polaroid. I have film cameras just for own display. Cause I try when the students come in and I try to show them like the history of cameras and stuff like that, and just go home. Some of the, the old Brownings and stuff like that, I have them on they're on display. They're just sitting here on the shelf. They're never, I never load them with film. I've never, I never have no interest. I mean, I have no interest in any and that's to be sad if I could not practice what plate tomorrow, for whatever reason, like they be like, just could not, I would stop making images. I would, I would not, I would not tell them I would not convert. I have no interest. And I know that, you know, that sounds stupid, but it's just, it's just where I'm at. It's just where I'm at. And it has to be where I'm at.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:56:14 I don't know if it sounds stupid. I wouldn't say that. It sounds stupid, but it definitely may sound foreign. Definitely may sound foreign. What is overall, I want you to tell me about this current project, which you talked about earlier, the Northern Plains photographing native Americans, right? Why you think the wet plate process is probably the best medium to capture these incredible images? Well, because

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:56:41 This was the process. That was the first time that we saw photographs of native Americans. Remember where you're all in the Eastern part of the country. And it has, as you started being in West the, the, the photographs from the frontier, these web plate photographers would be out there on the frontier and they'd be capturing and sending these photographs of native Americans and other subjects back to the city. And they was, was that, that these are the first photograph images. So it's not you know, you go to Deadwood, South Dakota and that you can go into the little booth. And we all know these boosts where it used to be a film camera, but now it's a Dicamba where they put a sepia tone filter or something on it. And they're trying to pretend they rescue up in a cowboy hat and they sit you in a little booth and hand your rifle and they try to make, what are they trying to do?

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:57:29 They're trying to fool you into thinking that they're making a wet plate. I'm not fooling anyone. I'm actually doing the exact process that these people are trying. And I, and I've had a photographer from Madora came into my studio and he's been doing this for 30 years. He's been mocking, not, not, not mocking in a bad way. Great gentlemen, nothing wrong with this. I'm just saying he was, he's been faking the process with either film or digital cameras for 30 years at Madora. And he came in and he was just like blown away. Like he just like, it was this watershed moment for him. He had no, obviously he knew about the wet plate process had never seen it in person. And he comes in and I took his wet plate and it was, there was this very strange thing that happened with him that he really got to see for the first time, what he's been faking the entire time. So the first photograph, the first ever photograph of city bowl, the first ever photograph a soothing bowl. Do you mind if I get up from the store?

Raymond Hatfield: 00:58:29 Yeah, absolutely. Go ahead. Yeah.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:58:33 Well, the first ever photograph, and this is only for the people that aren't listening, but this here, if you look, if you, you will know this photograph, if you know anything about symbol, this photograph is the first ever photograph of sitting bull ever captured, guess where it was captured at

Raymond Hatfield: 00:58:48 Where's. That is Mark North Dakota, where you are by

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:58:53 This gentleman here, Orlando Scott golf. So the first ever photograph of sitting bull was captured in my hometown of Bismarck, North Dakota. He had his studio on the third floor of the Blockhouse building that's stride drive by when I come home every day, I drive by Orlando Scott Gough's studio, where he worked out of where he captured the first ever photograph of sitting bull. And to talk about my native American series, Northern Plains, native Americans, a modern what play perspective do you know who my first native American I ever captured was?

Raymond Hatfield: 00:59:24 I do because I've seen the documentary, but go ahead and let the listeners know.

Shane Balkowitsch: 00:59:28 Well for the listeners, this is my photograph of Ernie. Lapointe the great grandson of sitting bull. So in the same city, in the same process, I captured city bull's great-grandson to 135 years after Orlando, Scott Goff, didn't in the same city. And that one portrait kind of just blew things up for me. It, it, there was a realization before that I was going over to 40 Abraham Lincoln. There were some reenactors over there, you know what I mean? Like you're, they, they, they, these reenactors and stuff, they kind of are attracted to these white plate photographers, modern day ones. And I have a lot of brothers and sisters that practice a late for typography and they take, they take portraits of reenactors, but as soon as I captured Ernie, LaPointe, it occurred to me that there's real history. You know what I mean? Like, I don't want to have to, I don't have to pretend that these people are from the Victorian era and even no, I do sometimes, but I don't, we're not pretending these photos of my native Americans.

Shane Balkowitsch: 01:00:29 These, these are my friends that come in and they're in their regalia. They know that they're going to have a formal portrait taken. And what did they do? They wear their best clothes, their, their, their regalia it's, it's, it's, it's, these are very important religious close to them. And so if you shoot a native American in a historic process, it gives you exactly what you want to see for me. I mean, it just, it seems natural. And, and, and, and, and you can see, I think you can see that there was I got an email about two years ago was from Google and someone at Google, there was one of my wet plates was attributed to me and I don't know, wait for it to an article, or if it was on a site or where it was, but I got this message.

Shane Balkowitsch: 01:01:18 And it said we wanted to let you know that you couldn't possibly be creator of this because you're, you're using, you're attributing your, your photo. This is your photograph. And this is an historic photograph. It was one of my wet plates. And I told him that they were, they were accusing me of pretending that this historic photograph that I took of a native American was a historic photograph. And I could not possibly be the photographer. So I quickly responded to the emails, sent the images of me having my, my hand, my arm around the, my sitter, a picture, taking the picture, and I sent it over to them and they, they wrote me an apology letter back saying we didn't realize that you know, that, that, that was your image and that's a modern day image. So I don't know.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:02:06 Wow, well, that's, that's a great story, by the way. I'm sure that whoever sent that email, it just had to eat,

Shane Balkowitsch: 01:02:15 You know, it was just kind of in passing. I wish I would have saved it or something. So I really of understood the context of it, but in some, there was, the image was out there and it was being used. I don't know if it was, maybe it was being used on Wikipedia or something like that. It was being, we, my image was being used. It was attributed to me. They knew that I was, I was alive and well, they could send me an email. Right. And they knew that the image was an historic image. It couldn't possibly have been made in present day. They knew it was a wet plate that probably further got them thinking that this could not have been, you know, in the modern day. Right. And they, they kicked off his letter to me, it's using me of not that, that I, I was, I was taking someone's historic photograph and claiming it to be my own,

Raymond Hatfield: 01:02:56 Like jokes on you. Here's the iPhone photo selfie that I got with my sitter. So funny. I want to know a little bit more about the the project that you're doing. What is the, what is the message overall that you're trying to share? What is the power that your photographs give to the native Americans that that you're photographing?

Shane Balkowitsch: 01:03:19 Well, I don't I didn't know that again, this is all not planned. Do you know what I mean? There was not some great, I took the wet plate of Ernie LaPointe and it wasn't you know, like the, the series wouldn't, didn't start immediately with me some time, but the image got so much notoriety and so many people just really liked it. I just asked the code of good hustle was my second person that I took. And he came in and he's a professor at United tribes. And he came in and I sat and I shared his photographs. So it was this, this building kind of thing. For me, I know the the atrocities of what happened to the native Americans that the number of about 75 million native Americans have been killed since Columbus landed. And I wanted to, I wanted to prove that they're still here, that they're there. S

hane Balkowitsch: 01:04:11 They're still here in spirit. They're still here. They still have their language. They still have their culture. They still have their religion. They're still here. And I'm one of the hugest on the LAR. I'm going to say it it's largest honor that I've ever received in my life. Calvin Grinnell, the MEJ nation elder came into my studio. He called me on the phone one day. I had been, I'd been in this process for about two years, and he'd been in my studio a couple of times and knew who I was. And he called me on the phone and says, I have your name. And I said, what do you mean? He says, I have your name. And I said, I don't know, what, what are you talking about? I got, when he says, I have your native American name, he says, I'd like to have a formal ceremony in your studio in two weeks time with, with witnesses and food and the whole nine yards.

Shane Balkowitsch: 01:04:55 And give you the name shit catcher, which is [inaudible]. So I am Hidatsa, I've been adopted into the Hidatsa tribe as shadow catcher. And this, this series is always had really important in my life. And I was really, it's always been, if you ask me, what, what does your, I remain work like my, my main goal for my wet plate work, once I started capturing native Americans was capturing native Americans. And when I got that name something just changed. Something's changed. Like I was now, you know, it's going to take me 20 years. I'm, I'm almost seven years into this so far. And I've captured 400 to beat Americans so far in the process. Every plate goes to the historical site in North Dakota, it's in their vault. And my goal is a thousand. So it'll take me another 12 years or so to get to a thousand, a thousand white plates, native American. So, but I was always dedicated to this. My life's work is my native American work. And, but when I got the name and they, they bestowed upon me, the name, these people are no longer. My, they are no longer just strangers coming in. They're my brothers and sisters and it's I don't, I have a hard time articulating what that means. I trust that I had been given by by the native American tribes. And so I, I just don't want to let them go.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:06:22 Yeah. What, and I gotta say we haven't really talked much about the documentary, but the documentary that featured you, this wet plate process and also photographing the native Americans. I mean, just the what's really interesting is that obviously there's some cultural hesitance to getting a photograph taken of a native American, right. For them to have a photograph taken, but to see them almost to see the perception, almost turnaround because of the seriousness that you take in the photographs and the, the preservation efforts that you have in order to continue on with their their history, their lineage is really, I mean, an incredible thing to be able to work on. And I think that it's something that many photographers would just jump at the chance if they had something like that. So for those who are now, I know that you said that that was never your intent when you started shooting wet plate, but it evolved into that, right. For those who are just getting into photography, what would you say to, to, to them about maybe following a, a something that could potentially turn into a lifelong project?

Shane Balkowitsch: 01:07:38 Just be open, just be open, be honest with yourself and, and, and, you know you can't, I don't think you can, like, it wasn't like it was searching for it. It just kinda like fell in my lap, but when it did fall in my lap, right, I was, I was aware. And, and then you just have, have to dedicate yourself to it. I think that's the real thing. I mean, you really just have to say this, I'm going to do this. This inspires me. I think that I can make a difference in, in in the world or in life, or, you know, the entire, you know, entire people's lives. And, and then just chase it and just just kind of go for it. But if you, if you just, I've always shooting, I'm always going for the shot.

Shane Balkowitsch: 01:08:23 I'm never, I don't talk much about it. That's to say, and if I do talk about it, it's happening. Like, I, I'm not much of a talker if I'm, if I talk about it, it's going to happen because I just have to will it, some of these images just like haunt me. I have them in my head. I don't know how to get them under glass, but I haunt me. I just chase them until I get them. And then, you know, I can move on to the next image. So if something, you just have to be, you have to be open for it. You can't be looking too hard for it, but you have to be open to things. And then with, if you act out of kindness and generosity, how can you go wrong? I mean, it's not some, there's not some magic you know, some magic formula that I have here.

Shane Balkowitsch: 01:09:09 There's nothing magical about what I'm doing. I just I've just tried to be genuine and kind thoughtful. And I share that with the world and, and it'll come back on you. So I never do anything to get something back. Like for instance, having my own native American name you know, I never anticipated that. I never thought, Oh, if I do this, I'll get that. Or, you know what I mean? Like you just throw these good things, throw these good intentions, throw them out in the world, just keep throwing up. You're not, may not get nothing back at first. Trust me, you throw enough good intentions out in the world. Something's going to come back. You never know what that is. And like what this documentary I had, no, I mean, it wasn't my plan to do a documentary. I mean, these two young filmmakers, this is the first documentary they followed me around for a year and a half with zero budget. They had no money. I never got paid. I never paid them. They don't pay even on the sale of the video right now. I don't give any money from it. It's not about that. It's about these two artists wanted to feature me and it's it's so you throw things out in the world and you'd be surprised at what comes back.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:10:18 It's funny that you said that you don't have a magic process. As many people would say the web plate is literally a magic process as a, as I guess you're developing it. And I would say that your sitters probably would say the exact opposite. That it's pretty magical process. Having never seen one done myself. I can only, I can only imagine. And one day I look forward to coming out to Bismarck, North Dakota, and possibly seeing you put this together and after you put out your manual, you know, come into the masters then and and, and see how it's done. So I really look forward to that. Shane, you've been so gracious with your time today. You know, this has been more than an hour. We're at an hour and a half right now. I don't want to take up any more of your time. So for the listeners who maybe they were driving in their car, they have no idea what a wet plate even looks like. They can't even fathom the difference between and a, a traditional photograph. Where can listeners find you online, learn more about you and see some of your images?

Shane Balkowitsch: 01:11:22 Yeah. So on Google there's just got to find my website and instances, archaic website names. So I'm just going to, if you type in the bulk of which B a L K O w I T S C H, that's my last name wet played on Google, you will find you know, multiple articles, the Wikipedia page, and there's a TEDx talk that I've done. So if people are interested also the documentary can be found on Amazon. So Amazon prime right now you can watch the documentary again. It's, it's called bulk, which my last name. And if you're a that's, if you're in the United States, you can get it on Amazon. And if you want to, if you're out of the country and Canada or Europe or somewhere else, you can go to vimeo.com and search for the documentary bulk, which, and it was such a magical process to just to be involved with and to let them just do what they wanted to do.

Shane Balkowitsch: 01:12:16 I had no input into this documentary. They, in the, out of the goodness of their heart, they decided they wanted to do this and that. And I always, again, it goes back to what I said earlier. Just be open to it, right? I mean I knew there was going to be, some of my time was gonna be involved and I'd have to, you know what I mean, make a lot mints for, for all this, this video camera work and stuff like that. But it was like, just, just do it, just do it, make yourself available, throw it out there, let these people let these these kind of artists do what they think they want to do and just trust them. And, and again, it goes back to that trust. And I think as photographers, if, if your listeners are shooting portraits all about that report all about the pressing, even that trust image is going to come, it's going to come at some point. And that's what I've always worked at is trying to gain the trust and the images will follow.

BPP 214: Learning Photography Roadmap

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

In todays episode of the podcast we breakdown the roadmap in which to learn photography. From buying your first camera to creating beautiful works of art there is a proven roadmap to follow to focus on what matters most.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!


Premium Members Also Learn:

  • The 4 photography business systems you need to take your photo business seriously

Resources:

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

BPP 213: Nicole Begley - Pet Photography / Know Your Market

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Nicole Begley is a Dog and Pet Photographer based in North Carolina. Today we talk about some of the challenges of photographing our four-legged friends and how to master your session. We also talk about the business side of pet photography and how to market to pet parents.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • What Zoological training taught her about working with animals

  • The hardest part about photography to learn when just starting out

  • How to get pets to cooperate for a shot

  • The difference between an amateur and a professional pet photo

  • Tips for posing your pet

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • Why Nicole jumped into an unproven market of photography

  • The best form of marketing Nicole has found to book new clients

  • What photography products pet owners are buying from the sessions

  • How Nicole started booking sessions right away after moving to a new state

Resources:

arrowtown-110 copy.jpg
Nicole Begley135 copy (1).jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 You have always worked with animals. You were a zoological trainer for 13 years, right? Is that right? Tell me when you knew that photography was going to play as important of a role in your life as animals have.

Nicole Begley: 00:13 Oh my gosh. Well, yeah, my first 13 years out of college, I was zoological animal trainer working with free flight birds and seals and primates and everything in between super fun. But I got into the point where I was you know, kind of middle management per se, that I was leading my team, loved my team, but it was, you know, you know, sometimes you have bosses that are a little bit more challenging to work for. And it had gotten to the point where I was no longer like, you know, loving every piece of my job that I used to. And I was like, I think it's time for something new. I've always had this entrepreneurial spirit. Always thought I'd worked for myself. And yeah, I had no idea it was going to be photography. So the love of animals definitely came first.

Nicole Begley: 00:56 And I had an appreciation of photography and always had, you know, art classes in high school and like ceramics and things like that. But I never I don't know, I wasn't one of those people that had a camera in my hand since I was five. I enjoy taking pictures of the animals that I worked with throughout all my zoological years and you know, just really loved and appreciated photography. And then when I was looking to do something on my own, I considered becoming a dog trainer, but then I realized I didn't have the patience to deal with the clients that I would assign homework for and then come back the next week and they didn't do the homework or mad at me. Their dogs don't have the same behavior. Like I don't have the patience for that. All right, can that, and scratch that what's next. And then I was like, well, I can be a photographer, but this was 2010 and I didn't think I could be a pet photographer. So I started off doing families and pets. And then about five years later I went all pets and stopped doing the families.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:55 Oh my gosh. That's that's, that's a, that's still a big jump, right. Obviously that progression. It totally makes sense. But going from strictly learning and working with animals to then working with a camera what would you say were maybe some of the biggest challenges early on that you had when it came to actually learning the technical side of photography?

Nicole Begley: 02:16 Oh gosh. Yeah. I, well, I just kind of dove into just absorbing everything that I could you know, and you look back at it and when you're first learning how to shoot with manual and you know, you're like, gosh, I'm never going to get this. This is so complicated. And then like one day, all of a sudden you're like, Oh my gosh, this is so easy. Why did I ever think this was hard? It just like clicks. So a lot of things like that, you know, they seem overwhelming when you start, but it was just a desire to, to continue learning. And I still have that desire to continue learning. I mean, I still go to workshops now to, to learn new things and super interested in compositing and things like that now. So I'm always looking for new ways to improve my craft and, and just, just learn and enjoy. So I think if you approach it from this place of just curiosity and that desire and willingness to learn and the knowing that it's okay, that you're going to fail that sometimes you're going to take like just a really bad shot and it's okay.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:17 That's true. That's most of my shots.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:21 Now you said early on that in 2010, you didn't think that you could just focus primarily on pet photography. So you did families. Is it families and pets are families specifically with their pets?

Nicole Begley: 03:34 No, it's families one side and pets. One side, I of course did have some families that would bring their pet, but it was definitely two different target markets, two different genres. Yeah, cause I really just, I was like, there's no way I think at the time, and there was maybe a handful of pet photographers. Now there's at least a handful in most markets, so we're growing, but there's yeah, there's still, still a fairly, fairly small John rhe of the whole big photography segment.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:04 Yeah, yeah, no, for sure. It's one of those things that you know, whenever I hear of a pet photographer, it's always so interesting because you know, most people growing up, they love, you know, they love animals or they love photography, you know, but very seldomly. Do you think that you can actually marry those two things together? Not in a commercial sense, I suppose, you know, doing like advertisements and stuff for pet food and stuff. But you have found now since 2010, that you have a good amount of clients that sustain you to be able to exclusively photograph animals. Is that right?

Nicole Begley: 04:39 Yeah, absolutely. And there's room for many of us and in all the markets. Because gosh, I'm gonna forget the numbers and totally butcher it, but it was something it's an obscene amount of billions that the pet industry spends on pets in the U S alone per year Galot. So there are so many pets and so many different households and they are all you know, ready to spend money on, on their pets. And there's your cat? There's my two legs running through behind me. Oh, he needed to get something for the dog.

Raymond Hatfield: 05:18 So when it comes to then I suppose, photographing animals right there in the beginning, you had this training when it came to working with animals, how much do you think that that's necessary going forward? And starting a photography business. As many people might want to photograph dogs, they might want to photograph other animals, but they probably don't have the same level of training that you had. Do you think that that's necessary to be able to photograph animals in the capacity that you do?

Nicole Begley: 05:49 No. They don't need to have like the amount of, you know, training of training, training, like opera conditioning, able to train animals and get elicit behaviors from them. They don't need to have that level of training or a background working with animals, but they do need to have a fundamental level of understanding of the natural history of these animals and their behavior and how their body language dictates the behavior of the animal. So you can look at a dog and just know if that dog is stressed. If that dog is excited, if that dog is nervous or anxious or wary of that other dog and, and learning to have a general knowledge of basic behavior of what you reinforce is going to continue and to, you know, what you ignore or don't reinforce might go away so that you just can have some, some general tools to start to work with these dogs.

Nicole Begley: 06:45 For instance, if you show up at a shoot and you know, the dog loves his parents, they are, the dog knows his people, but the dogs may be nervous around new people or maybe the dogs nervous of the camera. I mean, that's a pretty big, scary thing that we're like, Hey, we have this giant thing staring at you. It looks like a giant eyeball. So maybe they're nervous about that. So we need to know to have enough knowledge that we can say, Hey doc, it's okay, I'm your friend, here's this camera. It's not going to be scary. So it's, I started my sessions really, as I pull up my camera, well, first let me back up before I even pulled out the camera, you need to start engaging that dog and kind of seeing where that dog's at and the comfort level of that dog.

Nicole Begley: 07:27 So before we even have our session, I'm talking to the client asking them about their dog, is their dog comfortable around other dogs around other people? Are they nervous in busy situations? Where are we going to be shooting? What's that situation like, you know, just to have a idea of what might await me there. And then I get there and I go over and I say hello to the owners. And I pretty much ignore the dog for a second just to be, you know, talking to the owner and I'm keeping an eye on how the dogs behaving, because some dogs you can like walk up to them and be like, Oh my God. And like, you know, be all excited. And the dogs like, yeah. And I was like, yes, you know, like a golden retriever, lab's going to be like, Oh my God, hi.

Nicole Begley: 08:08 I love you. I love you so much. But you know, you do that to a more nervous dog or a dog that maybe has a background. They just adopted from a shelter. That's been a little bit nervous or you don't know what their background is. You might just totally blow their mind and be hard to get them back for the session. So I greet the owner, I keep an eye on the dog. I'll kind of get down on the level. Might let the doc come over and sniff me, you know, and then I can maybe start petting the dog. I'm not going to reach straight for their head because if somebody knew, didn't know, reach straight your, for your face, you might be a little bit nervous of that 100%. Yeah. There was no money. I would not appreciate that.

Nicole Begley: 08:44 Actually the age of a COVID you're like just back. No, but yeah, so we want to just take a slowly and then I'll pull my camera out and I'll just see if the dog has reaction to that. And I might just press the shutter button to see if the dog has a reaction to that. And if we're still all good, I might hold it up a little, you know, and you just kind of see, like if I held the camera up and started to put it in my face, and all of a sudden I noticed the dog's ear started to go back and they're like shoulders kind of sun hunched down a little bit and that's telling me, Oh, wait, I'm getting a little nervous here. So I have the camera out. I have some treats. It's like, Hey, camera, treat, camera, treat, click, treat, click treat.

Nicole Begley: 09:22 Or like, Oh wait. This thing is really, really good and really delicious. And you know, and then they quickly start to become more comfortable. So having that level of just being aware of what their body language is telling us, and some quick and easy ways to help an animal overcome something that's a little bit nervous are two really important pieces to the pet photography puzzle. And one last thing is that you really need to enjoy photographing dogs to do this well. I don't want anyone out there that like really doesn't like dogs to think, Oh, this is going to be a great, a great January. I should just jump in here because it's going to be easy money. Now, if you don't love the animals, it's going to show in their owners, hold love the animals. And it's just not going to fit as well. Like for instance, if I, you know, really dislike newborn photography, I probably shouldn't be a newborn photographer. You know, like you need to photograph the things that you love. So definitely make sure you, you have the, the love and patience for dogs, because it does require quite a bit of patients because you're setting up the same shot numerous times on occasion. And, you know, I can literally have patients that goes on for days for dogs. Some humans, not so much, but dogs all day long.

Raymond Hatfield: 10:38 That's hilarious. So when I'm interested more in, I guess, in that interaction, because I'm thinking of this in the sense of working with people and for me shooting weddings, whenever I show up to an engagement session, it's easy for me to communicate to somebody, right. I can simply tell them, and then they understand, and then that's what we do as far as animals go. There has to be times in which you show up and maybe an animal is really nervous and just doesn't doesn't catch on is, is probably more difficult. How often would you say that that happens?

Nicole Begley: 11:12 Not too often. I would say the most challenging dogs to photograph tend to be the dogs or that are really old and maybe no longer can see or hear very well. So those two senses are really what we use to get that expression and that engagement from the dog, especially noises, you know, I often kind of set the dog up in the area that I want them to be with the owner with, or without the owner, I guess. And I have them over there. I get my settings ready. You know, I shoot with a long lens at times, so I'm far away, but that I'll just, you know, get everything ready. And then just to listen to the expression with the, like, you start making like little dog whining noises, I have all sorts of hunting calls that I can you know, make all sorts of crazy noises with my personal favorite is the distressed cottontail rabbit call.

Nicole Begley: 12:02 I don't even know what Hunter uses this or like what, they're, what they're trying to call in with that. But yeah, the dogs are like their ears go off their head, tilts a little bit. Their mouth closes. They're like, what, what, what does that, I've never heard that before. So we have all of these little tricks. You start to speak their language a little bit in order to, to just get them to get that expression. And that's what I think owners are so nervous before the session. Cause we have two giant objections is pet photographers that we need to address before a client comes in front of our lens. Number one is they think that their dog is not well enough behaved and they don't have a sit in a stay and there's no way we can create these images to their dog.

Nicole Begley: 12:46 Like all the time, 90% of the pet parents out there would see beautiful pet photography. And they immediately say, God, that's beautiful. My dog would never do that. So that's a huge objection. We need to educate people and say, no, all dogs can do it. We have the ways to make this happen. The other giant objection people have before they choose to you know, move forward with pet photography is that my dog can't be off leash. They see all these incredible images in the city and these beautiful vistas and the dogs off leash, but most of those dogs were not off-leash. They were photographed on a leash and we remove it in post. So those two pieces are just so important to, to let potential clients know to help them come to the conclusion that they too can do this.

Raymond Hatfield: 13:33 Wow. Yeah, those are, that's something that I never would have assumed, I guess, you know, I look at a photo of a dog who's not who doesn't have Alicia. And I would just naturally assume that that dog just didn't have a leash and they were getting photographed. That's really interesting. So that must, you know, created a lot of extra time for you when it comes to post-work would you say that's right?

Nicole Begley: 13:53 Yeah, a little bit. It depends. It is definitely built in and you learn really quickly what you need to avoid. So the first time that you take a picture and you have them holding the leash where it's kind of down on the dog's shoulder, and maybe it's like, as you're looking at the image it's dog, shoulder leash, and then the outer you know, like the background that you don't have a clean edge of the dog shoulder, I promise you'll never do it again. Or, you know, also like if you have the leash on the ground and it's like between the dog's legs are down around toes and you have to rebuild toes again, you'll never do that again. You'll get really, really crazy about making sure that leash goes straight up off the back of the dog and you tell the owner and show them exactly how to hold it.

Nicole Begley: 14:40 Or you have an assistant that holds it. You'll also keep be mindful of where that leash, if it's coming off the side, if it's a dog with big floppy ears and it's like, it's, you're looking at the image face space ear. And then that leash is coming up from the neck, like underneath the ear, around the bottom of the ear, like you get really, really good at it should come off the dog, not touch any outer edge of the dog and go straight on the background. And then that is actually not too bad. We get really, really good. We have quite a few different tricks, like say you're taking a picture of a dog especially on something like a building or something that has more detail. And it's not just like pretty you know, soft background of trees then, you know, the dog standing there and the owner's holding it oftentimes I'll get the shots that I need and then I'll have both the dog and the owner stuff out of the way. And I'll just take a background image and then it's really easy just to merge those in post and just paint away the leash and everything else or paint the dog back in. So there's a lot of, a lot of little tricks like that, that save us a lot of time.

Raymond Hatfield: 15:46 Yeah. It sounds like it that's awesome that, that you kind of have a, have a system worked out for something like that, because my first reaction would be just take the dog off the leash and then sort of things would just go, just go nuts. So I'm glad that there's professionals in the world, like you were doing this and and not me. And when it comes to photographing those animals though being a pet photographer, I'm always interested in learning the why. Right. So because, you know I shoot weddings and somebody else shoot weddings. We can have two completely different reasons as to why we photograph weddings and what it is that we try to capture at each wedding. Right? So as a pet photographer in your own, in your own words, what do you, what would you say is the job description of, of a, of a doctor photographer? What are you trying to capture?

Nicole Begley: 16:34 We capture the relationship of, you know, a human and, and a canine or equine, or, you know, our animal partner, really the, the clients that come before my lens, they, they see these animals as a member of their family. A lot of my dead dog clients don't have children of the two legged variety, or if they do they're empty nesters, their kids are off to college or they're young professionals often. So their dog is their world. And they know that, you know, they're with us for such a short time dog years, you know, unfortunately are not that long in the grand scheme of things. So they just want to capture that relationship and, and capture the character of their, their four legged companion in a, in a way that, you know, cause I would say one of the things that people say most whenever they see their images that I've taken as they, that I've captured the dog, as they know them, like I captured the different expressions that they are so used to seeing that they often, for whatever reason don't get from just pulling out their phone, you know, they, they are able to start to, well, I'm able capture for them.

Nicole Begley: 17:49 That's just range of, of different expressions that their, their dogs often create because of all these different tricks we have up our sleeves of getting those different expressions with the different, you know, a cottontail rabbit, distress calls, dog whining noises, and action shots and all these, all these different different things.

Raymond Hatfield: 18:11 So obviously people take a lot of pictures of, of our animals, right. It, they're cute. They're they're furry. Sometimes they make funny faces. It's, it's easy for us to want to take photos of of our animals. So I'm sure that you see them when you scroll on Facebook, Instagram, and there's always something right that, that you can tell right away like, Oh, this photo was taken on a cell phone or this photo is not that good, just so that people listening know what to avoid. What would you say is just a clear sign of an amateur pet photo?

Nicole Begley: 18:42 Oh, I mean, I think it comes down to what everything in photography comes down to and that slight you know, especially with a black dog or a black and white dog, just making sure that you're in the proper light to get a good exposure. I would say just as important as the light is also just that expression where the dog is actually looking into the lens and not like, you know, if the lens is over here, the dog's not looking like three feet above it over here, or, you know, you're actually getting this connection with your subject, which again, yeah. Light and connection with your subject, I think is the key of any portrait. No matter what the, what the subject,

Raymond Hatfield: 19:23 I love that that makes it a nice and easy for somebody to, you know, try to try to get better photos of themselves. Just look for better light and then wait, wait for the right moment. Does that sound right?

Nicole Begley: 19:33 Yeah. Yeah. Or create the right moment, look for the light and then get your animal. Like I always set everybody up and then I create the moment with, I make sure I'm ready to go. I have my test shot, but settings are dialed in. I know how I'm going to compose the shot. And then you just let loose one of those crazy noises or throw something up in the air or have somebody run behind you. And the dog's like, woo. And you got it.

Raymond Hatfield: 19:55 I love that. I love those expressions dog expressions. They're so much fun cats, not so much dogs. Dogs are a lot. Yeah.

Nicole Begley: 20:02 They're a little bit more challenging those cats. I always like to tell people I don't do a ton of cat photography. There's just not, if you'd love CAFA tography you could definitely create something, you know, create a business around that. But I have just found in my experience there aren't nearly as many cat owners that want to invest in like a cat photography session as there are as dog owners. But when I do do them on rare occasion, I always let the the owner know that this is going to be kind of like essentially a newborn session on like this could take half an hour or it could take three hours. We are 100% on the cat's time.

Raymond Hatfield: 20:38 I believe it. Knowing, having known a few cats in my life. They're not, they're not very cooperative.

Nicole Begley: 20:43 No, they, well, they are, if they're in, you know, it depends. They, they they just ruled the roost. They know that they have all the power and control.

Raymond Hatfield: 20:52 That's an easy way of putting it. Yeah. That's a nice way of putting it when it comes to photographing these pets. Are you often taking photos of, of, is it mostly just the pet? Is the, is the session mostly just the pet or is it the pet and the parents? How does that, how does a typical session work for you? What are you trying to capture?

Nicole Begley: 21:11 Usually pets and parents depends. I have a consultation with everybody before I'm usually via the phone and just to find out what they're looking for, because sometimes I have people that hire me that really just want a big, beautiful portrait of their dog on the wall. Great. We'll focus on that or somebody that maybe they're coming and they want to do an album. So we want to create more of that story. So having an idea of generally what they want to create from their session definitely helps us plan and know what we're going to photograph more of for the most part though. Most sessions include their, you know, their pet parents any of the humans that live in their house and and the dog and we'll focus some of it. I usually do the ones with the pet parents when they first get there, because you know, mom's hair is done.

Nicole Begley: 21:59 Makeup's done. Like they don't have to worry about, you know, after running around with a dog and getting hot and sweaty, cause it's summertime, like we get all those pictures out of the way first and then we'll focus on the dog afterwards. But yeah, just about every session we have some part of it. The focus is on the relationship between the two and then also just the dog and for those owners. Cause there are the owners that are like, Oh, I don't want to be in the photos. I usually encourage them to I'm like, you don't have to do anything with these. Let's at least create a few of them. And I also say, I would love to create a few where you're in the image, but you're not the main focus of the image. So it doesn't all have to be a traditional, everybody sitting and smiling at the camera, it can be the dog sitting next to the owner and you just have the owner's feet and the dog looking up at the camera, it could be you know, if it's a small dog, the dog on the owner's shoulder and you're shooting the back of the owner's head with the dog, looking towards you kind of like you would with a toddler.

Nicole Begley: 22:54 You know, so there's, there's different shots that you can do that include the parents without it being like a traditional shot of you know, them and the dog looking at the camera, which is what I think a lot of owners think when you say, Hey, do you want to be a photographs with the dog? They're gonna be like, well, I don't want to put a picture of me and my dog smiling at the camera on the wall. Cause yeah, they don't always understand that it can be a little bit more, they can be a little bit more discreet about themselves and the pictures are a big, a big grinning photograph.

Raymond Hatfield: 23:26 Yeah. But man, that's what I would want. I would want the photo of all of our faces, all like snuck together, just all close and big, a big group hug with the, a with the pup in there. That's what I want. That's exactly what would go the wall. I want to go back to kind of the beginning right now and focus a little bit more on that transition that you may going from working strictly with animals to jumping into photography and then working with animals. Right. So, so as you said, 2010 pet photography, wasn't exactly a proven thing yet. I guess there wasn't really many. So what was it about what was it about the idea of photographing pets that made you just jump in head first, rather than picking something maybe easier, quote, unquote,

Nicole Begley: 24:13 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera, then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond Hatfield: 24:36 Oh my gosh. That is, that makes perfect sense. And I don't think that that's something that I think many photographers are going to think about, but again, as I said earlier, if somebody takes just that piece of information right there, cut that part out of this podcast and just uses that piece of information. I don't see how they couldn't grow their business with that. So thank you so much for, for sharing that little piece of information right there, right on that timestamp. That was great. Let's, let's get back to photography for a few minutes here. The last few minutes that I that I still got ya when it comes to, you know, people, when it comes to an engagement session, you know what I do with every couple, I have to pose them because I want them to look good in their photos. I want them to look a certain way. When it comes to pets I've had dogs, I've had cats. I can't get them to do anything that I want them to let alone. I can't imagine the, the struggles that you go through in terms of posing or, or not is posing something that you even have to worry about. Is this something that you do? How does this work as a pet photographer?

Nicole Begley: 25:38 Yes. So it won't be long if you're a pet photographer that you will then post in one of the pet photography, Facebook groups, Hey guys, how much do you edit out? Male dogs, lipstick because of how they're sitting. So posing does matter. But that still happens sometimes. And you know, you can't necessarily tell the dog, okay. You're sitting in straight on now, just shift your hips to the left a little bit and use that front pod to cover up your little document parts there. So yes and no, you have to, sometimes I photograph for expression. So if that dog has this amazing engaging expression, we're going to make the posing work, even if her evolves, editing out anatomical parts. But you know, you do try to set it up in a way that, you know, you do have a little bit of posing but it's still really, really organic.

Nicole Begley: 26:38 So when, for instance, if I'm doing just the dog, I know this is the background that I want. I know, you know, what focal length I want to shoot out. I know how much of the scene I'm going to want in the viewfinder. I know how big the dog is going to be in that area. Like it's all there. And I have the owner keep the dog right about there. And I usually don't care if the dog sitting or standing. And so I tell the owner, like the dog should just be here and if they're starting sitting and I say, if he stands up, it's fucking fine. Because if you don't let the owner know that, then all of a sudden the dog stands up and you're still getting great expression. But the owner's like, sit, sit, sit, sit, sit, sit, you know, freaking out and stress the dogs like, dude, what's going on? Why are you yelling at me? She's making all these cool noises over here and you know, and she has treats. So yeah, so there is posing, but it's very flexible and I tend to look for the expression more so than, than the pose.

Raymond Hatfield: 27:38 So typically can you walk me through maybe what you're looking for? Is it, is it just sit, stand, like in between those is there, is there, is there more that you can, that you can get from that?

Nicole Begley: 27:51 Yeah. Yeah. Sometimes it's nice to have dogs like up on something and like a bigger dog. Maybe it's just a bench, like a smaller dog. You can put up a little bit higher. Of course it's always important to make sure the owner's right there and the dog safe. You know, if it's a small dog and a high thing, you don't want them jumping off and getting hurt. Always keep your lead shot or somebody right there. So keep that safety in mind. But when you're able to put a dog up on something and then you can shoot from below a little bit, and then that dog seems like larger than life. So maybe the dog standing in their heads kind of coming down towards the camera and you have this like great big cartoon, almost Ted of this dog. And it's just an angle of view that most owners never see, but they feel like they're like, Oh my God, that is my dog.

Nicole Begley: 28:32 Like if my dad was a superhero, that would definitely be my dog. So you know, there's different ways to do like that. They can be laying down sometimes the lay on a ledge or if the lay down on the grass. If it's a dog that really loves his belly scratch, it's great to have them, you know, get their belly scratched and they're rolling over and you can shoot straight down on them. One word of caution though, if you're going to shoot down on a dog. So if you're standing over the dog, shoot it down with the wide angle lens, you really, really, really need to watch that body language and that comfort level of that dog, because anytime someone comes over them like that, that's pretty scary. And a vulnerable spot for the dog, especially with this big giant, like wide angle lens.

Nicole Begley: 29:16 It looks like a giant eye. They can get pretty nervous about that. So not all dogs can handle that, even at the end of the session, like a wide angle lens shot right over their head looking down, it's a super cute shot, but some dogs get really, really nervous. Some require a lot of treats and just, you know, you get it quick and you're done and you reinforce them and you're like, okay, what's the good, that was good. And then a lot of them, like, that's, that's not a shot. You'd want to start your session off with, cause the talk would be like, Holy cow, where are we? What's going on? This is terrifying. So yeah, hopefully that helps.

Raymond Hatfield: 29:50 It does. Yeah. I mean, when it comes to posing animals, I guess I just, I'm just so clueless, but all those things that you mentioned totally makes sense. You know, and, and in the same way, it's kind of like people, you know, I, I, I, I have a couple of sit down, I have couple stand, I have couples lay down on the grass or something like that. But as you said, it's a lot about the expression and in whatever you need to do to get that and focus on who they are and get that personality. That's what you gotta do. So yeah.

Nicole Begley: 30:19 Yeah. Just like, yeah. Wedding photographer is a, you know, the bride and groom, they could be perfectly posed, but if they're like rigid and don't have any good expression on their face, it's not going to be a sellable image that you're going to want to have.

Raymond Hatfield: 30:29 Oh yeah. There's nothing worse than the, just like no smile in the eyes. White teeth. Oh, it's the worst.

Nicole Begley: 30:36 My fourth grader smile. He had that one, he was like, first grade, just be a smile and be like, yeah,

Raymond Hatfield: 30:42 This is just teeth. Right. That's how these smiles. Right. What do you think is a, when it comes to pet photography, what do you think is a misconception that many people just get wrong when they think about what it's like to be a dog photographer?

Nicole Begley: 30:56 Oh gosh. I think they think that we just play with dogs all day. But you know, as with any other photography business to such a small piece of our photography business is actually the photography that it's just as much editing and administrative work and marketing and things like that. That, yeah, it's not all just puppy, puppy breath and, and dog treats and, and you better be prepared to get your camera gear clean more often. Because pretty much every time I have someone clean my gear, they're like, yeah, this is disgusting on care on your sensor. Yeah. Yeah. Peanut butter on the outside of my camera, you know,

Raymond Hatfield: 31:46 Did you just carry like a jar Jif to each session? Is that how that works?

Nicole Begley: 31:50 Sometimes I don't use it a ton, but I do, they have those little like individual packs, you know, that are like an ounce. If you guys do use peanut butter though, make sure that it's not like the sugar-free peanut butter with the xylitol. Cause xylitol is so very super toxic to dogs, like in a sudden a lot of gum. But there are a couple brands of peanut butter that have it too. So be very careful with that.

Raymond Hatfield: 32:12 That's a pro tip that I never, I never would've thought I never would have even given that a second tip. And I'm glad because now somebody is not going to take sugar-free peanut butter to a session and kill their clients

Nicole Begley: 32:24 That be very bad and really truly know before you ever give any client dog, any food. I always ask the owners, you know, cause some of these dogs have allergies or special diets. You know, so I always ask them if they have any diet restrictions, I asked them before the session, how picky they are, if the dog has diet restrictions or is really picky, I have the owners bring the treats and I just tell them to cut them up really, really small, like the smaller, the treats, the better gosh, especially for little dogs, but even big dogs, you to be working with these dogs for an hour and an hour and a half. You know, you're not giving them treats the whole time, but if you're giving them like this giant treat all the time, they're going to be full and satiated and not have any sort of interest in the food. So like, I mean, truly it's like little nuggets, like hardly anything at crumb and they're like, okay, I'll keep working

Raymond Hatfield: 33:13 Because I can't do it. And want to feed a kid candy for an hour now.

Nicole Begley: 33:16 Exactly. They don't get the giant cookie. You're going to break that cookie up to get as much motivation as you can out of that cookie

Raymond Hatfield: 33:24 And motivational cookie. I got, I got one last cookies. Oh man, you got that right. I got that. I got one last thing that I want to talk about here before I let you go. And that really is what you touched upon before is just being safe with animals animals, as you know, as I assume, can be very dangerous, can be not wild. What's the word I'm looking for on you don't know what they're going to do right. At a moment's notice. Right, right. So unpredictable, that was the one what sort of special precautions do you need to take aside from body language? And, and then lastly, what about like insurance? Do you have to have some sort of special insurance to, to photograph dogs as well?

Nicole Begley: 34:12 Yeah. For the insurance, definitely talk to your insurance person. We should all have liability insurance. You know, no matter what you're photographing or where you are photographing at different locations usually require that. So definitely talk to your insurance agent about that protection. But then as far as safety, yeah. I mean just really being in tune with that body language and what the dogs are telling you is so, so key. You know, and also not being afraid to just take control of the session. Cause a lot of times I've seen where we're out somewhere and if the dog can be off leash and it's safe to do so, like we're not in the city, we're at a park and there's no other dogs, no other people, you know, there's not a busy road nearby. Okay. Maybe we'll do part of the session off leash.

Nicole Begley: 34:57 But if I notice the dog is not listening to the owner and it's like sniffing and like, you know, into all the other stuff around more so than us, then I'm going to be the one that say, all right, let's put the dog back on leash. Like you don't have to wait for the owner to say, cause the owner's going to push it. Cause the owner feels like they want their dog off leash because those pictures turn out better where quite honestly having the dog on leash often turns out better because you get to keep the dog in one spot. So just, you know, not being afraid to take control about that and the same thing. If you're photographing kids and dogs, that's a situation that you just need to be really careful with because you know, any family photographer knows show up to the session, mom stressed, dad's stressed, you are stressed.

Nicole Begley: 35:41 Kids are stressed doc stress now because they're like, why the hell is everybody else so stressed? Oh my God, we're gonna die. So you have all of this stress there and animals are very sensitive to that. And you know, and you don't want the kids to get in the dog space and maybe the dog's totally fine at home, but this is a situation you're at a different location. Everyone else is stressed. Like it's just, it's a whole different location. So you just want to be really, really careful and look at every situation as how can this go badly. Okay. Let's stop it. So you just really want to, to be extra careful more so than you would be just if the dog was at home.

Raymond Hatfield: 36:19 Yeah. And I think, again, it kind of comes down to you know, with people it's pretty easy to communicate. You can just use your words and with animals just getting to really know who they are and, and how it is that they behave. So Nicole is, is there anything that maybe I didn't ask you today that you just want to make sure that the listeners know about photographing dogs?

Nicole Begley: 36:43 Oh gosh, no. I mean, if you really want to, like, if, if you're really feel drawn to this, just, just learn practice. There are so many great resources to learn more about dogs. For instance, a lot of people think, Oh my gosh, I can't be a dog photographer. I don't have a dog. I didn't get my dog until four years ago. So I had the first six years of my business without a dog of my own which is unheard of in the pet photography world, but it can be done. So just to go and learn, learn you know, learn about body language, learn about dog behavior. There's a great book. If you want to learn a little bit about training, it's called don't shoot the dog by Karen Pryor, super easy read bonus points. It's going to help you with your spouse and your kids and anyone else you deal with.

Nicole Begley: 37:28 So everyone should go read that one. But yeah, there's just, just continued learning and don't be afraid to you know, to ask for feedback or ask, ask the owner, you know, is if the dog's okay, don't be afraid to let the dog take a break. I know when I first started photography, I felt like if I wasn't shooting every second of the session, then the client was going to realize that I didn't really know what I was doing. So I better look like I'm busy all the time, but that was just my ego trying to protect me. Cause I was like, I don't really know. I know what I'm doing. So yeah, so don't be afraid during a session to take it slow. And if the dog seems a little stressed, just let him take a break, take a walk, you know, like just, just chill out for a minute. And you know, it's, it's totally fine.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:20 I love that. Oh, Nicole, again, thank you so much for coming on, sharing everything that you did. I got one last question for ya. And that is if those listening want to know more about dog photography first of all, maybe do you have like a podcast reference that people could listen to and second of all, where else could listeners find you online?

Nicole Begley: 38:41 Sure, absolutely. So I run the hair of the dog podcast. It is a podcast for pet photographers. So we talk all about the craft and business of pet photography over there. So definitely check us out. And you can find that at hairofthedogacademy.com, which is also a website that has a ton of content we have a whole bunch of free content as well to help you improve your craft and grow your business.

BPP 212: Wendy Yalom - High-End Personal Brand Photography

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Wendy Yalom is a San Francisco based high-end personal branding photographer who discovered her passion of personal branding photography after shooting weddings for 10 years. Today we chat about why she chose to leave her successful wedding photography business to pursue an unproven path in photography.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • Why Wendy went to fine art school for photography

  • If Wendy recommends going to school for photography

  • Why Wendy left weddings after 10 years to pursue personal branding photography

  • The difference between personal branding photography and a regular portrait session

  • What Wendy needs to capture at every personal branding shoot to consider it a success

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • Why Wendy believes in niching down and is not worried about turning away clients

  • The 4 Marketing Misconceptions every new photographer makes

  • How to market without selling

Resources:

491DE128-04D3-46D1-8120-EDEAF842FE1F@hsd1.ca.comcast.net..jpeg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 Wendy, you actually went to school for fine art photography. So I love the, the, the, the beginnings of photography themselves. So before making that decision, which, you know, making the decision to go to school specifically for something that's a big decision in and of itself, but what was the relationship that you already had with photography to, to make that decision, to pursue it even further?

Wendy Yalom: 00:23 Oh, I love this origin story. This is so fun. So my grandfather, we're going to go way back to like 1920 pre 1920, actually when my grandfather who in high school built a dark room in his house. So he could take photos and print photos, like that's how he was such an such an innovator, right. And in the field of photography. And so my mom's whole childhood was captured, which is rare because my mum was born in the thirties and every year my grandpa would like set up these kinds of like, you know, Vogue style, family, photo shoots. He was a, he was a chemical engineer. So this is super creative in so many ways. And so I had all of these photos as a young child that I got to see. And so by the time my mom's generation started having their kids, photography was such a huge part of our family's conversation dialogue. My mom went to art school. She, she was a painter, but she took photos. And so when I was pretty young, I got like an an eight, 10 camera. One of those little, like,

Raymond Hatfield: 01:30 Of course, yeah. The tape.

Wendy Yalom: 01:32 Yeah. And the negatives were like happenings fight. So diabetes, which is perfect for like an eight year old, you know? And, and then when I got into high school, my mom gave me her Nikon. Her it was a Nikon FG, and I can't remember what the lens was. It was probably like a 50 or something and a fixed 50. And I just really loved photography. Like I was the friend and this is, you know, film days. So it was, there weren't as many people in the photography as there are now, it wasn't as it wasn't as accessible. Cause you needed to have be able to buy film and then process the film and you needed to invest pretty well in a camera to have a nice one. And, and so when I was 20 years old I worked at the summer camp and you, somebody, and I just took photos.

Wendy Yalom: 02:20 I like was the friend photographer. I captured everything. I was so into it. And two of my friends were getting married that following year and asked me to be their photographer. And I thought that would be really fun. I didn't have any idea that it was important. So it was really easy to say yes to, because I hadn't even been to good wedding as an adult. And it really lit me up about the idea that I could have a career. I could make money with a camera doing work that was really fun and meaningful for me. So that is what inspired me to go back to school and get a degree in photography. I was 20. I had like, I've been in college for a couple of years. I was like arts, psychology, whatever, early childhood education, environmental studies, you know, I tested all the fields and nothing clicks. I, I was taking a year off and I had that experience and it was just so obvious to me that like, that was what I wanted to study. And so I went back to school and it was again, film days. So, you know, I got to learn how to work in a dark room. And where disk man

Raymond Hatfield: 03:29 Was that experience specifically that you're referencing right there, that, that pushed you to go to art school, the shooting of those weddings. Exactly. Yeah. First of all, those was that in Yosemite. Was that wedding?

Wendy Yalom: 03:42 No, that wedding was not used as many, but actually I think the second wedding I ever shot, wasn't you? Somebody that wedding was in San Francisco at this super elegant location. And I went out and bought a flash of that day. I had never used a flash before I went up by a flash. I stopped at Safeway and bought film and the photos were not good at all. Like, I don't know, sorry, but fortunately I wasn't self conscious about it. You know, it actually inspired me to go to, to go on,

Raymond Hatfield: 04:16 Oh my gosh, that is such a great story. That is such a great story. You know. D do you, have you, do you still have those photos of of that, of that wedding in Yosemite? Because like now that's such a, that's such a thing, you know, you could be like the first, you know, put, put your blog posts out there in the world and just stake your claim. There. That'd be awesome. I really want to know about the transition that you had going from that little, I don't even know what kind of camera they're called. I think it's like 110

Wendy Yalom: 04:43 Oh 110, 110. That's what it said. Yes. Okay.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:45 Okay. I want to know about that transition going from cause essentially those cameras are just, they're just automatic. It's just a press of a button and then you get your photos. And then switching to the Nikon 35 millimeter format. Cause this is more of a professional format where you're in control of, you know, your arbitrary, your ISO and shutter speed. What was that learning curve like for you there in the beginning? Was that

Wendy Yalom: 05:12 I'm so glad you're asking. I mean, this was in high school and I can't remember. I mean, I'm imagining, I'm imagining that I don't even remember, honestly. I mean, I must have learned something about, because I think this was before there was any kind of program mode on these cameras. Right? Like once I became, once I started shooting professionally, you had the camera that you could just set to like autopilot. I don't remember if that FG had that. So I can't quite remember that transition, but I think the bigger, like, yeah, I can't quite remember that transition

Raymond Hatfield: 05:55 About any sort of like challenges you face. Do you remember frustrated with the camera at all?

Wendy Yalom: 06:01 Well, I don't remember being frustrated with the camera then, but I do remember the transition from digital film to digital and that frustration. Right. And like that, Oh God, it was so stressful because you know, it was 2005. So digital technology was not that great, but it had the benefit of you not having to bring, you know, 40 rolls of film and have it. Literally, I would have an assistant with me at every wedding who I just pass my cameras to, to change the film. I mean, that's what you had to do. Right. You've got 36 frames. Imagine, you know, and I had to have two camera bodies that I was constantly using one black and white one color. And, and so you would think the transition to digital would be just so pleasurable, but the technology was not that great. So there was a couple of things that happen.

Wendy Yalom: 06:47 One is it would take a long time to record images sometimes. So you would be sometimes waiting like 10 seconds for the file to low before you could load another file. And then when you got, Oh man, and then like it also, the technology to download cards was way more stressful because they would take forever. And sometimes they'd be big glitch. You'd lose images. I remember one of the first weddings I shot digitally, just feeling so frustrated. And so like taking the card out and try to put it back in, not realizing that like by pulling the card out, you basically are erasing it. And then, you know, all of us, I think, or digital photographers have had the experience at least once and having to take a card into a data. And now you just have that app right on your, on your computer.

Wendy Yalom: 07:31 That's like a data, what's it called? Recovering whatever. Yeah. Yes. But back then it was like, there weren't that many, so you had to mail it in and like, Oh God, it was so, so stressful. Oh my God. And of course eventually the benefit and also the quality was still not nearly as sharp as film film and people were so used to seeing film that when they saw digital images, they looked cheap. Like they look different than what we registered as photographs. And so it was hard to reconcile, I think for people that like that transition. But now we're also used to seeing digital images that actually seem film images. They look a little bit off and grainy, you know, it's interesting. Yes.

Raymond Hatfield: 08:19 Yeah. It's so weird. How the tables turn like that and such, I mean, relatively a short, a short period of time, especially throughout, like, when you think about the history of of photography of photography. One thing that I'm always curious about though is now I went to, I went to film school because I wanted to to do cinematography. You obviously went to a fine arts school with a focus in photography. There's a lot of people, especially now with, in this age of digital who essentially learn everything that they can on YouTube and it can be pretty successful, you know, on their own, in terms the quality of images that they're able to produce. I'm curious about your views on going to school for photography, kind of in today's in today's world. What would you say to somebody if they asked you if you would recommend going to a school for photography?

Wendy Yalom: 09:12 Got it. Such a great question. I'm so happy you asked this question because I think a lot has changed. Since then the first thing that's changed is it's not like we have come to recognize that like going to college does not necessarily equal. You know, it's not like a step you have to take in order to have a successful career. And that I think has been, become obvious in the last 20 years. So I'm 46 now. So when I was started, college was like 1992. It was still, you know, our parent, my parents' generation was like, you have to get an education. It was just a suit. I think if somebody is thinking about it, the benefits of going to school are being a part of a community, having a dialogue with a group of people about your work, having mentors and teachers who've been there, who can who can critique the work you do there it's, it's really about having community and comradery.

Wendy Yalom: 10:07 There was a thing that I didn't learn in and in school. And it may be because it was fine art, but I imagine even for fine art, it would have been valuable, which is there's the whole business of photography that you miss. So if you want the experience of being a part of it, you want the college experience go for it. It's like, why not? That said, it's completely unnecessary if you want to have a successful career. And if you do what I recommend is focusing as much energy on the business of running a photography business, as you do on the art of which I think is what gets lost. Cause I left school and I mentor photographers now. And a lot of them come to me and they, their images are beautiful. Like you, like, they've got the right quality of light. And like the framing is beautiful is like, you can just tell that they're masterful at this scale, but they have no idea how to market or sell their businesses. And so I think that that would be, if I was doing it over, I would probably focus. I would definitely want to find some kind of community experience cause that's just pleasurable. But I think I would be way more disciplined about it being about both the art and the business of geography. That's what I think. What do you think I haven't done

Raymond Hatfield: 11:23 Film school. It's pretty similar. You know, you don't really have to worry too much about the business side of things cause you're kind of hired to, to be a worker on set essentially. But a film is definitely an industry in which you can just show up one day and learn everything that you can on set and be very proficient at it. So it's kind of different. It's very interesting though, you know, talking about the business side of photography because there is so much to it and here within photography, I feel like there's as many different styles of business, there are genres of photography. So it can be hard to really get very specific information on something you know, that you're really looking to get into. But you actually, you know, as you said, you've been doing this for a long time and I want to mention here, because this is a huge accomplishment that you were voted best wedding photographer in San Francisco in 2011

Wendy Yalom: 12:16 By this local newspaper. So yeah, that was awesome.

Raymond Hatfield: 12:22 That's huge because San Francisco is one of like the biggest wedding markets in the world. So again, incredible accomplishment. But today we're talking about branding photography. That's where this is all coming from. So I want to know after receiving some sort of an award like that, the, the accomplishment, the notoriety, what made you think, you know what I'm going to give all this up and I'm going to do something entirely different.

Wendy Yalom: 12:45 I love that you're saying this because I think this is such a, I get, I get, I get photographers who I mentor, who come to me, who are like, I want to transition out of wedding photography and that's why I've chosen for square. I'm starving. And for me it actually, wasn't a decision to leave wedding photography. What happened for me was I I w I love wedding photography. I had, I had to learn the business of photography and I had to fall in love with the business of photography. I always loved the art, but it was, it wasn't until, maybe about, I don't know, like 10, eight or 10 years into my career, into my career as a wedding photographer that I realized I actually needed to build a business. It wasn't like I wasn't just going to be sustained by great connections with people and, you know, and taking great photos.

Wendy Yalom: 13:32 Like the world was changing. Like the internet, you are going to the internet to find photographers like has always looked at all the people who were discovered the internet. It was like the times are changing. So I had to build the business and I really fell in love with the business. And I loved my work as wedding photographer. I loved working with couples and understanding like how to talk about wedding photography, as more than just like, I'm going to take pictures of your wedding and how to package that and market it. It was really fun for me and in and I started as a wedding photographer when I was in my early twenties. When I, a lot of my friends were getting married. People in my community were getting married. I was gay. Marriage was like, it's sort of what people were doing.

Wendy Yalom: 14:13 So it was a really easy to be a part of that community. Then in about 2012 I, I had this community of friends who were coaches and spiritual entrepreneurs, and people were starting to use the internet to market their, their services. And they were authoring virtual services. And so I started to have relationships with people who had a need for a different kind of photography. And I had girlfriends come to me and ask for portraits that were more like more of, more authentic, the word they use. Like they wanted something other than the realist for photo, which is what traditionally had been a head before that, you know they wanted people to see these photos and feel like they were having like a great a moment with the person in them versus like, she looked like, you know, like she looks tense and nervous, but that's okay.

Wendy Yalom: 15:09 She'll buy my house, help me buy my house, you know, whatever. So I started serving that community and discovering more and more of a need for it. And at that time I was I had a pretty full schedule of wedding photography, but as you know, and all of us know, it's like weddings, you know, even a full schedules, like 30 days a year. Right. Cause it's like they have it on the weekends. You typically there's some times the year you don't work. So like a 30, like I think at the end, it was probably 1330, 35 a year, which is like a good solid business. And, and I had time to do this other work. And so I started incorporating that in during the weeks. And then and then within a couple of years I started getting to travel to do that work and it became this, this, I just noticed myself feeling more excited when I would get an inquiry about brand photography.

Wendy Yalom: 16:03 Then when I get an inquiry about wedding photography. And so eventually the wedding inquiries would come and I'd be like, well, what's the location? Oh, well, what's their budget. You know, it was less about like, Oh my God, how cool and exciting that this couple wants to hire me. And so the transition just happened naturally when I was getting enough of the other work and that wedding photography just, it was less of a pole. So yeah, so now I'm 100% brand photography and the mentorship and that's that's then for the last, since probably since 2015, I transitioned totally out of doing weddings.

Raymond Hatfield: 16:37 So that's a relatively fast transition from 2012 to 2015. I mean, it's hard for many photographers going for working like a nine to five to go full time in that amount of time. So to be able to completely change who you are and what it is that you do, and then do it successfully to be able to obviously support yourself and sustain your business. That's a, that that's a huge leap. That's a huge leap. So with, when it comes to branding photography, though, you know, you said that it's different than just like a regular portrait session. You don't just want, you know, the, the, the, just the smile and looking straight at the camera, you really want to feel some emotion, but when you're there and you're shooting, how do, how do you interact with, with, with your subject differently from a portrait session, just a traditional purchase session, as you would hear in a personal branding session?

Wendy Yalom: 17:29 It's such a good question. My first thought was like inappropriately. Cause I feel like I swear a lot, but that was, that's not the, that's not the, the main way I, and you know, it's, it's, it's probably similar in my way when I w I, I rarely did more of the traditional portraits, but I certainly was occasionally, especially like I can remember couple of instances where one of the one, either the bride or the groom then asked me to come into their business after that I had worked with, and that they needed a headshots. And like, so I occasionally did that more classic headshot kind of like this Davo, who's the one who introduced us, does he does like more of that kind of classic corporate headshot. Right. I interacted pretty similarly. Like I wanted to put the person at ease. I wanted them to feel relaxed.

Wendy Yalom: 18:13 I wanted them to feel like I wanted to get them out of the, the, the, the fear thoughts that a lot of us have when we're being photographed or the distraction, or the insecurity thoughts, and just get them to be relaxed and happy. And so in probably some ways it was similar. But the difference is that when we're talking about a more classic, like corporate headshot, what we just w w I mean, we want to see there's, I guess, in some there's similarity, like when I'm thinking about personal brand photography, really we're getting at, like, what is it we want the viewer to feel about this person? What do, what do we want to imagine? Or the qualities that this person embodies, you know, is it conflict? Like, when I think about a classic corporate portrait would be more like confidence, like ability, capability, like strength, you know, like those are more of the, like, I got this trustability, right.

Wendy Yalom: 19:07 What, what I want, what a lot of my clients are selling is an experience versus, and practical things. So, like, I work with a lot of spiritual entrepreneurs who are, you know, eight time over New York times, bestselling authors, and they write books for how to like how to be in the present moment. Right. And that's not like a physical thing we can show them doing. And so we want to, I want them in those photos to embody the energy that they're essentially selling their clients. So we want to create photos where they look present, they look connected, we can feel it. You know, all of us, I think, have seen those photos and have had photos probably of ourselves, where we look at it and we can see where it's like smiling, but we are genuinely happy, you know, it's like that. And so we want the, we want, and people are really smart.

Wendy Yalom: 20:02 Like they know that. And so I want my clients photos for when the viewer sees them, they get that in that moment that clients actually having the experience that they're exhibiting on their face, whether it's joy or like this client, I just mentioned like presence and peace or success with, you know, whatever that is confidence. So that's health. I work with a health coach is like a vitality and health. So I think that getting back to your question, which is how do I interact? I think that there's a few things. One is I really want to create like a visual experience in addition to actually the energy, they feel meaning like where we are, you know, what they're physically doing in the photos, all those things that, that match what it is that experiences. And then I want them to actually feel it.

Wendy Yalom: 20:51 So all talk to them in a way about the work they offer are all train inspire in them. You know, like just to use that coach that I just met, or the author, who's a spiritual, who's a spiritual teacher. It's like, I'll have her close her eyes and actually drop in and meditate for a few minutes. So that way, when the moment comes where we're taking the photos, like she's actually feeling that, that experience. So that's really, it's like, how do you match the moment that we're taking the foment photo to the moment we, to the experience we want the clients to imagine working with that person creates.

Raymond Hatfield: 21:28 Yeah. So how do you visit this is really interesting. This is really interesting. Now before a wedding, I don't typically do a lot of research on my couples. I don't I don't want to say that I don't, you know feel for their hopes and dreams or whatever. I try to learn as much as I can about them to try to kind of tailor their, their wedding. But typically that happens like during the engagement session, but for something so personal, for something where your clients are going to be using these photos to promote themselves and put essentially the best selves out into the world to be that first to be that first interaction, I suppose, that a stranger may have with them. How do you ensure that you choose the right feeling or vibe that these, that these photos need to need to have?

Wendy Yalom: 22:19 I love that you talked about this and it, I mean, the first thing is it's important for me that there's, there's a real sense of the word that's coming to my, as intimacy with the client right off the bat, that they feel really confident in opening up to me about what they actually want. So that's that we start there, even on the sales call, like that's, I want to get to that level of, of just of connection with them so that they feel safe sharing with me something that they might be feeling nervous about or something they really want to feel embarrassed about, or, you know, or feel like they shouldn't have whatever it is. And then we have an hour long planning call and that hour long planning call, I lead them through a series of questions that gets in at their vision and helps me understand what it is that they're wanting their clients to experience, you know, what it is that they're wanting them to to pay them for essentially.

Wendy Yalom: 23:14 And so we have an hour long call that really gets in at that piece. And during that call, I think of each, like, I think of a day of a photo shoot day is having a series of stories that we're going to tell with the camera. And each story essentially is like a different location, a different setup, a different outfit. It's like a different moment in this, this client art, my client's life, right. About in the, in their work life. And so on that call, we want to come up with a series of different stories that we get to tell. So, you know, it is like if we're working with a health coach, is it like, are we in a kitchen? And then are we like, am I out somewhere beautiful where they're running? You know, if I'm working with, or is it like a McDonald's cause they want to tell about the all, you know, like, who knows, like, you know, we just kind of get it, like, what are the, what are the different moments that we would want a client, a potential client of theirs to step into the real life with them in.

Wendy Yalom: 24:09 And, and so that's really fun. And then it's cool for me, because as much as I am a creative, I also love planning. Like I am such a like organizer and planners. And then from that call, I go through and get to pick the different locations we're going to have, where we're going to shoot the kind of like what they're going to be doing in each of those locations. Like, I actually collaborate with them on what they're wearing. So I get, I see what they're wearing and make recommendations. And so I basically take their, their, their dream or their vision and make it into a reality. Yeah. Yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 24:46 That's a lot that you have to do in order to make sure that obviously the photos that they want, that they're going to get and get it without a hitch. That's incredible. That's incredible. I mean, that right there, I think speaks alone to the value of what personal brand photography is versus, you know, a portrait session. Because if somebody tells me that they're a real estate agent, I know what that photo is going to look like. If somebody tells me that they are a a spiritual health coach or something, you know there's a lot more, there's a lot more room in there I think to play with. And I don't, I don't know why, but it's great that that you're able to kind of dig in and really make these, these sessions personal to who they are and not just what they are, if that makes sense. I really like that

Wendy Yalom: 25:32 100% and even like a spiritual health coach, it's like, I mean, there is, there are as many definitions for that is there are spiritual health coach, you know, it's like one could advocate like meditation and, you know, sitting in silence and doing yoga and, you know, eating vegan and living in a cave, you know, and one could be like, go, you know, all in like the Ritz and you should dance a hundred hours a week and you know, like indulge in all of your desires. And so it's like, it's so cool because you do have to investigate, like, what does the word elegant mean to you? You know, what does the word confident look like in your imagination? It's, it's we have so many words that we use that we think are our we just assume your interpretation and my interpretation of elegant would be the same or spiritual would be the same and sad and beautiful, even like, you know, it's so personal. So it's really cool to investigate and get into what it is that how, how they use those, how they interpret those words.

Raymond Hatfield: 26:38 Of course, I mean, there's 7.7 billion people on. So we all, we all kind of experience all these things differently. That's that's awesome. That's awesome. My next question here is that you kind of touched on this earlier, which is that, you know, you had a lot of friends who were kind of in this space, a lot of women, friends who were in this space of, of helping and they were authors and they were coaches. So now today, if somebody were to go to your website, they would see that you that's pretty much exclusively what you shoot. You've niched down a ton. Not only is personal branding, photography, not for everybody, but you've decided to exclude a lot more people who could potentially use personal brand photography and focusing only in, on, you know, boss, ladies, essentially, right? The powerful women who are, who are coaches, entrepreneurs, speakers, where did this? Well, I guess I know where this idea came from. It was, it was from your your close personal connections. But when you decided to go all in on this idea where you worried that maybe you were being too specific and that you were going to alienate a lot of people,

Wendy Yalom: 27:47 I love that you're asking this because here's what I think is, so I honestly, every, you are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips, to learn how to make money with your camera, then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner, photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond Hatfield: 28:17 Well, I think he did it. You did it. I, I, I've never heard anybody really explain the difference between marketing and selling, I guess so effectively. And I mean, you really just made a lot of photographers, take a deep breath and think to themselves, Oh, I think I got this. I think that I can do this right here. Cause suddenly it's not, it's not as hard. So thank you so much for, for for sharing that. That's a great tip. That's a great,

Wendy Yalom: 28:42 Hopefully, and just a quick thing for your photographers, which is like, it's also awkward before it's elegant. So like let your, I know it's like, it could be a relief, but it also could be like, well, what do I share about if I'm not sharing about my services? So just play with what you're curious to share about. I'm a huge fan of Simon Sinek. Start with why that, yeah. Are you familiar with it? It's such a cool place to go if you're starting out, because it gives, like, he gives a framework for talking about what you do. That's not just like I have a camera and I could come take photos of you. And so watching that is cool. Cause then you can start playing with talking about why you do this, like why you're in photography. And I think then, you know, know that like those photographers who are listening, who maybe have like, or are also now paralyzed with fear because they don't know, what's talking about like, just play with it, like experiment.

Raymond Hatfield: 29:39 That's perfect. That's perfect. And I know that there's going to be lot of experimenting because again, I mean, everybody's looking for, if we know that we have to market forever, essentially, why not try to make it? Not, not only easy, but but fun, I suppose. Right. Make it a little easier on us. So that's great. That's great. When it comes back to the personal branding sessions though, I'm always curious about this. I love, I love, I love this question because as I said earlier, there's so many people on earth and everybody's answer is different for you. What is your goal every time for each personal branding session? Like what do you have to capture? No. Like, no matter how it goes, I mean, it could be a rockstar moment or it could be a total, you know, a failure of a shoot, but what's the one thing that, you know, that you have to capture in order to deliver what your client needs.

Wendy Yalom: 30:27 Yeah. God, what a great question. I need to, first of all, like I, one of the things I love about this work is that it forces me to be present. Like you can't dial in one of these days because if you do, you're not actually feeling what the client's feeling. So, you know, it's, it's starting with that conversation I have with them where I really understand what it is. They're trying to communicate and understanding their needs at that planning call. And then on the day of it's, it's trusting my creative instincts over the voice in my head. That's telling me like what I should do. Wow. Okay.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:13 Okay. I'm going to write that down. That was good. Testing. My creative instincts, trusting my creative instincts. I think that's it. I think that's essentially what all photographers are looking for. I had, I had a discussion with somebody the other day who who was saying like they just booked their first paid shoot and they were so excited. And they were like they were talking about how they're going to go to Pinterest to find all these you know poses and ideas for the shoot. And I, I asked, I said, well, why did, why did they reach out to you in the first place? And he said, Oh, well, they liked my work. And I thought to myself, so what are you doing? Going to look for other people's work to sh like to try to replicate if they already like what it is that you do keep going with that a hundred percent, a hundred percent.

Wendy Yalom: 31:59 Got it. I love that. We're talking about this because I actually, another thing I see photographers do, which is they want to defer to the client for permission. Like they want to defer to the client's need, but the clients, because they, I noticed this, it's like, they're, it's like, they'll come. They're like continuously trying to prove to the client that they, that they're prove their word. They're continuously trying to prove their worth to the client. The minute the client books, you and pays you, the client has said you are worth it. Like, just know that like they are basically saying, like, I am, I'm giving, I'm investing in you to handle this and I'm trusting to be the lead. And so it's having that. And especially when you work with some of the clients who I work with who are running like multiple seven figure businesses, like they are used to being like the one in charge, you know, that it is such a relief to them to have someone come in, who's going to do the job for them because they're not brand photographers. And they don't have, they don't have the creative instinct. I have, they don't have the understanding of light. You know, they don't know why we would choose that random back alley over like, you know, the Marina or whatever. Like, Hey, you know, it's like, and so ha so really it's like that trusting the creative impulse.

Raymond Hatfield: 33:19 Yeah. That's it. That's it right there. That's what the title of this this interview is going to be called now trusting the creative impulse. That's perfect. I know that we don't have much more time. So I want to ask you a windy because you've been very gracious with your time and I really do appreciate you sharing. You've really been an open book today, which has been, which has been wonderful, but in this time there's no way that we can cover all of what goes into personal branding, photography and you know, photography in general. So is there anything that maybe I didn't ask you today that you just want to make sure that those listening know about personal branding photography?

Wendy Yalom: 33:56 Yeah. Okay. Well, there's two things. One is we didn't check in about this before, but I'm assuming it's okay. I do have a faith free Facebook group that people are, I would love to have people join. So in there I offer videos and I talk about video. I share a lot of wisdom and insights of people want to join that is this okay that I'm sharing this. So we link to that. That's a great place. And I speak specifically to the art and business and personal brand photography in there and answer all kinds of questions. So that's, that's a great place to get more. I think the, the what I would leave your client, what I would want to leave your folks with is just like a couple of things. One is this field of personal brand photography is one is like the field that is growing and continues to grow.

Wendy Yalom: 34:48 It is, it is like, it is the personal brand photographers who were behind every great Instagram ad campaign, you know, or not. Even when I say I campaign, what I really mean is influencer, you know, page like it, like we are turning more and more. And especially with COVID, it's like more and more is becoming virtual. And so the work that we get to do is so valuable because in today's world, we've come to this place where it's rare for us to be in real life with the people who we're working with. And so it's photographers. We get to be that bridge between these people who are serving the world and all of their clients. It's a very cool place to be in. And there's a lot of opportunity for both professionally and just on a personal level to create those visions. I think it's when I think about the difference between this and any of the other fields, there is so much opportunity for creativity doing brand photography, because you really get to take this like you, and I've talked so much about this call, this the sort of am this amorphous idea of what it means to be confident or look powerful or all these things, and like bring it into real life.

Wendy Yalom: 36:05 It's like, it's like a little bit of a magicians thing. And so I would just encourage anybody who's considering it to, to go for it, to test it, to try it, you know to join the group and learn more if you want to. And then the other thing, just for all of the photographers who are not necessarily personal branding, it's like, I can't emphasize enough that just the importance of finding joy and running a business, like not only learning, but discovering that it can be joyful. Like if, if you can bring the same kind of creativity enjoy and, and, and just pride to the business, you're running that you bring to the photography you create, like you got it, you got it, you got it

Raymond Hatfield: 36:52 Before I let you go. And that is for those who are looking to get started today, right? If they're thinking I'm all in on this, who should they reach out to first to, to, to dip your toes in the water and, and maybe give them their own personal branding session.

Wendy Yalom: 37:08 Yes. Great question. They should look at the people in their community and see people who they think could use this and just reach out and, and just offer this like, say like, here's what I'm doing. Here's why I think you'd be a great fit. I am a huge fan. If you're dipping your toes into it, to reach out to two or three different people who you just think it was or let go of it, trying to be, you know, don't have it be like, Oh, if I, if I reach out to this one, she's pretty influential. And maybe she'll recommend me to friends. Like, no, just people who you think this would serve and the kind of people who you want to spend your time with. Now, like at this point in my career, like I said, I work, I work about a hundred days a year.

Wendy Yalom: 37:46 And so that means a hundred days of the year I'm spending all day with, with people, with my clients. And so it's like find people who that's actually a joy, you know, it's like I would choose to spend the day with these people if they were paying me or not, they are amazing human beings. And so it's like find people that you're actually drawn to spending time with. That's my, my recommendation is, is start there and have it just be, give yourself full permission to trust your creative instincts, both in what you're photographing, but also in how you're creating the shoot and the day.

BPP 211: Gustavo Fernandez - Corporate Event Photography

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Gustavo Fernandez and a Corporate event photographer in San Francisco who started photography after leaving his job as a pharmaceutical rep. Having studied photography under world class wedding photographer Bambi Cantrel and Gustavo got into weddings for a number of years before discovering Corporate event photography. Today he shares why he made the switch and how hes able to make more money working less weekends.

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • Why Gustavo felt so passionate about photography to leave his pharmaceutical rep job of more than 10 years to pick up a camera.

  • How Gustavo organically discovered corporate event photography and how its similar to wedding photography

  • How to overdeliver to your multinational publicly traded client

  • How Gustavo turned $10 into $10,000

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How to price for business to business events

  • How to use your website to book the job every time

  • Why Corporate events are a better business than weddings

Resources:

GustavoFernandezPhotography_2019_006.jpg
GustavoFernandezPhotography_2019_001.jpg
GustavoFernandezPhotography_2019_002.jpg
GustavoFernandezPhotography_2019_015.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 You know, you were a pharmaceutical rep for 10 years before changing careers and then moving into photography. I'm really interested about that because, you know, what was it about photography that got you interested in the first place to start to explore it and then eventually think, Oh, this is a sustainable enough that maybe I can leave my career.

Gustavo Fernandez: 00:23 Right. Yeah. Great question. And first of all, Raymond, thank you for having me on gosh, you know, it's probably one of those, you know, that you link back to sitting in your grandma's chair and, and looking at all her national geographic right back when I was a little kid and always fell in love with all that imagery and photography overall I was, you know, I'm born and raised in the Dominican Republic. My family traveled a lot. My dad was in international business. So, you know, one of the, one of the things that after college I want to do is continue traveling. And what happened then was like, while I gotta start documented this, and that's when I picked up a camera and started taking photos and, you know, as a hobby and then as you know, fast forward many years and you know, the blog started in photography and the wedding industry and, and WPPI, and kind of went down that rabbit hole and, and sort of fell in love with that community and kind of what they were creating. And that's kind of how I, you know, made the jump. I, I ran into Bambi Cantrell is one of the top 10 wedding photographers. You know, that first issue of American photo that listened to those top 10 opened the magazine. And I was like, wait, who's this Bambi Cantrell lady she's in pleasant Hill. That's where I live, you know, Oh, I need to sign up for her workshop. And funny enough the assistant for that workshop was a Jerry Ghionis

Raymond Hatfield: 01:41 Oh, of course. Yeah. Past guests of the podcast. Wow, exactly. Seeing where he's, where he's been able to take his wedding business

Gustavo Fernandez: 01:49 Clean. Jim garner was also there. Who's an amazing photographer out of Seattle. So I got to meet them. I got to network with them. I got to then experience WPPI and kind of, you know, build it from there. So yeah, it's been a fun journey.

Raymond Hatfield: 02:02 So what was it? So obviously, as you said I guess you didn't say this, but growing up, you didn't really, you know, grow up with a camera in your hand per se. It wasn't until after you got into college or after you graduated that you thought maybe I should pick up a camera just to document what's going on here. Is that right?

Gustavo Fernandez: 02:21 Correct. Yeah. I was doing a lot of you know, hiking slash mountaineering type trips going up mountain. It was like, Oh, these are really cool photos. I should be capturing all these experiences and yeah. Picked up the Canon film rebel.

Raymond Hatfield: 02:35 Oh, okay. That was the first, my first camera. So these you, weren't looking to just take snapshots. It wasn't something you were really looking to take the best photos that you could at the time. Exactly. Yeah. Take the best photos and just capture the experience that bring it back to share with family and friends. That's, that's what it's all about. In those early days, when you bought that film rebel since haven't go learn photography at that point, what would you say was something that maybe you struggled with most to, to grasp in the, in, in terms of photography?

Gustavo Fernandez: 03:09 Gosh, that's a great question. You know, I think the number one thing, a lot of people struggle with is that balance, right? What is that balance? It's only those three things. It's like the ISO, you know, the exposure and the aperture. So it's like, how do you make that? How does that click? And it took quite a while and I did take some classes. I took some beginner classes, like local camera clubs, joined a couple of those and just practice, practice, practice until it clicked in my mind, I was like, Oh, that's how you balance all these three numbers. And literally, like, after you figure that out, like everything is just, you know, a lot easier from there. But I would say that was one of the number one challenges was figuring out how do I get what I have in my mind, you know, to show up on the, on the camera, especially when it's filmed.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:57 Yeah, of course. And you have that long delay between the time where you press the shutter and you actually see the photo. Was there actually like a moment that it all clicked or was it in, I'm always interested in this because oftentimes, you know, you hear of those who think like, Oh no, this literally just clicked. I literally just figured out how this works right now. And then there's others who looking back is when they realize, Oh, actually I kinda, I kind of do know this whole photography thing. Was it wasn't like that for you?

Gustavo Fernandez: 04:25 Yeah. There's an exercise that our, our teacher did. And I think it's a very standard exercise where you take a photo of a white piece of paper and you underexpose a you know, straight on exposing and overexpose it. And then you do the same thing with a, like a black piece of paper or a great piece of paper, or even just a piece of concrete. And then you look at those images I'll go for it. You have to develop, develop those back in the day, but now you can use, you can do that, you know, five minutes. So I think that's where it clicked. It's like, Oh, this is what the camera is trying to do. So then you learn what the camera is doing and then you can correct for the camera. So that simple step of taking a photo of a white piece of paper, underexposing exposing it correctly. And then overexposing it. And then doing it with same with the dark is, is I think it's eyeopening that helps you figure out what what's behind the camera and what, what the camera is thinking. So you can overcompensate for it.

Raymond Hatfield: 05:21 Of course, of course. So you took that course with Bambi Cantrell, you learned wedding photography from her. What was that next step for you before you left the pharmaceutics

Gustavo Fernandez: 05:34 Rep world? Sure. A next step. Gosh, great question. Got a job, you know, started looking at opportunities like where could I learn the most? Of course I started assisting her, which was an immense opportunity. She drove drug me per se to she's like, you have to go to WPPI, you have to kind of come learn from best. So, you know, that was definitely my number one kind of eye opening experiences. When you see people from all over the world you know, teaching and you're learning from them and you see these people that are actually doing this full time, it's like, Oh, wow, this is a possibility. And then actually, who was it? It was Jose Vila and Joe Musick, they were doing a on the road serious with I think it was a photo plus or one of those groups.

Gustavo Fernandez: 06:28 And I got to sit in with them and, you know, just 10 other people in a room and just be inspired by their journey. But what were the next step is just continuing my education, continuing to build my network, continuing, you know, to help others out, to figure out like, how can I be a resource? I ended up volunteering at WPPI print competition, which Bambi was very involved with. And I got to meet, you know, most of the speakers that way, which was a great experience and got to learn what, you know, what does great imagery look like and got to listen to them for two days, you know, going over you know, some of these masterful images and why they're great images, why they're not create images and learn from the behind the scenes, you know, after that it was, you know, getting a job within the industry.

Gustavo Fernandez: 07:11 So worked for a studio manager, a commercial studio, a photographer in San Francisco. So learning the ropes from him, learning to kind of deal with clients because that's, that's an even different world, right? That's a lot of, a lot of you know, managing the client, teaching the client expectations, hiring laurels, you know, kind of the gamut. So there are tons to learn that way. So just slowly educated myself, working with others, second shooting from Bambi, actually in second shooting for, I ended up second shooting with a gal for many years after that. So trying to find opportunities to just, you know, help and at the same time, learn from other people.

Raymond Hatfield: 07:54 So having done this for a few years, going to weddings, knowing what it's like shooting learning from some of the best, you know, going to these conferences that are specifically geared around weddings, like WPPI, when did corporate events for you come on the radar and what was it about them that interested you?

Gustavo Fernandez: 08:14 Sure. Yeah. So, you know, basically I started with weddings and portraits, which either is kind of like that WPPI world sort of, you kind of get initialized into per se. And I guess that was my, my journey and how I got introduced to the corporate event world was, you know, given I come back from a corporate environment, you know, I was doing a lot of work for different hotels and a diff I was, I was being added to different preferred vendor lists. Preferred vendor lists is when a hotel or a venue adds you to a list of recommended vendors. That for example, a client comes in and is like, Hey, we need a photographer. Who do you recommend? It don't have two or three on that list? I was fortunate enough to get on some of these lists. And one of my main hotels, which was the Fairmont hotel in San Francisco had added me to their list.

Gustavo Fernandez: 09:01 And they kept asking me specifically like, Hey, we got this corporate thing. Would you be able to do this also? And I think the reason lesbian, you know, I got added to the, you know, one being a professional showing up on time, you know, being helpful to the hotel, being a resource, kind of help them out with photos or headshots over their team. And just, just being there and just, you know, being a, an ally per se or a somebody that you know, they can call for help. I think when you look at the corporate business, like what does a corporate event planner need? You know, somebody who's going to show up on time, somebody who's going to be well-dressed and going to be able to talk to my, my people, my attendee, somebody is going to be, you know, sort of incognito and not disturb the whole meeting and somebody that you know, I can communicate easily with. So given, I guess I already had a lot of those traits because I came from a business background and sales specifically, and, you know, I'm able to, you know, hang out with the CEO of the company or, you know, just as admin, you know, easy enough. So I think they kind of saw that in me as like, Oh, here's somebody that we can refer without an issue, and our clients are gonna love him.

Raymond Hatfield: 10:13 So when was it that you thought you did that first gig say you went to it, you shot it. Did you immediately think to yourself, Oh, I'm done with weddings and I'm going all in, on these, on these corporate events.

Gustavo Fernandez: 10:24 Not at all. I mean, it, it took me quite a while and I think it's only been two, three years that I've sort of, it's probably a little longer now that I've pretty much sorta strictly been, you know, corporate events and hand shots, but you know, it took a while for me to click, you know, I'm not saying I don't love the weddings. Weddings are just a different beast you know, for a wedding. It's interesting. You know, it started to click slowly when I realized like, wait a second, every year, I need to find 30 to 40 new clients depends on what type of business you're running every year. You gotta make sure that all your preferred vendors are happy that you're delivering images to them every year. You're got to make sure you're taking care of those independent wedding planners, which we all want to get those high end weddings.

Gustavo Fernandez: 11:09 So you have to kind of schmooze with them, send them gifts and whatnot. You have to be published. You got to get on the right blogs. You got to get in the right magazines. It just never ends. You have to go out, you know, be network, be seen not to be forgotten. So I noticed that the event, the wedding industry is extremely heavy on the marketing side and how much you have to put out to get those, you know, 30 to 40 weddings. Whereas a corporate event, I quickly figured out. I was like, wait a second. Once they have your name, once they love your work, they're just going to call you every year when they come back to town or for every job they do every month. And once that click, I was like, wait a second. I'm going to double down on this.

Gustavo Fernandez: 11:52 Like why, first of all, it's a recurring, recurring business model. I don't have to go find 30 to 40 new clients every year. I can keep my JP Morgan every year who I shoot three to four to five events a year. I can shoot those five to 10 events for Forbes every year. Like, they're not going to call anybody else. They're not seeking, you know, some other photographer to change it up for them. It's a it's business, right? It's like, boom, we got the lighting, we've got the photographer. We always used like next. I recently got an inquiry the other day, which, which kind of reminded me of, of the beauty of this, this sort of a business model and what it was was like, Hey, our photographer just retired. We need our new photographer. I was like, perfect. Now I'll be doing those events and those headshots for them until I retire per se. So, and that's kind of the thought process. Like you do a great job, you keep them happy and they're just going to keep calling you every year. And then you can count on that business yearly. And instead of having to kill yourself with the whole, all the marketing and whatnot.

Raymond Hatfield: 12:57 Yeah, yeah, of course. So I'm interested in, in the fact that, you know, when you shoot a wedding and you have that experience shooting weddings there's really only two people who you need to, you know, focus on at a wedding and you already know kind of all the events that are going to happen with corporate events. What is it that you're expected to deliver and who specifically is your client, is the CEO of JP Morgan calling you up?

Gustavo Fernandez: 13:26 Right. A great question to start off with who is the client? The client is typically either the director of events for that company or the director of marketing, or a lot of times it could be the CEO's chief of staff. So that's actually one of the challenges, depending on the size of the company too, as one of the challenges of finding who is that, that person that's actually running events for JP Morgan is the director of events for JP Morgan. So she is, you know, sits on top of the whole team. She has about, I want to say 10 to 15 people under her that run different events around the globe for her. So she was one of the first ones that reached out because she came to a small venue that I'm on the preferred vendor lists for, or she was running a small event for the CEO and I was on that list and I got called up and she was there.

Gustavo Fernandez: 14:15 So but for example, you know, when you look at Forbes, who's running the events again, they have a team of about 10 people that run different events for their, for the magazine that they're doing, kind of all over all over the world. Also the Forbes 30, under 30, the Forbes ag tech summit at Ford CIO summit. So, and then you have, for example, some holiday parties that I do a lot of at the end of the year. And that's a lot of times it's depending on the company. So San Francisco, a lot of tech companies so for example, the, you know, the admin of that is the one calling me up. Cause she's the one in charge of like, okay, I'm going to get the venue. I'm going to do this. A lot of times she'll hire an event planner or she'll hire a catering company that has event planning services attached to it. And then that catering company might reach out to me or she might, you know, and I'll be referred that way. So it's, it's a challenge figuring that person out most of the time, it's that director of marketing or that director of events or that admin for the CEO or that chief of staff

Raymond Hatfield: 15:21 When it comes to these big companies that have these titles, you know, as you said, this woman had 15 people under her whose job it is to plan these events. Why do you think you might not have the answer to this? I don't know, but why do you think that these companies don't just have an in house photographer who travels with them to these events and instead they hire locally?

Gustavo Fernandez: 15:40 Yeah, that's a great point. I mean, it's a challenge to have an in house photographer because they're going so many places. I mean, you know, for example, you know, I was flying or it's probably cheaper for them to fly me around than to have somebody full time staff, because think about what this full time staff me full time staff means. You've got to pay for healthcare. You know, you've got to pay for all their trips and travel and whatnot. And your, your, your salary, that's a salary. That's a full year salary versus think about it. If I'm only doing, you know, if they're only doing five events a year around the globe, that's only five times or fly me around, you know, it's way cheaper than having a full time photographer on staff. There are companies that do have a full time photographer on staff, for example, Liberty mutual, who I've done a few events for. They have a full time photographer, but in Boston, at their main home office. So he's the person that I'll do a lot of the headshots. He's a person to do a lot of the local events or maybe some regional events, but when it comes to a little bit of travel, you know, that's when they'll reach out to other vendors.

Raymond Hatfield: 16:43 I gotcha. That makes sense. It all just comes down to money. I'll just come down to money. Yeah, exactly. So in your own words, you know, what would you say is the, is the job description for a corporate event photographer? What are you expected as far as the photos to deliver?

Gustavo Fernandez: 17:01 Sure. That's a great question because, you know, I think wedding photography was one of the best trainings for that. Why? Because, you know, it's, it's sort of, we have to bring in, you know, as wedding photographers, we always want to get published. We always are going to be featured in different magazines or publications or whatnot. So we're always taking photos of everything, right? Like take photos of the flowers, take us over to the table setups or the menu takes photos of the lighting for the lighting person or for the lighting tech. You know, it takes photos of the desserts for that dessert person or the cake person. So the weddings was a great training because it trained me to make sure that you're capturing all the different details of the event. And that's still exactly what I do. You know, I come into sure. It's a lot more simple setup, a little more boring per se.

Gustavo Fernandez: 17:50 Right? Most of the time it's just a, you know, very nice, well set up stage with very nice lighting. So that makes it super easy. But then the challenge is like, okay, how can I, you know, deliver images of different angles, different setups, you know, looking at their websites, like how are they using these images? You know, making sure that you're educated before you even show up to the event and talking to the clients like, Hey, how are you going to be using these images? Do you need a specific, you know, do you like more horizontal do like more verticals? Like, Oh no, we like all verticals because we use them in this magazine per se. So that's definitely, you know, having that conversation beforehand, but typically, you know, nowadays I just have a shot list in my mind. Right. It's like, cool.

Gustavo Fernandez: 18:34 I got the big wide setup of the whole venue of what it all looks like before they all walk in. I got some tight shots of the stage. I have some nice tight shots of the podium, you know, for me, why am I doing this? And, and it's what everybody should be thinking about is if I was out event planner and I'm bringing a brand new team to build this event next year, and I'm going to go to a different hotel and set this up for a different venue, you know, what would I like to have in my packet? And it's like, Oh, Hey, where's that shot of the podium? Where's that Sean of the stage? How was that set up? How did we set up the desert station? How did we set up that break? You know, where did we set that up?

Gustavo Fernandez: 19:18 Where did you stop and do that headshot station? Okay, perfect. We need this much space for that. So it was like, you know, providing that imagery that can help your client out in the long run for the future. So I think I over deliver a little bit when I take random images. When you think as a photographer, like, Oh, why did you take photos of those counters in that corner? I was like, well, that's their, that's their meeting set up? That's their charging station for their cell phones. You know, that's the thing that they're providing to make sure that all the attendees are happy. So, so typically what I deliver is a little bit, everything, mostly of course, you know, maybe 10% of the images are just different scene setters showing up, you know, what they did to set up for the whole crowd, a lot of their branding, because branding might change over the years.

Gustavo Fernandez: 20:03 They want to have that historical in a representation of that. So you kind of make sure to capture that and then of course stage. So there's a lot of people typically speaking on stage. So it's a lot of different angles of that imagery from the closeups to, from the background through showing that there's an audience to that speaker, but then also the brakes, you know, showing the engagement between the different attendees, you know, showing them interacting, showing them, having a good time, showing them smiling. So it's, it's all encompassing just like a wedding. It's just, you know, it's but it's just a little, little bit different flow when it comes to, I'm interested with how many photos you're explaining that you're taking there's a lot there. And I know that at a wedding, as you said, you still try to a lot of those

Raymond Hatfield: 20:48 Things, the details, the, the events that are going on, but I know for a wedding there can be a lot of calling that happens after the fact, are you doing a lot of calling after shooting an event or are they expecting photos right away? And you don't have time for that,

Gustavo Fernandez: 21:04 You know, depends for the photos right away, you know, there's diff different clients have different needs to answer your first question on the calling, I delete about 60% of the images, 60% from an event. And for example you know, if I'm taking one shot, I'm taking three to four to five of that same shot. Why am I doing that? I'm doing that just because of focus, mainly making sure I'm a number one, I'm getting an in focus. Number two, I'm getting a great expression from that speaker or from that interaction of two people speaking, right. You know, two people speaking, I'll probably take a minimum of three to five photos, and I'm just kinda sitting there like looking around, looking through my viewfinder, which is what I try to teach. A lot of my shooters is making sure you're always looking around your viewfinders like, Oh, is there an exit sign in that corner?

Gustavo Fernandez: 21:55 Is there something distracting over here? Is there somebody that's going to be coming in my field of vision and, you know, getting into my photo and just creating that photo versus just trying to just, you know, provide a candid photo. That's one of the things I tell my shooters is Kay, slow down and create the image instead of just taking a random candidate. So it's, it's so I'm delivering basically I delete about 60 to 70% of the images because of that, because I'm taking three to five photos of every shot that I want to deliver. And what does that client expect? You know, it all depends. Sometimes it's like, Hey, we need social media imagery, you know, an hour after the event, we need 10 to 15 photos throw on Facebook or on Instagram or whatnot, or on Twitter. A lot of times for, for example, for, for JP Morgan, does that for me.

Gustavo Fernandez: 22:47 And what does that look like? That typically looks like me grabbing my laptop at the end of that keynote session that happened with the important speaker, just a quick download and throwing off 15 images on a thumb drives like, Hey, here's a director of PR. She just had, I hand it over to her. She, she takes care of it to a little bit of an added service where we bring it in house, excuse me. And as speaker and in house editor, that'd be cloud. We bring in, we do a job for bank of America where we bring it in house editor. We're on the hour I am, or after every session I'm walking over and handing out, handing my memory card to my editor. And he's actually in a team, in a room with the team two or three PR gals and, you know, a couple of the marketing people. And they'll go over it and look at all the images on his laptop and be like, we want that one, that one and that one, and they'll own the, as they, as they go, there'll be publishing those images to Twitter and to the different social networks. That's incredible.

Raymond Hatfield: 23:46 Yeah. That sounds very high stress. That sounds very high stress.

Gustavo Fernandez: 23:50 It's not bad. Cause you just have to hand it over. Right. We'll let my editor stress out.

Raymond Hatfield: 23:56 So if you are deleting or I'm sorry, if you're not delivering, you know, 60 to 70% of the photos that you take say, I don't know how long is a typical corporate event and how many photos would you say that you deliver?

Gustavo Fernandez: 24:11 Gosh, that's a great question. Typical. It all depends. They're all different, right? It could be a one hour NASDAQ closing bell ceremony, which I'll deliver actually probably two to 300 images, which is actually quite a bit for an hour. But as you know, I guess I could walk through that. What, you know, if you walk that I meant, what is, what is that event, right? There's two or three people that are introducing the main speaker, then there's the main speaker and then there's sort of the ceremony. So there's a lot going on within a closing bell ceremony. Too, a lot of events are those two hour networking kind of an alumni event at, in the evenings, you know, I'll deliver, I don't know. It always varies. So it's hard to say. But I definitely tend to overdeliver than under-deliver. So I definitely want to have them have more images than less what I typically, I think in my frequently asked questions, it says 50 to 100 images or an hour or something like that.

Gustavo Fernandez: 25:10 So yeah, pretty standard. And but it's funny cause when I'm shooting and I'm thinking that I don't have that many images because this event, maybe for some reason it doesn't have that much going on. I'm always in my back of my mind thinking, you know, when the client asks like, Hey, is he, are these all the images? Like yeah, if you look at a hundred images in an hour event, like that's more, it's like one more than one photo of minute. They're like, Oh, okay. Nevermind. So it's always sort of in my back of my mind is like, Oh, I got to get a few more images trying to create something.

Raymond Hatfield: 25:44 Yeah. The internet has ruined, has ruined people's perception on how many photos is enough, for sure. Yeah.

Gustavo Fernandez: 25:50 Yeah. I mean, you know, one of the challenges I have is definitely calling down and especially for those two or three day events, I would do these two or three summit type days events for Forbes. And they're like, Hey, we just want like five to 10 minute images of a beach unlike I kinda found, Oh my gosh, I was like, I have like 300 of this one hour session, you know, just making sure I'm getting all the great angles and what it's like, how do you want me to call this down the 10 photos to finally deliver it? So that's my biggest challenge is of course is deleting all the, all the good stuff.

Raymond Hatfield: 26:26 Yeah. And again, you know, it's one of those things you don't know if they're going to want it, you know, portrait or landscape. So you just gotta deliver as much as possible when it comes to pricing this for, for B2B business to business. Right. Right. My head, it starts to hurt this. This is where it gets crazy. You look online and people are charging usage rights and image sizes and you know, delivery times. And it's just a whole list of ad-ons. It seems that you have no idea how to charge for these things. So for you, what is the pricing structure for corporate events?

Speaker 3: 27:01 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips, to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today, by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join. Now,

Raymond Hatfield: 27:24 I hadn't thought of that many you know, ideas as to why corporate events is such a better business. You know, when you think about it on paper compared to compared to weddings or corporate events, or is a better business than weddings, as you said, you know, you really get wrapped up in the idea of like, Oh, we're gonna have so much fun at your wedding. And this is like the happiest day of these people's life. And it really becomes personal. It becomes emotional. But when you break it down from a business standpoint and those three tips that you shared are it makes me rethink, wait, why, why am I shooting weddings? All of that sounds sounds fantastic. So, so thank you. Thank you for sharing those things.

Gustavo Fernandez: 28:05 I mean, you know, the, the other thing about the weddings people get, they get excited about the sexiness of that. Ooh, I want to build my, and I don't even know where the, the, the, the high end numbers are, right? Like that $10,000 wedding, right? Like good people don't but people forget and they, they need to start thinking about is how much time are you actually putting in a ton on that first initial email consultation to that one hour meeting or two hour meeting with those clients to potentially hire you to then the engagement session, that's two or three hours to then the day of the wedding, you know, 10 plus hours driving back and forth and whatnot. At the end of the day, you're looking at 30 to 40 hours, you know, divide that time, you know, 10,000 by that, like, what do you actually make them take out expenses, taxes, take out expenses.

Gustavo Fernandez: 28:49 Like, what are you actually making prior? It sounds like very lucrative and exciting, but at the same time, you need to kind of boil it down and be like, wait a second. What is this really going to take? And then think about all the marketing expenses they're already doing and whatnot, and all the marketing posts, that wedding that you have all the hours you have to spend after we actually done with the client, then all the hours you're spending with pulling all the cake photos, pulling out all the vendor, photos, you know, all that stuff. But yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 29:17 So and again, that, that, that, that's what makes sense. I think, you know, we don't, we don't really spend a lot of time thinking about our time and how much it's worth to us. So again, thank you for sharing that part of the whole reoccurring revenue, which is really exciting is we all know that photography is a service more than it is a commodity, right? It's not a commodity, it's a service we're serving somebody. And whether it be a couple at a wedding or a large publicly traded company in the, in the, you know, in the case here with corporate events, it's a service and part of a service or part of being a good service provider is over-delivering. So how, or who do you try to over deliver to when working with large publicly traded companies?

Gustavo Fernandez: 30:05 Yeah. That's a great question. I mean, I look at it. How do you, a lot of times you don't even have to over deliver in the photography, right? How can you deliver as a person I can you deliver as that service provider? Right. I'll bring up a couple of examples with HPE. Hewlett Packard enterprises is one of my clients and they, they hire me every year to come in, to do a week long. It's actually two and a half day or three day event for their executives. And it's like a hundred or almost 200 of their top executives from around the world. Wow. And I do almost 200 headshots, pull us cover the two and a half day event, plus all the evening. It's, it's madness aside for me delivering and giving them a great product and a great experience for each of those people that I do the headshot with headshots, for it's those little things, right.

Gustavo Fernandez: 31:00 She my client's like, Hey, we have these gifts. These are the little raffle items that we do during the random breaks and whatnot. Here's 20 items. I, Kate, can you take photos of each of these and send them to me so we can put them on the slide? I was like, you know, of course not a problem. I want to step further and fix it. It's like, you know what? Wait, I don't have to take a photo. I'll have to do is look up the name and pull the photo from online. So now for the last two years, I goes like, Hey, do you need me to take of this again? And I'm not charging them extra. They're already paying for my time to be there. I am. How can you make their life easier? How can you assist them? Right. So I sit down, I spend half an hour.

Gustavo Fernandez: 31:39 I literally it's like a tray of all these cool things. Like the iPad, like the different, you know, the AirPods and whatnot just takes me 30 minutes, pull it up, drag the file, put it in a Dropbox and send her the foot. It's like, she just, it's one of those things that like, okay, done. I don't have to deal with that. A lot of times it's like, Oh, there's a napkin on the floor in the middle of the hallway. Like people are going to be walking out here. And five just picking up that napkin, taking care of, of things that are not per se. You're, you know, a lot of people will just walk by it and not care. Right. Like I want to make, I want to be, you know, like part of the team, how can you be part of that team? How can you make things flow half the time people asking me, it's like, Hey, where's the restroom.

Gustavo Fernandez: 32:23 It's like, Oh my gosh, here. It's like, right over here. It's like, Hey, what's the wifi? It's like, Oh my gosh. Here's where I see people kind of like with those questions and I'll over here and I'll step in like, Hey, you know, just walk down this way and whatnot. How can you be part of that team? How can you kind of go above and beyond be helpful instead of just kind of sticking in the background and just sort of, you know, being out of the way per se. Right? Yeah. So yeah, it's just, it's just being part of the team, you know, that's like my number one Hmm. Advice, piece of advice. It's like thinking how they're thinking. Right. It's like, how can you help them a little bit better? How can you, Hey, next year? Here's what I would like, Hey, would you suggest?

Gustavo Fernandez: 33:08 I would suggest is like, Oh, great idea. Or letting, Hey, you know, a lot of times like even just helping, like other vendors out, it's like, Hey, we're missing a place setting here. You know, we're in a room of 200 plus place settings. Like, Oh, they miss one. It's like, you go walk up to the server, be like, Hey guys, you missed a place setting here or to the lighting peoples like, Hey, the lighting's a little off to the left on that, on that right couch. Do you mind just like, Oh, thank you. And I'll show them on the camera that way they look good. So how can you help everybody else add that venue out that event look good. I think that's, you know, you're always going to win

Raymond Hatfield: 33:45 For sure. For sure. What about again, going for like the service based business? One thing that I do for wedding couples is that once I book them, I send them like a little care package, a little gift package. So it has some trail mix. It has just like some fun outdoor stuff to kind of promote that adventure that I try to push with with my wedding photography. Is there anything that you do in terms of gifting that, that helps kind of a corporate, let me, let me kind of rephrase this, which is like, when you think of gifting the corporate world, there's lots of it. Do you do any gifting that stands out that makes sure that your name is at the top of the list rather than just

Gustavo Fernandez: 34:26 Popcorn or some chocolate or? Sure. Yeah. That's a great point. I don't do anything the same repetitively. So for you or for a lot of wedding photographers, yes. That makes sense. It's part of your workflow. Here's my little typical gift basket that I send to my 30 to 40 clients every year. It's like June to Chimp, like clockwork. Like that's my touchpoint for me, you know, those corporate events are a little bit different, right. Cause they're, they're calling me every year, so I can't be like first time. Okay. Send them the basket second time. What do I send them? So I try to take it a little bit different and just build upon that relationship. So for example, like, Oh my, my event planner is having a baby, so, you know, connected them and, and that level it's like, how can you send them a gift that is super unique that they're never, you know one of my key tenants to a gift is how can I give them something that they're never gonna throw away?

Gustavo Fernandez: 35:25 So that's that's and one of my event planner, friends gave me the best idea and for people that are having babies, and that idea was it's a, it's a custom stool. I think it's called a stool. It's one of those step stools for, for kids to step up, to kind of brush your teeth. Oh, okay. Yes, yes. Over at the sink. And what's cool about this stool. It's, it's less than a hundred dollars, but it's this cool colorful stool and it has their name engraved in block letters and the block letters come out. So it's super unique. So it's like, you know, it's like, Oh cool. It's got Raymond on there. Like you can pull the R out, will the AI, you know, before they can even stand on a stool, they can already be playing with it. So it's like, how can you create that, that, that yet.

Gustavo Fernandez: 36:12 So for me, given that my clients are longterm clients, right. They're calling me every year. So I just try to keep up to date with what's going on with their lives, you know, checking in via text or checking in via Facebook as many of us do. And making sure that we're seeing when their birthdays are and whatnot. I mean, it's, you know, from, from a simple, thank, you know, as we all forget about, you know, a handwritten think, you know, to, you know, a very unique gift, like, like that it's, you don't have to be doing that every year. It could be every couple of years. So that's kind of the beauty of a building. Some of these relationships is you're going to have them for the longterm. So it's not like I need to be sending them gifts every three months per se. But again, it's just finding something fun, finding something unique.

Gustavo Fernandez: 36:56 For example, one of the directors of marketing for a tech company come to find out he was half Dominican you know, born and raised in the Dominican Republic. So he has a little hat, has a little boy and I was back home in the dr. And I thought of it. It was like, Oh, it'd be cool if I brought back, first of all, some Dominican coffee, which is the best. And then second of all, I was like, Oh, what can I bring for his son? You know that, so he could try like some Dominican treats. And it's like, you know, those little kind of very sweet things that you eat as a kid, wherever you're from. You always remember that. And so I picked up a few dollars worth those Dominican, very sugary treats and sent that to him, you know, with with some of that coffee, it's like, Hey, some thoughts from home, you know, hope you enjoy this.

Gustavo Fernandez: 37:40 And your boy can kinda get a taste of where you come from and whatnot. So it could be as simple as that, literally I cost me $10. So, but that not turned into $10,000 client because a few months later he calls me like, Hey, you know what, I'm having a meeting and I need the meeting photograph that I need a hundred head child site. Let's talk. So for me at the end of the day, it's just keeping it personal. And then number one, and then number two, just being top of mind, you know, checking in with them once in a while from a simple tax to just, you know, one of the things I love these days is just doing like a video email. You know, you've got a loom.com or many other service providers out there and just do a quick, it's like, Hey, you know, Raymond checking in with you, man, and we'll be doing one last thought about you.

Gustavo Fernandez: 38:28 I read this article. I wanted also send it to, so I'll send a lot of articles. A lot of times I'll send a random text with a, with like one of the fun ones. It's like, Oh, I'm here, here with mom. So they get to connect. Cause like, Oh, here's a guy, who's got a family. Here's, here's what we're supporting. And just for me, it's just keeping it personal and continuing to build that relationship and then keeping tabs of what they're up to via Facebook or Twitter or what, what the best place might be for them.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:56 That's great. I mean, again, you've really boiled it down into a, I hate to say a system, cause it's not, it's not a system, but it's, it's a way of doing business that is personal to who it is that you're working with. And I'm sure that in the world of, you know, fortune 500 companies and, and again, publicly traded organizations, there's probably not a lot of that. So I could see how you would, how you would stand out with, with your photography and and your service. So that's not a such a great tip

Gustavo Fernandez: 39:21 And bring into human to corporate because it's all about humans, right? It's all about people. So you see these behemoths fortune 500 companies, but there's always a human behind, that's pulling the trigger per se, right? There's always that one person that is that you need to connect with. So that's where I'm still at with what I did with weddings, build that relationship. And that's the same thing I do is just build that relationship with them.

Raymond Hatfield: 39:47 Well, now, now that you need to update your website and put that a little blurb under there, bringing the human to corporate, I'm not gonna charge you for that, by the way, that's all yours. You can have that. I had one question earlier that I did not ask you that, that I really, I really do want to get back to. And that is, you know, when you are shooting weddings, there's a lot of opportunity to be creative with your imagery, to do something new and unique, either with lighting or, you know, a focal length and just create something that most people can't see, unless they're a photographer. How much room is there for creativity in the corporate event space?

Gustavo Fernandez: 40:23 Gosh typically not that much, you know, there's maybe I guess not even 10% of my images or it might be a handful of images, every, every event, right. That I might get a get LA, you know, I was like, Oh, then maybe this cool angle or shoe does in between people's heads, from the audience and whatnot. There is very limited amount of, of that. And if you think about it, if you look at, for example, a corporate brochures, or if you look at annual reports and whatnot, it's, I'm shooting for JP Morgan or I'm shooting for HPE or I'm shooting, what do they want to project? You know, if this is an image that I took and they put it on the website, would this be an image that they would feature on the website? Yes or no? So a lot of times like, yes, it's going to be a lot more businessy.

Gustavo Fernandez: 41:10 It's going to be a lot more at the same time that's a challenge, right? Because you still have to, how do you deliver something that doesn't have that exit sign back there? It doesn't have a detract, distracting element factor, you know, is a great composition and whatnot. So that's, I think you're still being created because you're still thinking about all those things, right. And at the same time, like how can I bring in something different than my last event, but to be honest, you know, I'd say, gosh, 60, 70% of the time, it's always the same. You know, but different venues provide different lighting capabilities and unique spots. So that's where you can kind of challenge yourself in a way, or, Hey, this is what I typically deliver. 80% of the time I can play for the rest of the time that 20% I can kind of get crazy.

Gustavo Fernandez: 41:57 I can bring out that 1.2 lens and play with that. So that's one of the things I, I learned quickly back in my wedding day is when I hired a second shooter that I didn't realize was one of those shallow depth of field shooters. Right. And it didn't necessarily match my profile. So when I came together and the album was like, Oh my gosh, this is a big challenge because they're hurting emitted as we're shooting through the window or the glass and whatnot. Right. And super, super creative. Where, for me, I'm more of a, kind of a classic, more timeless, you know, a standard is a terrible world word looked right when Hertz super creative images came together like that didn't really match up. So so yes, it's definitely you know, as Paul Jarvis says I forget the name of the book he wrote, but you know, it's, it's, it's, I'm running a boring company, you know, but there's nothing wrong with boring and I'll send you the article, I'll send you a link to that article.

Gustavo Fernandez: 43:01 And it's like, it's a company that, you know, it's a business that provides net revenue and is repeatable. And it's, you know, it's not that complicated. So, but if it's somebody that like, Oh my God, I just, I need to be super creative and, and, you know, creating these, these, our designs are these cool shots like, yeah, maybe weddings is definitely the place you gotta be, because that's where you have that flexibility. That's where you have that time. That's where you have, that's where you own the subject. Right. You know, for us in the corporate, we don't own the subject. We can't touch that subject because they're on a schedule and we're just trying to keep up and create as they go. So again,

Raymond Hatfield: 43:39 I can say from personal experience, you know, sometimes being forced to be creative at a wedding can kind of drain you a whole lot faster than when you are, you know, trying to get the shots that you need, getting the shots that you know, that the clients are going to like, and then still being able to, you know, come home and do something fun and interesting with their kids, or just do that, do that creative you know, aspect of photography on your own time. But if you've got a business that's making money, then there's nothing wrong with that.

Gustavo Fernandez: 44:06 That's right. Yeah. Yeah, exactly. It's, it's funny. Cause I'll, I might do, I I'll do one a wedding maybe every other year or so. And I just got a recent inquiry from a planner who had done several corporate events for it's like, Hey, would you do this? I'm like, tell me more. It's like, Oh, they're, you know, in their fifties plus, and second wedding, I'm like, yes, that's my client. Why? Because it's going to be easy. They're going to, they're not going to you about it. They're just going to be like show up and take some nice photos of us and their friends. It's all going to be classic and simple looks and standard, you know, posing and whatnot. I was like, of course I'll be there. Yeah. So I, it's funny how I trans whatever the word is. Right. Transpose that into the, the corporate is I'll, I'll put that into the wedding work that I still do, like, Oh, a simple, you know, wedding at city hall in San Francisco for a friend. Heck yeah. Because it meets all these criteria.

Raymond Hatfield: 45:01 Absolutely. That is so great. That is so great. You know, Gustavo, I have to say thank you for your time today, because I know that you shared so much and we've gone over the time that we had talked about already. So again, super gracious with the time. And I can't tell you how much I appreciate that, but before I let you go, first of all, is there anything that maybe I didn't ask you that you want to make sure that people understand about corporate event photography? And then lastly, you know, if anybody's interested in wa where can they find you online?

Gustavo Fernandez: 45:32 Sure. Yeah. I mean, well, first of all, thank you for having me. This has been super fun. We've gone all sorts of places where I hadn't gone before. And gosh, I think we covered it all, you know, at the end of the day, you know, it's like find that niche that you love, you know, try all the different niches, try all the different, like I mentioned, the baby photograph and event photograph and the family photograph and a corporate thing, photographing a wedding, you know, and, and just, just giving everything a shot and a photograph of that watch or doing product photography, just trying everything at least once to kind of get that experience to see why do I love this? Why do I not love this? And I think that's kind of the best place to start and then find some of those thought leaders and learn from them and how can you be a resource to them and go from there, but where to find me simply Gustavo fernandez.com that's the easiest way. And I'll send you a link to, to one 80 have a little PDF of the top 10 things to do to start off with a corporate event business as a resource. And we'll go from there.

Raymond Hatfield: 46:36 Perfect. I will, of course put that in the show notes for listeners to find. And again, Gustavo thank you so much for your time. And I look forward to keeping up again in the future.

Gustavo Fernandez: 46:46 Same here, Raymond appreciate it. Thanks again.

BPP 210: Rhea Whitney - The KLT Factor

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Rhea Whitney is a Houston Tx Wedding Photographer who left her corporate accounting job to pursue photography full time. Today Rhea talks about building your Know Like and Trust factor to attract more clients than ever before and also deliver a world-class experience to your current clients.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Rhea got into photography while working as a corporate accountant

  • Rhea’s definition of the Know Like Trust Factor and what it means to her

  • How to build your Know Like Trust factor when just getting started

  • Where Rhea sees so many photographers get the KLT factor wrong in their marketing

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • Rhea’s #1 tip to build KLT factor with new clients on Instagram

  • Why you need an email list to keep in contact with potential clients and have them excited to book with you

  • How to use the KLT factor to enhance your current client’s experience

Resources:

Rhea Whitney Photography-3358.jpg
Rhea Whitney Photography-6586.jpg
Rhea Whitney Photography-7075.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 You left your corporate accounting job to pursue photography full time. And that's a big step. That's a real big step. Tell me when you knew that photography was going to play an important role in your life.

Rhea Whitney: 00:11 Oh, I love that. So yeah, no, it was such a big step. And I'm gonna kind of back up a little bit because when I was in corporate America, I always had an interest in photography, like as a little girl, and I became privy to this class that this guy saw in DC at a studio. And so that's kind of how my whole, like I stepped my little toe in the pool of photography and it just opened and my world changed and my eyes open and just so much change for me. So I would absolutely have to say and you know, me taking that leap of faith, taking this class it's was like a six month class in a studio and you learn how to shoot in manual and how to manipulate light and everything like that. So it was like this intro to professional photography course.

Rhea Whitney: 01:01 And it just changed. I knew then that I was like, Oh, this is like, yeah, I'm so happy to be here. Like, I love everything. You know, I was just really enthralled and learning and just for myself in it. And I just had a feeling that things would never really be like, I was just, it was, it was my thing. It was my thing. It's always been my thing, but I wouldn't call myself a professional until I really knew how to manipulate light and shoot in manual. Right. Like shooting whatever type of lighting scenarios I was placed in that was really big for me. Cause I was just scared to like be this professional and then really not know what.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:40 Sure, sure. So I know I had a very short period in the corporate world. It wasn't an accounting or anything, you know, important I guess. But I know that it can take a lot of your time. It can take up a lot of who you are and even, even your free time, if you're given a, a phone or like a laptop to bring home with you. So walk me through the process or the decision rather to commit to taking a six month photography course like that had to have been a big commitment for you. What were you hoping to get out of it?

Rhea Whitney: 02:11 Yeah, absolutely. You know, it's, at the time it was such a big commitment. Like to be honest, the class was on like Thursday nights. I was, you know, in corporate America, but I was a fairly new like college grad. I went to Howard university. I was working and living in DC. So like Howard's in DC. And so I had a lot of like friends and, you know, it felt like Thursday nights was like our happy hour, you know, we would get there, you know, just go to a happy hour, half fun Fridays. The next day here comes the weekend and it was just like, you know, that type of thing. And so I, at that time, it's so crazy to say, to think, but this was so true. I was just like, you're not going to do, like, I'm going to miss my friends.

Rhea Whitney: 02:54 Like I'm going to miss happy hour for six months, you know? But at the end of the day, I was just like, why not? You know, I had just turned, I want to say, I had just turned 25. Don't get me lying. Yeah. I think I was about to turn 25. So it was like, okay, you know, this could be really exciting, really fun. You know, I think it was like $150 a month or something like that. And again, I'd never invested in anything ever outside of, you know, going to college. And so it was like, okay, $150 a month. Okay. six months, it's going to take me through the whenever. So like all these things, but it was definitely a big sacrifice. And I think looking back, it just was, you know, it was just that, that small decision that changed it for me, you know, I'm so thankful for my younger self for just being like, okay girl, try it, do it.

Rhea Whitney: 03:52 Why not? You know this is something that you're really interested in. You're obviously, you know, how I became even aware of the courses, my coworker I love her. She's like, you know, who kind of introduced me to it also. She's like, Hey, my mom is taking this photography course. And she needs some subjects to stand in. For her homework assignment, she was like, you and two of my other coworkers, like you guys, you ladies should come down and be the subjects. I was like, okay, that photo shoot. Yeah, we're totally down. So we go and she had this, this paper with all of these homework assignments. One was like a silhouette. And one was like document, how far someone has come or document how far someone has to go. And one was like a rule of thirds. It was like all of these things.

Rhea Whitney: 04:38 And I was so into it. I was so into it. Like I was like, Oh, well we have to do a silhouette. We have to wait til the sun goes down because it has to, can't do a silhouette, but it's got, you know, whatever. I had no idea. Like she was like, she kept saying, no, there's a way to do it. I was like, no girl, you got to wait to the sun, you know, whatever. And she was like, you're really into this. I was just so into it. And that's how she told me about the class, how the universe works and everything, her teacher ended up being down there. Like we were shooting in Georgetown, D C, he was there. He just walked up on us. She was like, Oh my gosh, look, it's, you know, Daryl. And so she introduced us and we started chatting and he was an old Heller grad you know, and he was like, you should take the class.

Rhea Whitney: 05:21 He was like, do you have a camera? And he was like, yeah. And you know, he was just asking me. So anyway, it was just one of those things, everything works out for, you know, or it's reasons. And, you know, there's a reason for everything. But at the time it was a huge sacrifice, but I'm so glad I did it. I'm so glad I did it because owning a business is a sacrifice. And so that was just like a little chip of the iceberg that had me kinda steer into a direction that was going to like take me a lot, you know, to a whole new place. So,

Raymond Hatfield: 05:53 So when you're in college, you are studying for something very specific in your, or in your case, it was accounting, right? It was, it was numbers and finance. And then very shortly after you had graduated, you had thought to yourself, Hey, wait a second. There's this other thing here? And this is pretty cool. What was it that made you think, you know what? I can do this. I can go out on my own and I can be successful at it. Regardless of having spent four years in college to earn a degree.

Rhea Whitney: 06:21 Yeah. I mean, honestly it took a good amount of time for me to really get there because to be completely honest, my mindset entering into the class was, Oh, I'm just learning. Like I will never charge anyone. I would never charge anyone. And it's so funny. I was dating a guy at the time and I told him that and I ki kind of, you know, it was a horrible relationship, but anyway, he kind of held it over my head. As I grew into being this professional, that charged, he was like, well, I thought you said you would never charge anyone, but I'm like, you know, when you know, better, you know, more, you have to operate in that space. And so that when I was going in, I just didn't know. Right. I didn't know about the profession. I didn't know about it as a career.

Rhea Whitney: 07:02 I didn't really understand like all the genres, you know what I mean? Like, in my mind it was just like half this camera. I love to take pictures and to say record, you know? And so, yeah, like it was, it was just kind of game changing this whole, like, you know, the process of it all, but it took a while for me to get to the place where I was like, I can do this. It took up almost about like three years to be about exact, like a little over three years. And my story of going full time, I got fired. Right. Like I got fired for the second time. And by that time that's three years in like, you know, I had kind of built the momentum and just really like really was shooting every weekend. I was shooting every weekend for, you know looking sessions and stuff like that.

Rhea Whitney: 07:56 And so it was it, I knew, I was like, okay, I could probably really do this. And I had so many people telling me, like, you could do this full time. And, you know, I wasn't sure, you know, leaving this nine to five with the salary and, you know, insurance, it's just a big, it's scary. You're like, no. And are you going to cover your bills and all of that, but it just worked out like so great. And by the time I got fired, but for the second time, I wasn't really ready to go full time, but I already had a plan because the first time he got fired, which was like nine months before I was like, okay, I'm not ready to be full time. I'm going to go find a job. But I'm going to get myself there. Like I was giving myself a little bit more time, blah, blah, blah. I don't even know what that meant, but, you know, I had a different plan for me. And so yeah, I had a plan, like I have kind of a plan, the savings paid off some, my car paid off some debt, like just kinda like leaned out my expenses so that if the opportunity, you know, when it was time, it made sense. But it came sooner than I expected and I'm just, I'm grateful. I love it. I love being in this space. I love working for myself. So yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 09:11 Yeah. I think, you know what you said there about leaning out your expenses. That's a big thing, you know, when you first get started, it's very fun to think like, Oh, this is a business expense. I will just go ahead and charge this or whatever it is, it was smart to take. But obviously having an accounting background, you know, a little bit about finances and you know, how it works more so than the than the average person. But I want to go back to kind of those, those beginnings when you decided to sign up for that photography class and you started shooting on your own, what was the hardest part about photography for you specifically to learn? Rhea Whitney: 09:45 That's a really good question. For some people, it is the idea of that shooting in manual or manipulating by which to me that concept of manipulating light is something that you will continuously always work on. You know, I want people to really understand that their lighting photography is nothing but manipulating light and there's just so many different types of light, you know, like so sometimes people really get so worked up in this, Oh, I have to, you know, know for fact on every little way to manipulate light. And I think that that is a part of the journey that really, you know, you find people that have been in it for 20 years and they're just like, Oh, I just learned this new thing or they're just feeling confident, you know? So anyway for me it wasn't shooting in manual. I think for me, it was really just kind of building out a business that felt authentic and true to the type of business that I wanted to have.

Rhea Whitney: 10:44 And so, cause I learned my whole journey in photography has been me investing in education or the next level, the whole journey. And when I look back on it, it makes sense. And it just I'm that type of person, like I'm the type of person where I'll take a course, I'll do a program, I get a coach, I will do these things that will open a no answer, the questions I need, open up doors that I need in order so that I can like save time and get to, you know, doing the things that I really want to do and not try to figure it out on my own and all this other kind of stuff. So for me, it was like learning about the business that I wanted to create. Like I wanted, I didn't want to be like high volume, low price point.

Rhea Whitney: 11:26 I wanted to attract really quality clients that cared about how they looked. They cared about how they showed up. They really loved like good imagery. Like they valued it. So that when I said my price point, it wasn't like overall, like you're tripping. It was like, yeah, you know, how do I, how do I, like, how do we get this on the calendar? That was my whole thing. And I think in the beginning I didn't have I didn't see a lot of that. And for, you know, where I was, you know, and I kind of had to get over just my fear pricing and like understand there's like so many different types of photographers, like shoot and burn and, and, you know, heavy post production and high quality. I mean, there's just so many different types of fashion and, you know, weddings and just all these things. And so it was really like building out the business that I really wanted that attracted the type of people that I wanted that could keep me in business. That was really my biggest challenge in the beginning. Right.

Raymond Hatfield: 12:31 Yeah. I'm really excited to talk about that because building the business is something that is it takes a lot of, it takes a lot of work and I, I kind of described to my own wedding couples who are looking for help. You know, sometimes I'll ask, like, what's been the hardest part about planning your wedding. And it always seems to come back to the fact that they've never been married before and that this whole thing is new. And, you know, it's kind of the same when it comes to photography, business owners, they know that they like the camera in the same way that a couple knows that they like each other, but they've never taken that next step. They've never done the business before. So that is always the challenge. And coming up with, you know, always looking for help finding those trusted advisors for you is so smart that I hope everybody listening picked up on and really, really takes to heart, takes to heart. So when you started doing that, when you started reaching out and you thought I'm really going to build this business the way that I want to especially having a more of a high end brand where you're targeting a very specific person we all know that getting somebody to know like, and trust you is extremely, extremely, extremely important. So in that sense, what did building a know like and trust factor mean to you and your clients?

Rhea Whitney: 13:47 Yeah, no for sure. For me, one of the biggest things that I did to kind of start that know like, and trust factor is like really building out my website or in a way that showcase the type of people that I, I really like to shoot or the outcomes my style of work. And then also listing out my core values on my website. I know that like sounds so strong and, you know, whatever, and people are like, well, why would you do that? But to me, that was important because I wanted people to like really like resonate with me if it resonated. They're like, Oh, I really like, these are great core values. You know, faith trust loyalty stuff like that, things that matter a lot to me just kind of really helped to repel the people that were just not really looking for all of that.

Rhea Whitney: 14:39 They're like, this is too much, I'm not trying to do all that. And then attract those people that it's like, no, this is the type of person that I really want to work with, you know? And still to this day, like I get people that will comment that will comment on my core values on my site or comment just on my story. Just things that I share about me in my, about me section, because they resonate with it. And they're just like, it's just something about you. I just know, you know, that you're the photographer for me and I just love, you know, X, Y, and Z. And to me it means so much because it's like good, you know? So it started on my website for sure. And then it definitely trickled to my Instagram and just like being authentic in my voice and in things that I actually just liked.

Rhea Whitney: 15:27 And being competent in that, because I remember early on, you know, you're building and all this, and you care about your peers opinions and all of these things. When in actuality, it doesn't matter because they're not your clients, they're just your industry peers. But I remember some guys kinda like kinda kind of critiquing my style or critiquing this, that heavy portrait photographer style. And just, you know, especially being in weddings, like saying, you know, nobody wants that. Like, people want moments, people want documentary, you know, photo, journalistic style, like to have just portraits, like that's cheating. Right. And I was just like, you know, at first it really got to me, but then over time, I'm like, I just became more confident because that is what I love. Like I loved even looking at my parents' old photos or my aunts and uncles or whoever.

Rhea Whitney: 16:23 I just loved a classic timeless portrait, like looking at them, you know, chose back in the day. They used to kind of look off and have this like really like stoic look or whatever. But I just love that. Like, that's just my thing. And so I, I became just more confident in this is just what I do. Like yes, I capture moments. Yes. I do capture authenticity within the day. Absolutely. Like, I think that's a part of wedding, you know, for me, but I also let my people know that, like, I'm also going to capture you in a portrait. Like I'm going to make sure that you were good, that your posts, well, the flight is good. You and you, and your new husband or partner, or you and your family, you by yourself and stuff like that. And so, you know, just being true to who I was and, you know, like, and what I was passionate about kinda to me starts that trust and that no, like no, like trust factor that people don't even think that they're factoring in when it comes to, you know, inquiring or, or, or booking with me.

Raymond Hatfield: 17:23 Do you think that that was a hard decision in the beginning to, to go that, I guess, let me rephrase the question. I know I E everybody knows their own flaws. Right. and when it comes to, you know, putting myself out there on social media, I know that I just don't spend a lot of time on social media, but when I'm thinking about, you know, sharing who I am you know, my mind immediately goes like to like, Oh, well, let me start talking about my views on politics and religion and all these things that I know that I don't want to share. All the things that people don't want to hear from. How do you, how do you deal with that balance?

Rhea Whitney: 18:01 Yeah. well, so I would say like, up until probably recently COVID, and, and just the racial discrimination that's happening. I think I really wasn't that vocal on too much politics, or I I'll definitely say politics, religion. I am, you know, I'm a fake, I'm a woman of faith. And so I put that out there because it's part of my core value. And when I, you know, I have friends of all different faiths, you know, Christian Mo Muslims, Jew, Jewish. I mean, you know, it, I don't discriminate in that way. I'm just like to share the type of person that I am and the faith that I do lean on, because to be honest, I would not be here without it. You know, to me, it's a gift that was given, and it's a ministry that I, that I do, especially with weddings, you know, but I just really, you know, it's a fine line.

Rhea Whitney: 18:59 And just as far as again, you have to, for me, I'm always thinking about, and it took me a while to really get this. Cause it's something I like coach my people on my students want, but when we're speaking, it's more, so it's not about dude, it's not about your, your, what your thoughts are, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. It's about your target audience and what they want to hear from you. Right? Because we have to speak to them. We don't have to speak about ourselves and our own thoughts and what we feel and what we think matters. I think we really aren't me to be tailoring the conversation or our messaging around what they want to hear from you, what they need to hear from you, like some, you know, messaging that is valuable and insightful and helpful. And so, you know, when you're considering how to share things that matter to you, I think it's most important that you think about the audience that you're speaking to.

Rhea Whitney: 19:54 And my audience, you know, I think in a sense on heavy on things that are happening in the world that are affecting us, they don't mind me speaking to it. You know, they don't mind me taking a stance, you know? And I'm not mad at that. And, and because of that, I, I, you know, in bold and authentic, authentic in that way, but in a way that's still like classy and like, well received. And well put together well crafted, not to, you know, whatever, but that's just the type of person that I am and the type of people that I like to attract. And so it is hard. It is like a fine line. Like it is a little bit of a balance to find what works for you. But when you really get clear on who your people are and like why they resonate with you and things that matter to them, then you can tailor your message and you can be and share, but in a way that will resonate with them, not necessarily all about how you feel and all these things, it's all about your target audience that you're trying to attract.

Raymond Hatfield: 20:58 That is a huge mindset shift right there that I had never thought of, but makes a hundred percent sense in my head. I think like, you know, well, what sorts of things should I be sharing? And it's like, well, I like mint chocolate chip ice cream. I could probably share that. And I, you know, I don't want to share these views on, you know, other things that I have or, you know, whatever it is because you're always so worried about alienating people for some reason. And I never see any in between. It's like the trivial and then the radical, I suppose, you know, it's finding whatever's in between there, I guess, which sounds to me like the real meat that I have a hard time dealing with. So thank you. Thank you for sharing that. It's not about you. It's about what your ideal client wants to hear from you. That is a huge, huge difference. Huge difference.

Rhea Whitney: 21:46 I would also add that people want to hear that you love your mint chocolate chip ice cream, like, cause I mean, I find that, you know, they'll start gifting you that, or they'll read. It's just such, it's very interesting. Of course you don't want to go too heavy on it, but people love to hear special nuances about you about your likes and your interests. And to me, we're talking about that. No lack of trust, that's that? No, in like piece that people are like, Oh no, no, no like mint mint, chocolate chip too. Or, Oh my God, I had the worst experience with mint chocolate chip. Let me tell you what happened to me, you know? Yeah, exactly. And you're like, this is, this is so cool. Like I didn't even think we wouldn't have a conversation about this, but you know, that's just kind of starts to open you up as just a human and, you know, create people, you know, I have them creating a dialogue with you where they get to know you more and they get to like you more and all of that, no one like ends up leading to trust in, in, in when you're talking about sales and selling and things like that.

Raymond Hatfield: 22:46 So let me ask you a more direct question and that is, you know, it comes to know like, and trust. I can tell you I'm Raymond. I like the Dodgers and I have a good amount of reviews from past brides. It says that my photography is, you know, that they enjoy it. Is that enough? Is that enough? Should we be digging deeper? What am I missing here?

Rhea Whitney: 23:06 Right. Definitely digging deeper. So I think a good way to go deep is, okay, you have to share more of your story. Like Raymond, how did you get into photography? What inspires you about being behind the camera? You know, what is it that got you here? How did you even start to shoot weddings? And a lot of times people like try to, they downplay their story. Cause it sounds just so regular to them. I mean, it's just a regular thing, but it's not regular, you know, there's something about it that made you say, Hey, I want to shoot couples. I want to shoot this type of couple. I want to shoot at these types of places. Or even the Dodgers, like what is it from your experience growing up or whatever that kind of had you start to watch baseball and, you know, get into, you know, being interested in the Dodgers and things like that.

Rhea Whitney: 23:52 And so you want to go deep, you want to share your story, share your story with what, how it got you to being the photographer that you are, whether that's part time, full time, whatever it is, you know, it's important. People want to connect with the creative. The life piece is like you said, like you like the Dodgers, but I'm sure you like a lot of other things, you know, people resonate. It's, you know, again, I say it's about repelling and attracting repelling and attracting. And so the more I can speak to, Oh, I'm a Nordstrom girl or I love TJ Maxx or, you know you know, whenever I went to an HBCU now I'm like repelling those people that are like, Ugh, that's not my type. Or I'm attracting those people that are like, Oh my gosh, I love Nordstrom too. And I went to this school and you know, it's this like similarity.

Rhea Whitney: 24:41 I like people to think about it. Like, I'm sure there's someone on the internet somewhere that you really look up to. Right? You feel like, you know them for some reason, because you feel like, you know them, you really like them. You like the way that they talk, the jokes that they share, what they wear, how they show up on camera or whatever. And then in an accent, you start to trust them. You don't even really know them for real, but in your mind, it's like, I know them like, you know and so it's what, what is it about that person that made you get all the way there to think? Oh, I do know that like, it's probably the way that they have shared things that they've gone through or experiences them being authentic to themselves. They probably share things that they like.

Rhea Whitney: 25:24 And you probably found a similarity in that. You know, so you want to go deep, you want to really share your stories, share your likes outside of photography, just the type of person that you are. Things that you're gravitated towards. I like to say things that I call these, like your business pillars, like co like you can just start conversations about it just so easily. You can just like ramble on and ramble on it because you care about it and you like it, you know? And then you're going to attract those people that are like like-minded. And like I said, that all ends up leading to trust factor, the trust factor. I also think the trust factor can be built when you position yourself, your messaging position yourself as helpful and valuable and as the expert. Right? So you have to say, you have to be confident.

Rhea Whitney: 26:11 I know what I know. You know, I'm a photographer. I photographed weddings before. This is not my first wedding. And so I can position, I can share messaging. I can share tips and tricks out there for new brides. And now they're, they see me as the expert. They are like, Oh, she really knows what she's talking about. I really like her, you know, they might pass it on. They might incorporate into their wedding planning, but now I'm becoming, you know, trustworthy in the fact of being the expert, being the wedding photographer, being the senior photographer, being the newborn photographer that has done this, you've done this, you know? So go a little deeper, just go a little deeper. I think sometimes it scares us photographers because we want to hide behind our photos. Like it's so easy to do, but people truly want to know the creative and want to know the person that's behind the camera and resonate, you know, they wanna, you know, resonate with you.

Raymond Hatfield: 27:06 Yeah. So you said there, which again, I think a really important there to build that trust, you need to, you know, share your experience, position yourself as that expert when you're first getting started and you really do have a lack of professional experience. Is there maybe another Avenue or another third, a suggestion that you would have as far as building that trust factor to start getting your first few clients?

Rhea Whitney: 27:29 Oh yeah. Well, I think that with every, every stage, there's still something that you can share. You just have to stop looking at it. Like it's so minimal or it doesn't matter. Right. For example, for me, when I first took this course, right from the day that I decided to take the course, that's something that I could share. And the journey that I learned in the course, the type of people that I met, the type of things that we did, you know, the aha moments that I had or, you know, and so when I would go out and shoot and you know, I'm learning and Ooh, now I really love a 51.8. Why like, what about the 51.8 changed it for you as opposed to the kit lens or when I really started to find my life, like the life that I love to shoot him.

Rhea Whitney: 28:13 Why? Like, what about that light just made me so excited. It sounds small and minimal, but when you start to just like, think about it, it would want to know like, there's your clients. They don't know about a 51.8. They don't know about finding the light, you know, maybe they know a little bit maybe, but for the most part they don't, but this starts, it's your journey. Like I think sometimes we're so focused on the end, like this end goal and whatever that is, right. Because by the time you get to the end goal, it's a moving target. You're going to have a whole nother end goal. Right. And so it's really about just actual, like really like leaning into your real journey that is happening right here in front of your eyes. And seeing that you're, you know, with every little thing that you've experienced with every little thing that you learn and you push yourself to do something new, there is some story telling behind it that really is just kind of different than what other people have experienced, you know?

Rhea Whitney: 29:13 So I would just say stop downplaying, like your journey, right. And just actually kind of zoom out. Like I can be, we can say that we're photographers, zoom out and see the big picture, because there's so much that's actually happening. Even though you haven't hit that target, there's still so much that's happening, that matters. And that's important to you. And so just sharing, you know what I mean? And I think that in the beginning I was just so hungry. I don't even know. I've never had a goal of being full time, anything. I was just so hungry to be a photographer and to be creating. And so through my journey early on, I just would share, you know, random photos why I liked it, you know of course there was no labs and story, you know, there were the stories and lives and all of that.

Rhea Whitney: 29:59 It was just more about sharing the work. But through me sharing, you could, people could see my eye transforming, they could see the passion, they could see the creativity. And that just helped because I put myself out there then even if it was like, I don't care a picture of a flower or it didn't matter. I would take pictures of a lot of my girlfriends, I'm in a sorority. So I had a lot of sorority sisters. I was just constantly hungry to photograph and early, early, early on. And I just continued to share, I just continued to share it, but it out there Instagram specifically. And, and so, you know, it just kinda opened up. People took me more serious and they could see my eye transforming. And I, you know, I, when I look back now, I see it more clearly, but I just was being bold in what was happening in front of me and not downplaying it.

Rhea Whitney: 30:53 You know what I mean? So it's, it's a balance and let me be honest. I did not do this seamlessly every day. You know what I mean? Like there were a ton of days when I'm just like, Oh, but I want this, but I want that, but I want this, but I want that. And I still have those days for sure, my wants. But it's all about the journey, you know what I mean? And when we can like really just shift our Mon a little bit and really like acknowledged what we're actually going through, as opposed to always trying to hit this end goal and not realize, you know, really seeing what's happening before us. And that's, that's how you find the storytelling.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:32 Oh, that is a, that's powerful, you know, to think of, think of it as a story and less strategic, I suppose, like most, most you know, the spaces that you're in when it comes to, you know, being in business you're, you know, you're, you're really told to think about things strategically and not just do things to throw them up against the wall. But what you're sharing here is I don't want to say that it goes against that, but being open, being vulnerable requires a little bit more of that reaction rather than, you know, what, next Tuesday, I'm going to share a story about that time, where this happened to whatever. And that's I could, I could see how that would obviously build that, build that trust with with, with your potential clients, but when it comes to the client process, right? I want to know for you, you know, this is very important to your business building this know, like, and trust factor. It's the only way that you can build a luxury brand. So I want to know what are you going to do this week to build know like, and trust factor with potential clients of yours,

Rhea Whitney: 32:34 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn world-class photographer, see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera, does that become a premium member today, but heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join. Now

Raymond Hatfield: 32:57 That, I mean, that whole idea right there, that strategy when it comes to email is something that, I mean, nobody, nobody is talking about right now. And if I think I really think that if you're able to nail that and give them that information that they're looking for while they're in that inquiry stage, I mean, like you said, right there, I mean, they're really going to have no reason to go anywhere else. And I mean, that was just, that was just fantastic tip that, you know, we don't hear enough of on the podcast as far as, you know, just that follow up and really, really, I mean, driving up your sales essentially. So thank you so much for, for sharing that. Yeah. I want to ask you a question now. And when I was doing my research on you, I listened to a few of the podcasts that you've been on. And on one of them, you shared a story about your parents wedding photos, right. And how your parents' wedding photographer was a fraud. Can you tell me again what happened and how that kind of shaped who you are as a photographer?

Rhea Whitney: 33:56 Absolutely. So that's a part of my why and within weddings truthfully but yeah, my parents' wedding, my parents got married and Ooh, 83 or 82, 83. And so back in the day film days, you know and in a small town in North Carolina in July hot summer day, they tell me all the time was like, they tell me the story and long story short, their wedding photographer the whole time, exactly why he was taking shots, you know, getting that good angles. They paid him money. And then he disappeared off the face of the earth, come to find out that he had no film in the camera. And then he was just surprised he was a complete fraud. And my dad tells the story, know your mom cried for like three months straight at three weeks straight. I, you know, he always changes the duration.

Rhea Whitney: 34:48 But you know, she was really sad, devastated, rightfully so, because if you think about it, that on that day, you know, her life was changing. She was becoming a life. In all of her, her parents were both alive who are now deceased. His parents were both alive who are now deceased. All of her siblings were there. One of her brothers has passed away. So the point like the people in the rule will never be able to be in the room ever again. Right. And there were just a lot of, like, those photographs were going to like become more valuable over time. The more, you know, time passed and people left this earth. The more that those photographs just mean to them and the idea of her not having them just crushed her, crushed her completely. And they told the story and I'll never, I was a little, you know, younger.

Rhea Whitney: 35:41 I, I, you know, it hurt, you know, cause when you're you go back to that, well, I want to see your wedding albums or I want to see you guys on your wedding day. And they just didn't have that many photographs at all from it, the pictures actually that they did have were from like friends that were there that were guests of the wedding. But again, we're talking about the eighties here in North Carolina, like a lot of people didn't have like cameras and, you know, whatever, but I feel their friends would send them with sin, you know, made a book or sent them a couple of photographs and those pictures just like they cherish, you know, it could be four photos and they're just like looking and, you know, just really cherishing those moments. And it just made me realize like how important is a role that we play us wedding photographers in the day.

Rhea Whitney: 36:27 You know, we are like to me, one of the most important vendors because it's like we bring it all together. We bring you know, we, we photograph the family, we photograph the ambiance, we photograph everything and the photos, yes, you charge however much you charge your wedding. But to me over time, it truthfully becomes priceless because number one, a lot of, you know, everyone in that room probably will never be in that room in one room together ever again. Right. It's the combining of families. You never know what's going to happen. And so, you know, when I go about photographing a wedding day, I really pay attention to the elders. To me, it's so important to get some portraits or get really beautiful shots of the elders in the room. And because you just, those people, it's family lineage it's I don't have to know them, but I know for a reason, I know that they are, they matter to my couples, you know, that, or maybe my couples make me aware, like my grandmother and my great grandmother or whatever, my grandfather, great grandfather, great uncle, you know what doesn't matter?

Rhea Whitney: 37:35 I just am always like, try my best to just like photograph moments. Yes. Photograph, I'll be honest and dancing and am dress and decor and all the beautiful things, but also like just pay attention to the people that are in the room that have helped raise them, especially the elders. I cannot say that enough. The people that sit in the first two rows just really being aware of how important these images will be post, you know, the web once it's done. And just fix me, think back one, being able to see the couple of photographs and my parents have of their wedding day and who was alive still and what they looked like and just their emotions on their face and just all the things. And also just seeing my parents in their youth, like seeing them, you know, going, starting this new chapter in their life and, you know, just being young and youthful and stuff like that.

Rhea Whitney: 38:30 So it is like really, really a core part of my why behind weddings. Like I will, I'm like, I will never run off with your photos. Like I care too much. I value what I do and I understand how big of a role this is that I play. And so I'm like, I'm like, I treated it like a major league baseball game. I'm like, we are going to kill it. We're going, I come to win, you know, hit the home runs every time. It doesn't matter what it takes. And so the final minute down, I'm, I'm giving it my all. And so that's just really how I approach the wedding day.

Raymond Hatfield: 39:06 Yeah. And obviously, I mean, you know, the devastation that it has, if, if a couple were to lose their photos and that has to just drive you so hard to, to really deliver for your clients. So I'm sure that even though it's a very unfortunate situation, that your clients really appreciate hearing that story that, you know, may maybe, maybe people wouldn't even think about sharing as, as, as you know, it, it could potentially bring up just the possibility that that could happen. You know, and that could be bad, but obviously it's worked out for you for, for the best. I love, I love to hear that even though, you know, as I said, it was an unfortunate situation that she came out ahead here, she came out ahead.

Rhea Whitney: 39:44 Yeah. Yeah. And that's just that piece of sharing, you know what I mean? Like, like really I knew that it mattered to me, you know, I knew that that story was special to me cause I'll never forget, my sister was getting ready. She was about to get married. And I was pulling images for her bridal shower of us when we were little girls and stuff. And I came across like a couple of wedding images and I ended up showing my mom and dad and they both just became theory and just emotional. And it was just like, Oh wow. You know what I mean? Like, my photographs probably will do that too. My, my couple, you know, you just never know. And it's just one of those moments where it's just like, okay, this matters, like what I do matters so much, you know what I mean?

Rhea Whitney: 40:27 And also just being, just also caring, like I care so much and, and being able to like verbalize why I care and how it hit for me with my parents. I haven't been, I'm not married. I've never been married either. So I don't have a personal story like for myself, but I do have a personal story as it relates to my parents. And I think that first of all, stories really start to show like character of people and into me. You know, again, I'm speaking to my target audience, they care about that. Like they care about that. And so, yeah, it's just part of my, part of my mind.

Raymond Hatfield: 41:07 I mean, that's a great, that's just such a great story, again, such a good story, but it sounds to me like kind of everything that we've talked about today really kind of boils down to just like friendship one Oh one, right. You know, like I really try to try to be nice to somebody, let them get to know you and just, just let them trust you or, or build trust with them. And yet, you know, we're all taught, you know, how to be friends with people, but I want to know from your experience, is there somewhere where you see maybe new photographers just totally dropping the ball and getting it wrong?

Rhea Whitney: 41:43 It would definitely have to be with being consistent, just being consistent with putting themselves out there and speaking to what they do and who they do it for. You know, they're like, well, I already shared this or I don't really have anything to create. I don't have anything new to share and I get it. I've definitely been there, but I tell my students and my, my my mentees all the time, we are master creators with this camera in our hand, we're master creators. Now how you go about creating it's up to you, but we hold so much power with these cameras so much. Right. So we have to like think outside of like our head and just get out there and create right. Make opportunities, put yourself out there, connect with people that you want to create with, you know, do some collaboration reshare your old work.

Rhea Whitney: 42:32 Like there's nothing wrong with like, you know, I think it's so funny. We'll be like, Oh, I already shared this couple have already shared. This is like, okay, sham again, you know? It's OK. Like, you know, that's, that's what it is. I would rather you share it again that you not share anything and then you're ghosting and then you just dump on us. And it's just like this inconsistent thing. And that's going to mess with the algorithm of your engagement. I mean, like it goes down a whole rabbit hole. And so I think that a lot of photographers just don't show up consistently enough to promote themselves to speak on what they do and who they do it for and who they are as a person. Because consistency is what's going to help build the momentum. No period, period. I feel like I could teach you strategy and stuff all day, but you have to consistently do it and consistently show up in order for it to get, you know, you, the clients that you desire.

Raymond Hatfield: 43:29 I don't I, I'm not sure that there's a better way to end it than that. I know that I've kept you longer than we were supposed to here. I really appreciate you being so open and honest about everything that we talked about today. Before I let you go I got one last question for you. And is there anything that maybe I didn't ask you that you, that you really want to make sure that new photographers or those just learning about the know, like, and trust factor really understand going forward?

Rhea Whitney: 43:56 Yeah. I mean, I think this was a great competition. I don't really have too much, but if I had to add one thing, I would say you know, really, really start to get a good idea of the type of business that you want to have. Meaning just like the type of services you want to offer, the type of price point, the type of money you want to make the type of just everything and, and B feel okay in, in creating those goals. I think sometimes we kind of go sleazy, you know, with it, but you are running a business or either it's an expensive hobby it's up to, right. But if you're doing it for business and you want business means you want to be profitable, then you really need to get clear on the type of business that you want to run and have some goals.

Rhea Whitney: 44:41 Once you get clarity around that, I think be realistic about where your pain points are, where you struggle and time help in that. I just cannot reiterate that enough. I think a lot of times beginning photographers are so scared to make an investment in education or coaching or mentoring or something that is going to just change it, change the whole game for you. I know it to be true because that is my story, you know? So the quicker you get over that, the quicker you get to like start the journey to where you want to go. Period. So I would just say that like, don't be scared to invest in yourself, invest. I say the word invest as opposed to like cost, because it is, you have to think about it as you're gonna get a return on investment when you do the work and you show up. But it is so doable. It's so possible. I know like if I can do it, anybody can do it. It's just about putting in the work. So yeah, that's what I was saying.

Raymond Hatfield: 45:39 I said earlier, I didn't think that there was a better way to end it, but sure enough, there you go. You just talked to it right there. Right? really, I mean, I can't I can't thank you enough for coming on and sharing everything that you did before I let you go. Can you let listeners know where they can find you and keep up with you online?

Rhea Whitney: 45:55 Absolutely. So you can follow me my right when he photography on Instagram at, at Ray Whitney, that's spelled R H E a Whitney spelled regular. That's my Instagram handle. I also have a digital education platform called photo bomb Academy where I help make your photos and your business bomb. It's my little slogan. So that's photo bomb Academy on Instagram photo bomb, academy.com is the website. I would love you to connect with me on there. Let me know that you found me from the podcast. I would absolutely love that. And yeah, so I'm always, you know, my platform and towards, like I said before, it's Instagram, but same things on Facebook, right? Whitney photography, PhotoBomb Academy. I have a free private Facebook group for the photo bomb Academy. So if you're looking for a community you want to just like, stay connected with me and learn more about offers and things that are coming down the pipeline with the Academy. I would absolutely love that. So join me in that group. It's where it goes down. I'm always like popping in and sharing gyms with them to get people, you know, keep people moving forward to build out the business that they dream up. And so, yeah, connect with me on there and let me know that you found me from the packet.

Raymond Hatfield: 47:10 Oh, wonderful Rhea again, thank you so much for coming on, sharing everything that you did. I really look forward to keeping up with you in the future and you know, keeping up with that consistency that's in seeing more photos of you on a, on Instagram again, that's the one thing that I definitely need to do is

Rhea Whitney: 47:26 You and have you, I want to see photos of you and your got it. You got it. Thank you again so much for having me on here.

BPP 209: Finding your Creative Voice

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Finding your creative voice in photography is important to standing out and being able to make an impact. But the road to find your creative voice is not as easy as finding it on amazon and getting 2 day shipping. It can take years to cultivate your voice. But in today’s podcast episode I break down the 4 stages of finding your creative voice.

The 4 Stages of Finding your Creative Voice

  • Survive

  • Share

  • Stand out

  • Serve

Survive: You’re just learning how to use your new camera as a tool

Share: You’re enjoying the process of learning and are happy to share your work as you see consistent progress

Stand out: You realize that its the photographer who makes photos unique and you can make your work stand out by being true to yourself

Serve: You are now proficient with your camera enough to be able to help others. Either directly, WITH your camera or indirectly by teaching others how to use their cameras to serve with their cameras.


Join the Maximizing Mini Sessions Webinar with the Blumes to see how they challenged conventional wisdom to be able to consistently bring home $10,000 per weekend shooting mini sessions.

Click here to register for the free webinar!

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

BPP 208: Phillip Blume - Maximizing Mini Sessions

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

Phillip and Elieen Blume are husband and wife wedding photographers from just outside Atlanta Georgia who stumbled upon a unique way of doing mini sessions that after years of refining has is now able to consistently earn them $10,000 in a single weekend without watering down their brand. Today we talk about how they do it!

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • What sets Phillip and Elieen Blume apart from other photographers in their area

  • The rocky start Phillip and Elieen had with mini sessions in the beginning

  • What they struggled with the most when booking mini sessions

  • Why mini sessions are not just for clients who cant afford a regular session

  • How youre going broke shooting $150 mini sessions and why you should be charging less!

  • How their average sale is so high even in a country with the highest poverty rate in the country

  • and how to get enough variety of images in a 20 min mini session

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How to set up your mini session funnel

  • Why most photographers get wrong when it comes to minis and how you can get it right

  • How to turn mini session clients coming back year after year after year!

Resources:

img-001.jpg
img-002.jpg
img-004.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 Listeners are gonna remember from the last time that you were on a, that you were actually a high school English teacher, before you got into photography and Eileen, your wife was working at Starbucks as a barista, you guys decided to shoot weddings when a friend of yours asked you to photograph their wedding. And then within that year, you two were able to go full time, which is something that obviously many photographers aspire to do. But in those early days, was your initial plan to just shoot weddings or was it to take whatever came your way?

Phillip Blume: 00:32 Yeah, so R I mean, goodness, did we have a plan? I have no idea. We were flying by the seat of our pants at that point. And the whole idea of, of experiencing, you know, the, the dream realizing the dream of going full time so quickly as we did it, it felt really good at the time only because we didn't know the reality of what was going on under the surface and how our cost of business of doing business were outweighing our income and all those sorts of things. It was just, we were inexperienced and we didn't know what was going on. And I think that's, that's the story for I try not to feel too ashamed about that. I think that's the common story for a lot of us as we start photography businesses. So it was, it looked exciting on the outside that, you know, within that first year, pretty much we both left our jobs.

Phillip Blume: 01:24 We had to, we were just so overwhelmed with work, working into the night, putting off so many aspects of our personal life, not seeing our friends to the point where, you know, you get called up to hang out with friends and then they call us off and they just stopped calling cause they know the answer's always no. So we were really isolated in our work, you know what I mean? And that was a hard time for us, but, but it was at that point, all wedding photography. And it just kind of happened that way, I guess, by happenstance. But the more we started to get into the industry and listen to the fact that they're, you know, a lot of the kind of rock star photographers and people we learned from were primarily wedding photographers. That was the whole the whole kind of belief system was built around.

Phillip Blume: 02:19 You have to specialize in niche, down niche down until you are super niche in your photography. And, and there are some marketing benefits to that. I think what I know now after 12 years of building a a photography business that has done well, but also that leading to the freedom to build other businesses is that niche is important when it comes to marketing. So there's this whole side of things that you have to separate out in your brain or being niche is very important and how you market yourself and how you speak and how you, you sound to the clients specialized and expert. And they know you're going to do a great job there, cause you're not just doing everything, but that doesn't have to be the case in what you're doing behind the scenes. And in fact, a healthy business.

Phillip Blume: 03:07 And we'll go into this cause it's kind of a part of our story, but we, we learned that a healthy business is not all tied up in one thing. It's diversified, you know, diversification, any, anyone in business understands how important diversification is. And yet many of us as artists getting started trying to be business people just kind of throw that away. And so, yeah, even, even before the, the days of of pandemics and things, when now, so I think so many of us realize all of a sudden many of our students who were focused a hundred percent on weddings are in a really tight spot right now because weddings are postponed, canceling the whole face of the wedding tradition industry. And our culture may for, you know, years into the foreseeable future be completely and suddenly reshaped. And so we're, we're grateful that kind of early on from smaller, less, less traumatic experiences, we realized that doing weddings alone wasn't super safe or stable.

Phillip Blume: 04:13 So we, we did actually broaden and become a diverse business that specializes in a lot of things, but you would never know that if you go to our website, it looks like we're just wedding photographers and kind of in the industry. That's what we've always been known as is wedding photographers and what people don't know. And we're going to talk a little bit about this today, Raymond, of course, but in the background the actually the most profitable part of our business that has kept it growing and scaling has nothing to do with weddings. So it was kind of funny to think that you can actually make a really successful, super profitable, profitable business without even showing the work on your website or mixing up your brand message at all.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:54 Yeah, that's crazy because I would think that common common sense marketing would be to show what you want to sell. Right? So it's, it's, it's really peaked my interest there to hear that, you know, one of the most profitable parts of your business is not even weddings, which is what you would find on the on the homepage of your website. So how long were you shooting weddings before you decided to branch out into other areas of photography?

Phillip Blume: 05:19 Yeah, so, and we still shoot weddings. We just now we limit ourselves to, we won't do more than we, we aim for five. Sometimes we'll take on a couple of extra, we'll do up to eight a year and they're all great, you know luxury sort of luxury priced, high end wedding. So it's very worth our while and we love that still. We love the time with couples. But being a, as being just a wedding photography studio, just focused solely in that. I would say that lasted for maybe just for the first two and a half, three years of getting our, our business really rolling and, and kind of figuring out our branding and all of that over those first three years which is a hard time that's like that time in your business when you're, you're, you're climbing the curve and, and putting in all of the extra legwork to put your systems in place and working around the clock.

Phillip Blume: 06:12 And so during, during that time of, of just wedding, some of the experiences we had were like crazy stuff that maybe it was a fluke, but we realized that you can never predict everything. One example was one year about 30% of our couples. So like one out of every three couples broke up before their wedding. And so we had a sudden crash in like our, our numbers and it was too late. You couldn't book a new wedding because the dates were coming up and we're like, this is kind of risky. How often does this happen? Maybe it was a fluke, but I had also lived in New Zealand during going to uni, going to university there. And I lived in a culture where marriage just, wasn't a thing. I mean, people just, most people don't get married. So they may, they'll, you know, they'll couple up and have a family and stay together as much as we do, but they don't, the culture just didn't value the, the tradition of marriage and the ceremonial pieces of that.

Phillip Blume: 07:08 So it was like that, you know, you look at politics and you look at different opinions on the things, and you're like, ah, who knows, how long does that have a, will that be around for my entire lifetime, the way it is currently? So we get asked those questions. And yeah, I would say during those early days, you know, we weren't charging as much for weddings as we do now. We were still learning out some pricing strategy and that sort of thing. And so we were more open to just taking whatever came our way and, and we wanted to learn everything and figure out what was, what did we really love? What do we want to put our, our effort into? So there was a lot of kind of having our fingers in many pies, for sure. But we did, we, we, I think we believed the common belief, which is that the money is in weddings.

Phillip Blume: 07:57 And so we kept pursuing that. And what we found was when you break it down to actual hours spent on a project, then you look at your work flows and you start realizing, Oh man, my, you know, my cost of goods, can't just be, it's not just one day that you shoot a wedding. Of course, it's a day. And then it's followed up by a week of post-processing. It's actually proceeded by weeks of emails and drama occasionally from mothers of the bride and family situations and questions and answers. And so actually, you know, all of that workload and then you break it down into how much do we actually net and income at the end of all that we're making, you know, X amount per hour. And it was something that we loved when we had the great, our favorite couples.

Phillip Blume: 08:49 It was really a fun process. And a lot of times we had couples or their families who were difficult and it was like, it's not worth, it's not worth the IX, the energy and the really bad anxiety. I think a lot of us, including myself, have a lot of anxiety building up to that big of a a project when you're not just creating portraits, but you're, you're on the hook for catching things in the moment that a lot of a lot is resting on your shoulders. So there's pressure there. So, so I would just kind of leading it to, I guess, a segue into what did we what did we realize getting away from that would be good to get into? We, we essentially came to a point in our business at the end of those two or three years where we saw we're losing money, despite our endless work.

Phillip Blume: 09:44 We had a really, just a really hard year personally, our marriage was suffering cause we didn't have time even to invest in one another. And we wanted to start a family that we had some hiccups along the way with all of that. And so essentially we said, we need to restructure our life. Basically we need to restructure and decide, you know, like what are we doing with this business? Is it, what are our values like, do we want to just create pretty pictures and then, you know, time flies by and all of a sudden you're retiring or of retirement age and you're looking back in your life and thinking, what did I achieve? Well, I took a lot of pretty pictures that ended up on, you know, CDs that got put in a junk drawer somewhere. And that's all you exactly.

Phillip Blume: 10:30 That's all you created with your life. And so at that time, I think we talked about this a little bit before Raymond, so I won't go into the story, but we ended up just needing to step away and pour ourselves into a personal project to kind of get our heads back together and did a big personal project that went really well. It wasn't, we didn't get paid for it. It was, it was kind of like we spent the last of what savings we had to do this project, helping kids and the third world doing sort of documentary photo and video work. And it went, so it was so impactful and so effective beyond our expectations that we realized how powerful visual media is, how meaningful it can be how, how just world changing it can be. And so when we came back it was amazing how that personal project actually connected us with people.

Phillip Blume: 11:23 We're interested in the work we were doing because they had a heart for the same thing. They, they shared our values and we realized that really making sure that our brand was about something important that we believed in was going to help us connect with people on a deep level of trust. And that trust with a capital T really is the number one quality that leads to to client conversion, client sales. If people trust you, they want to do business with you, they share your values. So that was great. And that was that actually fed back into our business completely unexpectedly. The problem was we came back from that project overseas and still had no money. We were literally bankrupt. We couldn't, we couldn't book weddings. And then you know, you know, low end cheap weddings and then try this new business structure.

Phillip Blume: 12:13 And a year when the weddings, my Lincoln route, we needed money, right. Then we couldn't pay our mortgage. We couldn't, we could barely buy groceries at the time. And so we decided many sessions, let's just experiment with a new business structure and what are we going to do? Oh my goodness. Like, I guess we'll just try let's do a weekend of mini sessions and experiment with some business structure stuff. We hate many sessions. This is the last thing we want to do. We had tried mini-sessions once the porn is a huge failure. And so we, we tried it and this new upside down kind of way. And literally two weeks later we do it and we walk away from that weekend with over $8,000 from many sessions. And we didn't even shoot that many portrait clients. It's not like it was all about booking tons of people.

Phillip Blume: 13:00 It was just like huge print sales from putting the system into place. And we realized my goodness, not only can we apply this system now to our weddings and make our weddings luxury, but maybe we, maybe we actually stepped back a bit from weddings and continue doing these mini sessions. Because hour for hour, we were actually profiting Mike two, three times more than weddings hour for hour of work. Just doing many sessions above weddings. So it's been really cool to see now after a decade that that has not only been sustainable and continue to work, but that we've been able to kind of like tweak it over a decade and make it even more profitable and see it work in markets all around the country. So that's kind of our, our crazy rollercoaster of a story through, through our business in life.

Raymond Hatfield: 13:51 Wow. So you mentioned that there's obviously a lot to get into, but I'm really interested in obviously making money with, with mini sessions. And you mentioned there earlier that when you first had, had your shot at mini sessions in the beginning, you failed and that it was a huge that it was a disaster for you. So what was it that made you think, you know what, we're going to give this another shot and we're going to put in all that effort again and hope that it turns out better this time.

Phillip Blume: 14:17 Yeah. Desperation. But, but we, I think one thing was we had put our, when we came home from that trip, we put our kind of put our heads down and realized when we started our business up until now, we were just, we were artists. We didn't even know we were going to start a photography business. It just kind of got away from us. And people started calling and we started booking weddings and stuff and we didn't price it. Right. We didn't structure it. Right. We, we thought, you know, we're, we're creatives, we'll the wheel and we'll kind of have this successful thing. We'll do it. We'll we won't just do some things differently. We'll do everything differently than everyone. And it will be. Yeah. So it was, so that was, it was chaotic to say the least when we came home, we're like, okay, we're humbled.

Phillip Blume: 15:07 We're pretty humbled at this point in our lives. And we say, Eileen, you know, my, my wife, we're the blooms. We worked together with Eileen. Like you have a business degree, let's start thinking about what you learned in college. Like, let's look at what are some of these business principles and financial principles that you sat in a classroom and dug through books and have been tested for centuries. You know, almost scientifically they're all, yeah, crazy. Right. We are just like refuse that sometimes. But it's based on human psychology, marketing psychology and, and we put a lot of that into place and we got mentors not only in the industry to learn, you know, kind of go where we want it to go with our photography, but mentors almost like life coach style to guide us into making sure that we knew our values and based our business on that achieve our goals.

Phillip Blume: 15:59 So that really played into it. And we're like, okay, now we have this system in hand that is proven that his experts have shown this to work for centuries. Now we just want to use it in a new way. We just want to use it in a way that maybe no one's used it before, but we have to trust the system. And so we basically, I think that's what gave us some confidence. We're like, okay, it's mini sessions. We know they don't work from personal experience. But let's apply this system and everything we know, we're just going to put faith in the fact that this, this pricing structure, this marketing technique, everything should work is proven. And, and that, I mean, so we were pleasantly like shocked when the money flowed in that first weekend trying it, but we weren't a hundred percent shot.

Phillip Blume: 16:51 We weren't surprised because we knew that it should. The difference was this random basically came down to, we all know what a mini session is when we think about when, in our minds like we have, it's almost universal. It's crazy. If you, whenever we teach this, we'll ask people to write down like secretly, what do you, what is your definition in your mind when you think of a mini session, how much does it cost? What's included, et cetera. And the answers on the paper will all be almost identical. The same thing. If you just go, you know, go in at the beginning of fall or spring and type hashtag mini-sessions onto Instagram, and you'll get post after posting. And they're all virtually identical from around the world, everybody's doing about a hundred and a hundred dollars, $150 is kind of the average around the world.

Phillip Blume: 17:38 Why are we all doing, why are we all doing this the same? It's because we look at each other and we copy each other and we don't ever ask the question of why do we do it this way? We just copy. And so it spreads like wildfire. We're more like a virus. Let's put it that way. Cause it's negative. And and also like, we tend to give away about 10 or 15 digital images. So that's included and it's like, we don't even ask, why are we limiting? Why are we limiting our clients? Like almost making it like a there's, there's other images, you know, they're going to like, but you're going to keep those away from them because you're like, it's almost punitive. It's like, well, you didn't pay enough. Cause it's just a little mini session. You only paid her $150. You don't deserve more than 10 images.

Phillip Blume: 18:19 And even if they're like, okay, I understand this is a cheapo kind of product. I'm fine. You know, the client's okay with that. They still don't go away with a great satisfy taste in their mouth. They go away with like, this was limited. This was not a full experience. And if, if Eileen and I have learned it, anything is that people don't buy products. Russell Brunson says it really well. People don't buy products, people buy offers and experiences. And that's what ideal clients. If you study marketing research, they're called Neos and economic terms, but the best ideal clients who are, are happy to like spend money on things that give them great life experience and improve the quality of life. Those people they're not looking for deals and sales, that's too much stress for them. You know, there's a whole crowd that just goes to Walmart and looks for sales all the time.

Phillip Blume: 19:10 There's a whole crowd of the market who is looking for experience. And if you can sell that, that's where photographers need to park and run their businesses from because we're not selling a commodity. We run our businesses like commodity businesses as if we're selling reams of paper at Dunder Mifflin or something like that. And that's not what we're not just selling paper. The images, you know, the print may be made of paper, but the images on there and more than that, the relationships they represent and the experience that your client has during a session while they're interacting for their portraits and how your image then sparks the memory of those feelings. If you are able to sell all of that, instead of just selling paper and saying, well, my pictures are the prettiest and you can say something different. Like we help, we help your family to connect.

Phillip Blume: 20:03 And to remember that family comes first, every time that you see artwork on the wall, on your beautiful home. And if you spelled portraits do instead of what they are, then all of a sudden you're going to attract ideal clients who are very happy to pay the amount that you deserve for the time you put in. And it becomes a very, a lot less stress. Cause you're not always chasing, feeling desperate to book every person in your market. You just want to book a few people in there in secret kind of side note here very open secret is that there are a lot easier to find those ideal clients than most people think it's not a huge challenge. You can find them pretty easily once you know how once you have those types of people, then you don't need to spend three, four hours with them, photographing them until, until their kids are you know, exhausted and cranky.

Phillip Blume: 21:01 And dad has lost his patience and just wants to go. Why, why do we think that we have to just keep giving them more and more time for a full length session? When what you can really do is bring them in and give them just enough time to create the portraits that you through a system have learned that they need and will serve them best. Just get those portraits create exactly what you know, that they're going to value and purchase. And then all of a sudden you have a business that is selling artwork. It's not just selling time. You can't trade your time for money forever. You trade your time for money. You will sell your life away. What you have to do is create something of value that then the client can buy and you can multiply that product and it can sell more and more copies of that product essentially while you sit at home and enjoy your life, spend it with your family. So that's the real, that was the real, the real change. And that's kind of a big way to describe it. But I think my mind had to go through that big of a mental shift over time to realize how different a business, a photography business could look.

Raymond Hatfield: 22:08 Yeah. And that, that makes sense. But I still got a few questions here and I know that, you know, one thing that I'm thinking and I'm sure that many others are thinking right now is that you had talked about you know, there's many people who, you know, just go to Walmart and they look for the best value and or they look for discounts, but the ideal client is somebody who's looking for. Those experiences is looking for, you know, a great time and something unique to them. Well then, you know what is it about those mini sessions? Why aren't aren't many sessions just for clients who can't afford the full session, how are they, how are they related and how are they different from each other?

Phillip Blume: 22:50 Yeah. And it's funny because like some of our students, some of the people in our coaching program, depending, you know, some of them have made the choice to not even use the words mini sessions we always have, and it hasn't been a problem for us in our market, but there, there is concern out there that I understand. Like if you use that term photographers kind of, we talked about photographers all have in their minds, what that means. And they're thinking a lot of people in my market, a lot of customers already have a preconceived notion of what that means. And so I'm just not going to use the term at all. But we, we, we still use the term personally because it's just, it's just kind of a gateway is how I think of this. So people are looking for many sessions at a certain season.

Phillip Blume: 23:35 You know, often at seasonal when we do our public mini-sessions we might not have time to get into it now, but we're doing mini sessions all year long. We just don't. We keep them a secret which is wild. You can book it many sessions while keeping in the secret, but we do publicize them twice a year in the spring and fall. And people are looking for that. So when you, when you promote yours it catches their eye. And next we do something which is odd, which is we don't, we break the mold. We're not, we're not we know that our system, when you put it all together will attract ideal clients. But we know that interestingly, even ideal clients are usually attracted at the front end in the same way that those traditional bargain hunting clients are, which is what the special offer.

Phillip Blume: 24:22 And that's just human psychology. So we'll, we'll make our mini sessions actually cost a lot less than a hundred dollars or $150 or whatever that going rate is. So we break the mold. People are like, Oh, what's this, okay, I'm looking for this. This looks like an interesting promotion. Let me check on this. And then they'll inquire with us through kind of a backend link, a backend website. It's not even public for anyone to go to. It's very kind of you have to find our promotion, our advertisement, or our personal email that comes, that arrives in your inbox. And you feel very exclusive because it's not just available to everybody that you take that link and it gives you limited options. It's not just, you can book a portrait session with us anytime. Open-Ended no, it has all of the ingredients to help someone.

Phillip Blume: 25:18 And this is really what marketing is. It's helping people overcome mental blocks and we all have these. Like, I think sometimes we just feel guilty like, Oh, I'm, I'm not a very organized or disciplined person. I'm always wasting time on Facebook. I'm always doing this and everyone else is so good. No, we all, as humans, we all, as humans struggle to get our priorities straight and to remain effective and, and to achieve the things in our lives that we want to achieve. We all struggle with that. And that's true for our clients as well. So the best thing we can do is serve them by helping them, not only see the value in photography, but help them to attain it and, and get past that, that speed bump of putting it off forever. Right? So most of the time people will put it off and they'll look back with regret that they never did it.

Phillip Blume: 26:04 What we do is we limit, we say, it's like, it's now it's these dates. You come to the location, we choose. We're not going to give you lots of options. Where do you want to shoot? What style do you want? No. When it comes to mini sessions, it's, this is what it is. It's a great front end value. And let's just help you get this done. So we're literally like being life coaches to them and getting them past the speed bump. And then once, once they opt in, Oh, I'd like to do that. Yes. I would choose this time on the date that you offered that one Friday and Saturday that you offered I'm available this time and they choose the time. And then it starts a series of, to them. So they're not booked automatically. In fact, we make it a little bit hard for them to book because we know that the goal of marketing is not, this is something that Seth Godin, the father of modern marketing says the goal of marketing is not to attract clients only.

Phillip Blume: 27:01 It's also to repel clients. Yes. The literally good marketing. I may catch a lot of eyeballs, but the last thing you want to do, and I was guilty of this for years. If, if someone inquired with us, I was like, Oh my gosh, like inquiries do not come through every single day. I've got to book this person if I'm. And so I sounded desperate. I acted desperate. I tried to book everyone now with the system, we get so many inquiries. What I, what I know is that I actually want most of them to disappear. I'm happy when most of them ghost, cause I don't want to spend a ton of time with clients who aren't going to value what I do. I want to filter out and discover the few clients who I can spend a fair amount of time with get a lot of income and go about my life.

Phillip Blume: 27:48 Not be weighed down by trying to, you know, trying to compete with other tire person. I'm the only photographer in town and serve everybody. I never want to do that anymore. So that was kind of the key. And now, even though the front end price is so low, that that system of communication that they're put through that series of emails that explains to them what the experience is going to be like, what the session is going to be like. And then very clearly what the pricing is like, why the prints are sold separately and how to, how you can purchase those. And it's all strategically priced. So it's very appealing and, and frankly can serve anyone of any income level. But it gets people invested in the experience before they've even had a photo shoot. And then those who do commit and sign the contract are absolutely ideal clients.

Phillip Blume: 28:41 And we'll typically shoot about six families per day during our mini sessions. So it's very relaxed. Some of our students do 12 a day. Why don't we just slice? We just slice that in half because it's like we wouldn't be home in time to cook supper and be with our kids on a, on a mini session day, no more of this like long wedding day type stuff for us. We're out, we're done with that. So it was very relaxed six a day. And we do that for two days. And on average for Eileen and me, and this is not to like over, over promising and raise expectations too high, but we've been doing this for 10 years. So our mini sessions average about $1,200 in print sales per 20 minute session. So we'll be doing after 12 sessions on a weekend you know, well over $10,000, maybe 10 or $12,000 or more per weekend, which is more than we can make from very stressful, more than weddings. Right. And so hold on, hold on. I'll do the math, right. It's easy. So, Oh wait. Okay. So we're talking

Raymond Hatfield: 29:42 About these hundred and $50 sessions that most people do, right? For 20 minutes. This is like $450 an hour. That sounds pretty good to me, right? You to decide, you know what, we're actually going to charge much less than this. And now you're bringing home. I mean, 10 times the amount of money, right? 10 times easily, please just give me a 50,000 foot overview of how this mini session system works for you.

Mid Roll: 30:09 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips, to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today, but heading over to beginner, photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join. Now,

Raymond Hatfield: 30:34 That is a perfect tip right there. And something that I've definitely made the mistake of doing in my own ads where, you know, you use the beautiful landscape with the tiny little people. It has a beautiful photo, but you're absolutely right. That is the worst photo that that you can use to get somebody to connect with your, with your ad. So, so thank you. Thank you for, for sharing that. What I want to know right now is that there are going to be people listening to this who think to themselves, wait a second, a $1,200 average is crazy. There's no way that my market can sustain that. So what do you say to those people

Phillip Blume: 31:13 Now, Eileen Eileen's in my market that we started our business in and where we still do our business has the highest poverty rate in the United States of America. So, so we know something about hard markets. It's, you know, it's the town of our closest town. 20 minutes away is a hundred thousand people. And the majority of that is so close to the poverty line or below. There's only a small number of people who we can even target and grow our business through, but that's all you need. It doesn't matter how much competition around it doesn't matter how small your market, how poor your market. You, if you're, if you're serving the right people the right way, you only need a handful of clients every year.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:56 That is incredible. Especially because as you said, I mean, you live in one of the most impoverished markets in the entire United States. So to know that your system has not only worked for you, obviously, like if it works for you, it's going to work everywhere else in the country, which you've shown by the success stories of your students when it comes to mini sessions though, you know, one thing that I struggled with and I know that many others struggle with as well, is that if you're doing such a short session, how do you possibly get enough variety in your images?

Phillip Blume: 32:33 Yeah. And this is the great thing is that we have to ask her if I had to sort of step back and ask ourselves a question, which is just like we were talking earlier about you know, what should a mini session be? What you should include? What, what are the assumptions we're making about what a photo shoot has to be? And I'm not, I'm not here to tell anybody like you're doing it wrong. And let me tell you the right way. There's actually a lot of open space for you to do it exactly how you want. But you have to ask yourself why first. So for example, Eileen and I create a lot of variety in 20 minutes hour style. What I do, and one thing I am very proud of. I'm not humble about this at all. I'm a child whisper.

Phillip Blume: 33:16 I know how to like kids and I are, maybe it's cause we're on the same level and I'm sort mature, but I connect and I can control the experience with kids. I can, they're like putty in my hands. So what we do and we teach this a lot to our students as well. So even if you're not, maybe you're not, don't feel naturally gifted at working with kids. A lot of this is just stuff that we even learned when we were adopting our son. And we had to go through so much training of like how to deal with kids who come from traumatic experiences in the foster or adoption world overseas and connecting with them. And it works for every kid. So what we'll do is when the families arrive, I don't greet the parents first, as if they're my peers, I immediately get excited and wide eyed and are like the kid, Oh my gosh, Jimmy, Janice, you know, I've got their names on my sheet because we sent a survey out before the session.

Phillip Blume: 34:08 I know who they are. I already know what they're into. I'm like, Oh my gosh, I know you really love unicorns. Right? That's my favorite animal. I can't wait to have some fun with you. I heard all about you. So I agree with them first. And the parents know I'm going to do that. So it's not creepy. Right? We've had this communication beforehand through these automated emails, they know exactly what to expect, but man, I'm there for the kids. And I tell them, Hey, we have a secret. And the secret is your parents can't hear. And of course they all know this it's coming, but we're going to, and I don't tell them exactly what we're going to do. All I do is get them on my side. I say, your mom and dad think that this is regular old, boring pictures, but actually we're going to really surprise them and make them laugh like crazy.

Phillip Blume: 34:50 Will you help me do that? Oh man. Like at that point, instead of being an authority figure and which, which is why kids test authority and they'll test limits, and you end up with a really difficult situation on your hand that you can't control, unless you try to bribe and that doesn't work instead. Now I am in cahoots with them and, and they will do anything I say, because we together are testing the authority. Right. So, right. So I'll get this. And next step is to get exactly what I want. I'll say, Hey, look, come sit over here. Don't worry, mom and dad, this is just a perfect normal picture. You know, Janice and Jimmy are just such little angels. Look at, look at them, smiling like little angels and they will smile. They'll do exactly what I say just as I say it, because it sounds like a joke building up to something.

Phillip Blume: 35:41 So I get my perfect portrait. I get that. And then we call it, we have what we call balloon theory, posing that Eileen and I kind of created a book around. But once we're there, I'll say, now I'm going to count to three one, two, three, and then there's a whole number of scenarios that we might end in that perfect shot with. And it explodes into laughter tickling, whatever it is. And we run in and get just a number of angles, close ups medium shots of, of interactions and those crazy enough like that, that one perfect picture may end up being the one over there, mantle. But all of those authentic expressions, connecting moments, dozens of little like quick snaps that we take that we'll never win a print award. Those end up filling coffee, table albums and other products, and they're just become the favorite images of our clients.

Phillip Blume: 36:35 And so we create, we kind of go trigger happy between the perfect moments, but we just repeat that over and over again and get as many perfect pictures as we want. And then a bunch of playful ones in between some of our students and they'll, they use a part of the system that we also do, but they, they use it only and they kind of stay away from the, the mass creation of images and they're, they're more formal in their style and they will just, they know exactly what what portraits the family wants and where they want them in their home. Ahead of time. We used to do this by actually visiting people's homes and having a, a consultation to choose this ahead of time. Now we do it all through our online system. So all you really need ultimately is like most of our clients are going home with about like four, maybe three, four or five pictures. That's ultimately, they're getting enlargements of three, four or five favorite pictures and that's, what's adding up to our big sale. So if you just get three, four or five pictures and, you know, ahead what they want, so you make sure to focus on that, then you're set. Like you can just take a session for 20 minutes and get five pictures and you're good to go. So you can do it either way. I kind of enjoy them both.

Raymond Hatfield: 37:47 Yeah. Especially. What's great to hear about that is that I know when I show up for an engagement session, usually those first few photos, I know we're just going to be throwaways. It's just to try to get them warmed up to the camera, but that little exercise right there ensures, obviously, because you have such a short amount of time that you're able to get them to connect and get photos that you know, that they're going to love right off the bat. That's fantastic. That is a great tip. So thank you for sharing that. Okay.

Phillip Blume: 38:12 Absolutely. Yeah. Change changed our world.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:14 Yeah, I would imagine, I would imagine. But one of the big, I think underlying questions that we have here about many sessions that, that sometimes I think sometimes other people think is that, you know, all of this, what you're saying today sounds great. All of this, about mini sessions, making good, consistent amount of money is having a better connection with our clients. All this is great, but isn't ultimately the, mini-session just simply going to undercut our regular sessions.

Phillip Blume: 38:45 Yeah. And usually the it's a great question. Cause it's the, the question that everyone asks, I've heard this hundreds of times over the years my immediate kind of response that maybe kind of takes, takes someone off their guard is, so why isn't that what you want don't you want to just do mini sessions if they make this much like you can just spend 20 minutes on your sessions. You can ask people to come to you. I mean, most of our mini sessions we do in our backyard, we don't have to, we don't go to some special location. We still offer fooling sessions. If people want a different, if they have a special place, they need to do it. They want to do it at their home. They have a big family, a family reunion, and they're going to have several families and big groups.

Phillip Blume: 39:30 And well, we still do those sorts of things because mostly because clients who are loyal to us through our mini sessions need those services as well. And that's full, fully different product. But mostly what I want to do is people just to come to my backyard for 20 minutes and get, you know, over a thousand dollars a pop every time. That's what I want now that said our business, you know, we still photograph during normal, you know, during, during normal times we still photograph up to eight weddings really great weddings a year. They only, the clients that we want to photograph now, how do you end up, like, how do you know what clients you want to photograph? How do you, how do you hear people say that? Like I only, we photograph the best weddings the most. How do you know, did you know the people you didn't experience much with them other than their inquiry when they inquired about their wedding?

Phillip Blume: 40:22 Yeah. Well, I'll tell you how that works for us because our mini sessions have led to lead to almost all of our weddings and larger sessions now. So it doesn't undercut it. Lee, in fact, this is hilarious because I'm, I'm so glad you asked that I literally have, we have all of our cards and graduation. I'll cover her name. So I'm not like blasting her on the interwebs, but yesterday, a day before yesterday, book the wedding for this girl. Now I w we took this picture as a senior photo shoot mini session. We do our menus for seniors as well. And this was a mini session that we did five, six years ago. Wow. And yesterday booked an $8,000 wedding package for this girl. She's getting married now five, five or six years later. So that's just one example, like this happens to be right in front of me here. But it's literally our mini sessions because we now have a connection to so many clients over a short period of time. It's not like we worked with 20 wedding clients and that's all we did the whole year. No, like every weekend that we choose to do a mini session we're working with 12 clients just that weekend in a short amount of time. So it leads to so many connections and so many more inquiries for weddings and every other thing.

Raymond Hatfield: 41:41 Wow. Yeah. That was that response right there of the, so what essentially, Oh my gosh, just totally reframed. I think the way that I look at mini sessions and I really hope that it reframes the way that many others look at mini sessions as well, because you're right. I mean, ultimately, if you were to, you know, just do a, say an hour long session, you could only hope for like a $1,200 sale. Why not want to get that down to just a, you know, 20 minutes of shooting. That is fantastic.

Phillip Blume: 42:11 Yeah. And you just can't market, you can't Mark it the same way with longer sessions. Cause you can't do them back to back in Philadelphia. You can maybe do two or three sessions a day if you're doing and nobody wants you to just keep shooting photographs of them all day. They're starting. If when you do, they start to wonder like, did we not get some good ones already? Why don't we keep going? You could shoot forever. You could shoot forever. But really what matters is a great experience, which generally takes place, you know, brevity is the soul of wit brevity is the soul of a lot of good experiences. What matters is that experience and what matters is the product and you don't need to shoot all day long. You can stop trading your time for money.

Raymond Hatfield: 42:47 Yeah. Yeah. When I'm interested to know what is, you know, for you, when you have such a short amount of time, when you have such a diverse set of things that you're shooting, whether it be seniors, whether it be families what's the one shot or what's the one thing that just either has to happen or you have to get in order for you to consider that mini session a success.

Phillip Blume: 43:08 Yeah. I mean, I want to get that. To me, it's, it's one, it's kind of one simple thing. It's like that standard camera aware, formal portrait, which is, it ends up not being the main thing, but it is something that I have to get. And I get that so easily just, you know, at the outset outside of the shoot. And then I just, it's really, ideally I'm wanting to get authenticity because what people want in photos is the same thing I want. When I open up this album that I dug up from my family's history of black and white photos. Like literally my, after my grandmother passed away, my dad went to up to Illinois and brought home. All these things for, from her home. One was a ma it was albums full of photos, going back into family till back to Italy where like the kids had these ruffled collars, crazy stuff.

Phillip Blume: 44:07 I never even seen. And to look at these pictures and be like, Oh my gosh, like this isn't, this, isn't like a fake black and white photo of made at some studio at six flags or something. This is like legit old timey clothes and black and white. And, and these people look like us. Like they're our family, it's nuts. And it gives you perspective on identity. It makes you think it makes you grow, think and understand your place in the world. And that's, that's kind of on a historic scale. But when you just look at the pictures of yourself as a kid, and you're reminded who you are in relation to your family and the important people around you, that provides a, a valuable experience to all of us, that we can't even, we can't overestimate. So ultimately I'm wanting to get those authentic portraits. And I to do that, I just, I had to let go of a lot of ego. I remember when I started shooting seniors, for example, like this, this lovely young lady, I was always like, I've got to be cool. These seniors, they're, they're young, they're hip. Like,

Raymond Hatfield: 45:15 That's why I haven't gotten it. I need,

Phillip Blume: 45:17 I need to, like, I need to be the one that they want to hang out with because they think I'm a rock star. Opposite. Opposite is true. These kids are, I'll tell you what's going on in their heads. Cause I've learned it over time. They're so sick of all the inauthenticity and all of the people at school trying to be cool. They're sick of it. When I, when I photograph a senior, I'm like, Hey, listen, I am so sorry. You know, I've, I've spent all, I'm probably going to be a complete doofus because I've spent all week photographing six year olds and I'm a dad myself. And so you're going to hear a lot of bad, bad, bad jokes. And, and every, when, if I need her to pose, I'm showing her how to pose and just everything. And I'll be completely a ham and I'll completely make a fool of myself and excuse me in every, anything.

Phillip Blume: 46:03 I want her to do anything. I don't want my senior guys to do. I just, I model it first. And if I'm willing to put myself out there and do it first, then all of a sudden they know they're in the safe space. This is like, they can actually breathe. They're away from school and all the ridiculous drama. And they're finally in an environment where like, I'm like a dad figure and they can just be, be an honest version of themselves. So I've, I find that like those kinds of tips, that kind of authenticity is, is what I want most out of my photographs. That's what serves the most value to my clients over the years and actually has purpose. And it's actually, it ends up being a lot less work and stress to get that if, if you just loosen up yourself.

Raymond Hatfield: 46:50 Yeah. And that's definitely the type of the photo that I would rather have of my children than a, I mean, like you said, we have the camera where photo of the whole family sitting above the in the living room, but it's those photos of them being authentic to who they are that they truly, truly valued the most. So I know how to be happy. It doesn't have to be Epic. That goes back to that, that big landscape, tiny people photo. I would love that of my family. But anyway I know that I've kept you for far too long today, but before I let you go, is there anything that maybe I didn't ask that you want to make sure that the listeners know or understand about doing mini sessions?

Phillip Blume: 47:29 Yeah. I mean, it's, it is a, it's the kind of thing where as photographers, we get into this business and we realized that photography is about 10% of what we do and the other 90% is running a business. And so the one thing that we have been just Eileen and I have been more proud of than anything is just over our career building community where people don't feel like they're competing with one another, but where we're collaborating together. So that is our comm unity community. So it's literally spelled like com unity is the cry of our hearts that we would bring our life, our personal life, our businesses, and our art all together. And they're not competing against each other for time and for a place in our lives, but it's all unified. So come unity as an awesome we have a Facebook mastermind group that's free.

Phillip Blume: 48:23 I would love anyone who's listening to just come and be a part of that group. And then for those who want to really reshape their business, where we're coaching for years even through PPA and other organizations who have sponsored our tours around the country to do and help, help photographers, restructure their businesses or get their businesses going with minis we were only able to do so many people, one on one per year. So we have this whole course that I love for people to learn about where we can work with you personally to, to give you our whole system of emails, pricing strategies, and everything, to actually just build your business on top of that foundation. So yeah, well, hopefully we can connect through community group and all of the education and see a lot of people, especially as we come out from shutdowns and things just gangbusters grow their businesses without having to worry about weddings and things like that.

BPP 207: Jon SooHoo - LA Dodgers Team Photographer

Jon Soohoo is the head team photographer for the Los Angeles Dodgers and has been photographing important moments in sports for more than 35 years and his photo of Kobe Bryant was used as the cover of ESPN’s memorial issue.


In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • When Jon SooHoo knew photography was going to play an important roll in his life

  • One of the best lessons Jon learned while shooting under legendary sports photographer Andy Bernstein

  • What the head photographer of the Los Angeles Dodgers is responsible for shooting and covering

  • How many team photographers shoot a Dodgers game

  • How personally Jon SooHoo takes team losses

  • Whether or not he documents team losses

  • How Jon SooHoo prepared to shoot the LA Dodgers world series game

  • If Jon would get a world series ring if the Dodgers Won the World Series

  • How to prepare for big moments during a game

  • How many photos Jon SooHoo takes in an average game

  • What it takes for a photo to stand out

  • If player superstitions rub off on him as the photographer

  • The one thing Jon would tell a new team photo intern before they took the field

  • How Jon’s day starts when he arrives at the stadium

  • What Jon gets asked most by Dodger fans

Resources:

5B0982A3-2A1A-42AF-A471-645ACECE351C@home.jpeg
83C72294-4061-4BD3-853F-1ABBD2DA14D3@home.jpeg
B010C7E0-92E3-45CF-B4ED-01E27EC1EEAD@home.jpeg
8884F634-B089-41C2-864B-3F256C2746D3@home.jpeg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00:00 John SooHoo you didn't go to school for photography. You didn't grow up with a camera in your hand, but you did start shooting at the daily Trojan when you attended USC. I want to know what was it about photography in those early days that made it clear to you that photography was going to be a more important role in your life than what you were currently at USC studying?

Jon SooHoo: 00:00:19 Well, I had originally been a my mom and dad were alumni of USC. Actually, my dad was an alumni at USC and he brought me to every football game when I was a kid in the early seventies when USC was really good. And so I would go to the games with my mom and dad and my uncle task. And I was sitting in the seats up in tunnel 10 watching a really good USC teams back in the day. And at some point in time, you know, gossip product cause SC was getting so good that we were just like walled, you know, sitting in the seats, like wall to wall, elbow to elbow. And I was like, I was looking on the field. I was like, there's nobody down there. How do you get down there? So I was like, I just stood out.

Jon SooHoo: 00:01:00 My mom was, and she, you know, we didn't have a real discussion about it, but I just put that in the back of my mind. And then as I got to high school there was no photo program at LA Marshall LA unified school districts didn't have any really photo programs at all. It's just, you know, shocking. But not really. But anyway, so I played sports, I played basketball, ran track, and I always had this, you know, love for sports. Me and my buddy, John [inaudible] and we would play ball every kind of ball they ever went when it was football season, because we were the football around, you know, every, every which way it went. But when it came down to it, I got to USC. I had no direction yet. It was undeclared. I didn't know what it was doing.

Jon SooHoo: 00:01:41 I was commuting back and forth. But I always knew in the back of my mind, I wanted to stay in sports somehow. And then the thought of being on the football, the field at the Colosseum to shoot USC games was just like the ultimate. And so I went to the daily Trojan while I was at SC. And I asked to see about being a, becoming a black and white intern or whatever, a lab intern to do their they're processing a printing of somebody else's stuff, not my images, but I, I was, you know, that was what I applied the job for. And I got the job to be a dark room tech per se. And then that was like my first real season of, you know, being in the news, that newspaper journalistic era. And next thing you know, I started picking up the camera and got out of being just the darkened guy and started shooting USC women's basketball games.

Jon SooHoo: 00:02:30 I shot USC track all the non football basketball stuff. Cause those are for the big shooters, the big photographers at the daily Trojan. And so to get into these other sports, it's a lot less stressful because there was no, there was no as hard need as there is for like football, basketball, like, like there is at SC, but then at that time Cheryl Miller, the McGee twins Rhonda Wyndham and Cynthia Cooper of that era of USC women's became elite. And they would, you know, they won national championships like crazy. And I was on that ride. I ended up doing some shooting for USC sports information of them. And so everything evolved. The next thing, you know, I got my first credential for the shoot at USC football game back neck. I probably was like my second kind of a second year doing it, a lot of working as a, at the daily Trojan. And they let me go down on the football field to shoot USC, Tennessee. And next thing I was shot up black and white photo, I think Keith Brown or making a tackle on something, you know, one of the Tennessee volunteer guys and that ran in the paper the next day. And that was all she wrote. That was that's when I kind of knew that's what I really wanted to do. And so I don't really know how I got here, to be honest with you.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:03:46 I think I heard somewhere that you, you, that you were majoring in gerontology, is that right?

Jon SooHoo: 00:03:51 It's called gerontology. It's the study of the aging process and it's a it's a, it deals with it every every aspect of the aging process. So not only just the, not the physical part, like medical aid, but I mean, as far as the administrative part of, you know, all the crap, you have to go through pal, the paperwork that's involved, all the medications that could be possibly involved, all those societal issues that are involved. It was, it was a very it was a perfect major for me because I'm not a book smart guy, and I know I'm not academically one of the elite in any way, shape or form. So to find a major that was compassionate was key to my making it through USC.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:04:36 So did you, did you finish out your schooling with your major, you did

Jon SooHoo: 00:04:41 Bachelor of science in gerontology. I think we're going to graduate in class of eight.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:04:46 Okay.

Jon SooHoo: 00:04:49 Yeah. Now they're like, you know, I think they're up to either thousands per year or, you know, 708,000 per, per year since, you know, well, I mean the, the baby boomers are, are like, I'm like the end of the baby booming and parents and grandparents are either getting near the end or they're already gone, but, you know, it's, it was a huge factor back in that day because of the needs are, so there are so many needs of the elderly community.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:05:15 So at what point did you decide to yourself, you know what, I know that I just spent several years learning all that I could about, you know, the, the study of aging, but I'm just going to kind of neglect all of that and pick up my camera and start shooting.

Jon SooHoo: 00:05:28 Well, it was hand in hand, I was shooting at the daily children while school was going on. So it was not like I, you know, and honestly, well the gerontology parking one was like a junior going into my senior year into my junior year, senior year. So it was only like two years of solid schooling of that. So it was just the basic education, like everything else. And it just so happened that after I got done with class, I would go shoot a basketball game or football game or a baseball. I'll actually never baseball the track and field and, you know, shoot on campus stuff. But there's never a point when I was like an either or it was, I was just doing both. And so when it came down to my mom and dad, you know, wanting me to be successful at whatever, they gave me an opportunity to just like, go with the flow and let me do what I wanted to do.

Jon SooHoo: 00:06:14 And they, they saw my, I would bring home after I shot a football game. I would bring home the eight by 10 prints that I made for, for the paper, for, for deadline. I would make an extra copy and bring it home to my, my dad and my mom. And they would be like, you know, they're pretty excited to see it. I don't think they knew that it would be a professional coming out of it, but it was a pretty cool to see their, you know, they, they appreciate what I was doing. They didn't pressure me at all to get me on to try and get a real job per se. And then I was blessed to run into my, my, my boss at the future boss, Andy Bernstein at a USC women's basketball game. So, and that kind of led me on to where I am today.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:06:54 Yeah. That was a perfect segue because my next question for you specifically was about Annie Bernstein. You know, cause at the time when you started with the Dodgers, he was the lead photographer, right? He was the head photographer for the Dodgers.

Jon SooHoo: 00:07:05 He was, there were two, one was, I believe there was another is, was a Craig there's one, a couple of guys that were there as the color guys. And he was the black and white guy. I mean, how they designated back in the day is however they did it. But I, when I met him, I was shooting a USC women's basketball game at the LA in Los Angeles, the LA Memorial sports arena was where USC played their basketball and the Clippers played their basketball. So there would be times when there'd be a double header. And so the morning game was a USC women's game. And then the afternoon, evening game was the clipper game. So I was shooting my, the SC game and negating at the end of it. He came, sat down next to me, I guess I'm prepped to get his stuff ready for the next game. And then we started talking and he knew, you know, we found out about each other and then, and he needed a darkroom guy to do some NBA printing of his Clippers and his Lakers from those days. And so I started working for him doing black and white printing processing, the printing of somebody else's images of Clippers and the Lakers and the opponents. And that was the formation, the preliminary formation of MBA photos. I mean, which is a kingdom today, by the way.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:08:16 Yeah. Yeah. And in, and Andy is just like, he's just a legend when it comes to sports photography, anybody who's really into sports photography knows who he is. So as somebody who came up you know, kind of under him, what would you say was one of the most impactful lessons that you learned while working under any Bernstein?

Jon SooHoo: 00:08:34 Well, there are so many things to learn from him. He's, he's a, he's, he's an icon in my eyes. Number one, the photography skills. Remember I didn't go to school for this stuff. So I'm learning how to strobe arenas because of him. I'm bringing up these 2,400 watt packs, you know, on, on both hands and there'll be, I put it put four of them up in the sports arena and we've got to drop the lines and how to, I mean, how to light things. It's just an amazing, amazing thing that you just can't take for granted know those flashes going off in the ceiling. Somebody, somebody had to bring that stuff up there and it was usually me and, you know, through him teaching you how to do it, I was able to help him like the sports arena, like the forum, whenever we had like all star games somewhere else.

Jon SooHoo: 00:09:17 I believe he took me down to Albuquerque for either a McDonald's game, high school game that he got hired for, but I would go up there and just loved the pack, slug, the heads of the magic arms to make sure, I mean, it would be it's a phenomenal experience to be number one, hanging off the catwalk, trying to rig all this stuff up, but, you know, Hey, that was my education. And then I learned how to do portraits from him and how to, you know, how to work with whoever the athlete is. And, you know, you do have, like, you don't have like an hour with an athlete. You have like three minutes, if you get three minutes. And so learning how to shoot efficiently, knowing what your shots are, knowing how to do Polaroids, because, you know, there was no digital back then.

Jon SooHoo: 00:09:56 It was, it was filmed fellows. So learning how to shoot medium format Hastleblad Mamamia there are just so many things aren't involved. And then the other, other part of Andy that's that's very educational is that is the business side that I learned from him and how, you know, it's not free, nothing is free here. You know, you got, it had to be tweaking it towards, you know, clients that pay money to, for us to be doing what we do. And so that was, it was so much easier to do back then before all the, you know, the big monster companies took over and, you know, kind of, kind of water things down and brought in cheaper hires. And you know, that kind of thing where, you know, it, it was just a different, different beast back in the day where there were actually magazines too.

Jon SooHoo: 00:10:43 I would have never sport magazine or inside sport magazine, but those were pretty big back in the day. And Lee were pretty big with them and, you know, car companies are also new, upper deck was kind of, you know, big. They were like, you know, six car companies that were out there and giving day rates. And so just to be a part of that, all that, all that with shitting slides where, you know, it wasn't, you scan it and send it digitally. It was actual slide. You put it in a FedEx envelope and you send it directly to the photo editor of that magazine or paper or publication or car company. And then they would either say, yay or nay, you know, they, they use it and then they'd come back with a, a check and then, you know, the, the sales report come off of that. And, you know, it was just the, it was the beginning of NBA photos or the beginning of pretty much, well, they call it this focus on sport and the rest of focus West at the time, those were the two major agencies and all sport became part of that. And then I'll start all sport became like Getty ish. And then that was Getty is now where, where everybody's kind of at right now. So

Raymond Hatfield: 00:11:47 It's funny to me to think, you know, whenever you listen to other photographers and they talk about, you know, now with digital, the, of shooting on like two cards, like I'm not going to shoot it unless it's on two cards, got to have backups got backups. And then I just think back, you know, 15, 20 years ago when you had to, you know, develop a film and then send it somewhere in the mail, like that's way more dangerous than only shooting with one card, which is, which is just crazy. It's, it's cool to, you know, to, to hear, I guess, from the working professionals, really what that world was like for us, it's just so hard to imagine, but as, as, as time went on you, you stayed with the Dodgers organization and now today you are the lead team photographer, is that correct? That's correct. So as the lead team photographer, you, you know, you have to shoot more than just the nine innings, as you know, I want to know what your job is responsible for. What are you responsible to shoot? That's not related to the baseball game. Just about everything, everything,

Jon SooHoo: 00:12:45 Well, we have renovations going on in the ballpark. We have a brand new brand new outfield that has, I've been documenting that since, you know, even during COVID, I've been going out there to cover, you know, the growth and the different stuff they've put in. And so it's, and then during, you know, game during, before the game actually started, we have pregame activities, which aren't gonna happen this year, but would be, you know, Anthem singers and people throwing the first pitch. And then there's marketing shots. They've got to get signage in the back, you know, that any signage up it's it's all encompassing now, especially in digitally compared to the film days when it was just a roll of, you know, eight rolls of film under approve sheet. And then you give that to the PR guy to pick the ones who want it.

Jon SooHoo: 00:13:25 And then I print a five by seven. Now it's like everything else. I, now I have an editor that has that I plug my camera and it goes to him and he will, or, Hey, Josh or Katie they'll, they'll image it to wherever they need to go. And there's social media now, which is also wasn't there back in the day. So everything's dramatically, it's changing dramatically. And just, just pumping out stuff is this is what I mean, I don't really know how to explain it. Cause there's a, so it's so much quantity and I try not to let that overwhelm me, but, you know, unless I put the camera in, you know, I'm already done. So.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:13:59 Yeah. Did I hear you right when you said that when you were shooting on film, why would you shoot an entire game on just eight rolls of film?

Jon SooHoo: 00:14:06 No, no, no. It could be anything, but I would use the, I don't know if you know the term, but it's called a bulk loader where, you know, get a big, old hundred foot rolls of film and then you throw them into 36 roll. So it'd be anywhere from eight to 15 rolls of black and white. And then when I became the color shooter, I would shoot color sheet Fuji Chrome 100 probably do you know, 10 to 20 roles on a day game, because that was really the only way you're going to get color back in the day. Cause there was no night color film. There's no high speed color film that could cover, you know, baseball games back in the day. So it was black and white during the night and then colored during color slide during the day. So that would be easy cause I would bring that to a lab, but the black and white I would have to do myself.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:14:49 Yeah. So would you would you be loading up these roles while you were out like on the field or would this be done online?

Jon SooHoo: 00:14:57 Oh, that's pretty that's beforehand. I load up probably anywhere from, you know, I'd probably do the whole roll of a hundred footer into the canisters and have them ready to go for what's the however long it takes to go through it. I gotcha.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:15:10 Gotcha. Okay. So now today, about how many team photographers are covering a game?

Jon SooHoo: 00:15:18 Well, well, everything's still changing now because of the COVID that I'm I had to request a second. I usually I've had two photographers, me and another photographer be in house per game for the last, probably five years. And that was because, well, I would be shooting, we would shoot the pregame stuff together. And then when the game would start, the other photographer would shoot either across the way from wherever I would be, whether it's first or third. I would be requiring that photographer to, you know, to cover the rest of the whatever's going on on the field game wise while I go walk around and shoot different angles from different parts of the ballpark and do other, you know, cause there's stuff going on in the clubhouse there's stuff going on in the, in the dugout that's you can't be shooting if you're across the way at first base and the dugouts on third base.

Jon SooHoo: 00:16:07 So I had that extra added dimension brought in there. Then we have a lot of, you know, we have so many owners and so many VIP peas that come that I can't necessarily be at, you know, everyone at the same time. So they've the Dodge has been very, you know, they've been very great about allowing me to have an extra person there to help pick up whatever I can't get to. And then this year is gonna be completely debt free. There's no pregame activity. There's no nothing's on the field other than the game. There's no high fiving. And so everything's really different. So it's gonna be, it'll be different for sure. It'd be mostly game action now because all that flavor stuff I can't get to because I have no access to that. Okay.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:16:45 Of course this is going to be such a crazy year for baseball. I can't, I can't wait. Honestly, I can't wait. It's going to be, I mean, we're, we're all gonna be swinging for the fences. It's just going to be so much fun to watch. It's going to,

Jon SooHoo: 00:16:55 I hope I hope it lasts. I'm just not sure how long it's going to last because as the numbers get, get higher, I mean, they're already closed down on the beach down here for the weekend. There was no, no 4th of July in any cause the numbers are just like jumping right back up again and who knows? So you take this stuff home too, you know, and so I can understand what players are getting kind of hesitant because we should all be kind of hesitant, but we have jobs in order to pay the rent.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:17:19 Yeah. Well, I mean, we'll see, you know, I can, I can obviously, as a fan of baseball, I can hope for the best. And we'll see. We'll see. So my next question for you is this is kind of more of a personal question and that is having been with the Dodgers for so long. Do you view yourself as, as part of the Dodgers team?

Jon SooHoo: 00:17:39 I, I actually do. It, it took me a while to actually get to that point where I'd be comfortable, but as each new owner goes through and each new GM goes through and each new guy goes through and each new, you know, there's a, there's a door that opens and closes and I've, you know, I've been blessed to still be in it, you know, 30, this is my 35th seasons shooting the Dodgers, you know, so it's just kind of a unique perspective in that I've been there with the O'Malleys all the way up until the new group now. And it's, it's just been, if I'm not considered part of the Dodger organization, then I don't know what, who would be, you know. Right,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:18:13 Right. Okay. That's good. That's good. Because that leads me into my next question, which is in a baseball game, in all sports capturing the celebrations of a win is, is incredibly important. And in both 17 and 18, the Dodgers made it to the world series ultimately did not take home the trophy, but having been with that team for so long, having seen that group of guys get as far as they did. And then ultimately, you know, not, not take home that trophy. Is there anything that you do to capture a loss for the team of that size?

Jon SooHoo: 00:18:48 Yeah. It's called a Leica. It's my range finder that has makes no sound at all. It's, you know, it's and you know, I pick my moments to me. This is the emotional times for me too. I mean, if, if the flea lose, I mean, when we've lost, it's been pretty, it's been, it's sucked and I'm not necessarily going up there and, you know, jamming camera's in the, in the guys' faces that I've just, you know, are crying. But you know, when, when they start doing, when it's the right time, I'll know when to pick up the camera and you know, I've been blessed to be, you know, in the past I've been in the team meetings for ever since, you know, Joe pretty much Jim Tracy was the manager, even before that, after, after Tommy left, that was pretty much home free to do whatever I wanted in the clubhouse, as far as, you know, my access.

Jon SooHoo: 00:19:29 Cause they trust me and I'm not going to do anything stupid with that trust. And they, they, they they've let me into the meat. Dave, Dave Roberts has been, you know, probably one of the greatest because he gets it, Joe Tory. Got it. I mean, all of the managers kind of understand. We're not a small market team. We're a big market team. Fans love it. And when they see the behind the scenes stuff, that's more important sometimes in the game stuff they'll never can remember what happened during the game, but if they see a guy hugging, you know, down on the tunnel or in the food room or that kind of thing, then that's probably more memorable than any of the games stuff I shoot.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:20:03 Yeah. What, what, what's going through your head in that moment though. I know that you said that you want to, you know, not get in anybody's face, but how do you go about trying to capture that story? I mean, I, I'm just trying to wrap my head around this. I really

Jon SooHoo: 00:20:15 Well it's, it's just it's pins and needles. I mean, I'm, I'm not, I, I try to, well, first off you're not gonna see everything I've shot. So you, what you're going to see is what, you know, the team has, let me present to social media to put out. But as far I'm not in there with my, my defy, with a flash going and you know, all kinds of noise going on. The Leica is very low, key, quiet behind the scenes, kind of a shoot it on the plane, they'll show the whole, you know, going to the hotels. I shoot it. You know, anything that is involving, you know, a good image. That's not obnoxious with a legal, loud, you know, clinky, what do you call them? Yeah, exactly.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:20:55 Mirror Slap. Yeah, exactly. Is that the a, is that the, is that the, Leica Q that you have?

Jon SooHoo: 00:21:00 I had, I started with an M6 back in the day in black, you know, black and white and, you know it was probably 2000 and probably it was 2000. That's when I first got my first Leica. And then I've graduated to the Q eventually I tried the monochrome for awhile had some personal issues, so I had to sell it. So the next thing you know, I got the Q and then I went to the Q2 a couple of years ago. And so that's just the bad-ass camera.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:21:28 So I have a I've I have a friend who he is the he's the lead photographer for the Indianapolis motor Speedway. And he just recently got the the Leica Q and he said that it's like really changing the way that he's shooting. So I always love to hear that when you're replacing these big, massive, I mean, pro DSLRs with with something much smaller and able to still get a great image.

Jon SooHoo: 00:21:51 It's funny, I'll carry my, my, my Leica in my little Fanny pack in front of me, but I'll still have the big old apparatus with you know, 20, I carry a suit 28 to 300 with me, the Nikon 28 to 300, which is, you know, that's a little, it's not the most professional lens, but you know, it, it gets the job done. And then when you're considering the images is going to be around like this size on an Instagram or whatever the social media is, what, what is the, the quality is, is excellent. The, the ISLs are so high on these cameras. Anyway. It doesn't matter what, how slow that lens is, but it covers the range from 28 to 300. I mean, what else do you need? But I always have that Mica in, in front of me just as they, you know, the, it looks like a sweet shot. If I want to do a miniature shot with a, you know, or a panoramic with it, or, you know, a moody black and white that's in the dugout. I mean, I'm going to, I'll pull it out at that point, but it's never a, it's always, cause I always considered like, like a me camera, just somebody that I'm shooting for me, you know, that's my, that's just my happy place.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:22:49 I love that. My happy place. It's always so good to hear like of other professionals who shoot so much that there's still passion in the photography and you know, that they can kind of, especially like you're saying, like with the Leica right there, that you can use that as kind of see it from a different mindset and get photos that are that are more, you are more you going back to the world series there. I want to know you know, you've shot games for, as you said, 35, 36 years. Do you prepare any differently for a world series game versus a mid series mid-season games?

Jon SooHoo: 00:23:17 I will. Absolutely. And I, I have to, I staff it out like crazy. I have a bring on extra photographers. We'll have one outside the normal one outside, inside first on that side. Cause I've Douglas on the third base. I'm right in the dugout on the stairwell when they come in. So that's the angle I have for going, you know, towards home plate and third base and everything that perspective I have on my side, but I have my other photographer on first base side and then I have one in center field, and then I have one and then I have two editors and a runner while I bought somebody. So my part's going on because there's so much more getting, you know, needs. So I ha I staff it out more. Yeah, that's pretty much, but I still maintain that. It's still the, I actually have put up a pole cam in the dugout with me for, with a fish eye on it.

Jon SooHoo: 00:24:05 So either a walk-off going on at home plate or something in the dugout that I can go high with the, the pole cam with a fish on it. And it kinda like gets a little closer. And so it's been like a, it's a huge blessing to be in that location. Cause I'm actually not even a foot, I'm not in a minute, a photo position in where I'm at. I'm actually in actually in the dugout. I'm right next to the TV camera, man, actually like behind the TV camera, man. That's how obstructed this is. But you know, I'm considering my, my, my mobility and my agility as a basketball player to be able to slither around like one of the 2300 is not that big. It's just, you know, it's not like a big old 400 to eight in my hand or a 604. It's just, it's compact enough to cover what's going on the dugout or what's going to home plate with ease. So

Raymond Hatfield: 00:24:53 What about kind of after the fact, I guess, cause, or no, I think that back, let's talk more about the game, the game itself. So during the game, like you said, you know, somebody is walking around are you just trying to photograph, let me rephrase. Are you trying to follow the ball? Are you trying to follow a specific,

Jon SooHoo: 00:25:09 Well, it's all. What do you call game situations? I mean, if there's a runner on first, if there, if there's, you know, one or two outs and I'm kind of are one out or less than I'll go aims are all kind of figured out, but ball and ground ball sits. It's gonna try to turn to I mean, this is all game situations. So if there's a runner at second and singles hit as the place going to come home and just eat, being able to transfer my focus from wherever the battle was going back to fall on the runner from second to home, trying to get the catch lined up for a possible plate collision at the plate. I mean, there's different variables if I need a pitcher, who's, you know, it's just just try to keep up with the game.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:25:47 Yeah, yeah. That brings me to another question, which is how how aware of the game do you need to be, or how aware do you need to be of what's going on in the game while shooting

Jon SooHoo: 00:25:58 The game part is pretty easy to keep up with it. Cause I, I mean I care and it's like being a baseball fan who knows what's going on. But the part that I get kind of mixed up on is if you know, milestones, if like chase Utley is going to get, you know, one more hit and he gets, you know, 10,000, whatever, you know, I have, I don't know that necessarily beforehand, unless somebody tells me, so it probably be a better idea. I prepare and know this stuff, but it doesn't necessarily work like that. There's so much stuff going on between the pregame you put between the VIP is being there between you shoot the owners and the owners seats with their guests lady celebrity coming on the field. I mean, there's so many things going on that I'm not gonna necessarily know that milestone stuff.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:26:39 So one thing that I get asked quite often as somebody who shoots weddings from new photographers, they say like the one thing that they're scared of most is missing the moment, right. Is, is, is being at a wedding and missing a shot as a sports photographer with so many people on the field with so many, you know, cogs, essentially moving at all times. How much of that do, do, do you feel how much of that does that affect you?

Jon SooHoo: 00:27:05 It affected me a lot more earlier when I, you know, wasn't able to get moments cause I wasn't prepared. But knowing the game situation and knowing my equipment short of, you know, me setting it wrong to get the focus and jump out of, out of focus, which, you know, early auto focus days was, you know, happened a lot. Cause it would jump from what you're, you know, hoping to get you in. As soon as the real part of the play happened, it would jump right out of focus and I could figure out how the camera gear at that point. So just making sure the settings are right. I mean, I'm still missing stuff. I mean, don't get me wrong, but you know, what's a defining moment on a walk off. Is it the ball hitting the bat? I mean, no, because I mean, it may be, but there might be the after he hits, after the stroke goes through, he swung all the way around and he's looking to where the ball goes.

Jon SooHoo: 00:27:51 Maybe that's your shot or maybe it's the, you know, coming around third base to home plate, it's all, whatever the player's doing that makes it a shot. And there's no you'll know a good shot when it, when you look at it later. But the whole idea is just to not give up and keep, keep on shooting. And that's what I've, you know, I've had other photographers that I've, you know, either talk to or mentor that I, that came on that, you know, once they missed whatever they thought was the Viki shot, he left, he just picked up the stuff and left because it was so depressing. And I, and I'm the like, you know, there's all kinds of stuff going on with that. I'm like, what are you doing? Why you stay? We're all part of the team. You're not going to get every shot.

Jon SooHoo: 00:28:31 If you got five angles, if you miss that ball off, that big deal you have, but there is other stuff going on that makes that play memorable. Then I think it was, there was a, we had a game against the Padres where we had four home runs to tie it and then no Mark came off and a little walk off at the, in the next inning after. And it was a crazy, a crazy setting. And I, I got, you know, when you're, when you're on the third base side and the right hand and batter's hitting and he hits the ball and it goes to left field and you have a chance at an angle, but you've missed the ball, hitting the bat because it's already out in front. And even if you do, you got a pure back shot, right. If you're standing, if he's, if he's, if his backseat and then he turns on the, you know, maybe that's the shot, but the next shot will be when it comes around the home plate and all the guys are like ganging up and, you know, a big old, massive players. That's, that's the shot. Right? So it's, it's a good, it's a, there are just so many different ways to do this, that there's no defined moment. It's just, it's just the fine for where you are if we shooting from my question, my next question

Raymond Hatfield: 00:29:42 For you was going to be specifically about shooting world series games. And if the team were to win, would you, would you get a ring? Would you get a world series ring?

Jon SooHoo: 00:29:51 Well let's see. 88. I did not receive a ring. And that was kind of pissed me off like a lot, but you know, at this point in time and you get in front of God, he is going to care whether you have a ring or not, you know, so, but I've been blessed the last couple of seasons that the Dodgers game, you know, NL championship rings after we've lost the world series. The Dodgers gave me a ring for each year. So, so they go, I got a ring. So I mean, in the end, you know, it's just probably the Eagle that doesn't feel good when you don't get one, you know, but then when you get one and so, I mean, fro for 88, you know, Andy at the time was conflicting with the NBA. He had NBA conflicts in October. And so he was unable to be at the it's the world series games.

Jon SooHoo: 00:30:35 And so I was covering up by myself and the parade. I kind of read it by myself. I mean, I'm just white house visiting covered by. So, and so it's like all these different entities that, you know, the historical images that you see of the world series in 88 or what I shot. And so to not have that kind of love because of politically not being the right kind of employee, blah, blah, blah, you know, all these different, you know, levels of the but it just, it was, it was what it was and you know, I roll with it and I know that, you know, I've learned from it, not, not, you know, we don't always get what we want, you know, but it's all good. It all worked out fine. And so it's it's just the, to be respected more than anything. And that's what I find that

Raymond Hatfield: 00:31:23 Really interesting. I had always assumed, I knew that you shot a, the world series in 88 and I just had assumed that maybe you were like, you know, the intern who had just got there and that there was maybe a team of multiple photographers. I'll be honest. I was shocked when you told me that there's really only two photographers covering a game.

Jon SooHoo: 00:31:39 Only one on, you know, I'm the, I'm a full time employee now, which became that way into 2012. Up to that point, I was a outside, outside contractor and through Andy, during 80, when I was working for Andy, I was considered a subcontractor. So, but the point is is that you have no images without me shooting it. You know, if I, if, if you know, so the fact that Annie didn't get a ring, I didn't get a ring and you know, that kind of hurt for 1988. But we both grew from it. You know, it just kinda like, you know, figured it kind of out along the way. And so, you know, if it's supposed to happen, it will happen. It's not that I'm not sweating it anymore. Cause at this point in life and just happened to be alive. So,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:32:18 And having a job that many would, would absolutely kill for. Yeah. So you talked there about you know, all the images from the immediate world series that we see they're going to be yours. So I want to, and we've talked a little bit about the walk-off right? The importance of the walk-off. So I want to go back to that game. One of the 88 world series, I mean, one of the most iconic moments in all of Dodger history, bottom of the ninth, two outs, right? Everybody knows this story whos a Dodger fan run around first and it was Eckersley. Who's obviously hadn't even like let up a home run in more than a month when Kurt Gibson walks up to the plate, didn't even start the game, right. Injuries, everybody thought this was going to be a mess immediately, all 56,000 fans stand up, they just start going crazy. Finally, there is some hope. So I want to know for you in that moment as a fan, what is it that you're feeling? And then as a photographer, how are you preparing for the potential and in this case, eventual walk-off game, winning home run.

Jon SooHoo: 00:33:22 Okay. Well, first off that fan part, no chance during a game like that, no chance during any kind of a job we have responsibilities. And in, in a sense, like you talked about your guys where, how they miss, if they miss the moment. Well, I had to prepare for this moment, like, like no other, I did, what did I know? It was only my third year into it. We hadn't really been through, like, I hadn't been through something like that before where I would have to, you know, think about what I was doing and make decisions. Like number one, I was at frame 15 on a roll of 36. At that time, before he came up and you know, the significance of the game, you're a year behind and if he hits a home run, we win it. So I just thought enough to rewind that 15, even though, you know, economically you're like thinking, you know, you're going to waste the last, you know, something shots and pictures and was like that.

Jon SooHoo: 00:34:14 I just said, you know what, it's a roll of whatever I've thrown it in my I'll just switch roles out of a fresh new role. And remember back in the day, it's manual focus, it's manual exposure. And granted the exposure is pretty much the same at that time, but the focusing has, you're doing it on your own while pulling the trigger. There's no auto focus to bail you out, you know, bail you out. And so he, as he takes us to pitches and account goes full and I'm just concentrating on him. And, you know, I was able to get like, like I said, about the backshot behind, you know, having the back facing you and whatever happens happens. And if you do that moment, you're going to cold miss whatever that moment is. Well, his moment I'm on the first base side for this part, this game, because Andy was on third base.

Jon SooHoo: 00:34:56 And so he essentially just pulled it down the right field line and it was almost like he did a background, like a tennis backend if he was a right-hander and he turned my turn my way towards the right field line. And so I was able to get a nice, you know, hand over hand and then the twist, and I'm gonna have his face as he's running down first. And then I, you know, thumbed at some point, the first base that I, you know, the goodness start losing focus at some point, because I'm just not that good at that following. So he turns around towards first and he goes towards second. And so now I'm looking, I move my camera out here to third base to joy. Malfitano who's the coach over there. And I know that at some point got to line him up with Kirk coming around.

Jon SooHoo: 00:35:39 So I believe, I know I missed the arm pump at second base, but I had bigger fish to fry cause I had to make sure I made, I had to cover from third base to home because that would be my only angle to see his face. And so aimed and turned. And, you know, he gives a Joey, a nice hug. There are a hand handshake there and then he goes to the plate. And the funny thing is that hoop my lab tech at the time when you have a female, a black and white processing film, well, you know, those metal reels, yes. How you do the roll of film? Well frames 29 to 35 were squished on the film in front of it. So what was missed was from third after Joey shook his hand to the first part of the handshakes at the plate were totally gone.

Jon SooHoo: 00:36:35 They were totally messed up, but the final frame frame, 36 was this one frame of him hugging Tommy. His face is aiming towards me. You see a huge group shot and a other group around him, but I was able to get one frame off before I ran out of film and you know, God looking out for me. And he gave me that last frame of the hug at the plate. And so it wasn't the ball on the bat. That's a moment it's that hug. That's going to be remembered, you know, in my eyes. That's what that, that's what that picture is in my mind. This is just that last photo of him hugging Tommy and all the guys around him at the plate. And that's, that was my, my, my saving moment. I was so angry at my tech at the time because, you know, he just, that could have been the end of it, you know, from third to home was kind of a big deal. But you know, just having that last frame is God forbid saved.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:37:28 I mean, there we go, going back to talking about, you know, photographers, wanting to shoot on nothing but two cards and here, you know, that's a perfect example right there, almost half of the photos where we're essentially useless except for that last one.

Jon SooHoo: 00:37:39 Yeah, exactly. And so it's like, it's, it's, it's from above. It's meant to be, or it's not. And so if you know your card, your camera can go down to, you know, deleting all card aisle, both sides of the bowl cards, you know, what's, what's the, it's just either meant to be, or it's not. And so if it's not, then you know, it sucks, but you got to roll onto the next event. So that's just how you have to look at it. Raymond Hatfield: 00:38:02 So his entire at bat took a, took the entire roll of 36. Is that right?

Jon SooHoo: 00:38:07 I pulled as much as I can, you know, I shot as much as I could going around, you know, as far as I can get like up to Manny Moto at first base. And then when he turned, I tried falling, you know, past second base around towards third. And then when he got hurt towards home, then I kind of unloaded a little bit more. And of course that's the stuff that got messed up and the processing. So it's a, and that was it. And I had my second camera and I was able to use a, with a shorter lens is that I had a one 82 eight on it at the time. And I got a shot of the group, like kind of getting, you know, what's, what's the jubilation happens and it ends, they kind of like the momentum, it goes towards the dugout to go into the clubhouse.

Jon SooHoo: 00:38:44 And so I got to ask a few shots of that, but, you know, it's all, it's all part of the process. And it was just, you know, two roles two cameras ago. And then, you know, there was just, that was one crazy ride that's allowed us, I've ever heard Dodger stadium and it's to this day, Justin Turner’s home run against the Cubs in the, in that playoff game was probably, you know, probably the next loudest and then no Mars walk off against the Padres, but there weren't that many fans in the stands then, but for Justin Turner or everybody was still in their seats and forgiving it. Although you see all the brake lights going off to the right field pavilion, there were still a lot of people still left in there. And so it was loud. It was definitely the loudest I can remember cause I was younger, 20 something years old, I was out something out as a, as ever. It was also cause for my first time going through it now, I'm just kinda like taking it as, you know, don't miss a shot. I don't get as emotionally tied as, as like I used to go. So

Raymond Hatfield: 00:39:36 I can imagine, I mean, after shooting for as long as you have it just, I don't want to say that it probably becomes part of the job, but you know, I would imagine that that your focus is now and maybe that maybe that it's, that you're taking your job more seriously in the Mo I don't know. I don't know what I'm trying to say there. I'll just move on. I'll move on. Done that. Where I wanted to go though, it was, you know, you take a lot of photos during a game. I think you said earlier, you might take 5,000 photos in a game. Jon SooHoo: 00:40:04 I have no idea how much

Raymond Hatfield: 00:40:09 Point is. I'm sure that you take a bunch of photos right. More than more than you would when you were shooting on film. What I want to know is what does it take for out of all those photos for one to really stand out as a, as a, as a powerful photo for you?

Jon SooHoo: 00:40:23 Well, powerful is not as important as necessary. There, there is no one specific photo that means much as far as, you know, whatever I think is going to go on a wall somewhere. Hopefully someday it's more like, you know, I'm there at three, three 30 to shoot batting practice on the field and come, people come down on the field that are guests of the marketing department are friends and whatever. And so those group shots of whatever I'm shooting with whatever player are as valuable as whatever was going to go on the back of that wall of mine, because these people will have it on their wall when they are on the refrigerator or on their, you know, whatever for some photo gift for some holiday, because they got a picture of Cody Bellinger, Justin Turner. So it's, it's more of you're factoring in everything. Every little group shot, you take every, you know, any hug that comes from one person to another. That could be, I mean, it's, it's all day it's, it has nothing to do with, you know, just trying to get on a wall. It's trying to make sure you make memories for the people that are actually in them. And then the postpartum is actually getting it to them.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:41:30 Oh, wow. That's a, I think a lot of people going to be surprised to, to, to hear that, to hear that as you know, as I think when it comes to sports, people think it's just very high volume, get the shot, get the shot, you know, maybe get it out or whatever, but you're really taking a human approach to photography. You're really bringing that human element.

Jon SooHoo: 00:41:49 You're a wedding photography. You're not just shooting the wedding party. You're shooting aunt Joe with the bride. You're shooting uncle fester list, you know, the wedding party, you know, so I mean, it's, it's all you have to take care of those images. Like I take care of my people. You have to take care of those people. Cause that's, what's going to go in that book. That's, what's going to go in that wedding book is exactly the same thing that you're doing. It's just that I happen to have, you know, either Cody Bellinger or Clayton Kershaw in these photos. And so, you know, as much as I think it for granted the person in that photo with him, won't, that's the most valuable thing of the year, you know, or lifetime that, you know, that would be mine

Raymond Hatfield: 00:42:26 Water right here. Yeah. In fact

Jon SooHoo: 00:42:27 It should be on everybody's mantle.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:42:30 Well, I think, I think one of your photos is right here on, I don't, I'm not sure if it's your photo or not. I found this at a flea market. It was a you know, just a large photo of a Dodger stadium. Nice wide shot.

Jon SooHoo: 00:42:40 It comes down to all my shit ends up on a flea market or Costco.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:42:47 Oh, that's too funny. Well, regardless, wherever it ends up, I'm glad that this one ended up right here on on my wallet too. It gives me a little glimpse of of back home. So I appreciate that moving forward when it comes to shooting sports, a lot of athletes in particular baseball athletes, they're very superstitious. I've always been interested in for you being so deep in that environment, around all these other athletes. Does any of that superstition rub off on you and maybe the way that you shoot?

Jon SooHoo: 00:43:19 No. The, the only thing that really comes into play is the gear working. So superstitiously, I guess it's not, but if I'm, you know, before game, even captains I'm in my office, making sure my gear is working and then being able to alter the other to another body to make sure it is all functioning, but as far as, you know, you know, being in the same spot or not wearing that, changing your underwear and blah, blah, blah, it's like, nah, I think this is already predetermined. Why up above that's invisible have to be, it will be. And this is when it's, when it's lost, it's lost. It's, you know, it's just, this is what it is.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:43:55 So when, when you're talking about the amount of gear that you're prepping before a game you wanna walk me through real quick about all the gear that you're carrying on. You, you know, you see some photographers with four or five cameras, is that you? Or are you just a one camera?

Jon SooHoo: 00:44:07 No, hell no, I got I right. You know, pretty much right now. Well, my office just changed because I was in the clubhouse. I mean, I was literally literally right by the dugout door. That was my office. I, that was for the last two seasons because they booted me out of my, my, my club level office to put somebody that was more worthy of the well, that space than what I was. And so but I found a little nook down in the clubhouse area, you know, work and they put a little wall, a couple of walls off of me and I have my little cabinet in there. And so, but to that point I was, you know, I would carry it my 28th, at 300 with a stroke. One of the, I use an icon. So the SB like either 800 or nine 10 or whatever the strobe is at the time.

Jon SooHoo: 00:44:48 And that was my pregame setup. And then when the game time hit, I would hang onto that lens and that body. And then I put up my other D five with a 200 to 500 so shoot game action from wherever I was. And so that was it. That's my setup, but the strokes have to work, you know, you know, I also has to be set properly, make sure it's firing right. Make sure I'm connecting to my social media people through the internet. So just those little factors, that was my game prep for the last, probably three years now. So,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:45:20 So would you say that it's probably easier than most people assume that it is as far as I take that back? I don't, I don't want it to sound like, like your job is easy or anything here. I just know that I'm thinking, you know major league, very big production when it comes to the photography, you know, I'm sure that a lot of people listening right now are thinking, as I said earlier, I was surprised that it's only you and another photographer shooting these games. I would assume that it'd be more, I'd assume that it'd be much bigger. It's obviously a much smaller scale than all that. And I'm trying to figure out a question here, but I'm not, it's not coming to me. Th th does any of that? Is there anything in there that you want to say to that?

Jon SooHoo: 00:46:00 Well, it's, I've learned over the years and I used to carry well for a football game or carry a 600 millimeter. I carry a 300 millimeter and I carry like 50 around my neck. And so that would be what I'd be running up and down the sideline was. And then as time went on, if I could get my hands on 400 to eight and a converter for one body and then the 80 and 200 on my, my side here, I mean, it's just, it's just a matter of what, just the depends on what the game situation is. And I've noticed as time goes by that gears, heaviest is getting, it has gotten heavier. And unless you realize, you know, it's not as important to have a below 604, as much as it is to have a small wide angle lens, because my access is closer than, you know, all the other media photographers I'm like in the clubhouse, in the dugout, I'm everywhere.

Jon SooHoo: 00:46:46 That's a lot of times where it's not as needing of a 300 to eight. It's the, the 24 70 might be it the sixth, the 16 to 35 might be it. And so it's just a matter of, you know, how I play it, but I just know that you don't necessarily, I don't necessarily need a big old piece of glass cause I'm right in the middle of it now this year, because I'm going to be further out, you know, and I added the Sony a9II to my gear and I bought, I bought the 200 to 600. So I didn't know, I didn't know this at the time that I really need it because I was shooting football with it. But obviously it's going to be needed more because I'm not going to be near the dugout. I'm not, you know, I'll be looking to touch the field. So everything's going to be from either off, off the, on the first and third base and the seats, or I'll be in the outfield where the 206 owner will be perfect. So it's just a matter of gearing up. So you fit everything in. So sure.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:47:38 Especially being aware of, of where you're going to be shooting in how you're going to be shooting. That makes sense. That makes sense. If let's, let's just say tomorrow you know, you got a call that was like, Hey John, we're adding a bunch of new photographers. We really want to get a lot more photos here. We know that you're gonna call Raymond obviously to come and be an intern for the Dodgers. And of course I would gladly show up. But when I did show up, what's the one thing that you would want to tell me that, that I would make sure about photography before I even took the field.

Jon SooHoo: 00:48:10 Well, first off, if you don't go through Bert Hunter, Cheryl's sports shooter Academy, I'm not even talking to you. I mean, that's just, that's just all there is to it because in order to know this business, you have to know what is involved. And by coming straight to a ball game with, you know, your whatever lens, your, your, your, whatever camera set up, I don't want to have to spend time teaching you how to figure out the editing mode, a photo mechanic into photo shelter, into, you know, FTP in this with air. And, you know, I want, I want somebody seasoned enough to know what their responsibilities are and my editors have come from there. You know that are now, you know, editors, shooters Josh barber and Katie Chan and Carrie Giordano is is another graduate of the sports shooter Academy.

Jon SooHoo: 00:49:01 Juan O Koppel has been with me for forever. I hated need it because she grew along with me from the film era into the digital era. But without anybody going into sports shooter Academy, I'm not really, I'm going to patronize you because I'm gonna, that's just my personality. But if you're not serious enough to take that the Academy for a week and invest in yourself, and you sh you can't, and if you don't have the gear, if you're picking up at Costco, your body and your lens, then you know, we're not even the same conversation at this point. But if you go through that Academy and then I get a nice, you know, thumbs up, thumbs down from Bert, or the instructors there who are, you know, we're talking Wally from the LA times, they're talking to all these very butterfly shooters that have been in the business.

Jon SooHoo: 00:49:45 They're going to give me the straight up. This person is not as, you know, as energetic as this person. They're, they're not as good as shooter and they're, but they're really good on the other end of taking care of the mechanical ends of the digitizing and that mechanical part of the process. And so honestly, I'm putting everybody on the same level, as far as everybody could shoot great sports. Everybody can, but if you have no sense of teamwork, because this is a very team involved, I run a team ship. I don't run a, this is not an individual. I don't give a fuck about whether you have the greatest shot at home plate because of you missed the group shot on the field because you were being selfish. Then I don't want you here. So it's just a very team attitude that we have. I'm taking care of the whole organization, not just, you know, whether you get a great shot of a home plate, cause that's not the picture.

Jon SooHoo: 00:50:37 The picture for me is all the other pictures of all the group shots of all the, you know, the players and their wives players, you know, this, that, and the other, all the other parts that don't have nothing to do with the game. So if you want a job just shooting sports, then go to publication, go to paper or a wire service or a, or an agency. But I'm only interested in somebody who's going to fulfill the whole day, not just, you know, the three hours of game time. So you gotta pay your dues.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:51:04 Well, that's a, that's good to know I'm going to stop faxing my resume to the, to the Dodgers organization until I until I go through that course, for sure.

Jon SooHoo: 00:51:12 Well, we're shooter Academy is well worth it. Cause I tell you it's they do it out here in Pasadena. They bring you to, they bring in either a Nikon or Canon to have to let the photographers or the students practice, play with the gear. And then they have photo mechanic as onsite. And then they have, they have games at the local colleges that they work in coordination with. So the photographers to go shoot these football games or they'll shoot those basketball games, or they'll shoot these baseball games, they'll come back they'll process, improve the process and digitize them. And then they'll have the different instructors go through the images and, you know, give them suggestions or, you know, basic information about, you know, Hey, maybe you should try this. Or, you know, if you have a second body try that. And so it's just a different purse. It's like, it's like going to a, a, a photography school an art photography school, except this is condensed into a week. And it's it's for those who are really serious about getting into this business.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:52:09 I gotta say I'm glad that you're doing it. I don't think I could. I think I liked the the beer and the peanuts too much while watching baseball. I don't think, I don't think I could do it, but I'm going

Jon SooHoo: 00:52:18 Well, the differences that I have there, the relationships that come with it, I mean, I got Cody Bellinger. I got, you know, everybody's phone numbers on my phone, on my cell phone. I send them because of social media. I'm sending them images more than now, than ever. And so there's like, there's a, they need, they want me to shoot it because they know I'm going to get something good and I'll be responsible enough to get it to them right after. So it goes hand in hand and, you know, everybody could shoot with their phone, but whether they're going to be seriously, you know, good at imaging with it and get it to them and get them onto a wall somewhere or somewhere to be, you know, that they'll remember having a professional, do it. That's responsible is a heck of a lot more valuable to me than being a band, a fan in the stands, which I haven't really, honestly, I don't go to a game unless I'm on the field.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:53:05 Yeah. So it's such a, such a completely different experience than, than so many. I want to know now, if you, I want you to walk me through an average day, let's say that it was, I don't know, June 30th Dodgers were playing the reds. You know, how does your day start? What's the first thing that you do when you arrive at the stadium? Well off, I'll get there

Jon SooHoo: 00:53:26 Anywhere from, I'm aiming for like noon to be there from noon, get in my office, just kind of get settled in and get my gear ready to go, you know, and you know, back in the day, back in the day, last year I don't go hang in the clubhouse or the clubbies or, you know, the food room and hang out with the chef there. And just, you know, this is all downstairs in the club that was awful all off limits anyway. And then, you know, between that, if I had to starting at three, that time from noon to three goes really fast. And so next thing you know, there'll be on taking the field for BP and that's when all the groups show up. And that's when all I take all the, you know, grip and grins, all the, either players and fans or players and their guests, and that'll lead into the actual the pregame ceremonies of the Anthem singer and the first base tipping of the cap to the sponsors are blah, blah, blah, who are the special VIP days are.

Jon SooHoo: 00:54:15 And then that leads to the Anthem and kids take the fields. And next thing you know, the players on the field and the game begins I'm done shooting about nine 30, 10 o'clock ish, and on a real competitive game, it can go anywhere from 1130 or so. And then as I'm, you know, get done with that, the crowd will clear out, I'll take my cards back from my editor. And if I give them my cards and then I'll go home and usually go through my cards on my own and put them on my own hard drives, just so I can pick the selects that I want. Cause I don't necessarily need the whole game. So then the cycle begins again the next day versus same seven o'clock game.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:54:57 Wow. That's a, that's a long day. That's a long day. I think that's longer than a lot of people would, would anticipate for sure.

Jon SooHoo: 00:55:03 It's, you know what it's because it's such a routine. It's not like it's keeping me from anything. It's my life. You know, it's not, it's a way of life and it's, it could, it could be 24 hours a day. I think I'd be fine with that. You know,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:55:18 That's, that's dedication. I love that. And it's clear to see why the Dodgers keep you on for as long as they have. Cause I can tell just by talking to you that you, that you truly love this and that you're very passionate about what it is that you do and, and, and take it seriously. I love that.

Jon SooHoo: 00:55:33 It's hard. It's hard at times, so, but it's, it's good when the con you know, it's a, it's a good situation. There's no doubt. It's just that the harder part is when I go outside of the bubble of the being around who I'm around to go hang out with other, you know, like cult friends, and then, you know, I don't go to bars. I don't go do any of that crazy nightlife stuff that, you know, probably the most normal people do. But the reason why I don't go is because I don't necessarily want to hear about somebody's opinion about my friends who are putting their, you know, the bats out and their gloves out, doing what they do. I don't wanna hear you bashing on X, Y, and Z player. And I've heard this, like the entire time I've been around, I've been alive. And so I've just kinda like refrained from going into social situations.

Jon SooHoo: 00:56:17 That's why I played basketball twice a week. That's my social outlet. So if somebody starts talking too much and it's just an elbow coming, you know, it's not anything I can just debate in a bar, you know, just a different, different way of life. And so I've just kind of like limit who I hang out with just because it's not, I don't really want to hear it. You know, I get it, that sports talk radio, this is my, what I do. And these are like my brothers, you know, starting from like the Dave Roberts. So, you know, who I remembered him playing. And, you know, to this day, I'm close with him because I've known him, all his playing career and now his managing career. So to have somebody like, Hey, you did the wrong thing, you know? And then, well, that's fine. Once you tell him he's right here, shut up, write up that they shut right up after that. What makes you think I need to hear your shit, your comment about whatever my, you know, whatever my friends are going through, you know, say it right to him.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:57:06 Yeah. I love that approach. I love that approach. After I don't, I don't think, I, I don't think I'd be able to do that. I think, I think I would probably take the exact same approach as you is, is, I mean, if, if you're so deep into it, why, why even bother? Why does it even matter what other people would say about that? That's interesting. Yeah. Well, that brings me to my next question. I have a, a listener named Jim and he's a brewers fan. So, you know, you can take this question for, you know, however you want to take it, but he wanted to know how much room is there for creativity in sports photography, or are you just expected to get that shot and move on?

Jon SooHoo: 00:57:42 Well, it depends on the different houses that you're in. I mean, Dodger stadium, I pretty much have the, one of the places to go and roam wherever I want, because I have the, you know, I'm a, on the house guy, so I can pretty much move around. And I make a point of not being the same static, you know, on the field spot because, you know, I have the ability to not be, so I move around the ballpark. I use, you know, if I have to use my six, 600, then I'll pull it out. Sometimes I shoot from the top of the ballpark. And sometimes, I mean, the creativity is up for me to just move my feet to get a lot of the problem is that people get so comfortable behind their long lenses, that they get lazy and they'll get, you know, they'll stay in the end zone instead of moving down the sidelines.

Jon SooHoo: 00:58:22 And so, you know, whatever you may be thinking you're getting, because you're sitting there, you might be missing something just because you don't want to get up and use your feet to walk to the other end zone or walk to the sideline, you know, on the other side of that, you know, it's just a matter of, I just don't like staying still I'm I move a lot. So that's probably a lot of my success is just, you know, taking the chance, you know, and knowing that I have a photographer on the other side of the field to do the other stuff, you know, the other, the normal angles I'll feel comfortable going overhead to the, you know, reserve level in the left field corner and try something with a long lens from up there, you know, just to get some different person. They only, at this point, there's not much different going on that I haven't really thought of that, you know, that hasn't crossed my mind, but no, it hasn't 35 years worth of doing this. So just put the creativity never ends. It should never end, you know?

Raymond Hatfield: 00:59:12 Yeah. I think probably where many are thinking and kind of, I had this, you know, I just didn't know is, you know, how much of the game are you focused on versus kind of all the other activities. And I think that you explained that pretty well, which is that you kind of have to cover it all depending on who you're shooting for, I suppose, is that right?

Jon SooHoo: 00:59:29 Right. Well, the game is still the game. That's the best part about all this, all the other peripheral bullshit that comes about that's, it's still the game between the lines. And so if you know, you know, Jeters coming up and it's, you know, you don't get to see these guys too often. So like I shot, I made a point of shooting bombs all the time, whenever he came through whatever, but he was at bat, I would take it to the image, you know, point my camera at him instead of at our picture or whatever, just because, you know, greatness is greatness and you see those great players come through and missing them is not really something I ever tried to do. Cause I always try to shoot both, you know, both teams, at least there's their stars. So, and it's funny cause you know, being in the business for so long, a lot of the players that come through, go to other teams.

Jon SooHoo: 01:00:16 And so I know all these other players from other teams that aren't, and of course now managers like the Craig, the Craig counsels, the Don Mattingly's, all the people that have gone through Dodger stadium at some point I've gotten to know over the years. And so I have relationships with everybody. So when everybody talks about, Ooh, he's a giant fan and said, you know, blah, blah, blah. It's like, well, that's, you know, I'm a human fan. So if there's, you know, if Mark Sweeney is up with the, the, the giants or the Padres, I'm, I'm a Mark Sweeney fan, no matter what, unless he's playing against the Dodgers. So, you know, but other than that, I mean, it's, I've got to know Christian yell at you a little bit because of, he had a, the benefit thing down here with the Cody Bellinger. So everybody knows who everybody is and with the invent of social media, everybody's on everybody's account anyway. So of course you can message. You can message. You can get closer to guys, people now than you would never have been able to do, you know, during the Mick Piatsa era.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:01:08 Oh man, I can't even imagine. I cannot imagine how much different it would be for a player playing today versus players. I mean, even just five years ago, like Matt camp, you know, I mean, I can't imagine what it would be like for him coming up versus like a Cody Bellinger is coming up now who probably had a very similar, you know, experience in terms of, of the age that they were when they come up, but just in this different world.

Jon SooHoo: 01:01:33 Well, it was also my space. It was my space instead of Instagram or Facebook, but you know now, but at least the best part about all of this is that it used to be like the team brand. You would come up with the, be the Los Angeles Dodgers period. But now each one of these players has their own platform to be their own video, to be themselves. And so when like black lives matters, it matters because they're putting it out. Lebron is doing it himself. He's, he's pointing out the messages himself. And so there's no filter like it used to be back in the era before social media. I mean, can you imagine Jack Robinson having a Facebook account or Instagram, how much? I mean, the fact that everybody can be their own brand now and you know, anybody calling anybody out, it's going to get called out themselves because it'll get turned back around on them to see where they're coming from.

Jon SooHoo: 01:02:25 And so, you know, you're just seeing all the cars being played right in front of you. So it's just a fascinating, and the fact that they've got the players, you know, nowadays have their own platforms and you know, like Justin Turner gusts his foundation and he's doing some wonderful stuff with a dream LA dream center. And it's just all the different guys have their own different outlets. It's just that anytime somebody like pops off and some sort of, you know, unpopular way, it could go, you know, that's when it goes viral and then that's when shit takes off. But then that increases the numbers, whether it's good or bad, it's still increases the number and the analytics, which I guess matter more than, you know, a lot. So I know

Raymond Hatfield: 01:03:02 As if he didn't have to worry about enough with, you know, on base percentages and, and, you know, swing and angle and all these things. Now you gotta worry about social media analytics. It is a, I couldn't do it. I couldn't do it. I'm glad that I just get to sit at home and watch for sure. Like again, like I said, with a beer in my hand and my wife by my side. So I got a question about about you and kind of your upbringing, your you're an LA native, right? You were born and raised there in LA. I want to know what it's like for you now being a part of and doing so much for this iconic organization, like for Los Angeles, what does that feel like for you?

Jon SooHoo: 01:03:43 It's a complete blessing. I know when I'm going through my academic years of going to school, I could never plan this. There's no major in being a sports photographer. I'm just, I know God blessed me with the ability to this possible opportunity to make this inroad, to shoot, not just Dodgers, but I shoot everything. And to have the experiences that I've had along the way has been very as many a complete gift. And I, I love every part of it and growing up, you know, fourth generation Chinese American my grandfather was the founder of LA Chinatown, the new LA Chinatown and having this history to be able to go, to be a part of the LA scene in some way, shape or form, however small. It's still pretty cool. The last, over 30 years worth of this. I mean, it's all the events that I've seen, the Superbowls, the NBA championships and all the different events I've gone to has been a complete, you know, it's awesome. And I I'll take any of this for granted. I mean, I'll, I'll fight to the last moment of, to work for the divers as long as humanly possible and laws, my knees work, and you know, my gear, my eyes are still seeing what I can translate to my trigger finger. I will continue doing, but I know it's a gift from God. There's no way I could look at it any other way.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:05:01 That is so great. Once again, just to hear that gratitude, I can hear that gratitude that you have in your voice. And it's a, it's very, it's very refreshing, but you're not taking any of it for granted. There's that? I don't remember who said it, but there's that term you know, never meet your heroes. And I gotta say you haven't disappointed you haven't you at all today, John. So I really appreciate it. Well, I know that I've kept you far too long, way longer than a, than I said that I would today. So again, I want to be mindful of your time, but before I let you go, is there anything that maybe I didn't ask you that you want to make sure that new and aspiring sports photographers understand about, about shooting?

Jon SooHoo: 01:05:42 Probably going to go back to what I told you before, as far as don't think your sports image of this particular play as a team photographer, don't think that one photo of an action shot, it's gonna make a difference between whether you get a job or not. It has nothing to do with your photography skills. I mean, you're supposed to be competent. Everybody is going to come and equally competent as far as I'm concerned, but if you're not responsible enough to do something with that photo after, if you're not responsible enough to take, be on time, if you're not responsible to be kind to other people, if you're not doing your part, you know, because photographers in general have a little, especially, I'm going to go out on a limb here and say, you know, most that go through photography, schools, academies, and whatever.

Jon SooHoo: 01:06:26 They come up to the little chip on their shoulder, and that may be relevant for a wire service or a newspaper photographer or a, an agency. But as far as a team photographer goes, it's personal relationships. That mean everything. And so if you don't take care of your responsibilities and if you're not a man of your word, if you're not a woman of your word, if you say you're going to do something and you don't do it, don't come to me for a gig because it's not, it's not going to happen. And then the other part of it is by way of sports shooter Academy, learning the technology. If I don't have Katie and Josh showing me the way how to do half the stuff, I mean, I have a basic idea what I want to do and I, you know, but without them, without, you know, Josh showing me the way it's pretty confusing, how to, you know, even to put a fricking hashtag on Instagram, it's like, how many I put on, what am I supposed to do?

Jon SooHoo: 01:07:17 How do I make that? How do I copy that one on, you know, whatever, but, you know, it's all learning. The technologist part is probably a lot more of it than that's my version of dark work. When I was paving, you know, when I was paying my dues was doing all the darkroom work. They have to do the darkroom work with the computer and their phones and the technology. If you do that part of it, and you're a good person and you're respectful to all races, including Asian males, there, there's a good chance. You have a happy life in front of you, whether it's in sports photography, or if, as a team photographer or in other, other walks of life.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:07:55 John, I I don't know how to end it any better than that. You've been so gracious with your time today. You've been a very, you've been an open book and I cannot tell you how much I appreciate this and how much I'm just, I mean, my heart is still racing inside Telstra. So this is before I left to go, do you want to let listeners know either, you know, where they find and keep up with you online?

Jon SooHoo: 01:08:17 No. You tell them where to go on my, my Instagram really pretty much all I do, but you know, honestly I'm only allowed to post my non-Dodger stuff at this point. And even then, I'm not really supposed to post any non Dodger stuff, not in any sports stuff. Cause they think of me as just the Dodger guy. But I mean, there it's, if you could just, my Instagram's like Jon SooHoo that'd be good. Cause beyond that, I don't have no other, you know, just send messages if you'd like, but for anybody really wanting to get into it, you know, sports should Academy is where to start. If you go to the Academy, you make, you know, if you apply to go to the workshops and let me know. And you know, I gave the speech the last time in a couple months ago actually. It's like right before the shutdown, matter of fact, the last one, the last Academy. So yeah, it's good.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:09:07 I will, I will put that on my dream board for sure. Yeah. Again, John, I appreciate it. Thank you so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did.

Jon SooHoo: 01:09:16 No problem.

BPP 206: Jesse Dittmar: Celebrity Film Portraits

Jesse Dittmar is a commercial portrait photographer based in Brooklyn who specializes in celebrities and other notable figures. Jesse had photographed celebrities like Tom Hanks, Denzel Washington, Jodie Foster, Sting, Charli D’Amelio, Tom Brady, George Takei, David Letterman, Uma Thurman and many many more. In this interview we chat about Jesses early start in photography, what he learned from assisting that he didnt in art school, and the transition to going out on his own and shooting for himself.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • When Jesse knew photography was going to be an important part of his life

  • Struggles Jesse had with photography early on

  • The magic of developing your own film

  • What Jesse learned when going to art college

  • Why Jesse started assisting other photographers after graduating

  • Who books Jesse to take portraits of celebrities and notable figures

  • How Jesse is able to connect with his subjects in an impossibly short amount of time

  • The importance that music plays in Jesses life and in his photographs

  • What kind of music Jesse plays when he photographs artists like Sting

  • How Jesse approaches vision for his shoots when he just has minutes to grab the shot

  • How much direction Jesse gives to his subjects

  • The one thing Jesse needs from each shoot to consider it a success

  • Why Jesse still shoots film and how he uses it to achieve a signature look

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How to nail your client meetings

  • What Jesse was surprised to learn after going out on his own and how he handled the stress

  • What Jesse outsourced in his business to make him a better photographer

  • How to overdeliver to your client to ensure they keep calling you back

Resources:

Tonys_2018_1514 copy.jpg
Star_Wars_068_comp copy.jpg
10New_Web_Film_Gif.jpg
01New_Web_Film_Gif.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 You know, from a pretty early age, you were interested in photography after high school, you went to art college, but I want to know before you made that decision, tell me when you knew that photography was going to play an important part in your life.

Jesse Dittmar: 00:15 I would say Raymond that around 17, 16, 17, so mid, mid to late high school, I started really considering it something that I would want to do longterm which was really early actually in the grand scheme of things. But yeah, I think, I think that for me personally, I was always really artistic kid and I was always making videos with my friends and I, and this is back in the early, like at the turn of the century. So, you know, all this stuff wasn't as accessible as it is now. I was in bands, I was working really hard in bands. There was a, there was a moment where I thought I was going to be a musician professionally, but I realized that if you're in a, if you're in a rock band you know, and yeah, all four of you, aren't working as hard as you can. And one person's pulling a, pulling a card of people behind them you know, trying to get someplace. And I was also excelling at photography and I was kind of a big fish in a small pond in my small town. And, and I realized, Oh, I can get as far as, as, as, as I can work and nothing will really stand in the way of that. So I kind of started gravitating more towards photography because of, because of kind of the ability to control my destiny.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:34 Are you saying that the did I'm sorry, I'm not sure. Did you, were you born and raised in New York city or did you move to New York later?

Jesse Dittmar: 01:41 No, I was born in, I was, I grew up in Connecticut. I was in the suburbs in the suburbs of the city and and we're just an hour away. So I was in the city a lot as a kid.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:54 So when you say that you were a big fish in a small pond and that you knew that you could like essentially get to the top of your field without any hesitation, was that why you wanted to move to New York? You wanted some sort of pressure. You wanted a challenge, is that, is that what I'm?

Jesse Dittmar: 02:11 Well, no. I mean, I mean, I was, I was a big fish in a small pond, meaning like I was the photography kid in my, in my town and my school. Like I was the guy that did photography and, and so I didn't, you know, I, I, it was something that I was getting positively reinforced, you know, it was a thing that was being a positive reinforcement in my life. And so therefore I knew that as I worked really hard at, at it, unlike being in a band, like I could work super hard at being, at being a musician or being in a band with a group of other people. But if they're not working with me you know, the ceiling is only so high, you know, you can't force someone to kind of be as hardworking as you are. So in photography, I could work as hard, as hard as I could.

Jesse Dittmar: 02:54 And there wasn't, you know, I wasn't turning around and trying to motivate other people to get on my so that's what I mean, mean by the difference between being in a rock band and being a photographer is that it's much more solitary in an aspect of you know, you're working for yourself. And then I moved to New York because that's where everything was that's where all the photo shoots were happening. That's where all the photographers were. That's where NYU was that I wanted to go. I mean, I mean, you know, new, York's pretty much the center of the world, so not a better place to want to be a portrait photographer than New York city.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:27 For sure. For sure. So w I want to focus a little bit more on kind of those early days in photography. So you know, you had that interest in photography when you were younger, but it wasn't until you were like 17, as you said, that you thought, you know, maybe photography is going to be the Avenue for me, but when you were younger, you know, what were some of those first things that you were photographing?

Jesse Dittmar: 03:50 Yeah. So, I mean, you have to remember. I, so young, I probably got into photography in earnest in like 1999, 2000. So it was still film. It was still dark room. I was in the dark room a lot. I built my own dark room when I was a teenager at my house. So I could be printing when school wasn't in session. I think the thing that really caught me in the very beginning was the magic of the chemistry of it, the science behind it. I was so excited about literally seeing a print emerge from white paper, into an image, like seeing that kind of being in a dark room and seeing it, seeing it come from nothing was a really exciting process. And just the kind of the chemistry and the science behind it was really what got me in the beginning.

Jesse Dittmar: 04:38 So in the beginning I was doing, I mean, I've always been interested in people. But in the beginning I was just exploring a lot. I was doing a lot of taking pictures as I was traveling and taking pictures of friends, taking pictures of, of concerts and you know, shows that my friends were playing. Cause I, you know, I, again, I was like big in the music scene taking pictures of sports, you know, like my high school football team and you know, taking portraits of friends and my family and my sister. And and I was kind of just doing all kinds of stuff in the beginning, feeling out what was, what was right for me, but the, the very initial kind of connection and motivation was like just the mystery and mystery behind the science and kind of that magic of, of what photography is at a, at a base kind of scientific level.

Raymond Hatfield: 05:31 Did you, how did you get interested in, in the developing process? Because I know when I was younger, my parents just gave me like a disposable camera, I'd go out and I take some pictures and then, you know, two hours later or whatever, we'd go pick it up from CVS. And that was it. I just assumed that it was a machine that did it. And that was it. You know, when you're a teenager, how did you know that you had to invest in this dark room equipment and have more?

Jesse Dittmar: 05:54 I mean, my very first experience with photography was like a little class at camp, like summer at summer camp. So, I mean, I grew up in a privileged environment. I grew up in a, I was a sense of sleep-away summer camp. Like they had a photography program. There, it was something that I kind of just tried on a whim. The whole point of the photography program is to teach you how to develop black and white film in a dark room and then print. I mean, it was very basic. It was like a closet, but so that's where I got the first, you know, taste of developer, smell of developer there. And then I was in a high school that had a photography program, had a black man photography program. So I came back into high school, you know, freshman year and I took a photography class in which they were, you know, you were required to shoot your own black and white film. You were required to develop your own black and white film. You were required to print your own prints. And so I was you know, by the lock-in privilege of having a school that, you know, had that available to me at the age of 13, 14, that's what I was doing. And there was also disposable cameras in my life, obviously before that. But you know, I think, yeah, having, having a high quality school with our program was really what did it, that's part of the program.

Raymond Hatfield: 07:14 Yeah. Tell me about that transition from going from disposable camera, which is just literally point and shoot, like can't get any more basic them to having full control of the camera that you were using. What, was there anything early on that you felt that you really struggled with when it came to photography now that you had all this control?

Jesse Dittmar: 07:32 Well, the first thing is just like, it's just learning the, the machine, you know, I think, I think my very first role ever, I, I shot a tired 36 Springs, but the but the film wasn't loaded correctly, so no frames were taken and I had to reshoot it. And so just, just understanding the ergonomics and the process of loading film, and, and then focusing, I think one of the initial things, which is really interesting, it's just like the difference between a point and shoot camera and, and an a single reflex lens, a single lens reflex camera is is that you can focus. You can, you can change what your camera is focusing on. And so that the kind of like the focus pulling of the camera that like fluid kind of smooth action of your lens and deciding that like you have this whole scene in front of you, you're, you're experiencing the world, you put a camera in front of your eye, and then all of a sudden that world is broken down into a rectangle.

Jesse Dittmar: 08:32 And then within that rectangle, you have the ability to say, okay, this is what I want you to look at. You know, this is the thing that's going to be in focus. It's, you know, so you really have the ability to select very specifically what you want people to see. And so figuring that out and understanding that, Oh, wow, there I can, I have a voice, I have a, I can show people an opinion. I can show people what I want them to see out of all of the things that there is to see was, you know, something that was really attractive to me and something that was a tool to express myself.

Raymond Hatfield: 09:12 Yeah. That's very cool. I can, I can relate a lot to that to that story there. So when it you said early on you were shooting concerts, you were shooting your friends, you were just shooting kind of your everyday life. When did that affinity towards portraits really take off for you?

Jesse Dittmar: 09:29 Definitely in the middle, towards the end of high school. I started, you know, researching master photographers and spending a lot of time in the Barnes and noble looking through all of the photo books that they had, and just being enamored with Avedon and Irving Penn and Annie Liebowitz and Nigel Perry and Martin Schoeller and you know, contemporary and photographer, master photographers in the past. And I think that my evolution of the understanding of medium went from, okay, this is a really interesting scientific artistic process, which I can kind of tell people what I want them to see, and what's important to me to, Oh, wow. You can also use this art art as a as a turnkey, as a key as a window, as an opportunity to go photograph and represent and give your artistic take on the most important people in the world right now.

Jesse Dittmar: 10:36 And you know, here I was looking at these books, that was the roadmap. It was like, these people do this. These people go and meet the presidents of the United States and the Kings and Queens of the world and the biggest movie stars and the biggest writers and the biggest scientists, and literally anyone who's doing anything that matters. And then they get the ability to take that face and make art. And, and that, that when I, when I figured that out was when I went, I need to, I need to understand how this works. I need to understand how these books came into existence. How is that accomplished? Can I do it, let me go find that out. And that was when I, when I realized that around 17 probably is when I just started on this path, that I'm still on. And and now I'm here doing it.

Raymond Hatfield: 11:30 It's amazing. Yeah. I mean, somebody has got to photograph the president of the United States. Why not you? Yeah,

Jesse Dittmar: 11:36 Exactly. Why not me?

Raymond Hatfield: 11:38 That is so cool. But so few so few times do I think people really have that that mindset that was really cool that even at 17, you were able to, to kind of connect those dots and, and move forward with them. That's very cool. So,

Jesse Dittmar: 11:52 Yeah, I mean, I, a lot more questions

Raymond Hatfield: 11:54 At 17 than I had answers that's for sure. Didn't we all. Yeah. And I still got a lot of questions, Raymond. I think if you ever run out of questions, it's just a, I don't know, time to die, I suppose. Like you should just always be curious. Yeah, yeah, exactly. Exactly. So at that point you're sitting there and Barnes and noble, you're looking at these photo books and you're thinking, why not meet that next step for you? Is, is art college, right? So what was it that that made you think, you know, what, I'm sorry, let me rephrase the question. You had already had some sort of technical knowledge and knowhow for how to use your camera for you. What was the benefit of going to art college? What were you hoping to get out of that experience?

Jesse Dittmar: 12:44 Well, in the beginning, I was really hoping to get access to more technical knowledge, more, you know, there was, I had never used lighting equipment before I went to school. I had never been in a photo studio really before I had gone to college. There was so much I had there's so many cameras I had never used. I've never, I had never printed digitally. I mean, like I, there was just a lot to be explored technically that I really wanted to get at. I mean, I also wanted to go to college for the experience of going to college and I also wanted to become a smarter human. And, you know, I think that there was a lot of I was a very like lackadaisical, really good student in high school. It was, I didn't challenge myself. And because of that, it was very easy for me.

Jesse Dittmar: 13:30 And so I think I got to college and I quickly learned that most people there were much smarter than me and and that I, I needed to do a lot of work in order to kind of like up, you know, up my game and become a better writer and become a better reader and to become a better comprehender of the world and be able to speak about a lot of subjects and relate to a lot of things. You know, I wanted to become a generalist. I wanted to be able to talk to people about stuff that they, that they were experts at, that I could basically still be able to have a conversation with them and kind of try to learn from them. And, and and so I actually switched out of art school, mid in the middle of my college career to focus more on just becoming more learned and becoming a smarter person. And that, that, that became the focus of college for me was just to, to maximize my intellectual potential. And I realized that I was going to learn the more, I was going to learn more about photography eventually from being an apprentice and an intern and an assistant for the master photographers. And I was going to learn at art school. And that's what eventually I did.

Raymond Hatfield: 14:49 Wow. That's I, I feel like I was just like a dumb kid at like 20, 21 that there's no way that I would have that that sort of insight, but that's interesting that that, that you said, you know, learning photography, you were going to do that in the real world, because that was my next question. Having gone to art school, having gone to learn photography and then going on to become an assistant to some of these master photographers, you know, what was it that assisting did for you? Why not just straight out of school, just go out on your own and start from there.

Jesse Dittmar: 15:22 Cause I still felt, I still felt like I had so much to learn. I mean, I think every single part of this process boils down to the one concept of curiosity. I was just so I would see images in the world photographs. I would see photographs in art galleries. I would see photographs in magazines and in newspapers and in books and in museums. And I would just, I would just be like, how did this happen? Like I just needed, I needed to understand how the person made it because I just that's what was like, that was my driving force. My driving, you know, I was on photo shoots and I was in the beginning, a terrible photo assistant because all I wanted to figure out was having a thing was being made and that's not a good photo assistant. A good photo system is to help it get made, not to not to ask what the hell is happening everywhere.

Jesse Dittmar: 16:15 So I was a really bad photo assistant at the beginning because I was just, I was, I was trying to learn more than I was trying to do. But that was what drove me to go work for these people because I, I wanted to figure out how they did it. I wanted to figure out how I wanted it. It's like going, it's like, you know, working with the magician, you know, I wanted to figure out how the trick was being done. And, and it, you know, I just kept doing that until I felt like I knew enough to do it myself.

Raymond Hatfield: 16:44 So if being a good photo assistant is somebody who's trying to help get the photo made rather than making the photo, I suppose. Why did you think, why did you continue assisting then if you really wanted to learn the photography side of it rather than making the photo, I guess on the back end, is that a bad question? Am I, I don't, maybe I'm not afraid.

Jesse Dittmar: 17:04 No, what you're getting at is like it is, you know to me a good assistant is eventually a good assistant is someone who you know, treats, treats being an assistant as a job and brings value to the table as far as being able to help accomplish the goal of making, making the photograph and and and an intern and and kind of like a very green assistant, like the assistant I was, I was just much more interested in kind of just letting the experience wash over me and trying to take in as much of it as possible. So I could, you know, I wasn't trying to help. I was trying to learn and that in the beginning, if you're an intern, a green assistant is okay because, you know, you can't walk on set experienced, you know, unless you have that experience.

Jesse Dittmar: 17:58 But by the end of being an assistant, the thing is the more it's like anything, the more you learn about the, the easy stuff, then when, when you're getting asked to do the easy stuff, you can pay attention and you can understand the more nuance things that are happening that might not be being said. Or you can start to understand the dynamics, the interpersonal dynamics and the politics behind a photo shoot. You can understand a little bit, the more experience you have on set, the more sets you go on, the more photo shoots that you're experienced. You start to figure out that a photo shoot is so much more than understanding f-stop shutter speed, ISO you know, and you know, you can learn that, listen, you don't have to be assistant in order to go be a photographer. You can learn all of those things on your own, but I would rather, I, I preferred to watch other people fail and watch other people succeed while I was in a lower stakes role. Then, you know, being, you know, like the higher the stakes are, if you fail the less likely you are to get another shot. And so by the time when I was a foot photographer, I was completely prepared to capitalize on, on the luck and the privilege of being asked to photograph someone important. I knew I was going to do a good job. And if I would've been asked to do that at a young age, I, I would've had a much lower chance of success.

Raymond Hatfield: 19:21 Wow. Okay. Yeah. Let's, let's talk about that because that's the next progression in your journey after you left college, after you started assisting, after you kind of learned the ropes of how a photo shoot works, I suppose you went out on your own and now where you're at today, you're shooting. I mean, many notable figures is anybody can see by going to your website or your Instagram heads of state pop culture icons as a wedding photographer like myself and engaged couple, they come to me, they reach out to me to ask me to photograph them with your style of photography and the portraits that you take. Do these notable figures reach out to you for portraits or explain to me how your side works.

Jesse Dittmar: 20:05 Yeah. I mean the most, there's lots of different ways that people find me and ask me to take pictures of people. There's no one there's no one way. But, but typically I have publications like the New York times, the Washington post and many others who reach out to me and they need a picture of a notable person for a story that that's being written. And they asked me to go make that happen. There's also brands and companies that can do the same thing. And then sometimes notable figures want pictures of themselves as well. That can happen too. So most often it's some combination of a publication or a brand or an advertising agency that says, Hey, we need, we need to photograph this person for a reason. And we're going to ask Jessie to do it.

Raymond Hatfield: 21:00 So even though, you know, you've photographed, I mean, just amazing people like Tom Hanks and Denzel Washington, they weren't the ones who reached out to you. There was a publication who needed photos for something that they were creating

Jesse Dittmar: 21:14 Pretty much. Yeah. I mean, what I mean, like for, for Tom Hanks, for example, he was when he was being awarded the Kennedy center honor presidential honor. And so you know, the Kennedy center wanted portraits of all the people that were getting that honor. And so they say, Hey mr. Hanks, Tom, you know, we, we want to take your portrait for this. And he's like, yeah, that makes sense. And then they were like, okay let me go ask Jesse if he can do it. And and that's kinda how it goes. And with Denzel Washington, I, I, you know, the, the Tony, he was getting he was nominated for a Tony award and and the New York times had me go and photograph all of the Tony award nominees or most of them for a story they were writing about all of the people who were up for Tony's. So, you know it's, it's typically there it's typically a newsworthy event, a newsworthy person or a brand or an agency that has a concept that they want to, you know, get out to the world and they need help doing that.

Raymond Hatfield: 22:20 So with the with the example there that you gave of Denzel Washington and the Tony award winners I read the story a little bit on Instagram that you had posted about having just like four or five minutes with him. And this isn't an uncommon thing for you. It's not like you have an hour, an hour and a half with each of of your subjects. So in that context, how do you connect with your subjects so that they trust you and that they open up with you to have their portrait taken?

Jesse Dittmar: 22:54 Yeah, there's a lot of, there's a lot of answers to that question. It's a multifaceted multi-tiered plan of attack to get a connection going. I mean, you know, not every shoot is as quick as the Denzel shoot. You know, sometimes I do have much longer with people, but I'm prepared for either scenario. You know, with someone like Denzel, the very first thing I'll do before he even walks in the room, the room is set and kind of laid out in a way to try to make it as intimate as possible. And and we have music going and there is it's, it's a scenario that we're trying to create a mood that will get someone to be as comfortable as they can be in an uncomfortable situation. And then the next thing I do is I show them, I show him work of previous people.

Jesse Dittmar: 23:43 I've taken pictures of. I mean, I photograph people that I know, know that I know that Denzel knows that I know that he's friends with. And so the first thing I'm gonna do is show him those people and be like, Oh, you know, since you've photographed, you know Tom Brady, I know Ty, you know, I've met Tommy, I'd go like, Oh, you have been, you're good. You can photograph me, you know, that's going on in his head at least ideally so to try to, to try to prove trust through previous, you know, showing, showing that I've done it before. And then, you know, it depends on who it is, but someone like Denzel, obviously I have a lot of history with him, organically having watched his movies, heard interviews with him, read things about him. I mean, he's very much in my orbit of, of knowledge.

Jesse Dittmar: 24:31 I know he's a sports fan. I know he's a new Yorker. I know he's into the Knicks. I know he's, I'm pretty sure he's a Yankee guy. And I know he's also kind of like one of these guys, it's like one of the most super famous people in the world, who's this, who's like, you know, the concept of him being photographed is a little bit like, all right, I'm running, you know, somebody told me I had to be here. You know, I'm going to humor, humor, everyone in here by doing this photo shoot. And so I just leaned into that and, and I started talking about the Knicks and I start asking him, you know, he's got kids, you know, I start talking about his kids, asking about kids. You know, I have a kid. I try to relate with him about being a new Yorker, being of Knicks, being a woeful Knicks fan.

Jesse Dittmar: 25:13 You know, I just started talking about stuff. You would talk to someone about, who's not Denzel Washington and start trying to figure out how can we connect quickly on a human level that that can give some veiled semblance of being a peer, even though we never will be. But you know, that doesn't mean I can't try. So I try and I typically succeed and I typically get a connection with someone and I can typically get a laugh and a smile and I can get a focused focus attention. And that's what I'm looking for. And that's, those are always my goals walking into a, into a portrait session.

Raymond Hatfield: 25:54 That's very cool. That's very cool. I can't imagine the amount of you know, obviously the amount of not worry, worry, isn't the right word, but I guess maybe adrenaline, that would be going through my system. If some, if I knew somebody like, you know, Denzel was coming in and I think for me, I would probably be focused on myself. Like, how can I not act like a, like a crazed fan or something like that. And I think that what you mentioned right there is trying to make the room, you know, comfortable for him playing some music, you know, so that he feels comfortable when he gets in there. Those are things that focuses that attention back on him and makes his experience better rather than just focusing on yourself. And that's a really interesting distinction there that I don't, but I hope that many listeners right now picked up on, because I think that's a big thing.

Raymond Hatfield: 26:46 Now. I know that your dad was actually in the music industry, right? Yeah. And your website talks a lot about the importance of music, you know, where you say actually on your website, that music defines most people's experiences. So, and then you go on to say that you use music as a tool. Would you kind of just explained right there, but I want to know now, like when you have to photograph somebody who like, like sting, who's been in the music industry for decades, what kind of music do you play for him? Like if somebody who is essentially is, is, is hard at all.

Jesse Dittmar: 27:20 I mean, I think that's good that he's heard it all. It means he's a fan. And the point of me playing music is not, I mean, the point of my music is not to show things, something he hasn't heard. My point is to play something he has heard and to play something that he's into. Because if, you know, if he has a positive association with a song and I play that song, and all of a sudden he subconsciously has a positive association with our interaction. And and therefore that will hopefully get them more focused and hopefully get a more present and hopefully get a more agreeable to what I want to do. So, you know, I prefer to have someone in mind who is a music aficionado cause that, you know, the more I know about, you know, everyone, everyone under the sun is off staying who his influences are and who he likes. And so that makes it very easy for me to play music that is going to, you know, be in his wheelhouse. You know, I'm not going to be going. And, and so I playing music for other musicians is easy. That's easy

Raymond Hatfield: 28:32 Really. Cause I would think like, I would think, I would think, you know, what if I was going to meet you know, I don't know a famous chef. The last thing that I would want to do is like, Hey, try this kick that I just made. You know what I mean? Like not, not, not patient trying to impress him.

Jesse Dittmar: 28:47 Yeah, yeah. But that experience is like, Oh, I'm not playing sing like my own music. That would be that feeling of me being like, Hey, stay here, listen to my track, listen to these hop beats. I just, I just laid down. You're like, no, no, no, I'm trying, I'm playing him Al green and James Brown. And and I'm playing him Sharon Jones or, or, you know, I think, or maybe Bob Marley, I was playing him, you know, like I'm playing him stuff that is going to connect with with his influences, with things that are, have a positive connotation for him that aren't, I'm not trying to be super obvious. You know, if this thing is the kind of guy that walks around and says to every interview that my biggest influence was Bob Marley, then I'm not going to play him that I'm going to play him something that might be a deeper cut

Jesse Dittmar: 29:39 In the same wheelhouse, I, you know, in the same Jamaican Island Island, music wheelhouse. But you know, it's, it's not me trying to impress, it's not me trying to, I'm not trying to make it about me. I'm trying to make it about him. Yeah. Yeah. And, and that's the whole point of the experience is for me to foster a a fertile ground for connection. That's all I care about is I am only gonna meet staying once medium one media, a couple of times in my life. If I get to photograph Rico more than once, there's a few people that I've been able to do that with. I I've got like 20 minutes, I got 20 minutes to connect with staying. It's the only 20 minutes am I ever going to get. So I'm going to try my freaking hardest to create a space to make that connection happen because then you'll see it in the picture. And so, no, I'm not going to show him my band from 2001. And then I show him his favorite, his favorite band from 1972.

Raymond Hatfield: 30:50 Yeah. No, that makes sense. I guess I don't know. Maybe it just like an insecurity thing that I was kind of looking through that lens of is like, you know, if somebody is so deep into that world I don't know, it must be a personal insecurity. I would feel like it would come off as totally disingenuous. If I tried to be like, Oh, you know, check out this music that you might anyway,

Jesse Dittmar: 31:13 Totally going off. I think there's a middle ground there, Raymond, right? Like, you know, I'm not playing him music that I don't like, you know, like I'm playing, like, I'm a thing. I think this is one of the advantages I have to, one of the reasons why I'm I'm successful and I'm good at my job is that I'm a huge music fan. And so, you know, like I'm playing him music that I'm into. I mean, it's songs that I listened to over and over and over again on my photo shoot. It's like, these are, these are songs that I get behind, you know? And, and when I talk to someone about travel or when I talk to Denzel Washington about the Knicks, like I feel his pain, like I hate being expanded. He hates being a Knicks fan. Like that's not faith, you know, I'm not trying to, I'm not trying to like, just find something to talk with these people about, because it's what I think I should, I think they want to talk about it. It's, I'm trying to find things that we both care about. And it's not, it's not a it's not a show. I mean, it's specific because I I'm trying, you know, I'm not going to talk to, you know, whatever. I'm not going to talk to staying about something that I know he doesn't care about. Just because I care about it. But I can't, you know, I wouldn't play music that I don't know anything about.

Raymond Hatfield: 32:35 Yeah, yeah, no, I think that you wrapped it up perfectly. They're saying that, you know, it's not a show finding something that you too can have some sort of common ground on is really something that is, is obviously what sets you apart and makes makes you, makes you unique. So that that's very cool. Thank you. Thank you for sharing that. Thank you for sharing that. I want to switch gears now and talk a little bit more about that first time, like your first client, right after you'd been assisting for years going out and getting that first client of yours. Tell me what that experience was like. How did you book it? How did it go?

Midroll: 33:13 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast, where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips, to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today, but heading over to beginner, photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join. Now,

Raymond Hatfield: 33:36 That is, that is such a great tip to it, especially in a world where you don't really have the tangibles that you're delivering. That is such a great tip to on how to overdeliver and I guess continue to get those phone calls. So I love it. Thank you so much for sharing that. When you go to a shoot, when you find out that you have somebody who you're going to be shooting do you have a vision in your head for how you're going to shoot your subject, who shows up? And if so, how often are you giving your subject any sort of direction to achieve that vision versus just winging it and see what happens?

Jesse Dittmar: 34:14 I am very rarely winging it. I'm never winging it.

Raymond Hatfield: 34:17 Okay. Hold on, hold on. Hold on. That was the wrong word to use. I suppose what I mean is I guess my, my thought process when I wrote that question specifically was again, thinking back to that Denzel example, when, when I believe he didn't even know that he was going to show up, is that right? Okay. So when something like that happens, do you have a vision for the photo that you're going to get of him? Or how much are you just, and then, and then if you do, what kind of direction are you giving to him to achieve it?

Jesse Dittmar: 34:47 Yeah. So with the den, with the Denzel shoot, I had been practicing all day. I had photographed already about 30 people. I knew he, I knew he might show up. And so, you know, with him, everything was already set. I mean, I think what you're talking about is really is kind of like, do I, do I know what kind of backdrop I'm going to use and what kind of framing I want and what kind of composition and like, do I want them to be doing a specific thing? And like, th those that stuff was already planned out before he walked in. So, you know, I had made, I had made those decisions. They were very planned. So what I do is I, I try to visualize what the shoot might look like, understanding that things will change. And, you know, I just try to map out all the different possible scenarios that could happen so that they don't feel completely novel to me.

Jesse Dittmar: 35:43 And I map out, okay, what if I want to ask them to do, you know, I kind of had done the shoot already. And I had gotten the closeup picture. I like to get, I wanted to get a close and picture of him. I had gotten him laughing and kind of showing an exp being expressive, which I wanted to get. And at the end, I was like, you know what, just throw your hands at me. And, and cause I was, I was just like, let me try. Like if he says, no, I already got it. So, and he's like, what do you mean, throw your, hit my hands at you. I'm like, just throw your hands in my camera. And he's like, like this and that was the shot. And, and you know, I can't honestly recall if I had planned to ask him to do that.

Jesse Dittmar: 36:23 It might have been a, a pivot on, on, in the moment. But you know, I think the point of having the space to do that, to be, to be spontaneous and to ask him to do something that's a bit different is that I had the rest of it planned and I had accomplished the plan and I felt like the plan had been accomplished. So now I can just, I, now I can, I can freelance. Now I can ad lib. Now I can now I can do my, my saxophone solo and, and and, and, and not have plans what's going on here. And that's the point. I mean, I think the key is, you know, you, you talk about, if you ever, if you ever talk to really really successful professional athletes, they'll tell you about how they run through all the scenarios in their head of what might happen before it happens.

Jesse Dittmar: 37:19 So they're prepared to their body, their, their mental, it's the same thing with me. Like my men, the mental wiring in my brain has, has visualized and simulated what might happen so that when it does happen, it's not completely novel. And it, and it feels like it's not the first time I've done it. And that makes it easier. And that makes it, it makes, it makes things it makes things more natural and it then allows me to be creative and to deal with curve balls and to deal with the challenges that inevitably happen.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:00 Yeah. So as you said, you, you know, the, these curve balls, so they can come your way, these, these changes that will inevitably happen while these things are still obviously a possibility I want to know for you. Like, what's the goal, what's the one thing that you need from every photo shoot, no matter what the subject is, no matter who it is to consider that you a success for you,

Jesse Dittmar: 38:23 Then I got an image that looks like, that looks like we had a connection. That looks like we're connecting that we're, that we're, that, that the only thing that matters is, is the connection between my lens and the person that there's a, you know, it's like, it's like, it's like when you're, when you're having a conversation with someone and you just want to look them directly in the eyes and like, you're really getting it. Like, it's, it's that that's why most of my pictures, people are looking directly into the, into the lens because you know, I'm, I'm, I'm trying to represent and show the viewer and the people that are looking at my images, I'm trying to, to help them understand the connection I'm having with the person in front of me. And that's what my art is really about is, is connecting on a human level with some people who are extremely famous and some people who are not, and showing that there's a lot of similarities between those two people. The way that I got to know them, how do you,

Raymond Hatfield: 39:39 I'm always interested in this. This is something that sometimes I still struggle with when I go to an engagement session or even a wedding, and I go to get those camera aware photos, you know, I think what you're describing is kind of what, not only me, but every photographer is really looking for, but you're one of the only few who have actually put in the work to figure out how to actually get that connection between the subject and the lens when they're, when I'm trying to talk to somebody, I like to look at them. And for me, there's a bit of a disconnect with the camera. So when you're having a conversation with somebody and you're trying to get them directly to look directly into the lens, are you looking at them hoping that your cameras frame properly, or are you looking in your camera still talking to them, hoping that they're just looking at your lens, I'm going back and forth.

Jesse Dittmar: 40:26 And, and there is a lot of people, you know, when we do get engrossed in conversation, people will look at my forehead rather than at the lens automatically. So I do say a lot of, like, I do kind of interject and tell people to like, look into the lens while they're talking to me. But you know, those are those kinds of comments that get forgotten because, because they they, they click in, they click in people, click in you know so I do have to tell people to look into the lens because they do naturally look, try to look at my face when we're talking, it makes sense. And, and, you know, I do do a lot of pictures of people aren't looking directly in the lens too. There's, there's, there's all kinds, you know, there's different ways to represent the engagement that I'm talking about. But yeah, it's, it, it can be difficult to kind of, but it's, it's very, at this point, extremely second nature to me you know, after doing hundreds and hundreds of these

Raymond Hatfield: 41:27 Types of shoots. Yeah. So one thing that I think is unique about looking at your work is your mix and yet consistency of using both or between both film and digital. Unfortunately we don't really get to talk a lot about film here on the podcast. Not many photographers, still shoot a lot of film. But I love film. There's something about film, as you know, I mean, I don't have to tell you I was looking on your Instagram and you posted a photo of that you had shot with Sean Patrick Maloney, and your film had came back developed with very predominant light leaks in the photo. And as a photographer, I think that it looked absolutely beautiful, but when you're shooting for a publication, you know, what do you do in that situation? Is that something that, you know, the photo can't be used? What does that make you think twice about shooting film?

Jesse Dittmar: 42:23 Not at all. It's the reason why I shoot film. I mean, I'm looking for happy accidents with the film. I'm looking for something that's organic. I'm looking for something that's not perfect with film. I mean you know, I shoot, that's not, I'm, I'm only shooting 12 rolls of, excuse me, 12 frames, one roll, basically, usually on a typically I'm only shooting one roll of medium format film. It's only 12 frames. I'm looking for something that's different than organic. That's a, one of a kind picture that no one else will be able to replicate. And you know, if, even if they tried it, I couldn't take it again. And if, if the client thinks it's too artistic or too weird, then I gave him 10 other safe options. They can use Debra digital. So no, I, I get excited.

Jesse Dittmar: 43:14 I mean, I, I, I mess my film up on purpose. I grossly overexpose it. I I, I, I like to know why it light leaked you know, why there was a light leak, but I don't, I just, so I'm able to change that variable if I want to. But you know, I, I try to mess my film up. I don't care how old it is. I don't, I don't, you know, like it's, I can, I can get a perfect picture. It's called taking my digital camera and then going and getting a perfect picture. Like it's possible. I perfectly technically perfect. But you know, a lot of people can get a really quite quality, technically proficient image. It's very easy now because the machines are so great. So, you know, my, my focus is on getting organic human connection with the person and, and the, the con just the base concept of films.

Jesse Dittmar: 44:15 And he speaks to that and hits, hits those notes that I'm trying to get. So I absolutely lean into film, be able to get weird and be organic. Cause humans are weird and humans, organic and bodies are weird. Faces are weird and care, weird, and voices are weird. And like, there's no such thing as a, you know, there is, it's called a, it's called like a digital rendering you know, robot human face is what, you know, like, I don't need to see that. Like I, you know, I'm, I'm interested in the person in front of me. And I, I think that film does a really great job of underlying the concepts that I'm trying to highlight

Raymond Hatfield: 45:01 That is just something. Okay. I got one last question for you. That was gonna be the last one, but I got one last question for you when you said, you know, when you're talking about the grossly overexposing your film. And then, so when you develop the film, do you develop the film yourself?

Jesse Dittmar: 45:14 I do. Not anymore. I have I have a lab that does it not have a guy carry. He does it. So I do not, I mean, I know how he does it, but I, I don't do it. No, I don't have, I mean, I, frankly I don't have time. I mean, I w I mean, yeah, it would be nice to go to get back in the dark room, but the volume of shoots I do it's one of those things that you have to in order if the ultimate end goal of my work is to photograph as many of the people that I, that are in, in the realm and scope of my, of my mission. Then I have to let certain things go and develop one of them.

Raymond Hatfield: 45:49 Of course, of course. So when you send it out for development, do you pull it the full five stops, or are you doing it a little bit less than that? How does, how does that process work?

Jesse Dittmar: 45:58 Well, I mean, if you want, you want to get technical. I mean, I shoot 32, I shoot over 3,200 speed and film. You know, I think that the actual mathematic rating on it is, is, I mean, listen, there's, the factory rating is 3,200. I think that the actual rating is probably closer to 1250. So already you're at a stop and a half less than what it says on the box. And then I think that film has a lot of range and it depends on what you're shooting. If you're shooting something that's more that's that has darker tones then you're even lowering the rating even more. And so especially in the beginning of my work, I was shooting a lot on black backgrounds. So I think that, you know, shooting at ISO a hundred is really only overexposing it a couple stops maybe three.

Jesse Dittmar: 46:46 And and then the way the development works is that you are pulling it a little bit. You are leaving it in for a little less time than is, is rated on the developer. You know, that everyone says but I think the key for what we do is that we're using spent developer, we're using developer. That's not as potent as fresh new developer. And so yeah, so that way that it's developed the, the image is being developed at a much lower contrast than if you were using fresh developer. Just the way the chemical, like, listen, I don't want to pretend to be an expert on this because I am not, I'm sure that maybe someone listening to this might know more about this stuff than I do, because I'm out of practice. I am not doing development. I'm not nerding out on forums about the chemistry anymore.

Jesse Dittmar: 47:42 So I'm out of, I am off my game as far as being an expert in this, but the way that it works is that, you know, the development is, is agitating and washing away grain, it's taking it off that has been exposed to light. And so if you're a fresh developer, it kind of is the effect of bleaching your plastic negative. If you're using spent slower developer, then that bleaching is taking a longer period of time. And there are things there is tones that will stay on the negative that might not stay on the negative if you did everything to the book. And so what the negatives that I ended up getting are very dense, meaning that they're very, they're very thick. You know, it's hard to look through them and, and they're low contrast. And I'm bumping, bumping up the contrast in in the printmaking process.

Raymond Hatfield: 48:44 That is a, that is a whole world. That is you know, I honestly can't imagine what it must've been like in the, you know, in the eighties and even early nineties to to shoot commercial photography on film, because there really is just so many more variables that it that it comes down to, and the fact that that you're doing it, it is very smart to outsource some of the more technical more taxing processes out to somebody else and let you really focus on, on what it is that you do best. Jesse I, you know, we've come to the end of our time here and I cannot thank you enough for coming on and sharing everything that you did before I let you go. Can you let the listeners know where they can find and follow your work online?

Jesse Dittmar: 49:30 Yeah, the best place to see my new work is Instagram easily. My handle is my main Jessie Ditmar posting new work. I've been I've been posting and amplifying a lot of black photographer voices recently because I think it's really important that their voices are heard right now. So you're going to see, you're going to see a lot of my work. You're going to see other people's work that I consider to be good. And that is easily the way the best way to follow a follow with me. You know, I've made a couple of books, although I'm pretty much sold out of them. So you know hopefully if people stay tuned in my Instagram, they'll, there'll be able to be in the know when I have new new books and new work to show I do sell prints. Also if that's of interest to people they can just always email my my agents and, and make that happen. That's on my website, those that contact information. So there's lots of different ways to be in touch with me. I'm very accessible. Raymond photographers want to be found on very Googleable. Lots will come up if you type my name into the, into the internet mostly hopefully positive and and yeah, check me out on Instagram and you'll see all my new pictures.

Raymond Hatfield: 50:41 Jesse again, man. Thank you so much for sharing everything that you did and and lending your time to the listeners. I can't tell you how much I appreciate it.

Jesse Dittmar: 50:49 Thanks Raymond. Thanks for having me.

BPP 205: Gerard Exupery - The NYC Subway Project 1975-1985

Gerard Exupery is a New York photographer who just published his new book Subway 1975-1985 which is filled with photos from the New York subway system taken in the late 70s and early 80s. In this chat we talk about the flow of life that happens on the New Yor subway system and the challenged of capturing an era.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions to help move your growing photo business forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • When Gerard knew photography was going to plan an important part of his life

  • The hardest part about photography to learn when he got started

  • What it was about the subway that captured Gerards attention

  • How to find the decisive moment while in the flow of live on the subway

  • Who are some of Gerards photography influences

  • How Gerard put together a long term project that spanned a decade

  • Some trouble Gerard got into while shooting in NYC in the late 70s

  • What the process was of choosing photos out of a decade worth of images to put into his book

  • What Advice Gerard would give to anyone wanting to take on a long term project

Resources:

ii_kbgkfik923.jpeg
ii_kbgkfiji20.jpeg
ii_kbgkeq8216.jpeg
ii_kbgkcibd7.jpeg
ii_kbgkci9f0.jpeg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00:00 When did you know that photography was going to play an important role in your life?

Gerard Exupery: 00:00:04 A good question. Big question. Photography has been the only thing I've ever wanted to do from about the time I was eight years old.

Gerard Exupery: 00:00:17 Never really wanted to do anything else. And when I did it made me profoundly sad and yeah, I knew that this is what I was meant for.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00:29 So I know that a lot of I think, I don't remember when I got my first camera the first time I, my parents let me play with a disposable camera or anything like that. But eight years old is still pretty young to, I know, get an idea of what it is that you want to do. So what was that time like? Were you given a camera and then what were you shooting? How did you know?

Gerard Exupery: 00:00:53 One of my earliest memories and one of my few memories of my father was him kneeling behind me while I'm holding his Raleigh. I think it was a Raleigh court. I don't know. He's helping me study it taking a picture of the Verrazano bridge, which was Zen under construction of a ship underneath it. And he helped me take that picture and it was the first picture I ever took. He died about a year later and the thing about photography for me has always been about at least at that age, trying to hold onto the past, you know, trying to hold onto handheld hold onto the past. And so it's always had this kind of profound meaningful for me, you know the idea of looking at something that is already gone, you know, that and here you have it in front of you. It's magic. It's magical. So always there was nothing I ever wanted to do other than photography.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:01:55 Oh man. That's a great story. So when, when you first, you know, obviously you've got that camera, your dad was helping you take that first photo. So you weren't fully in charge of the camera or the, of the photo that you were taking when you did understand that there was some you know, technicals involved in photography. Was there anything that you struggled with to learn? And that aspect?

Gerard Exupery: 00:02:19 Well, I'd say preteen or years. I was allowed to go into New York city and at the time around journal square Harold square camera barn, olden camera, all these old, which people are probably going, what the hell? You know, we're just these old big camera stores. And I used to go into camera barn and for a buck, I could get a stack of old photography, magazines, popular photography, modern photography, some European photography magazines. And I didn't have enough money to buy a camera. I had no camera at that point, but I read every single article I could possibly read. So I understood f-stops shutter speeds, you know, correlation that's the field zone focusing how to process, film, all that stuff I learned before I ever got a chance to actually do it. So when I did it, it was like, Oh yeah. Oh, okay. I know how to do this. And, and and so when I did get a camera eventually, and I was allowed to start processing film in my house, convincing my mother, that it was not going to blow the house up that it was almost second nature by that, at that point, I had a very what's the word, big imagination. I don't know.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:03:43 So when I'm always interested in, in this sort of aspect of it, because when I came along in photography, the first camera that I had was a digital camera. Of course I quickly not quickly, but I went back to film. I understood film, but at some point I understood how photography kind of worked, but that was through a digital camera. Right. I understood that I could take pictures. I understood kind of a little bit about composition and how to see that light. But when it came time to, even when I understood what an F stop was, how shutter speed kind of reacted to a photo I still had. So I had to put in some work to get it to all kind of come together. Did you ever have any sort of like aha moment of like, Oh, like I knew what this thing was, but now that I see this photo and how I shot it, it makes sense.

Gerard Exupery: 00:04:31 Mmm. I had you know, I was like I believe freshman high school, sophomore when I got my first camera and I started taking pictures for the school newspaper and local newspaper sports and things. And I thought I was going to be having a lot more fun than I was. And I actually got very bored and you know, I, my dream was I was going to be like David Hemmings and blow up. I was going to ride around New York city, my turtle, neck sweater, and my Jaguar XKE models, you know, and this is going to be great. And but you know, here I was just a schlub and, you know, kid in high school. And so, you know, I stuck with the photography. Girls liked it you know and my girlfriend and my senior year perm, her mother, I've standing in her, in the kitchen there and her mother said you're the, you're the photographer, aren't you?

Gerard Exupery: 00:05:33 I go, yeah. And she goes, well, I said, yeah, sort of. And she goes, Oh, I want to show you something. And she had the show catalog from art. Diane Arbus is 1972 retrospective at the metropolitan museum. And I had never seen anything like that. It blew my mind. I mean, wow, you can actually take pictures like that. And, and I knew I thought, I mean, I have goosebumps even thinking about it now. It was just the most amazing realization. And you know, and even though I'd been looking at all these photography magazines, you know, a lot of them really didn't cover our best or who else would I say Dwayne Michaels? Well, maybe more him Yosef could Delta, I mean another one and I, and I said, that's what I want to do. And it rekindled that idea of that photography is, is magic. There's something very special about being able to see and transcribed onto paper or now screens, you know, that vision and have it be so unique

Raymond Hatfield: 00:06:49 And that you don't just have to shoot sports for the rest of your life, if you don't want to.

Gerard Exupery: 00:06:53 Like, you know, it's interesting. I worked as a photographer's assistant at fashion. Hey, I don't know. Do you remember the Ilford boxes and film that used to have a black and white woman? There were like ads that had a black and white woman, like standing next to each other. Oh, that's how old I am at any rate. The guy I worked for did those shots and he did a lot of fashion. And within about a week, I realized that God, I hate this, you know, for what, you know, I realized that the business of photography had very little to do with what I wanted to do. And that when I tried to I did, I had a couple of jobs, shooting pictures of things. I shot ads and stuff, but, you know, just misery, not, not miserable, but just not happy. And the only time I was really happy when, so I was just roaming around and looking and seeing so I forgot what the question was

Raymond Hatfield: 00:07:57 When we were talking kind of about well, that, that's fine because the next part of the question there was now, now a little introduction you have just come out with a book called subway, I think in 75 to 1985, which is a collection of photos that you shot while you were roaming around. As you said in your element there in your, in your happy spot, just a photos down in the subway. Now I'm trying to wrap my head around the letting my, now I know that he's only seven. I know the Charlie's only seven, but I'm trying to wrap my head around letting a 13 or 14 year old, just roam around New York city on their own. And it's terrifying my, my Midwest mind here, I suppose. But what was it about the subway system that really captured your attention enough to really shoot it with intention?

Gerard Exupery: 00:08:46 Well I actually started doing that when I started attending school of visual arts. So I was 18 and that's a little easier. Okay. I got it. But my mom, you know, it's funny when I was like 14 years old, I said, is it, can I go into the city? And she goes, you know, if you go with a friend or you go with your sister and she was very cool about it, cause she grew up in Brooklyn. So, you know and she was one of these mothers who,

Gerard Exupery: 00:09:18 You know, there are things out there in the world that are kind of dangerous, but if you don't learn how to handle them, when you're young, you will not handle it very well when you get older. Ooh. Wow. So, I mean, you know, I mean she was not, I mean, Dyphus, wasn't gonna come in and take us away, but she was definitely a real world type of person. So, but the, the subway stuff, because I was riding the subway every day to go to school of visual arts, I was coming in from New Jersey and visual arts was on 23rd street. And so and when I started going, I, you know, I,

Gerard Exupery: 00:10:00 It was so exciting and new and, you know, it's like, there's was so much to see it was overload, but riding the subway it was it was kind of easy because try X at 400 or 800 always F to 2.8 at a 30th or 60th of a second. I, I, my camera was a Nikon F two with the standard prism finder. There was no meter. So I, you know, so I figured, Oh, this is good. I at least look at something I can use. And but initially when I started to take pictures on the subway, I had real anxiety issues about it because, you know, you don't want to get punched and you don't know how you're going to be received. So, and I was, I was an anxious, nervous, and, you know, I pretty much might take a picture, might not go, I'd go to class, go home.

Gerard Exupery: 00:10:56 And then, you know, one day I'm sitting in the subway on the train and there are these three women sitting across from me. It's a shot that I still have that Monroe put as the key shot in the piece that just did about it. And I remember thinking to myself, you know, if this is what you really want to do, you better, you know, get a pair, grow a pair, and either do it and find out you can't do it or do it and just do it. And so, you know, I started pretty much covertly shooting pictures on the subway, which was not necessarily a good feeling and it didn't engender. It. Didn't good feelings about me from the subjects. Obviously new Yorkers are, are, are very kind people, however, they don't, you know, they'll tell you exactly what they think.

Gerard Exupery: 00:11:53 And so after a while I realized that if, you know, look, I was, I was a kid 1918, 1920 that if people didn't perceive me as a threat, Oh, here's this guy with this camera. And you know, I would sit down with it on the subway. And, and so the next thing after covertly taking the pictures was I would take the pets and prism off the top, look down into it, like, look at it like, Oh, what's wrong with this thing. I don't know how to use this camera. You know? And by the time I had played around like that for a while, people would stop that, you know, people just slept and then I would take my pictures. All right. And, and that even bothered me because it's not bothering me, but I thought there is a way to do this.

Gerard Exupery: 00:12:40 That's a little bit more honest. And basically it came, you know, as I said, if you're not a threat, if you come across as vulnerable. And I think that's the most important thing that you take a picture of somebody you may ask, you may not. And if you don't and you see that somebody is upset, you know, there are many things that you can say to if you, as a situation where even making it a better situation, that you can take more pictures by by then talking, you know, I used to say, Oh, this is for school. You know, you have such an interesting look or stuff like that. And then it became it really would depend on my mood because sometimes I felt almost overtly, like I'm going, I'm going in there and take pictures and I don't care what anybody thinks. And when I looked back at a lot of those subway pictures, I think I must've been a real Raymond Hatfield: 00:13:42 Yeah.

Gerard Exupery: 00:13:42 Sometimes. But but that bit about being vulnerable about being honest with your subject, even if you're not even talking, you know, they see you with the camera, obviously they know you're going to do something with the camera. And it's not it's just not it may be, it's only in your own head, my own head, you know, that I'm not a threatening person and I certainly wouldn't do anything to hurt anybody. And so me taking this picture is the most natural thing in the world. Don't you think? So? Hmm.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:14:11 You think that, that's it, is that, is that how you embody being vulnerable to essentially strangers? Is that if you, just the way that you carry yourself or is there something, that's it the way that you carry yourself?

Gerard Exupery: 00:14:22 You know I'm a big fan and I felt this not because I was broke, but because I really believe that you get one camera, one lens four or five rolls of film in your pocket and don't come back until nine o'clock at night, you know, or 10 o'clock at night. And so, you know, at that time, people weren't walking around with F twos or threes, or, you know, like us, it was more of an unusual thing. So the fact that I had a camera that wasn't too obtrusive you know, just having the camera, you would gain, get attention not hiding. It was a lot of it, you know? Like I said, they see you with a camera, obviously you have it for some reason. It's like my, my favorite question. Is there a film in that camera? No, of course not. I always carry this camera out. No filming whatsoever.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:15:28 If you had to guess how many times have you been asked that question? More than a hundred. Oh, no way. Yeah, not so much. I imagine. Go ahead. I'm sorry. I was just going to say, I can't imagine somebody asking you if I had a memory card in my camera, like that would just be such a ridiculous, like, no, yes, of course. It's a piece of jewelry. Yeah. Wow. Well, today I feel like I've seen a lot of people who just wear cameras as jewelry. But yeah, I would imagine the backend in the late seventies, early eighties, that was, that was not the case. And I try, you know, personally, I try to think back to what it must have been like in that time when you had to have a camera, because nowadays not only are people already distracted by their phones, but everybody has a camera on them. Right. And when you're in the subway, late seventies, early eighties, can you walk me through what that atmosphere was like? Was it just dead quiet? Nobody was talking. Was everybody reading the paper? Cause I know that they weren't watching YouTube on their phones. Right.

Gerard Exupery: 00:16:30 Well, you know, it's interesting. I was looking at when I was doing the book, first of all, my old pictures really bothered me to a certain extent because you know, those are, people can look at those and, and those are the first pictures that anybody ever said that they weren't good or nice or whatever. And you know, I've done a lot of digital and I have my camera with me every single day. And I've done a lot of pictures since then, but there's just something about that era, which is a Voke, something in people, especially in the city, you know, like pictures of the East village and during the whole punk thing. You know, now the entire youth villages Starbucks and God, I don't know. I mean, it's just gap. And, and when I was roaming around, it was like, Hey, you know what, don't stop walking fast until you hit the subway.

Gerard Exupery: 00:17:26 If it's after 10 o'clock at night, you know? Wow. but it was the differences, like looking at the pictures in the book of, of people on the subway, they are reading, they're looking at each other, they're looking at you, the hanging onto the strap that, you know, there's a rhythm because when the, when the subway is moving along, you know, that you hear the, the gap in the tracks, there's a clock and there's a rhythm to it. It always was like music to me. And now when I look at the pictures that I've taken in the subway in digital times,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:18:07 Everybody's just looking at their phones.

Gerard Exupery: 00:18:09 Yeah. And it's, you know, I've always loved technology. I'm a, usually a first adapter adopter of, of, of things. And I really don't believe that this technology has been the best thing for our culture. I mean, it's wonderful to have information at your fingertips to be able to take a decent picture with it or a video, but it's this I dunno, I, I wonder if I would have gone ahead with, in photography if I had paid so much attention to that thing.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:18:45 Wow. Interesting. Interesting. Yeah. And do you think that there's a lot of photographers or a lot of potential photographers, I suppose, who are missing out on a lot of shots because maybe they're preoccupied.

Gerard Exupery: 00:19:02 Yeah. I don't know. I think it was, there's a will. There's a way. And if, if that's, if you know, social documentation street work, fine art, whatever you want to call it, that if that's really something for you, you're going to find a way to do it. And that is not necessarily going to stop you from it. It may stop you from getting a particular shot or whatever, but it's only pictures, you know what I mean? So you'll get the next one. And, and I am, I am very fortunate and I think I'm grateful for the fact that I learned about all the analog things, because they are so applicable to the digital world. And when, when I have explained to people with very nice cameras in the digital age, no, ma'am the the correlation between f-stop shutter speed, one goes up and the other goes down, you know, that it's, it's the same in terms of exposure, but these are things that are happening. And it's like, wow. You know, it's like with, with no real concept of what's going, going on. And I feel very fortunate and getting back to the Fujis F stop shutter speed that you, any Fuji camera, you can pick up and not read the manual and get a good picture because, you know, f-stops shutter speeds ISO or, you know, and that's all you need to know to make a picture if you know what those things are.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:20:31 Yeah, yeah. Yeah. So taking a photo, like knowing how to properly expose an image and actually taking a photo that maybe as compelling or an interesting photo to look at, or I think we can both agree two completely different things. I can see a perfectly exposed photo of a, have an orange, I don't know, but it not be compelling to me, but these photos that you've taken on the subway, even though some of them maybe, you know, just because of the nature of film wouldn't today, be technically clean or great photos just because of film in the way that it is, they're still really compelling to look at. And I always like to think of the Henry Cartier, [inaudible] a term, which is just the decisive moment, which is for those who don't know, just capturing the height of the visual elements that happen during the flow of life.

Gerard Exupery: 00:21:23 If you don't know who he is, you should,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:21:25 You should. Yeah. Definitely wanted to look up for sure. So can you talk about just what is that flow of life on the subway and then some of those challenges that you faced to capture it?

Gerard Exupery: 00:21:39 You know if it's a challenge I'm doing something wrong because I think that there's a and I noticed this very early on you know, you're not going to see things until you've been kind of tenderized by life until you've had the experiences of that are universal falling in love, getting in a fight, fist fight or something, you know, getting arrested or, you know, or, or, you know, heartbreak, disappointment being drunk getting fired from a job that these are the things that create in you, I believe, or at least in may empathy for the people I'm looking at. And for being able to see something that somebody else might not have noticed. You know, I love photography of all sorts. There's a, there's a print in a museum, modern art by George Tice, which I have stood in front of many times and I keep falling into it.

Gerard Exupery: 00:22:45 It's such a, it's this gorgeous print it's of a, a rest stop on the New Jersey turnpike. But for me, it's always the people it's always about that. And so there is a flow one when I would go out and taking pictures, sometimes I just wouldn't feel it. But other times it would be like, Oh, like on the subway with the rhythm of the, of the noise of the tracks and the train, you know, that you see things almost an arrhythmic way, it's like music. And every shot may not be a wonderful image, but you think it is. And, and and that, it's almost like a feeling of wellbeing that you're relating to your subject and you're getting this feedback. And for me, and I've talked to other photographers about this, the idea that it's an actual physical reaction when I take it, when I see the sh a picture, a street shot like that one, right.

Gerard Exupery: 00:23:46 You know, of the peep to kissing. Right. You know, it's like, my exposures are sort of crappy sometimes because I've got one opportunity to get that decisive moment, that picture. So you know, I'm not always perfect technically, but when I see that moment, it's, it's a gut sensation and, and, you know, it's like, I always kind of know what it's gonna look like on paper, even the digital too, I feel the same way, you know, I don't have to what they call it shrimping. I don't have to look into it the screen. Yeah. Because although it's nice. I got to say, it's, it's quite comforting. It's either you feel it or you don't feel it, and if you don't feel it yes. I think it just means you haven't lived long enough. Hmm. Or had enough of life's experiences.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:24:42 That's something that's got to marinate for a little bit. I like, I like that idea. I like that idea a lot. When it w a lot of times, because, you know, well, let me, let me formulate my thought here. I think I love that idea so much because it really gives a lot of validity to the type of photos that is that you're taking. I don't remember who said it. I always get it confused. It might've been Angela Adams, but I believe that he said every every photo has two people in it, the viewer and the the photographer, the photographer, and the viewer. And that idea to me, I don't know if there's ever been a quote, which I should really be more acquainted with it, but I don't think that there's ever been a quote about photography that resonated with me more.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:25:29 And it's like you said, I mean, that just makes sense. It's those life experiences that you have that help you tell a story in your own unique way that help you see something maybe as it's happening or right before it's happening. And this kind of goes back to the whole conversation that we had on cell phones. You know, how much are you not living by being on your cell phone? Right. Which, I mean, obviously I don't want to make this, I know that cell phones have done a lot of good and I love my cell phone. And I probably spend too much time on my cell phone. But I mean, that's still, that's still, is that, is that validity it's like so much comes from what it is that you live through? How can we do more of that? How can we do more of that? Yeah. Do you think that you have as much do you think that your life experiences, as you said give you more of an influence on the photos that you take versus looking at photos of other acclaimed photographers?

Gerard Exupery: 00:26:32 Absolutely. I mean you know, just going back to what, you know, that Ansul Adams' quote, I always have thought, but only really into words in the last few years that yeah, the Mo

Gerard Exupery: 00:26:48 The most important part of that photograph is you as a photographer. And what does that, what does that photograph at least look I understand landscape, I understand commercial work, but I'm not talking about that. I'm talking about street, weird stuff. You know, I'm talking, I'm talking about the this deeply personal relationship you're having with seeing and yeah, it's about you. And, you know you know, I have a kind of a hard time. I don't like feeling I had a pretty crappy time growing up and I've had some experiences that definitely have made me much more empathetic to my fellow human being. When I first moved moved to New York and it was going to school of visual arts. I had a friend who lived on the upper West side and worked part time and the camera store on 88th and Broadway West side camera.

Gerard Exupery: 00:27:50 And I went up to, and so it was only like I knew him for maybe three or four weeks going to school. And so he said, Hey, why don't you come up later in the afternoon? And let's go get some Chinese food or something. There's this restaurant in my building. So I went up and I met him at this store and he and I sat behind the counter while they were doing what they were doing, and the place was being got robbed. And three guys came in, one guy has a gun. There's a guy behind a register I'm in the middle, my friends over here. And it was a very thin store. And you know, I was very tiny and a guy says to the fellow behind the register give me the money and for whatever stupid reason, the kid turned off the register, put the key in his pocket and walked in front of me and from my buddy and up the back steps to the, what was the manager's office. You tell me if this is too graphic, what's coming up. Right. And so the guy's falling with the gun and I, you know, I'm standing there like this and my buddy is too. And I'm going to tell you

Gerard Exupery: 00:29:01 Your bladder definitely wants to let go when you're that scared. Oh, I can't imagine. You know, I was concentrating so hard and not pissing myself. And so, and as, as the, as skip was his name yet walks in front of me, the guy sneaker was standing in front of me, has this blade. The cops called it an Oh Oh seven. It was huge jumps over the counter. Skip starts to run up the back steps. And he, we heard him say something to the manager who he knew was up there, Nikki, and heard this pop pop. And I thought, Oh man, that guy shot skip in reality. What happened was skip had trapped down in the manager, shot the guy who was about to stab him. And then the guy came out from behind the curtains and he stumbled and he landed right on top of me. And I thought I was stabbed and he and I fell to the ground. And this guy is on top of me. And, and, you know, I I'm struggling to get out from underneath them. And

Gerard Exupery: 00:30:02 So it was a Bosch robbery. The other two guys leave the guy who fell on top and he's dead. There, I mean the funniest part though funny was I was, I call nine one one. And as soon as I hung up the phone on Broadway and upper Manhattan there's islands that runs up be separating uptown and downtown sides. And, you know, used to be a lot of homeless bombs or whatever, you know, setting, that's not politically correct homeless people sitting on the ventures, drinking or doing whatever. And all of a sudden these two homeless guys come in. One of them is holding a gun and I'm like, Holy shit, we're going to get robbed again. And there were two undercover cops. They were there in like seconds. All right. So all of this is just to say that that was my very early education to life in the big city.

Gerard Exupery: 00:30:54 And I got to tell you at that time, the upper West side is not what it is today. You know, yeah. It was, it was a little dangerous at times. And that taught me how to pay attention. Cause those guys had come into the store, each of them separately over the course of the hour or so that I had been there. And, you know, and it only occurred to me after all three of them come walking into this store. And, you know, it was that kind of awareness of like this hinky feeling, you know, you should go really go with what your guts are telling you. And that's directly applicable to roaming around the city taking pictures because I pride myself on being able to get along with just about anybody and the way that you do that is you go, you know, you can allow yourself to be, get into situations as long as you always know in the back of your head, who you are, what you're doing and how you're going to get out of there in case, you know, I've done things with drug dealers, not buying or anything, but taking pictures things like that in situations that you know, I wouldn't want my kids to get into.

Gerard Exupery: 00:32:12 Yeah. Okay. But at the same time I never felt unsafe. I never had a single bad thing ever happened to me in the city. And you might say that that robbery was a bad thing. I never had a bad dream about it ever. You know? I, I do probably have some PTSD from it, but I never, it was so kind of honest and poetic justice in a way. And educational and there've been other things, not like that, but other you know, somebody close dying or it just kinda tenderizes your, your emotions so that you become much more aware of what's going on around you, what the people around you are doing, how they're acting, are they happy, sad? Is this woman crying for some reason, you know, do I take a picture? Yeah. I won't be such a jerk if I take a picture. I'm sorry.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:33:06 Yeah, no, no, no, no, no. I was, I was captivated. That was a, that was a, that was an incredible story. And I'm, I'm sorry that one, you had to go through something like that. And two, I cannot imagine what that must have been like, but as you said, it really comes it's that life experience that you have that really forms your opinions as a photographer, is that yeah.

Gerard Exupery: 00:33:27 Yeah. Very much so at least as a street photographer, I think, and you know, I feel actually quite fortunate to have experienced that in survives, obviously, because of, of what it made me aware of. And that's like power, you know, when you have been through something and know that you can survive it or know how to behave next time or whatever, that's knowledge, that's real power, I think.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:33:57 So where do you think the, what do you think the information of, or the power of looking at other photographers photos? How does that play into who you are as a photographer?

Gerard Exupery: 00:34:10 I hated looking at other people's work for, for the longest time we had an assignment in, at school of visual arts first year, last assignment, pick your favorite photographer and take pictures that look like theirs. And I thought that was an insult and I didn't do it. All I did was submit my pictures and say, Oh, I shot like Dwayne Michaels. And I got an a and you know, something, I thought that was just like, I,

Gerard Exupery: 00:34:40 I never really thought my stuff was that good. I I'm, you know, I didn't show my stuff to anybody for like close to 40 years. My wife who used to be ex wife, lovely, lovely person who used to always say to me, you know, you should do something with these. And, and, you know, I did everything possible to avoid doing what I really wanted to do. And so I never thought they were all that good. I thought that people who said

Gerard Exupery: 00:35:08 That they were either didn't know what they were told. It was the what you, I don't think I don't want to from graft remarks, I wouldn't want to be a member of any club that would have me as a member. Yes. So what the hell do you know, telling me this, but, you know and it's interesting because only in the last six years or so, when I discovered flicker and just started posting things every once in a while I have met the most incredible friends. Well, one guy in particular, his name is Steve Fretz, F R E T Z. And his work really deserves to be looked at. He is he lives maybe 25 miles from me. And he was the first person who I ever talked to about photography who really thought about it as passionately as I did.

Gerard Exupery: 00:35:59 You know, who said, he said to me, you know, I think if I couldn't do it, I would just want to die. And, you know, it's kind of a strange thing to say to somebody, but I understood that completely, you know, it's like, you have to do it. Yeah. You know, I had basically no choice in the matter. And so I did not look at a lot of other people's photography as a regular thing, but Larry burrows Vietnam, war photographer incredible work Jamie Zelle, you know, I mean, it's not that you didn't have an appreciation for this commercial work. And so you know, of course, Arbus people working in that vein. And, and I did pay attention, but I didn't actively go looking because I didn't, because I was kind of afraid of confirming. Yeah. My stuff does suck, you know, and I really, how do you mean that?

Gerard Exupery: 00:36:57 How do you mean that? Because I would look at people's work and I go, Oh my God, that's incredible. And and then look at my own work and think, you know, mine is nothing like that before I realized, Hey, you know what? It really doesn't have to be like that. And why are you bothering to compare yourself to anybody else anyway, and all those other reasons they tell you and creativity classes about, you know, what's the killer of creativity, you know? Oh, that's been done before all that stuff. But you know, I was just I had just had a really bad attitude about

Gerard Exupery: 00:37:37 With wanting to make your Mark. Would that be it? Oh, shrink wants told me fear of success, fear of success. And but you know, it was only until slicker happened that people, a lot of people really started reacting positively towards the pictures. And I was, I was going through a really tough time. And I started seeing a therapist, this woman Sarah, very young. And I mean, I really had the gut because I was not having a good time. And it was interesting because after the first session or two, Oh, we ended up talking about was photography and how much it meant to me and why I didn't do it and all these other things. And she really helped me and being on flicker and getting the positive results and learning how to accept the fact that, you know, this stuff is it's good. It's worth doing something with you know, I, I think growing up and when I was younger, you know, ego is not a good thing for the creative process. I mean, you need a Lil, but when it becomes such a big thing, it's not good for me, it's not good for me. And then I realized that I had spent my wife, you know, I had a film and video production company. And

Gerard Exupery: 00:39:13 I would carry my Nikon around with me and take some pictures and all, but I was not doing what I did before or I'm doing now. And, and I was just so unhappy. I was just so unhappy, not really understanding why. And so for me, the whole experience of photography and relating to people, I can trace this all the way back to when I was a child, my father dying in the sense of loss and feeling that somehow. So you know, that if it wasn't my fault, then maybe I deserve this or, or whatever, you know, and, and, and that's how I processed it. And, and I really don't want to seem like one of, one of the, I don't want anybody ever to feel sorry for me. I really don't because all this stuff has made me able to see the things that I say, right.

Gerard Exupery: 00:40:04 The things I write, which I never wrote before, until flicker people would ask for a description and I would type a short paragraph. And then they got longer and longer and longer. And I always wanted to, I always want it to right. Going back many, many years, and I never did. And I don't know. It was just like either through therapy. And plus there are a lot of hormones that kick in when you get to be about 55, 56, 57, you know that you know what, it doesn't really matter. None of this shit matters. It's like either you do it or you don't do it, and if you're not doing it, it makes you unhappy. Well, guess what, you know, you should be doing it.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:40:43 Yeah.

Gerard Exupery: 00:40:43 Well, I hope you're going to edit that because that was really out there.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:40:47 No, you know, you keep saying that, but it's not, it's not each one of these stories is, is completely relevant to this whole interview. You know, when it comes to shooting things on the subway, I've always as somebody who doesn't ride the subway I've always seen the subway as something very chaotic as something that is just, something's always going on. Something is all over the place. And to be able to find some sort of meaning or, or some sort of just the way that it all works together, I suppose, I think it's almost impossible. You know, you can try as much as you can, but I think at the end of the day, it's, it's truly impossible. And I get that this isn't insult, but I get that same feeling from you. I love hearing your stories. They're kind of chaotic, but there's a lot of life experience there.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:41:39 And there's a lot of information that I think is enhancing the, your book. I think anybody who reads your book and listens to this is going to get us a much deeper understanding of the words that you were trying to say in your book. And I actually had a question specifically out that right now, which was, you know, as we're talking about looking through the photos of people on the subway, you said, sometimes you walk in there and you just got all this, you know, like you're going in there, I'm going to take photos no matter what happens, but then you also said, I wrote it down. You said you shared the story of w being pushed to be more genuinely interested in your subjects. And when you were quote, new worlds began opening up for me. And of course I did. And that to me got me really interested because this is a world of strangers, you know? So how do you open yourself up? How do you become genuinely interested in somebody who is a complete stranger who maybe you're not talking to? Did you have a goal of taking their photo when, when you would, when you would see these people?

Gerard Exupery: 00:43:00 I think you have to be lonely. And I think that you have to be mindful it's almost like a purposeful, purposeful wellness or what, you know, like the Buddhist thing about you know, it, it really, it is what it is and bye. Just letting things happen. And that's kinda what I mean by allowing yourself to be vulnerable. I mean, it's like, and this is a very small example, but so you're supposed to get off at this subway stop cause you're meeting your girlfriend or whatever. And, but instead you see these people sitting there and they're so interesting, it's your ride? The next 20 stops, you know you, you need to Gerard Exupery: 00:44:00 It comes from a seeing in people, something that you find interesting or attractive and wanting to own a part of it, I think,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:44:12 Can you give me an example of something that you would see that you wanted to own a part of

Gerard Exupery: 00:44:29 Hang on just one. Oh, damn. I have a photograph. It was done digitally of this girl pushing and, and in front of Cooper, union Manhattan downtown in the village, there is a big, giant cube. It's been there for 50 years and you can rotate it by pushing on it. And I have this shot of this girl pushing on it and her friend is on the other side, pushing it too, and they are laughing and they're just having this great time.

Gerard Exupery: 00:45:09 It was very easy for me to imagine what that must feel like to be that old, to be having such a good time with your friend to do something as freaky as pushing this gigantic, gigantic corten steel sculpture. You know, and it, you know, or there's a, there's a shot I have, should I be looking for these or should I just describe it? Or you can just describe it. There's a shot I have of a woman on a Brooklyn street. And she's leaning up against this firebox, very old woman. And it's this whole scene, you know, it's, it's like on a corner and she's just in the center. Not very big, not too small, but just kind of leaning because she's so tired. And I remember at the time wondering what it was like to be so tired of life, just tired. And now that I am much older, I know.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:46:15 Wow, wow. That is, this interview is just been so full of of these big ideas. I think these ideas that you can not fully grasp with photography as I could look at that photo and see something entirely different. Yes. But as you said, you, as the photographer have to put yourself in these photos and kind of decide what it is that you're shooting. Right. It's ultimately you who decides that?

Gerard Exupery: 00:46:45 Oh yeah. It's about me. It's all about me, me, me, me, you know? And, and, you know, and yeah, I'm trying to be funny, but at the same time, it's true because only I, and I've seen that I am showing you a, represent a two dimensional representation of it, but only I saw it and felt it and reacted to it. And only I had the feeling that immediate feeling that hopefully I'm conveying to you.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:47:11 Yeah. Yeah. Do you ever hope that, do you ever hope that somebody sees a photo the same way as you do or does it even matter?

Gerard Exupery: 00:47:20 Yeah. well, it's interesting. I've never equated photography with making money at all. At least what I do. I mean, I usually just gave my prints away, you know, I didn't care doing the book. And I have had people buy some prints from me. Has, I didn't know what the hell we'll charge, you know, it's like here, just have it. So yeah. And so when somebody, you know, some people are very eloquent and say, Oh, I liked the way the lighting is here or whatever. And in my head I'm saying, well, I had absolutely nothing to do with this.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:48:00 Yeah.

Gerard Exupery: 00:48:00 I don't care what the light's doing. You know, I know if it's good or I know if it's going to be an issue later on, but it's about this person is about that situation and, you know so yeah, and, and, and I'm very happy when that happens. I'm very happy when somebody looks at that picture of that woman leaning and said, I can feel her. I can feel what she's feeling. Yeah. And that, for me, even as the ego, I it's very satisfying and yes, I think I was very fortunate. I don't think I'd been fortunate. Like I have this guardian angel. She always takes, make sure she knows. She makes sure I never have a really, really good time, but she also makes sure I don't get maimed. So, so and I've been very fortunate in my life to have had the experiences positive and negative, and I feel so fortunate to be, to see this thing and then have somebody else find it as interesting or as feeling as much as I did that is that's more than I deserve.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:49:14 No, it's a great feeling. It's definitely a good feeling. And all of this kind of comes from, you know, being able to take or being able to translate, I guess, what it is that you see in your head onto a, as you said, a piece of film, piece of paper, a digital chip, you know, whatever it is. Yeah. That obviously comes from experience. So your book, you know, your book spans an entire decade of taking photos. If you had to guess, or maybe, you know, how many photos did you take in the subway during that decade?

Gerard Exupery: 00:49:43 I'll tell ya. I have been stuck inside for almost two years with a severe back issue. I was supposed to have my surgery, but because of the pandemic it's been pushed back and you know, I, so, and I've been going slowly out of my mind if it's not obvious, not, I mean, you know, it's just I can only walk a certain distance. I can only stand for so long. So I spent, spent a lot of my time just going through the pictures I, I bought like [inaudible] cone anx, you know, their archival carbon anx, and I got archival pay for, so I started doing these gorgeous prints and okay. And, but you know, my ex sister-in-law who she is such a wonderful person, she said, why don't you do a book of your pictures? Yeah. I'm going to watch TV.

Gerard Exupery: 00:50:39 And, and so it was a couple of weeks later, I'm thinking, you know, something's going to, I'm losing my mind here. And so I actually did sit down and start enlighten room, start ordering the pictures in a collection of things that might make a good book or story. And then it was only then that I realized I had so many photographs of the subway. It was never my intention to make the subway a series. It was always my intention to, it's always my intention to photograph just about everything, you know, everywhere I go and everything I see. And, and there's something repeatedly has, has me interested. I just continued doing it. And I noticed that I had all these pictures from the subway. So I also had lost for a few years, about 3000 negatives. And so I'd been going through them and saying, Holy crap, look at all those subway pictures.

Gerard Exupery: 00:51:29 And there are lots of pictures of other things, but I thought, Hmm. So I started scanning them in and lo and behold I had enough to do a book. And, and it's interesting because it told me how I felt about the subway, you know? Wow. And the intro to the book, I say it's like the star ship, the transporter on the star ship enterprise only slower. It's this constantly changing play, you know, where the characters go on the stage, get off the stage. The scenery is always changing and there's always a story it's always, for me, a picture is always about the story. It's always the story. And you know, if you, like, I had this girlfriend and we used to just sit there and make up stories about people who were sitting across from us, you know, and sometimes they were very nice and sometimes they weren't whatever, but it was, it was this exercise. And, but in a way, that's what you're doing. When you take a picture of a stranger, you know, you're imbuing them with certain qualities that you perceive.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:52:37 So after I'm sorry, gone. Cause I didn't know whether I answered your question or not. Well, yes and no. The answer was a lot. You took a lot of photos in the subway. My next question was kind of, it's more about having this longterm project. Do you know? Cause I'm always interested in stuff like this. I was always interested in those people who took a photo of themselves every day for like two years or whatever it was. Things are always interesting. Yeah, exactly. Those things are always interesting to me, but it's always easier for me to look back than it is to look forward. Kind of where at, where you're at with all the photos that you have when you had decided that you're going to put together a book of subway images, how did you weed out some, but include others? How did, how did you make that decision for you?

Gerard Exupery: 00:53:23 Well, that's actually two questions. Think you're asking me about, well, I said it wasn't really a project that I had thought of, but it was something that I consistently did. Yes. Is the only thing I've ever consistently done in my entire life. I mean, it is the only thing I have done from the time I was about eight years old till now that I never stopped doing. Yeah. So and

Gerard Exupery: 00:53:49 You know, you know, it's like, you know, when you take a picture, whether it's good or not, you know, it's, you know, and you feel it in your heart or your head and if you don't, maybe that isn't what year, you know, cause you have to, you know, you have to feel it in your heart or your head, whatever word, wherever you believe. And

Gerard Exupery: 00:54:15 So that's how I know. I mean, it's interesting. Like I will, for the longest time before I became much more positive about my homework I would look at it and, Oh, that's nice. That's nice. And then after about the 20th picture, you get kinda foggy. You know, it's really hard to Oh, is this one better than that? Should I go with it? And I, and I realized while doing the book that, Hey, you know, when I got tired, I'm going to go take a nap. I'll come back to this later. Nobody's beating down the door, waiting for me to finish this book. I did want to publish it on the anniversary of my mom's death because she always said, I'll never get anywhere in flour. No, she didn't

Raymond Hatfield: 00:54:58 Sorry. I didn't know how to respond to that.

Gerard Exupery: 00:55:01 No, she was like, no, I mean, Oh it should be. I will. I'll tell you that she was not very positive about me making it a career. Okay. I'll just leave it at that. But you know, she was a very interesting woman and I love her. Oh, she wouldn't even tell you what a crap mom she was as she was, but she was also a wonderful person, you know? And I think, see, when you, when your kids get to be adults and they can say, Oh yeah, my dad was a real, but there's also a good guy too. You know? It's like, by the time your kids are 18, they know exactly who you are.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:55:35 Yes, of course, whatever. I'm sorry. I'm rambling. I need a drink of water. Oh, of course. Of course. No. I just think it's always interesting to think about the whole idea of putting things together in the form of a book. Because as you said, you know, if you, I know I've gotten to the point to where every year I make a, a yearbook, like a family yearbook just taken with like cell phone photos or, you know, photos with the Fugees or whatever that I just kind of compile. And I've had to like cap myself with the number of pages for each month, because if I didn't there would be no rhyme or reason. It would just be every single photo because they're all first time. No, it's because I just have such a hard time deciding what should go in and what's not. And then if I become too critical, each month only has like two photos in it. You know what I mean? So when it comes to putting together this book of yours, surely not every subway photo went in there. So tell me why you chose one and why you didn't choose another.

Gerard Exupery: 00:56:41 Cut for a second. I just want to turn this fan because I'm starting to sweat shirt. There's a boy over here. Who's fanning, man. I just had to smack them. I'm going to take a puff on this. That's my advice.

Gerard Exupery: 00:57:15 To pictures, honest, you know, there are pictures that look great because you can say to your buddy or your friend, just move over here a little bit or do this. And I've done that, you know, I mean, and it makes a nice picture, but there are certain pictures like the woman leaning on, on the firebox, the the three women in, in the subway who are just, you know, that they're having a fight about something that there's something honest about it that I had no control over that I was just privileged to see. And those are the ones that inevitably end up. It's the ones that I choose, you know. And what you said previously about the technological frailties of shooting analog shooting film. I swore, and I've a very good friend of mine when he found out that I sold all my digital gear and you know, and you know, I didn't sell it cause I had to sell it.

Gerard Exupery: 00:58:16 I sold it because, you know you know, the whole story of the Trojan horse went the Greeks, you know, they, they come on. Sure. Well, he burned the ships because you're not going back buddy, until this is over that that's, this is something that and it was I'm sure I'll get back to your original question. Stephanie Pappas, who's the editor at Monroe magazine who saw my stuff and she sent me an email and I thought it was one of my friends pranking me and I said, okay, man, you know, I said, is this a prank? You know, and it wasn't, but you know she that's a magazine that they will publish digital, but rarely that they only want analog. And I thought, Hmm. So when I'm looking at the book, I tried to slug in some of my newer subway photos that were digital and it was like getting stabbed in the eye with an ice pick because the difference is, is so seeable, I mean, other pictures not.

Gerard Exupery: 00:59:24 So I have it in my book, you know, in my personal stuff here pictures, side by side that are film and digital and you know, and who really, I don't care what kind of a camera it is, story, you know, really each picture stands on its own. I think a picture that's relying on the one in front of it or in back of it is not as good as the one that's going to stand on its own. And that's what I try, you know, that's what I strive for. So what's a film it's soft, it's scratched. I swear. I would never, I spent my life in, I mean, I must've spent 15 years in the dark room in the dark and I was, you know, and I made early on. That's how I made money by printing for other people. And I swore never, never, I, all my clothes were fixer stained, whatever.

Gerard Exupery: 01:00:17 And just looking at the book and seeing the way she had explained it to me was that there is something that is more human about film, that the digital is so pure, pure, almost surgically. So, you know, it is just so clean and it's true, you know, it's like I can take pictures at 1600 or 3,200, I saw with the in digital land and they looked great do that in film. And you know, you can't tell somebody's face because the grain is that side. You know, it just slid right there. But the there's something about it that just really started me thinking and I had to ask myself, why did I exchange the digital?

Gerard Exupery: 01:01:11 Well, it wasn't really a conscious decision. It just happened to be the camera that I had at the time. So I decided that I'm going to re-explore that. And when I was processing the first roll of film, I put through this, I'm leaning over the sink and I'm gone. I felt, I felt like I was one of those actors in Williamsburg, Virginia, you know, who's right. You know, it's like, Oh, this is how we, they did it in the old days and stuff. But I felt such a connection that I hadn't felt in so long, that idea of crap, you know, what if I shake it three times instead of just twice, I'm gonna, the contrast is gonna go up and whatever, you know, or, and, and I realized that there is something that is really earthy, grounded about having that interaction with your images. And I still love digital photography. And as soon as I'm as soon as I think I'm ready, I'm going to buy that extra three. Yes. And so it's it's but there is something about film that is more organic and it's, I wouldn't say it's any closer to my heart, but it's, it's easier to look at, I think, yeah.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:02:33 Easier to look at. It's easier to look at. It's easier to look at that goes back to that kind of surgical precision, because oftentimes I know that this has said this is dumb. I was watching a documentary the other day with my son, Charlie. No, I take that back. It wasn't even a documentary. I was telling you earlier about this e-learning that he's doing because he's from school and one of his assignments was that he had to watch a video on, on nature and like how trees grow or something like that. And it was talking about how in nature, there's almost never any 90 degree. There's no like straight lines. Everything is very chaotic and organic, I suppose. And I don't know if this was getting really deep into the philosophy, I suppose, a film, but where even the same role, just one, you know, frame different than the next can be a completely different image and the way that it renders the, you know, the grain or even the, the, the light coming in, that it gets very exciting. It gets very exciting that you were able to capture something like this, this, the scene that was in front of you, whereas with digital it's, as you said, it's surgical. It's almost like, well, if you didn't do it, then, then it was your fault. It was your fault. Whereas with film, you look for those impurities or those imperfections usually get excited for those it's like gambling.

Gerard Exupery: 01:03:54 It is because, you know, you're, you are going on your knowledge of this particular situation that you've made an image that is acceptable to you. And you know, what, how many times did you look at that re that strip of in the dark? And we go, Oh yeah, this is great. And then when you put it in the larger realize, Oh, all of them are out of focus. No. I mean, Hey, and then you realize, you know, that crap, I learned about zone focusing. I should really pay more attention, but it is like gambling and the reward is so great. And you know, when you're able to go quick. Yeah. That's a nice thing too. It is a nice thing too. But it's not as nice as it's not as nice as knowing that, Hey, you know what? I knew my shit enough that I was able to see it. Are you allowed to swear on this? Absolutely. Go ahead. Did I knew my shit well enough that I was able to pull this off? Know it may not be the best exposure in the world, but God, you know what that picture is.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:04:57 Yeah. Yeah. Oh man. I I, I told you that I shoot on Fuji as well at the X 100. And then I got the T I just recently got the V not too long ago. Just mainly because I wanted the tilt screen, take photos of the kids and stuff. But yesterday we went out to go on a little bike ride with the kids. We went to a local park and normally I would bring the VI, right. I would bring the X 100 V because it's that instant feedback with kids. It's so hard to make sure that you get them in focus or, you know, whatever it is. There can just be so many things that they, not that they ruin a photo, but there there's so many more what's the word I'm looking for here? It could just,

Raymond Hatfield: 01:05:42 Oh, what is the word that I'm looking for here? But anyway, you can just, nah, no, it can just be all over the place. Right? When you go to take photos of kids, you never know, you never know. But I decided that I was going to bring the, the Pentax K 1000 up there because it was for that exact reason. It was for that exact reason. Cause I know that if I get one good photo, there's not a better feeling in the world than getting that photo. So drought, I have to thank you so much for sharing everything that you have today. I know that I've kept you much longer.

Gerard Exupery: 01:06:16 Oh no, I can go all afternoon. I can keep going. There's nothing I like more than, than talking about this stuff that I had nobody to talk to about it for so many years,

Raymond Hatfield: 01:06:28 This world of podcast you're going to, you're going to love. And I, I can already think of somebody who I really want to connect you with to, to chat with them. Cause you're just gonna have a great conversation. But again, I really want to be mindful of your time. So before I let you go, I got two more questions for you. One is what advice would you have for anybody who right now is looking to do a longterm project?

Gerard Exupery: 01:06:54 Pick something that you don't like

Raymond Hatfield: 01:06:57 Pick something that you don't like. Why is that?

Gerard Exupery: 01:07:00 Oh I hate tattoos. I mean, I've seen some gorgeous tattoos in Japan, you know, it's a different thing. The idea of using your body as basically a cocktail napkin to scribble on bothers me, especially on women, because I think the female form is just pretty damn gorgeous, you know, as it is the human form, men, women, whatever. And there's a tattoo shop in my town here that I used to walk past twice a day, at least, and one day I'm staring in the window and I'm going, why don't I like this? You know? And I just wandered in. And of course I was, I expected to be sold. Somebody tried to sell me speed methadone and gets hit in the head with a bicycle, a motorcycle trench, and you know what, they were the nicest people in the world. And the owner, I got into a conversation with this guy named ox.

Gerard Exupery: 01:07:57 And I said, you know, I'm not a big fan. I said, but can I come back and spend a couple of hours every week? And sure. And it took a while for the other two twists to accept me being there. Cause they were nasty. But after about nine months of doing this I understood a lot better. And I learned how to tell a story, a cohesive story about this thing that I knew nothing about. So it's great. If you can, if you can document something that you know, nothing about and learn in the process, that's got to influence how you photograph it, you know, because that wonder that that, that newness, you know, it's up here and it's hopefully it'll come out there.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:08:48 Yeah. I know. I never would have. I never would've thought I never would have thought of that. That is a that was a great tip. And honestly, I don't know, I don't know a better way to, into this interview than than with that right there. So again, dry, I got to say thank you again so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did before I let you go. Can you let the listeners know where they can find you online and find your book as well?

Gerard Exupery: 01:09:13

Gerard Exupery one word G E R a R D E X U P E R y.com is my website. Link to the book is on the website. You can also go to Etsy. And the weirdest thing is, is that my, I had a friend, he told me that they Googled Girard Exupery and like three months ago, if I did that, there was nothing about me. And now all of a sudden they're all a lot of my pictures in the book and stuff. So just go on, just Google it.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:09:49 Wonderful. And of course, I'm going to have links to your website, as well as the book in the show notes of this episode. I appreciate that before I let you go, I gotta just let you know that looking at your book, you know, you sent it over looking at your book and the photos in it. It really does feel like a time machine and in a sense that, that you can't get on your own today. It's like you can't go out and you can't photograph your own time machine looking forward, but you can always look back and it feels like that time machine. And it's from the small details from the clothes, the hair, of course, the hairstyles, the lack of any cell phones like we were talking about earlier. And when I look at the people in your photographs, I just wonder about the conversations that they were having. And that draws me in so much. And you know, you can't help, but wonder, you know, what is it that these people are talking about, but ultimately I think where are these people today, you know, and you make it,

Gerard Exupery: 01:10:45 He must think that I feel that way too. I am always going, Hey, he's dead, she's dead, they're dead. Or I wonder how her life went and I wonder, you know, yes, absolutely. I agree with you.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:10:55 Yeah. Yeah. It's, it's that wonder that, that your book for me draws me in and gets me just thinking outside of my own world, which we're all in right now, stuck in our homes. You know, it gets me out of my world that I truly appreciate. And it's really fun and interesting to look at. So again, I just have to publicly say thank you for sharing everything that you did. Thank you for taking those photographs and thank you for coming on the podcast today.

Gerard Exupery: 01:11:20 Thank you so much. It's been a lot of fun.

BPP 204: Getting Sharp Focused Photos - Why You're Taking Blurry Pictures

Taking photos that are sharp is one of the hallmarks of a professional photographer. It shows a clear understanding of their abilities to not only read the scene in front of them but to use their technical knowledge to capture the scene with beauty.

For new photographers, getting sharp photos can be quite challenging and cause confusion. Part of the time photos don’t turn out sharp because of having the wrong technical settings while the other times, the gear could be at fault.

Today I break down the 4 reasons why you’re taking blurry photos and how to get sharply focused photos.

Reason #1: You Missed Focus

Reason #2: Chromatic Aberration

Reason #3: Your ISO is too High

Reason #4: Motion Blur

Knowing how to use your camera and the effect your camera settings has on an image is imperative to being able to capture sharp photos.

I'm officially reopening enrollment in my online photography course Auto to Amazing!

Auto to Amazing is the fastest way to learn photography guaranteed. 

Learn more here

https://learn.beginnerphotographypodcast.com/p/a2a/?product_id=1217358&coupon_code=FASTMOVER40 

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

BPP 203: TahJah Harmony - Creative Health Bucket

TahJah Harmony is a southern Louisiana lifestyle photographer and wedding photographer who after several years of hustle to get her photography business going started to feel burnt out and went looking for a way to fill her creative health bucket. This interview and the importance of mental health and creative health is extremely relevant todays world climate.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How TahJah got started in photography

  • What was the hardest part about photography for TahJah to learn

  • The first sign of burn out TahJah felt and how it started to affect her mental health

  • How TahJah defines creative health

  • What aspects of Art school TahJah found most beneficial

  • TahJah’s favorite activities to fill her creative health bucket

  • How TahJah changed her home life to promote better mental health

  • TahJahs favorite apps to help her creative health

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How to decide what to do and not do in your business

  • How to turn business tasks creative

  • Knowing when it’s ok to hustle for work of if your just Hustling to hustle.

  • How baking and rock climbing can make us better photographers for our clients.

Resources:

Screen Shot 2020-06-08 at 7.09.39 AM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-06-08 at 7.10.18 AM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-06-08 at 7.11.25 AM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-06-08 at 7.08.59 AM.jpeg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00 Thank you so much for coming on the podcast. I'm excited that you're here today. You are one of these people who I found, it's actually a really crazy story how, how, how I found you. I was looking for tools to help better with a like, like a photography workflows and you left a comment on somebody's blog and it was, it was very upbeat. It was very happy, it was very excited and I thought, wow, this person is like really obviously appreciative of what's going on. So I clicked on the, on a link and it showed your name and then, wow, this sounds really bad. And then I Googled your name. And then there you were, you popped up, there was your website, there was your podcast as well. And just digging in, I could tell that you are a force of somebody who wants to do good things in the world, who is really excited about what it is that you do, that you have a lot of passion. And sometimes I feel like that's lacking from a lot of other photographers just in, in our industry. I suppose. So while that was a really long introduction, I apologize for that. But overall, what I'm trying to say is, Tajha, thank you so much for coming on the podcast today.

TahJah Harmony: 01:09 Thank you so much for having me. That's so crazy. I always love to see like how people end up finding each other cause it's always a crazy story like that. So I love it.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:18 It is. And I feel like that happened more oddly enough when we spent more time just like talking to friends and family and you know, who do you know and, and building those relationships. But now that it's all on the internet, I feel like there's less of that. So whenever you can find that little piece of gold, I suppose, it's always very fun. So, so yeah, I'm, I'm, I'm excited to have you on today. We're talking about creative health. We're talking about feeling better as artists, but before we get into any of that, can you share how you got started in photography in the first place?

TahJah Harmony: 01:51 Yes. So I have always gone to performing arts schools. And so I started learning how to be in the dark room and developing photos when I was actually eight. They just had, it was a class that I could take when I was in, when I was in school and it was just something that I kind of like carried with me. I was always like a socially awkward child and things like that. And so when I would go to like parties or any kind of social events, I just had my camera with me cause it gave me a job and I was like, I'll just walk around and take pictures and I don't have to talk to people. And so I ended up going to college for, for art, but I ended up just really gravitating towards photography. When I graduated, I got a degree in actually like I was an app developer, so I was really into like game design and animation. And so I did that for a little while when I graduated college. I got a job for the state as an app developer. And I just always did photography on the side and it got to the point where it was like I had to choose like don't want to continue doing like the tech stuff or do I want to do more photography? And so was like I'm young, I'm just going to take the leap and do photography full time and that has been what I've been doing for the past eight years.

Raymond Hatfield: 03:06 Wow. Okay. So a lot of questions right there. First of all, I love that story. I can relate so much. I was totally that socially awkward kid who brought that camera with me everywhere. It's easy because it's like suddenly you have a screen that you can like protect yourself or that you can, that you can stand behind. So I totally get that. So first question is this dark room experience that you had at eight years old, this was an option from your school? Yes. So like chemicals and developer and bleach, you were just given to eight year olds and you were able to develop your own photos.

TahJah Harmony: 03:36 Yes. It was very like it was, it was definitely very supervised. Like very like kid friendly and things like that. But yeah, it was just like the, we would take our black and white film with the 35 millimeter and then we would like go into the dark room and they would kind of like let us photograph it with the enlarger and the teacher mostly did like the, like the developing, developing part of it. But yeah, that was like, which is crazy to think this is what happens when you like went to school in the early nineties.

Raymond Hatfield: 04:09 Yeah, I know. I feel that. That's hilarious. That's hilarious. That's awesome. That's a very cool story. I, I wish that I had I had a similar experience like that. We were just I was in yearbook when I was in middle school and I remember our school for some reason got a grant to get like a digital camera. And it's funny, it's actually, let me grab it right here. This isn't the camera, but this is the same style camera, but it's like the sun has a floppiness. Seriously, this camera was, this is what like started it all for me. And I was very excited about digital photography. I thought, Oh cool. Like we're done with film. Even though like, you know, I was in middle school, I had no idea what I was talking about. But sometimes I feel like this this held me back a little bit from learning and growing as a photographer cause I never had that dark room experience. Growing up, I never had like a photography class in school. I had your book, but it was just digital photography. It wasn't until pretty recently actually that I started to get into developing my own film. Sorry, I'm totally going off on a tangent there. Let's, let's, let's get back to you. You were really into photography. You decided to tell me about this, this difference between coding app developing and then also going to an art college. How did, how did that work? How did that work out?

TahJah Harmony: 05:30 So I started, when I started college, I was, this is like, there's so many tangents to the story. I have the most complicated college story. But I started off as a as a music major. And when I was going to school for that, I kind of was just like, Oh, I'm don't want to do this anymore. Like I just wanted to change and I wanted to do, I wanted to do art, never taken an art class in my life besides like doing photography. But it was like, I've just never, I just wanted to change my major to art and the art school would not accept me. They're just like, the Dean of the art college was just like, you don't have a portfolio. You've never taken art high school. Like you cannot be. So I showed up every day for a week until they allowed me into the program.

TahJah Harmony: 06:15 And so once I was done and actually got into, into the school, I was terrible at art. I was so bad I couldn't even draw a cube. Like I was trying to like draw a cube and I didn't know how to, cause I've just never experienced it. But I love how challenging it was. And my teachers were always like, you need to change your major. Like you are not an artist like me. Silly. And that was also how I ended up taking a photography class. Cause I was like, I do know how to do this. Like I was like, I know how to take, how to take photos. And I was more interested in like what the computers could do with art. Like I loved Photoshop when I was, when I was younger and I didn't even know that you could major in Photoshop, which was probably why my, the Dean wouldn't let me in cause I was like I want to major in Photoshop. He's like that is not a thing like you.

TahJah Harmony: 07:06 And so I just, I loved how you could use the computers to express yourself and do things with art. Cause I was actually really terrible at doing it by hand. And when I was going to school I just remembered how much I loved computer. I really enjoyed my computer science classes in high school. And when I was doing more and more of like the computer science part of it, I just was like, Oh you can actually mix these two things together. And that's kinda how I got really interested in like video game design and animation cause I just loved how you can express things and like in the movement that you could do. And so I actually was one of the very first S at LSU to take computer science classes and I was the very first person to double major in art and computer science that they actually ended up creating a minor so that people could do art and computer science. And at LSU at least because other schools were more like how arts and other schools were more accepting of there being this tech side to art. While this college I was in, it was all like studio museum art collecting like that type of art.

Raymond Hatfield: 08:15 Yeah. Yeah, I bet. Wow, that's very cool. That's very cool that you've, that you've found a way to blend those two things together and, and that they allow you essentially to do that and that you found this this, this path for yourself and, but I'm interested, I want to know a little bit more about kind of the photography side of things right now, which is when you, when you, when you were eight, right? When you're shooting with the, you know, you're shooting 35 now. Were you shooting, was it auto, were you already shooting manual? Where I'm trying to get at here is, is what was the hardest part about photography for you to learn when you were just getting started?

TahJah Harmony: 08:50 When I was just getting started, I think the hardest part of a photography for me to learn. I think it was mostly figuring out what I wanted to shoot. I had a really hard time, I think even all the way until, until college. And I think I still struggle with that now. Is that when I first held a camera and I remember like taking a photo, Oh. And holding a print in my hand. I was just kind of like, I can show people how I see the world, like always like, and it was just as very like very impactful and strong thing at the age of eight that I was just like, I can finally show people the way that I see the world because I just felt like the way that I saw things was very different than, than every everyone else.

TahJah Harmony: 09:34 Like how I process things and my, I was super imaginative and, and things like that. And so I just always had a very hard time of just like putting this pressure on photography to be able to like explain how I see the world are like give power to like my voice. Like I was like, I always wanted something to express without having the words to it. Cause I always felt like I didn't have the words, but I could visually represent things. And I think that it's still even at, from that young age into even being an adult, like I'm just like, I just feel like this pressure of being able to like tell these very strong stories through through my photography,

Raymond Hatfield: 10:12 I felt like you'd crawled into my brain and you said exactly my story as well. That's, that's incredible. Yeah. So, so how, how old were you? Do you, would you say, obviously you enjoyed photography for a while, so at what point did you decide, you know what, I love photography. I want to make this a big part of my life.

TahJah Harmony: 10:35 It definitely wasn't until college cause it was just kind of something that I, that I did. I didn't even necessarily think that it was was a talent or a skill, cause it was just something that I've just always just kind of done. It was always kind of like my, my fault, my safety thing was like how I, I just enjoyed doing it. And when I started college, because I had such a hectic schedule, I couldn't work. And so I kind of was like, that's when I learned about wedding photography and working on the weekends. So I started my photography business when I was in college and I just kind of would photograph things on the weekends and like get paid so I could spend all this money on art supplies cause art school was so expensive. And that was kind of like the beginning of the journey with it.

TahJah Harmony: 11:21 And it really wasn't until I like truly graduated and I had the full time job cause it was like, that's like what you're taught. You're taught to have the nine to five to have the full time job and so, and, and all of those things. And so it was like when I, when I had that, I realized like, wait, like photography is actually a job. Like people were actually paying me to do this and it was so fulfilling. Hearing people say like how impactful their, their photos meant to them and how, especially things where it's like you when you're doing things for so long, hearing people say like, my the photo that you took of my mom on our wedding day was actually the photo that we used for her obituary. And it's just like things when you're like, wow, like I wasn't even thinking of, I was just thinking about photographing your wedding. I wasn't thinking about like capturing those people in those things and like just hearing those stories just really like inspired me and to like really becoming passionate and telling stories through photography.

Raymond Hatfield: 12:21 Wow. Yeah. That's a, that's a powerful moment, isn't it? Jeez. Yeah. I know that as, as new photographers, new photographers oftentimes feel that the photography itself is what can fulfill us creatively. Right? It's a new skill. Maybe you know, you're working that nine to five here we have this new thing. It's photography. It's very fun. It's creative from the creative health standpoint. When did you first feel burnout from, from your, from your photography? Sorry. This is a kind of a roundabout question. Tell me about when you first felt that burnout as having photography as a creative outlet and then feeling the burnout from that. Do you remember when that was and can you tell me what that felt like?

TahJah Harmony: 13:10 Oh, that's such a good question. I think it was when you first start your, when you first start your business, and this is also the mindset that you need to have when you first start your business. Everything is hustle, hustle, hustle. It's this constant drive of like being motivated of like, you know, you have the girls with the Beyonce cups, that's like, I have the same amount of hours in a day as Beyonce. And so like I can be as successful and everything is like is hustle, stay humble, hustle hard. And it's just like this constant, like I just always felt like I had to go, go, go, go, go and just run as fast as I could. It was like as soon as I was done with my nine to five job, I was coming home and I was editing, I was responding to emails, I was working on my website, I was building this business.

TahJah Harmony: 13:54 But then once it was built, I still had that hustle mentality where I would just like chasing after every dollar, getting all the clients constant being on social media. And I just realized after like that five year Mark of doing that that I was like, I am tired. I cannot hustle anymore. And it was like, especially when I would even get a new inquiry or even getting, which is going to sound so terrible, I hate admitting this. And when a client was send me the sweetest email about how much they love their photos and it's just like didn't even spark anything in me. It was just kind of like, okay onto the next thing cause I'm hustling and I'm running and I just have to get, now I have to get the new thing. It was like I'd never took that. I could never have that moment of gratitude.

TahJah Harmony: 14:38 I was just so driven. And I just got to the point where I was exhausted. Like I was like, I can't respond to that. I don't even want to open my emails. I don't want to open my camera. It's like if I had another, had to do another shoots, like all weekend long, it was just too, it was too much. And then that's really when I realized like this is what burnout feels like when the thing that was my creative outlet, the thing that sparked me and gave me so much joy is not fulfilling that it's just draining so much out of me was really when I realized like, okay, this is what burnout is.

Raymond Hatfield: 15:15 Yeah, yeah. Oh, I can relate to that as well. That's, that's a tough feeling. So how do you, how do we, how do you define creative health?

TahJah Harmony: 15:26 I love that. So creative health is definitely something that I was having coffee with one of my friends and she was talking about like her physical, her mental and her spiritual health. And she was like, I feel like all of these things are being fulfilled. I'm like, I'm working out. I'm eating well. I am like enjoying my family. I feel very spiritual and connected with the world. She's like, but I still just always feel so burned out and it's not connecting to my, my work cause she was a joy maker and so she just felt like very uninspired to create things even though everything in her life was going very well. And I felt the same and I was telling her how I felt the same way. And I was like, what if as creatives we had like this creative help bucket that needed to be fulfilled, just like our mental, spiritual and physical health.

TahJah Harmony: 16:12 Because a lot of times we read things about like self-help where it's like, you know, turn your mind off your computer and enjoy the time with your family, take a bubble bath, like all of those things. But the, unfortunately as creatives, like what we do is so conceptual that our minds go everywhere with us. So it's like, even when I'm watching a movie, I'm like analyzing the light and looking at it, thinking about emails. When I'm on vacation, I'm constantly just like, Oh, if I could just check my emails, I would feel so much better. Like it's like I needed like a hard reset cause our minds are so used to always going. And so it was kind of like understanding like maybe like there's this aspect of what we do where we actually need to figure out how to create a fully fulfilled this self-help that we would need. And so that was kind of the, the beginning of the creative health podcast.

Raymond Hatfield: 17:05 So tell me, tell me more about that. Like what did, what did you discover in that in that time? How did you start to grow and start to fulfill your creative health bucket?

TahJah Harmony: 17:16 Great. So I think that this looks different for, for everyone and it's really about like auditing and analyzing everything that you do. So one of the very first things that I usually will tell people to do is take note cards, like individual note cards, and write down everything that you do for me, for your business. So it can be something, anything where it's like we, we respond to emails, we do taxes, we you know, we do wedding photography or you, maybe you edit this and let's just like writing down all the things that you do so that you can actually visually see how exhausted you are. Because you'll have like a stack of note cards individually where you're just like, I one person can not do all of these things. As much as it's like we love to be that person that can do, but you can't do all of those things very well.

TahJah Harmony: 18:03 And so what I do is I kind of go and do this, like Marie Kondo, like, you know, that kind of method where it's like looking at every individual note card and just be like, do I like doing this part of my job? Like, does this spark joy or it could I hand this off to someone else? And so that kind of also begins that journey of you understanding like, I don't like feel like I don't like responding to emails and doing client work or any of that client back and forth. And scheduling is very draining for me. I might need to hire a virtual assistant. So it's like, or if you're just like, I love taking photos but I don't love editing them. I might need to hire an editor or so it's mostly just kinda going from like a very like, logical standpoint of a backbone standpoint of just going through everything that you do and figuring out like ways that you can like pass that on to other people's, you can do like focus on the thing that makes you very passionate, which is probably, you know, like the creativity and the actual work.

TahJah Harmony: 19:01 And it takes that brain space away. Also like finding a new passion, which is very hard, especially in this day and age. Cause usually when we find a passion, we try to make it a business. So it's like if you start like this, just like what we do. So it's like if even if you start like I love doing calligraphy and I love writing and doing these watercolor works. And then you start posting them on Instagram and then you're like, I can sell these. Oh, it makes sense for the business and so we are constantly figuring out how to do things like that. So finding something that actually restores you creatively, that isn't necessarily a side hustle. Like don't try to create another side hustle. I'm mine has been cooking and also like so baking is very important to me and then rock climbing, having those creative outlets to have something like physical taken out of me also like brings back a new fresh set of eyes like to my work when I started like being around different people and with rock climbing like that just kind of really inspired me and as well as doing things like baking, like just little things like that can actually like reinspire and fill you up when you go back to your client work.

Raymond Hatfield: 20:13 Yeah. Tell me more about that. How has cooking in rock climbing in your words you think made you a a better wedding photographer?

Mid roll: 20:22 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond Hatfield: 20:46 Oh my, that that was a a, that was a pretty clear definition of when something should be a business and when it shouldn't be a business. That's a, that's a very analytical look at things. And I appreciate that because in this artistic world that we live in, a lot of times there's this gray area of what you know of, of when you can make money and when is it okay and when you should keep things artistic. So I appreciate you sharing that and how to essentially, how to, how to, how to be a happier business owner is, that's a, that's, that's what it was. That was great. Let's go back to art college for a moment. I'm thinking about this because art college is this place where I went to a film school. So, I don't know if it's, it's not exactly like an art college. We didn't you know, draw anything. But the idea of creativity was kind of fostered and it was kind of promoted to, to grow within us. And I'm thinking about back at that time, I didn't feel any sort of creative burnout really. Was there anything for you that you saw, maybe there was a spark of, of where burnout could come from?

TahJah Harmony: 21:59 That is such a, such a good question. I, when I was due in art and art college, I took all the classes I would and, and I would also inspire people to take all the classes because I knew that I loved art and I knew that I really liked the technical side of things, but I didn't necessarily know like how that would marry together. And so I just took a ton of classes and which was such a really great experience because I got to use different mediums I would have never been exposed to if I didn't go to college. And I also got to just use different software and technologies that I didn't even know existed which was, which was really, really great. And it wasn't until my last year in college and it was during one of the second to last critiques.

TahJah Harmony: 22:52 And like in college, like if you have gone to art school, you only go to school, you only have to go to class on critique days. Everything else is like studio hours. So it's just like you making and doing and everything. But when it's like critique days, like when you actually bring your project in, like that's like literally the most important day of class. And I remember just my, my computer crashed and I lost a bunch of stuff that I was doing and I just felt super uninspired. I really realized that I just really like stretched myself super, super thin. And I didn't go to critique, which I still cannot believe that I didn't do it, but I just remember my one of my friends, she was the classmate told the teacher was like, Taj was not feeling well and so she's not coming to critique.

TahJah Harmony: 23:41 And the teacher was like, I was waiting for her to unravel and was like, so just the fact that like someone saw that I was like hustling and just doing everything and like, and just was like, this girl's about to crash and I didn't even, I didn't even know. And like just having that, that feeling of being like I cannot even like get out of bed or even have the courage to just show up and be like, Hey, like everything I had on my computer crashed and like I need to extend my date. And just also like, just knowing that like, that it was such, that was kind of like a wake up call for me of being like, I am doing too much. Like I really need to go back and figure out like I don't need to like Carpe diem every single second of my life and I don't need to take every single class because I might never get to take that class.

TahJah Harmony: 24:31 Like I was such a, like, I just wanted to fulfill every second of my life and really not realize like your body needs rest so much that it will force you to rest and the most inconvenient time for you. It's going to be like the most important moment in your life where you're like, I have to a thousand percent be there. And that is when your body's like, you know what, we're not showing up today. Like you need to chill. You need to stop. And so it's so much, it's so important to build that in for yourself. So when you do have such a big event, like you can actually show up to it because at the end of the day, your body is going to stop. Like it totally does.

Raymond Hatfield: 25:08 Oh my gosh. What did, what did you do after that as far as school went? Were you able to get an extension and then did you just take a week off and just sleep the whole time to try to recover? What happened?

TahJah Harmony: 25:18 I was able, I was able to get an extension and my teacher was like, I was just very fortunate of all the teachers that I had. It was this one that was just like, like it was, it worked out fine, but it really was the beginning of things where I was just like, I remember my brother telling me, he made a comment and he was like, when you rest, when you have your downtime, he's like, you're watching YouTube videos on how to do photography or how to do art. And he was just like, that's not resting. And he was like, you're reading books on how to do the things that you're, that you're in school for all the time. He's like, that's not resting. And now it was just like, well then what's breast? And it was like that. I was like, I was like, what's the difference between watching like us, like a reality show on TV or on watching a YouTube or on every like second of like breaking down a camera and explaining every technical detail. Like how has that not rest? And so that was really like the beginning of like me realizing that I didn't know what rest was.

Raymond Hatfield: 26:23 Oh my God. So, so tell me about that line then. Where and how much education do you do versus what do you do to, to actually rest now? Cause I'm interested cause now I'm the same way. We're like when I'm, when I'm done in front of the computer and I'm hanging out with a family, like if they're just watching TV, I'm thinking I don't want to watch, so I'll just watch tutorials on a, on my iPad or something. So I'm really interested to hear what you do.

TahJah Harmony: 26:49 Yeah. So and I feel like this looks different. Like of course this looks different for, for everyone. So it's kinda just figuring out like where, what works really well with, for you. At first mine was the, the easiest thing was like getting into mindless television, which was actually really hard for me. Because it was so hard for me that like, I couldn't sit down and just watch TV. I, if I sit down and watch TV, it's like I have to have food. I'm checking my phone. I'm like, I would start cleaning because I'd like, I'm like, I can't sit still. Like I was just like, Ooh, humanly impossible for me to sit still. I hated going to the movies because I was like, I have to sit in this room for an hour and a half. I was like, two hours.

TahJah Harmony: 27:35 It's not even, it's like more than that now. And I'm just like, I need to talk. I need to do something. I need to like be out in the world. And so like I remember being like, I can watch a third, I should be able to watch a 30 minute episode and not pick up my phone of something. Like I should be able to do that. And it was so hard to do. And once I kinda got to the point of just being like just kind of turning off my mind and being able to like actually watch an episode of something without like trying to do something else. That's kinda like when I realized like I was like, okay, like this is what it's like to have your mind turned off and you can do. And so like that was something that kind of helped me with that.

TahJah Harmony: 28:18 But then I realized like I liked other like plants, like watering my plants and taking care of my plants. I really like making, I got really into like making coffee. I'm like, you know, I'm like one of those like Instagram people who was like, I grind my own beans and I like, you know, having a little tea kettle. It was trying to take away the instant from my life I think was like, I was like, you know, I love coffee and I love when I get a good cup of coffee. Like when they do the poor overs. Like instead of me just like having a machine that does it for me. Like maybe I can actually learn how to make it myself and kinda like slow down and let that be like a way that I don't have like this instant gratification. I actually work a little bit for it.

Raymond Hatfield: 29:00 Oh my gosh, that's so great. Try to take away the instant take away the incident. That is, that's a fantastic way to just kind of summarize this whole episode. Essentially everything that we're talking about here. You're absolutely right. Taking taken away that instant. I'm going to let that marinate for a while. That's good. That's really good. When it comes to coffee, do you have a, do you have a favorite kind of coffee?

TahJah Harmony: 29:23 I love just black coffee especially. I'm really big into the free French pressing my coffee. I try to like get really into the pour over cause it's like, it's beautiful and that's usually what everyone likes. But I love just black French press coffee, my,

Raymond Hatfield: 29:42 That's, do you have a favorite like blend of coffee? I guess like light roast, dark roast. As somebody who's like really into coffee what do you prefer?

TahJah Harmony: 29:50 I usually go towards. I gravitate more towards light roasted coffee, especially since I French press because it's like, it makes it just, just stronger and like also you don't have as much as bad, like it has just like more flavor profile to it. So I gravitate more towards the lightest lighter roast. And there's actually this really cute coffee shop that's like right across the street from me and they make their own beans and it's called French truck. They're in new Orleans and in Baton Rouge and I love their coffee. That's usually the parent that I get.

Raymond Hatfield: 30:25 Oh, that's so cool. That's so cool. I love, you know what I love there was, I forget what the show was, but there was the show that I watched a long time ago that just kind of profiled artisans, I suppose, but it was over everything. And they, they, I didn't know this was a thing, but in Japan there's this there's this chef and he raises his own chickens and because it's not a farm raised chicken because it's not pumped full at antibiotics, he's like, you can serve it like medium rare if you want to. Which I had never heard of before. I didn't even know that this was a thing. I thought that all white meat, pork, chicken had to be served at like 190 degrees or whatever it is. But he has figured out a way, like he has spent his entire life focused on these chickens and he knows everything about chickens.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:11 And when you talk to him, you could just sense that this man is a professional, like for something that most people just totally take for granted. He finds this one very small thing and he just dives deep into it. And I find that really inspiring and I'm totally oblivious to the whole coffee world. So I kind of, I kind of feel that same way. Like, Oh, tell me more about coffee. So I appreciate you you're sharing that with me. I never would have guessed that a lighter roast would have been more flavorful and have more flavor. I was going to say flavor again with the, with the pour over. So that's cool. I've never even tried to pour over, so I'm going to have to, I'm going to have to try that. TahJah Harmony: 31:45 You should. You should.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:47 Now, I've got a whole bunch of things that I have to do after this episode.

TahJah Harmony: 31:50 I'm giving you a whole talk, rest and don't hustle. And I'm like, if it also, here's a whole list of things you should do after this episode.

Raymond Hatfield: 31:59 That is perfect. That is hilarious. You mentioned, I want to get back to it. You mentioned talking about, you know, being able to watch a full episode or something without being on our phones and I'm right there with you. But at the same time, our phones are very powerful tools. We use them for more than just endless, you know, mindlessly browsing. So are there any sort of apps or programs that you use on your phone to that helps you fulfill your creative health bucket?

TahJah Harmony: 32:29 I am not necessarily going to give you an app, but I'm going to tell you when it comes to notifications is to turn them off. That has been, I don't have, I unless I like actually sign into Gmail. Like I don't have like Gmail on my phone, like email and my phone, like do not go hand in hand. Like I have to be at my desk on my computer in order to respond to email cause I have time that's set that for I don't have any kind of notifications on my, on my Instagram or Facebook, like anything like that. I just don't have my notifications turned on because it's, you really should try to get to the point where you're blocking off the time for that. And like right now we're recording this episode during quarantine, so it's like I don't even need the notifications cause I'm on the app. I have no time that I'm doing anything. I am just on them. But if I could tell you anything to do, like with your phone is to get as many of the notifications off as possible. I think the only time I'm really alerted is for text messages, but I don't let my clients text message me. So I know that's usually from like friends and family.

Raymond Hatfield: 33:45 Have you found that there's been any sort of so there's obviously you've heard of like FOMO, fear of missing out. Have you ever experienced any, any real ramifications of turning off notifications on your phone or has it all just been, everything's been fine? Is this something that we just, you know, create in our head?

TahJah Harmony: 34:04 I had I had more of I wasn't experiencing FOMO. I was experiencing a lot of resentment for something that was totally my fault. Like I just, I can, I can remember like spending time with my family and I was in, I was like, you know, just being with them, I have this little brother who's like 20 years younger than me. And so I was just like spitting time with him and having this moment and I just get this, this email, like this, this email from a client who just wanted something and it said in her email it just sounded so urgent and it could have been how I read the text message also at the end of the day, she doesn't know that I'm with, but I was just like, why would you send this to me on a weekend that I'm doing something on the eat?

TahJah Harmony: 34:51 Like it's like, it's so late like, but that's when she had her free time, but she is not, you know what I mean? So I was just kind of like, I, that's when I, the moment that I realized like I was like, this is not healthy. Like this is not something that I, that I need to be doing. And at the end of the day, like I can't get to this now because I am with my family. I'm not in front of computer. I can't respond to this. So when I realized that when I did get to my computer, because when I did get to my computer and I actually like sent her the email, everything was fine. Like I made it a bigger deal than like what it was. But it was because I was able to, to read it and, and to see it and that really just like takes you out of a moment. It really like, it's a, it's like almost like a, like a punch and it's just like, it, it really just like take so much out. And so I kind of realized like I need to set these boundaries to like maintain a healthy relationship because like what if I responded to her and I was just like, how dare you send an email to me at eight o'clock at night? T

ahJah Harmony: 35:55 And I said, it makes me sound like I'm being so like sassy to my clients. I don't know. I'm totally not. I'm like, but it's like, it, it realized to me that like I needed to set those boundaries so that I can show up the best way that I can.

Raymond Hatfield: 36:07 Yeah, absolutely. Set boundaries and take away the instant. This is great. This is great. Oh my gosh. Is there anything, this will be my last question for you. I know that we've we're running out of time. Is there anything that I haven't asked you or that you haven't said that you want to make sure that maybe those who are starting to potentially experience burnout, understand about their, their own creative pursuits?

TahJah Harmony: 36:37 Yes. So I really, cause I know that your, that your podcast is for beginner photographers and I want to really just show that it is so true. This hustle mindset is what you need in the beginning to be successful. Like if you are working in the day, like you stay up all night on your website and responding to clients and handling things and, and putting yourself out there and, and hustling as hard as you can. Like that is a part of the process of doing it. But then you get to the point where you have to kind of create a stride. Hustling is not sustainable. It really is. It at the end of the day, like you, when you get to like where you are, like you can't keep that up for five years. It's like kind of like with kids, kids have so much energy and they can play, play, play, play, play.

TahJah Harmony: 37:28 And the older that they get, the more that they realize like, I am not running all the time. It's like that's that thing. It's like you become older, you become wiser. And just when you start out with that hustle and that grind really kind of start paying attention. Like when, when you're getting more clients like, okay, I'm getting more clients. So it's like I can't be there every second of the day. I might need to start incorporating business hours. I might need to start like just start auditing yourself and start thinking about thinking about things in that, in that way. And one of the things with the people who I interview in, in my podcast, they talk so much about like walking in the middle of the day. So far, everyone that I have interviewed, they all just talk about like if, if they can just like they, they work and they work very hard in this like, you know, from this time to this time.

TahJah Harmony: 38:24 But then in the middle of the day they'll go and like walk their dog or just like jog around or just like go explore outside a little bit and then they come back with like a fresh set of eyes to like, and they realize that they can solve a problem so much quicker. That has also just kind of been like an overarching thing that I've noticed from people who have experienced burned out and they try to prevent it by just like taking a break from their work in the middle of the day. Cause it's so easy once you start to to not stop.

Raymond Hatfield: 38:53 Yeah, absolutely. And once again, I mean just kind of separating yourself from whatever it is that you're working on just for a few minutes really does help really does help. Yeah. Well Tahjah I have to say thank you so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did today. It's been a pleasure chatting with you. For all the listeners who want to find out more about you or follow you online, can you let them know how to get in touch?

TahJah Harmony: 39:19 Yes. So you can find me definitely on Instagram. That's usually where I'm the most up to date and it is at Tahjah harmony and it's Tahjah like the Taj Mahal, so it's T, A,H, J, A, H, a, R, M, O, N, Y, which I'm sure you will have linked somewhere.

Raymond Hatfield: 39:35 Oh, it's all going to be in the show notes. Absolutely, absolutely. Anywhere else do you want to share about the podcast?

TahJah Harmony: 39:40 Yes. And so I also have a podcast called the creative health podcasts. We did our first season like a year ago and I had to creatively from my health take a little break from it. But we are starting it back up again. Which I'm hoping will, we will start this up within the next couple of weeks. I should have a next episode out. And yeah, that's basically where I interview people who have been in their business for at least five years and have experienced burnout. And we just kind of like share our, our journey and our story through that.

Raymond Hatfield: 40:14 Oh, that's wonderful. That is wonderful. I'm excited for season two. It's, it's going to be great. So again, Tahjah, thank you so much for everything that you shared today and I look forward to following you in the future and keeping up.

TahJah Harmony: 40:27 Thank you so much for having me. That was so much fun.

BPP 202: Simon Ringsmuth - Weekly Fifty Photo Project

After the birth of his child, Simon Ringsmuth discovered the power of photography when a friend shared a photo he took of Simons child. Determined to learn photography Simon started a website where he uploads photos weekly and shares what he learned and documents his progression.

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Simon got started in photography

  • What Simon struggled with most when he first started shooting and how he overcame it.

  • What has been Simons main source of photography education

  • Why Simon started the website

  • How to protect yourself from burn out when committing to a long term project

  • How to set your own goals

  • Some common info that Simon found to not be helpful when learning photography

  • What Simon was surprised to learn after shooting for the past 7 years

Resources:

Ringsmuth-Simon-Horse.jpg
Ringsmuth-Simon-Mockingbird.jpg
Ringsmuth-Simon-Sunset.jpg
Ringsmuth-Simon-Infant.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:00:00 Simon Ringsmuth. I'm very excited to be here with you today as somebody who is doing a weekly 50 photo project. This is a very, it's a large undertaking. This isn't something that you just decided to do on a whim or maybe it is something that you decided to do on a whim. We'll get into that. But this is something that takes tenacity. This is something that takes time and dedication to do. And this is something that I personally struggle with, you know, all of those things. So today we're definitely going to be talking a lot about all of those issues, how to keep up with something like this as well as the challenges. But before we do, can you let me know how you even got started in photography in the first place?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:00:40 Thank you for asking. I mean, it's a great question. So like a lot of photographers that I talk with, my start begins with my kids. And back in 2000 when was my oldest son born? I always have to think of. So back in 2000 I know in 2011, my son was born in July and my wife and I at the time, we had a Panasonic Z S seven and it, I thought it was like a really good camera. This is a little pocket camera with a zoom lens like people used to have back in the day. And we, we thought that like we spent like $200 on this pocket camera. We thought this is a professional grade camera. It's go dial the change from like a to P and, M, this must be awesome. And our photos of our son were just not that great and we couldn't figure out why.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:01:31 And this was mobile phones. Like the iPhone was invented in 2007 so people had phone cameras but they weren't that great. And I, I thought, well maybe it's me, I'm not doing something right. But we, we didn't really understand what was going on. And then in the spring of 2012, my buddy Kevin came over and he had a Nikon D 200 with a 50 millimeter lens and he took one picture of my son who was just like learning to walk. So he was doing what they called cruising, you know, or they're like walking along the edge of the furniture holding their hands on the couch cushions. So my son was cruising along the edge of the table in our living room. This coffee table, and Kevin just takes a picture of this D 200 and the DC wonders, not a fancy camera.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:02:21 It was made in like 2006. It's 10 megapixels. It has nothing in terms of modern features. But that one picture I kid you not, Raymond was like an epiphany where Kevin with just a single frame. He showed me what he got. I put on my computer and I was completely blown away. Like, how did you do that? What magic did you do to make that like in Lord of the rings, there's a line where a Gandel there in the mines of Moria. Again, it was like, what devil is this? And I was like, what have you done? How did you make this picture? I want more. And and he was like, prime lens dude. It's all, it is just a F 1.8 aperture. I was like, what is an aperture? I don't even mean these words. Yeah. So I spent the afternoon with Kevin and he showed me a little bit of his camera and I told him, I was like, we gotta get one of these cameras.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:03:19 So we, we got a same thing. We got a Nikon D 200 and before my son turned one. So it was probably like may of that year we had our own D 200 and I was like, this is the, this is it. We have hit the big time. We got a D 250 millimeter lens. This is, I'm a professional photographer now. I know everything about photos. And immediately like the, the quality was insane. From Paki camera to a 50 millimeter prime lens on an actual APSC sensor. Yes. I didn't know what any of that meant. I just knew that I could make that dial go to 1.8 and my pictures were amazing. Magic happened. I did a magic happen. And so I, I took tons of pictures of my kid and and I would go out and like take pictures of flowers and stuff like everyone else would do.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:04:13 And then I, I, I realized though that I wanted to hold myself accountable for taking more pictures. And I, I noticed that I took hundreds and hundreds of pictures, right? My son was born and then it kinda kind of levels off. Yeah, yeah, yeah. And I thought, well, I need to hold myself accountable. Maybe I'll join like a photo group on flicker or something. I didn't know what, and I went to this this, this sounds really cheesy when I, when I tell this story, but at work I work in a college campus and they did, one of these motivational speakers comes in and they're like far into the crowd off. Now you can achieve your dreams, you can do anything. And for some reason when I left that, that session, I thought, you know what I'm going to do? I'm going to do a website and I'm gonna do one photo per week.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:05:05 I'm gonna call it weekly 50, because I have a 50 millimeter lens. That was the only camera, the only lens I had. So that week in, in like February or March of 2013 I went online, I bought weekly fifty.com the domain name and set up a WordPress site. Exactly. And I started doing one photo a week and that was in the spring of 2013 and we're now in the spring of 2020 and I still do it every week. I post a photo and originally it was just, and even today it still is just for me. I do it to hold myself accountable to make sure I'm using my camera so it doesn't just sit on the shelf. Now I've got two kids and they're turning, one's turning nine and the other, the other six. And I still take pictures of my kids, but I want to grow beyond that. Yeah. And continually use my gear to make photos and learn from that. And I've, I've tried daily projects and it doesn't work for me. I always drop off after a couple of weeks, but that's how I got started in weekly 50. And then since then that site has had, well, okay. So that's the answer to your question. I don't want to get too far ahead. That's my very long answer to your question.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:06:24 Well that's good. That's good. That's good that to stop there because I actually had questions along the way and kind of you were kind of going along that timeline, which is great. And I think, you know, as you said, so many I know so many personally as well as so many listeners don't pick up that camera until they have a child and they realize, Oh, now I have something worth photographing. I want it, you know, so you have that camera. It wasn't until your buddy was at Kevin who came over. Kevin, Kevin came over and I took that one photo that you thought, Oh my gosh, magic has just happened. So you went out, you bought this D 200, you bought this 50 mil 1.8, that nifty 50. When you first started, what was it that you struggled with most?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:07:13 I, I knew that there was letters on the camera that did things, but I, I didn't know how to make my camera do things that I, I thought it could do. And so I knew that you can put it in letter a mode and that then if you went in letter a, you could make it go all the way to 1.8. But what about letter S? What does S mean? What does M mean? And M was like, I don't want to go there because that's really complicated. You gotta be like real professional. I didn't understand how to use, again, I didn't know like why, why doesn't everyone have a 50 millimeter lens? 50 millimeter ads is perfect. Well, no, it's actually not. There's a lot of lenses you can, you can get. So I think when I first got that, that initial camera and lens, I think I suddenly saw like how much I didn't know.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:08:15 And I didn't know how much I didn't know until I made that first jump. And, and I remember sitting there with, with the D 200 going through every option and every button trying to figure out what does this do? I know it's here somewhere. This is here for a reason, but I don't understand it. And it was really frustrating for me. And over time I've, I've learned to figure that stuff out and I've learned a lot more about all this since then. But that was really difficult for me. At first. I felt like I, I felt like there was a, I was in a desert and there's an Oasis and I just can't quite drink from it yet because I don't know how to there and I can see it, but I don't know what to do with my camera. Why is it not making the picture is that we went out to do my, my buddy Ryan was like, you should try panning. And I'm like, Oh, well if panning, I'm all for it. And he showed me some pictures where he he took a pictures of his son riding a bike and the background's all blurry, but his son is crystal clear. And so we went out, my wife and I went out with our son and we were like trying to take some panning pictures and nothing was working. I was like, so frustrated. Why, why isn't this working? My camera's at 1.8. That's what you should do, right?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:09:35 That's not at all what you do for panning. I didn't know that. I didn't know how to control ISO to get the why. When is it appropriate to shoot at higher ISO? I, I just, I didn't understand how much I didn't know until I really got that taste with that initial camera acquisition.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:09:52 So then for you, did your education purely come from a guessing check or was there other, you know, was it tutorials? Was it books? What was your main source of photography education?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:10:04 That's a good question. I started reading a lot of online stuff. A lot of, like, if I just start rattling off some names, some, some YouTubers. I remember I went to Ken Rockwell's site because he's done a brilliant job of SEO of like building his site up. Some people like them, some don't. Well, I started with his and I started with Jared Poland, that YouTube guy Mike Brown and other utuber and I watched a lot of YouTube videos and then I would try and replicate what I read and what I saw. And I also started going to the Reddit photography forum and reading posts there. And I never had formal training in any of this, but the, I realized that making myself use my camera was the eye. So I don't want to say like, you shouldn't get a photography education.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:11:01 I wish I had got a photography education. I play guitar now and I played since I was in high school. I wish I had taken lessons cause I'd be way better than I am now. But because I had, I was married working full time. My wife, my wife works full time. We had kids. I'd never got a form of photography education. So a lot of it was like trial and error. And continually using my camera. And the weekly 50 project has been the constant throughout all of this that has forced me to continually use that camera to try new things. And it's sort of like my platform to share my stuff. So we're, let's say I take a picture of the neighbor's dog or something. What do I do with that? And like I posted Instagram or I could just post it to, well, I could to Instagram and weekly 50, and on weekly 50, I get to write a little bit about it and explain a little audio clip about it. So that's, that was like one of the ways in which I grew the most was simply by having this website as a way of holding myself accountable for doing continually learning.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:12:12 Yeah. I'm excited to dive into the whole a website aspect of things because it in some way of X kinda like a journal, you know? Yeah, definitely. But what I find interesting or that I want to know last year, no, I take that back two years ago, two years ago, I started doing a, I don't know if you've heard of the app called one second a day.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:12:34 I have, yeah. My brother Tom Tom for listening. Tom uses that app and he is, he has encouraged me to try it as well. And one of these years I will, but

Raymond Hatfield: 00:12:45 It's, it's fun. It's, it's fun. It's, it's fun. I mean there's not really much to it. It's, it's fun to look back on. Right. But I find when it comes to photography, very rarely do I look back on my photos. Every once in a while I'll find an old photo on my hard drive and think to myself, Oh wow. Like I remember that day. Yeah. Wow. I can really tell that, you know, my skills have have grown since then, but when I watched one second a day, which I do more often, I'm more critical of these things. So how often, I know that you're documenting your photos every week, but is there a review process where you go back in time and you look at those photos to see where you're at now?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:13:28 That's yes and no. It's not what I'd say a formal process, but what I find myself doing more than I thought I would is revisiting themes. So one of the photos that I took what years and years ago was a photo, a photo of some tiny yellow flowers Crocus's coming up in our front yard. And I like I did back then F 1.8, dial it up as far as you can. And this one flower was in focus and the rest were not. And I was like, this was a professional photo look at me. And then I, I, I find myself revisiting compositions like that and taking the idea, the initial idea and seeing like, what else can I do with that? And I, over the years I posted a couple similar photos where it's the same idea, even the same flower.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:14:23 And if I look right here, I can see out my window where I took these flower, these five pictures. But I just like a month ago, I took another photo, yellow Crocus coming up out of the ground. And it was way different and in my opinion, way better than that one I took years ago. But it was absolutely inspired by that one years ago. And I could tell, and I can explain clearly what I've learned since then and my compositional choices that I made now versus back then and how I edited. So I shoot a lot in raw now, whereas before it was JPEG. And so like, why do I shoot in raw? What advantage does that give me when I'm editing? What editing choices do I make? And so there's a lot of, of reflection that goes into when I'm taking photos now, simply because there's been this buildup over time.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:15:12 And if it was just my kids and my family, so a lot of people take photos of the people in their lives as do I. And I think that's great. But I don't engage in the same sort of creative reflection with those photos as I do with my weekly 50 photos. So I, when I look back, like when you said you'd go back to your hard drive and you see like an old photo and you think that's really cool, I do that too. But I find that with my weekly 50 photos, that's where I grow creatively the most because I, I start to think, well, what did I, what choices did I make here? And then how can I expand on those choices here? Whereas with my kids, I'm usually like trying to just catch them in a moment of whatever they happen to be doing, but there's not a lot of like create a compositional thought that goes into those compared to my weekly 50 photos.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:16:00 Yeah. I feel like with kids, whenever I'm photographing my kids and I go through the call, the images, as long as it's like in focus and you'll be like, they have a funny face. Like that's it. I'm going to keep the photo. Yeah, yeah, exactly. Whereas I will go through a million photos of a wedding and think to myself like these are all garbage, even if even if they're good from a compositional standpoint or something like that. So yeah, I'm, I'm, I'm with you there. I'm with you there. Yeah.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:16:27 And you, you shoot weddings and it's, it's been interesting how, when, when we started this, when, when I rewind the clock to 2012 when we got that D 200, I had no ambitions of doing anything professionally at all. But what I found is that weekly 50 made me a better photographer so that when I had the opportunity to do more professional work, I knew what I was talking about more. And I knew what I knew how to control my camera to get what I wanted of those pictures. So just last a month or two and that was like three weeks ago I did a senior high school senior photo session and because of weekly 50 those photos were better and I knew more and I've done a lot of of I you'd say professional to me it's like a side gig. Cause I, I'm my full time job is at Oklahoma state university and I make a little bit of side income doing family high school photo, like senior photos, child photos. I'd make a little bit of side income each year doing that. So it's not a profession, but when I do those photos for clients it is absolutely 100% better because of my continual practice through weekly 50 Raymond Hatfield: 00:17:48 I love how this passion project is

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:17:50 Turning into something that is lending its skills into more of a professional sense. That's, yeah, that's very exciting. That must feel awesome when you're in that situation and you're, you're, you think to yourself like, Oh I remember taking a photo that was similar to this. This is how I can make it better. Is that the feeling that you get? Yeah, it absolutely is. And I, it's been interesting to see this, this project. And so I like to kind of step back a little bit. I know there's a lot of photographers who do some type of photo project like a three 65 project, like one photo a day for a year or the one second a day. And I think if you have a project that works for you, then absolutely do it. There's no no one on the internet can tell you that your project is not valid.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:18:40 For me personally, this weekly 50 project has been the one thing that has worked more than anything else, but it may or may not work for anyone else. For me doing this weekly 50 has it is led to a lot of these things because of that reflection element. Because I'm constantly going back and thinking like, what did I do here? How can I, how can I take this type of photo in a similar way? Or how can I put something into practice? So we were at every, every summer we go to this Lake in Kansas with my family and we were there this summer and I brought a, a tripod and a little cable release and I had my Fuji X 100 F, which is in my opinion, like one of the greatest cameras of all time. Had that camera with me.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:19:30 And I use that as a, as a way to experiment with things that I had read about like long exposure photography where I'm doing 15 minute exposures as the sun has gone down, what does that look like? And because I had weekly 50 as my, as my reason to do that, then it gave me like, it helped me learn more about what it means to do a long exposure. And I'd read all this stuff and now I thought, well I can, I can practice this and then I can share that on weekly 50 even if someone reads it. I've now done this little mini project of long exposure, experimenting, photography and I have a platform to share it on and I could put it on Instagram and I do put on Instagram, but for some reason it feels a little more personal to do it on a website, my own website.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:20:24 Yeah, I bet that it would feel like a lot less comparison like, like you're not also looking at other people's photos as you're uploading your own photos.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:20:33 That is, that's exactly right. I don't compare it. I'm only comparing it to myself and if other people want to share their photos, they're welcome to in the comments. But yeah, it's, it's like running cross country. My, my wife ran cross country in high school and she would say, the only person you're really competing against is yourself because you're trying to get your next personal best or personal record and that's when I'm on Instagram. I'm just scrolling through and I'm like, like you said before, man, my photos are junk. Yeah. Look at all these other pictures. Everyone's sharing, everyone's having a great time, everyone's going exotic places. My photo is just lost in the shuffle, but when I put on weekly 50, it's just me and other people can look at them if they want to and hopefully they get something out of it. But I, I do it for me and, and that's, that's my way of keeping that spirit alive, I guess, where I don't have to compare it to anyone else. So it's, it's a really gratifying feeling.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:21:31 Yeah. I think obviously finding the right reason to do it is going to be very important to the longevity of a, of a project like this. And what's something like weekly 50, where for you, you, you kinda knew, at least from the sounds of it, you knew that it didn't have an end date, that this was going to be something that continued on and continued on. Yeah, me as well as more than 200 others. In the beginner photography podcast, there is a Facebook group. We're all doing a daily photo challenge right now, but when you do a three 65, I have found that now I'm not consciously looking forward to day three, 66 or whatever it is this year. But in my head I'm thinking to myself like on that day I'm going to have to ask myself that question. Am I going to continue with this or am I done? Did I complete the challenge? And I've already felt burnout. Like really? Okay. I mean, at times, especially now when it's like, well, we're home and I think it's just cause I'm not pushing myself as far as I need to. So with you having a project that doesn't have an end date for doing this for now, more than seven years, how do you protect yourself from burnout?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:22:45 So the number one way in which I, I, and at burnout is real. I have, I have felt burnt out before. And that's been my main issue with, with shorter interval photo projects. Like a photo a day a while ago on Facebook's, there was this theme going around where like for one week post a black and white photo and I did for two days and I was like, Oh no, I forgot on the third day. And then I get these guilt feelings like I forgot a day, I'm no good anymore. Yeah, I know. So for me the saving grace with weekly 50 has been, I don't take a photo every week. I post a photo every week and that has made all the difference because I can go, I I, I might take in one day, like five or six interesting photos.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:23:38 So let's say I drive to, my family is in Nebraska. So let's say I'll drive to Nebraska and I'll take the back highways like highway 15 third, Kansas and I'll stop half a dozen times along the way to take photos of windmills or whatever. And so in one day I've just amassed like five or six potential photos for weekly 50. I scheduled those on the website. So now I've got a month and a half of photos that are already scheduled out. So now I don't have to think about it and it, it, it removes all of that stress of having to do that project. So I, I haven't felt any sort of obligation to my photo project in a long time because it's just there. It's like low, low grade background hum. And yesterday it was nice out. We're stuck inside like everyone knows right now and it was nice day.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:24:29 So I went up and I, I got I, I have a set of closeup filters that let you do like fake macro photography. So I took some macro photos of buds coming off of plants and like flowers and stuff and I didn't felt pressure. Like I need to take these photos because I need a photo for tomorrow's website posting. I was just like, you know, I'm gonna take these photos cause it's a cool photo. You take, put them on weekly 50, and they're going to go live in like two months. And knowing that I've got this huge cushion has made all the difference because it, it removes all that, that feeling of obligation. It doesn't become a burden. It's not a stressor. And when when you look down and you think, well, gosh, two months, that's, that's a long time. Like I can't wait that long to I want people to see my photo now.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:25:24 I've learned that it does happen the two months we'll get here. I just need to be patient. And one cool thing is I don't even know what gets published anymore. Every Wednesday something gets caught. I that's exactly what happened. I woke up this morning and or yesterday morning because today's Thursday and I get, I have email notifications when my blog publish this. Every Wednesday I posted a picture and I look at it and I'm like, Oh yeah, I remember taking that photo. That was a cool photo. But it's, it's a surprise to myself even and the fact that I can schedule them so far in advance takes care of so many things about the, the issues that I personally had have had with photo projects. It's been a huge blessing to be able to have that instead of the, the Instagram where if I post a photo on Instagram, I'm checking back three minutes later.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:26:20 How many likes does it have? Does it have any comments? I'm checking back like an hour later. Well then a day goes by and it's done. You'll never get anything after a day. And I find myself, when I'm on Instagram, I'm more stressed because I'm comparing all my photos and I'm no good and look what everyone else is doing and I didn't get enough likes and it's just not a, Instagram is great people. I'm not ragging on it. But for me doing it on the weekly 50 website has just made a huge difference.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:26:53 I can see that. There's, there's, there's, there's been a big shift obviously just in the way that we as humans have been sharing photos. You know, for years it went from, you know, you'd have to wait several days to get your photos to developed. And then I remember, I mean, I wasn't around I think before one hour photo option, but growing up I remember, so like how I can not believe that we have to wait a full hour for these photos. Like I cannot wait to see them. And now, you know, over the, you know span of history in a relatively short timeline that will never be an issue again. You know, we can take a photo and have it shared to literally millions of people in the matter of seconds. Yeah. But being able to kind of take that step back and reflect on our own photos like you're saying here is something that I think personally gets missed a lot and that I've been trying to do more of this year in 2020 doing less Instagram, which I didn't think was possible cause I really am not bad active on Instagram as it is.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:28:00 It's funny, I was actually looking at my my, my recommended photos on Instagram the other day and it was nothing but like, Leica m6 and then like a Subaru, STI and then like, like the slices of pizza being pulled apart. There was like, Ooh, cheese. And I was like, none of these photos are, you know, nothing here is like artistic. These are just somehow Instagram knows exactly what I'm interested in and it showed those photos. But when it's, when I look at my photos and when I'm trying to figure out how I can incorporate ways to do what you have done essentially and slowed down with my photography and appreciate it more, I'm struggling with that. I'm struggling with that. Yeah. So the way that you're sharing, you know, how it has worked for you is really exciting to me. And this is one place where I think that a lot of new photographers kind of get stuck. Right? It's like you have to share to Instagram, you have to share to tick tock you got to share to all these places. So back in 2013 we'll go way back to then. Right. There's, there's a lot of conflicting information given to new photographers. What was some of that common info that you were being taught that maybe you didn't find helpful?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:29:14 So I think I didn't know what to focus on. I, I felt like there was a lot of information and a lot of recommendations coming at me and you need to have your, your gear isn't good enough or your lens isn't good enough. You need this lens, you need this lens. And I remember I, I got my 50 mil and I was like, this is this perfect lens. And then I started reading people on online forums where we're talking about how 35 if you're on an APS, see size sensor 35 is really what you want. So I actually bought a 35 and now I have two lenses and I've got to decide which one do I want to use. And now we're adding layers of, of burden onto what's supposed to be just a fun hobby. So now I'm like, I want to go take a picture, do I take the 35 or the 50?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:30:06 Maybe take them both. But now I got to switch between the lenses. Maybe you need another camera. So then I got to, at the fall 2013 I got a D 7,100 and I thought, well, this is it. This is like the, I don't need any more cameras. I got two cameras, two lenses. And pretty soon I found myself getting an 85 1.8. So I have three prime lenses. Then I got a D seven 50, like the gear kept on coming. And so I, I think I listened to too much to the chatter about gear and it's your, your gear isn't good enough and you need this mirrorless camera now because DSLRs are dead and you need this. And he did this. And, and I, you know, I, I've, I like to say that weekly 50 or having photography has been a good hobby for me because it's all paid for itself.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:31:00 I'm doing weekly 50. There's every week I write several paragraphs. And so that writing actually landed me a job@adigitalphotographyschool.com and I've been a contributor there for many years now and I was able to use weekly 50 as a way of demonstrating my writing skills. And so I've been writing columns for that plus work on the side, doing high school and senior and, and family photos. So I've gotten this side income and it keeps getting put back into photo stuff. So I've gotten more lenses and more, more stuff over the years, but I, I didn't understand how that can become too big of a focus and it really did. I went through this period where I was like, I need, I need this and I need this and I just go online. Like I'm going gonna read reviews of, of these cameras that I can't afford and, and I'm an, I'm a Nikon guy, but everyone's going to Sony.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:32:01 Maybe, maybe I'm doing it all wrong. Or now Canon's coming out with their mirrorless line and like, Oh my goodness, I did everything wrong. Cut through all that. And at the end of the day, if you're taking photos that you like, then who cares? Yeah. You, if you're happy with it, then do it. And re coming to that realization that it isn't about what people on the internet think because they don't even know me. It's about what works for me as a photographer. That's what, that's kind of the key. And weekly 50 has been the way that I have. It's like my constant, if you, if anyone out there is a fan of the show lost there's one part where they Desmond has a constant weekly 50 is like my constant that it's always there kind of reminding me that you can take it slow, take it easy, you don't need fancy gear and just take photos that you like. And it's been really good and really freeing to have that. So I know that's kind of a long answer to was probably a simple question, but

Raymond Hatfield: 00:33:06 No, no, no. First of all, I just want to say that I think that was the first last reference and I greatly appreciate it. That was fantastic. We missed too many of those. The show is, it's, it's right at that age to where people don't really talk about that often, but it's, it's still very well known. So I appreciate that. That was good. That was great. Good. No, and I, I love that answer. You know, thinking about switching systems podcasts, listeners know that I switched years ago from Canon actually strictly to Fuji. And I struggled with that as well because technically I'm downgrading, right? My sensor size is crop sensor camera. Never exactly know. I remember the struggle that I had before I, before I hit that pay with PayPal button wondering what am I doing? Like am I still even a professional if I'm not shooting on a, on a, on a full full frame. Yeah. You know, it was these ridiculous things and like you said, I mean I think ultimately it came down to if you can produce images that you're happy with, who cares? And ultimately I think that Fuji does that better for me than, than what Canon does. So you know, there's pros and cons, but in this case, I don't see the con as a con at all.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:34:18 Yeah. You're gaining a lot in some ways by switching to Fuji and that's it. It lets you make the images you want to make and if someone else has a different camera, then that works for them. And so, exactly, exactly. I'm all about that. People ask me every couple of times a year friends or family will, will email me and they'll say what camera should I, I'm always like, what do you want to take? What pictures are you trying to take? Travel, get yourself a micro four thirds kids, get yourself a [inaudible] or, or a Sony RX 100 Mark seven or something. But it's always starts with what pictures do you want to take? Maybe your mobile phone is what you wanted, what you want to use. And for, for me, the big difference in getting that, that initial rush, when you get that camera, you're like, everything is beautiful.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:35:17 Look, there's a pen on my desk, I'm gonna take a photo of it. Look, there's a cup. Then a week or two later, like, ah, I don't have any ideas getting over. That was almost entirely due to having that weekly 50 as the reason. And of course, like my kids are the reason that I do so much in life and my wife, but, and so I take pictures of them, but I really want it to continue to learn and grow and that's what the, the website made possible. And I, I wouldn't be where I am today without it, without that constant background hum of having this continual project. And I, you know, I, I, I don't know. I don't like to make recommendations about anything, even movies cause I never know, especially on camera systems because I don't want to be responsible if you don't like your camera. But it's, if someone out there is wondering like, how can I grow as a photographer, especially I'm stuck in inside right now. How can I look? What can I do? That'd be my recommendation is take on some sort of photo project that, that doesn't demand a sacrifice of your time or doesn't demand, doesn't, doesn't make you feel bad if you don't hit the deadline. And something like a weekly photo project might just be what some listeners are looking for.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:36:44 Yeah. It's funny. I kind of wanted to actually circle back on that. We got off track there with lost and I was happy about it, but it reminded me that I have a question which was if you are scheduling out your posts, say two months in advance, you know, what is it that still driving you to continue to take photos if you don't have that pressure of needing to create something. Does that, does that question make sense?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:37:11 Absolutely. Makes sense. Yes. there are some weeks where I don't take any weekly 50 photos and, and just like as a tangent the blog started as weekly 15. That was the only lens I had. I now have other lenses, other cameras and on any, any given photo might be taken with any given camera lens. So it's called weekly 50, but it's, it, it's whatever I happen to shoot with. So it's really been freeing for me to release myself from the bonds of the 50 millimeter focal length. But I still do the photos. I think it's almost like when you have a lot of food in your pantry, you still go grocery shopping. So you might have like, you open your pantry and you got a shelf and it's got like some macaroni and cheese. It's got some pasta sides. You got some, you got all these things, but you still have a shopping list.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:38:10 So you still have to go shopping because you don't want to get to zero and you're not generally day to day, you're not like freaking out like, we're out of food. I need to go shopping now you, because you have that backlog of food in your pantry, but yet you still know that if you don't go shopping every week or two weeks or whatever your schedule is, that food's going to run out. And because you've built up that padding, you're okay. But you still need to be keeping that mind. Like it's, it's in there somewhere in the back of your mind. Like, you know, I, we, we do need to get peppers or whatever. So that's helped me when I'm just going on a walk with my wife and kids. I'll take the camera with me sometimes and I'll just kind of be on the lookout for a photo opportunity because that, that background there's a small voice in the background going, remember your weekly 50 photos.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:39:12 Don't forget just a friendly reminder and there has been creative slumps where I don't, I'm not doing anything and I'm not, I don't feel like I'm growing at all as a photographer. And so what I do then is I just take crappy photos and I'm, I'll, I'll post them to the blog. In fact, the one that went live yesterday, this is April 2nd, the one that went live yesterday. I didn't even like that photo. It's a bad photo, but I took it because I wanted to continue to use my camera and so on the, on the, the explanation for the post, I explained why it's not really my favorite photo and why I took it anyway. And even when I'm in a creative slump, even just taking a couple of photos is often enough to kind of kickstart things a little bit and get me out of that.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:40:02 Then I'm honest with myself, like I'm not chasing likes on Instagram and I'm not trying to be an influencer. I'm just doing this for myself and this is a crummy photo, but I know that, and I'm going to tell my listeners that on weekly 50 and, and my, my readers that and now and the sun's still comes up the next day. So that's, that's kind of how I, I deal with that and particularly taking a lot of photos at once. When I was a kid I, the TV show I watched, I was a kid, it was full house. Oh yes. And you remember that show too? Oh, of course. Yeah. Oh good. And I used to think, well, they must have have they must really be rigorous about this if they're recording an episode every single week and their Christmas episode, like how do they get people to show up to record an episode on Christmas?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:40:55 It's Christmas day and they're all gathered around opening presents. How do they do that? And I had no idea that they just recorded a bunch and then scheduled them out back in like July right. It wasn't snowing, it's potato flakes or something. So that having that mindset has really, has really helped deal with that that issue of like, what do I do? And I feel like there's nothing to photograph or I feel like I just don't have any sort of creative spark. I don't take any photos for awhile or I take some crummy photos, but it's all part of that photographic journey that we're all on that really does have no end. But you know, what I loved most about the whole thing

Raymond Hatfield: 00:41:34 Is that obviously it sounds like you're doing it for you love photography, is that it comes down to, you know, you're doing this because you simply love photography. I also loved your your shopping analogy there. Like, so going to the grocery store, but I'm slightly worried that here in five or 10 years when everybody exclusively eats using Uber eats and nobody ever goes to the store anymore, that people are going to be wondering, what does that mean going back to this? Yeah. Well, why would you go to a store and get food? That's gross. No, that's funny. So but I, I do wanna talk a little bit about, because I just saw your 2019 wrap-up video. So obviously you've been doing this for years, but you posted a video on your YouTube where you did a 2019 wrap, a video where you talked kind of about your feelings of 2019 and going through this project, but then you talked about going forward into 2020 and that you want to explore more of what you can do with the gear that you have. You didn't know what that was going to look like, but you were going to make it happen. So how's that going so far?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:42:36 You know, yesterday I was out with my D7100 and the same 50 millimeter lens that I got in 2012 and to this day that still is there. There is so much about that combination that you, you can do. And so I was taking pictures of my kids playing in the, in the yard. And I was, I was experimenting with aperture. So if I w if I go to one eight how's that gonna look versus 2.8 versus four. I was out taking macro photographies of flowers and I think it's going pretty well so far. I'm learning that I, there's a lot that I can do with what I have and I don't need anything fancy. In fact, going back to that very first lens, it's really been nice because I get to revisit some ideas that I had back then that I didn't know how to do.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:43:35 And now I know how to do or at least know more about looking for where the light's coming from. Yeah. Or looking for what, like before I take this picture, what is my subject and do I have anything in the frame that's going to detract from my subject? What emotions am I trying to convey? And so with, with my 2020 eyes, looking back on my 2013 ideas, my photos from back then and literally the same gear I had finding creative new ways to use that. So it's, it's actually going pretty well. And it's interesting you bring up the YouTube thing. I started maybe two years ago going back to the entire archive of weekly 50 and putting every photo along with every audio commentary on YouTube, just as a way of getting it out to people because there's a lot of people who consume content on YouTube.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:44:32 And I thought, well, if people want to see my photos there, I should make that available to them. And every week I, I have the same photo gets published on my website and on YouTube and there's no difference in the content, but it has been interesting to see a different audience, I guess on YouTube. And there's, there's people who comment every single week one guy in particular, D Welker do you if you're listing thank you for your comments. Whereas there's people in the blog who comments. So it's, it's, it's two different audiences, but it's been really neat to get things out. And full disclosure, I am not a successful YouTuber. In fact, you have to be, you have to have a 10 minute video to even be monetized on YouTube. Every one of my videos is like three minutes long, so I can't make money on YouTube. I think I have all of 120 subscribers, so I don't do it for the numbers. I just do it as another way to get photos out there to people. And it's the primary way is the website. And even on YouTube, there's a link every week that directs you back to my website. And websites are now in 2020. They're like snail mail. Nobody goes to websites.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:45:44 Oh no, that's not true at all. That is a unequivocally false. I, so many people go to websites. I don't know what you're talking about. I understand what you're talking about, about the fragmentation of content, certain videos, you know, I mean, there are you tubers who make a living strictly off YouTube and don't even have a website. So I get what you're saying there. Yeah. But people still definitely go to websites. And me personally, I've obviously, I've, I've checked out the YouTube, I've checked out the website. The website is a much more almost in the same sense that we were talking about Instagram earlier. When you go to Instagram, and I found this only from having kids and watching how they navigate through YouTube. When you go on YouTube, you almost are always looking for what's next. Like, Ooh, but like what's the next video?

Raymond Hatfield: 00:46:36 Like what's the better video that I'm going to find? African's recommendations on side. Exactly. Like, like look at all this opportunity right here. It could be an amazing video, I just have to find it. Whereas when you go to website, you're, you've, you definitely slow down because the content that is there in front of you is simply the content that is there in front of you. And that's what it is. So when we're looking at things artistically, I love to have as many barriers in front of me as possible to slow me down because we do live in a fast paced world, you know, that's, even though you can get the exact same thing from YouTube, it's an entirely different experience to to, to view it. So yeah, I don't shut down the website is what I'm saying.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:47:17 Yeah. And, and I think if someone is out there thinking about their own photo project, I'm never going to say don't use Instagram, don't use Facebook or whatever the social platform is that you. But there's a lot to be said for having control over the top to bottom whole experience and any you go to Wix or Weebly or a WordPress, these are great platforms to start a website. And if you want a little more control, you pay a little money. But you don't even need to do or Squarespace. If you, I had a Squarespace site for awhile for my side gig it as my semi-professional stuff. But if, if you want that level of control and I really liked what you said about having barriers when it comes to creative outlets because I find the same thing to be true. Yeah.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:48:12 Some, there's some tech sites that I follow and I'll go to YouTube and I'm always like, this video is pretty good, but that one might be better. Exactly. And so then if I go to the website of that content creator, I really do find myself engaging more richly with what they have to offer. And I think it's really important that we as consumers of creative art or consumers of art, that we find ways to slow down as we process the images and Instagram, it's great, but you scroll down, you scroll down, you scroll down, and you don't engage with the content typically for more than just a second or two, but on a website you can do that in a lot more thoughtful, richer way. So I absolutely think that if someone's trying to think about starting a project, I always recommend one a week, one photo a week, insert a website, not necessarily an Instagram account or a Facebook page. What, there's a lot to be said for just making a website and it really does make a difference.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:49:18 It's funny, I was actually watching a YouTube video this morning of Joe Greer. Are you, do you know who Joe Greer is?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:49:24 I, you know, I've heard that name, but I don't know.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:49:27 He is a strictly a film shooter. His notoriety I guess started all on Instagram. He built a very large following just of his film photos. But I was listening to a talk that he had. It wasn't this, I listened to it this morning and he said that, you know, in the beginning brands would come to him and try to do some sort of collaboration purely based upon his following. And he thought to himself like, but if this goes away then so does, all of my work, you know, if Instagram has gone. So it was all of my work and all of my opportunities to make money, you know, and we have to go somewhere else and we have to do something else. So even though he had something that was very successful for him, he still did the exact same thing and started a website and even said that making photo books is like his dream. All that he wants to do is just make like shoot for himself and then just make those photo books. It's a great idea. I think that's just another one of those barriers. So for you doing a weekly project, is there, is there anything that you do after you post the photo? Is there, do you print books? Do you share your photos in any way to, you know, I don't know, keep them alive, if that makes sense. I,

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:50:40 We've got a couple hanging up in the house and one or two of them might've made their way into like a, a family photo album, but no, they pretty much stay on the website and I've been told like, some people will say every now and then like you kind of print this picture. And I guess it's just one of those things that I'll, I'll get around to it someday. I know. And I really should, I should, I should print more of this stuff. And my friend Shane he he has pictures that he is, he'll just wait until there's a sale on a canvas sprint and he'll just get that free 11 by 17 or whatever the sale happens to be. And I'll just get a picture made and I always think like it's gotta be really good if you're going to picture made. Well no,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:51:32 You were just saying about the whole website that you don't even like, I know, I know I have to print it. In fact, after this is over, I'm going to send you, I'm going to send you a YouTube video of how you can make, how you're going, how you are going to make a photo book in like 10 minutes or less and you're going to get a year's worth of photos printed. It's super easy. Good. I'm excited for you. I appreciate that. Thank you. There's something totally different about, you know, when, when a photo is printed. So,

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:52:00 You know, I we, we've made yearbooks where we just go through and take like five or 600 pictures from the year 2012 and 2013 and put them in a book. And when we have nieces and nephews over, they like looking through those photo books a lot more than they like to scroll through photos on the computer. And there's like the sense of, of, of, I don't know, it's like a tangible sense that you get looking for through physical photo books or physical prints of photos and you're holding something in your hands. And there's a lot to be said for that. And I don't know that I've ever thought about doing that with my weekly 50 photos, but I think I'm going to, so this is a good thing. It would, yeah. I've already got all the photos already there. So, and incidentally, I actually host my photos on flicker.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:52:50 If you go to flicker, which flickers like the, the unsung hero of the modern photography, digital photography world, flicker has been there for so long and they're the, one of the biggest photo sharing sites, they're not as popular in like the, the, if you just ask someone what's a popular photo sharing site? Instagram has come, comes up other others come up. But flicker is huge. People don't realize how huge flicker is even today. So all my photos are actually on flicker and they're resolution on flicker. So on my website, when you see the photos, it's actually pulling them from flicker to embed them into the website. And if you want to see the full resolution version, you just click the photo and it takes you straight to flicker and you can see all of my weekly 50 photos right there and you just scroll through them.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:53:43 You don't get all the commentary and everything else, but you get all the images. And so the reason I like that as you on on a website, it will typically show you it will give you like a lower resolution or a lower, a smaller size version of a photo to fit the dimensions of your screen. And you might have to like right click and say open image in new tab to see the full thing. But if you click through to the ones on weekly 50, it'll take you to flicker and you can download them, you can see them full resolution if you want to. So I've really appreciated that, that aspect of it, of using flicker as like the medium for storing and transferring the photos. And, and it's been a great thing.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:54:24 Yeah. I would imagine the amount of technical things that you have to go through to get something like this to work is is, is quite a bit. And I definitely, I definitely need to spend more time on flicker. I'm not sure why. I don't really, I it just, cause there's not as much discoverability as there is in something like a Instagram. I dunno. Anyway. Anyway, you've been very gracious with your time. I got one last question for you. Are you still up for it? I'm up for it. After seven years of shooting, what's something that you learned within that time that you think others would be surprised to hear?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:55:04 I've learned that there, there's, the cliche is like gear doesn't matter. And and you you, you can take photos even if you have an old film camera with no autofocus and all that. I've, I've learned that inspiration takes work and yes, you can go and, and find a picture in your backyard. But if you really want to get a great picture of that photo, you got to practice it. And yeah, you know, you can put a filter on on your, you can take a photo with your camera and put, put some color filters on. But if you see a good picture on weekly 50, and you think like, wow, this is a really good picture. This guy knows what he's doing. I promise you there's a hundred a thousand photos that are not that great that I didn't put on weekly 50.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:56:02 And the one I did put, if it's a, if, if you think it's a good photo, there's a lot of thought that went into that photo, even if it's just learning over time. So maybe I didn't study that composition for an entire hour, but if I took a photo that was that you thought was interesting and that I think is interesting, I'm drawing on seven years of experience and learning what didn't work to make that happen. So I think about, I used to have like a, a masthead at the top of the website and it was this photo of a, of a butterfly in the Dew and there was like this, the sun rays were coming in and it's one of the, my photos that I'm most proud of that took a ton of work. Even knowing what time of day to go out to get that photo and knowing the angle that I should shoot it at the, the correct aperture to, to get the image I was looking for.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:56:57 And the, I think it would surprise people to know the amount of work, mental work and even some degree of post-processing that, that it takes to get those really good shots. And yes, you can, you can walk around your neighborhood and be inspired and I do that. But what you want to do is walk around your neighborhood a hundred times and be taking photos but then be comparing photos to your earlier photos, not to others on Instagram, but to your own past work and really make a conscious effort to learn and improve. And that's when I find that I am most inspired is when I've really put some work into it and it might not seem like it. And even if the end result isn't like framework it still takes a lot of effort to get these to look good. And so I, when I do photo sessions now where I'm taking photos of a high school senior or a family or something like that, I'm drawn on all this experience.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:58:02 Just like when you shoot a wedding, you might make it look easy, but there's a ton going on. People are paying you because of what's going on in your mind because you know exactly where to stand and what focal length to use and what are the lights coming from and what if you, if you shoot it at four, that's going to be different than F two, eight or 1.4, whatever it is. And so all this work going on up here. So yeah, I think people will be surprised to know how much work actually goes on behind the scenes, particularly B between the ears. When you see a good photo on weekly 50 or or anywhere. So,

Raymond Hatfield: 00:58:37 Oh my gosh. Coming from your story of just thinking of that, seeing that first photo of your son just cruise along the couch like, Oh, this is magic. The camera doesn't have to hearing that aspect right there really ties this whole thing together. Thank you. Don't think that we could end this on a better note than that. That was fantastic.

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:58:56 Thank you. I'm glad to hear it. And that's what I discovered when Kevin shot that photo. It was not magic. There was no secret sauce. There was just Kevin, he knew what he was doing and he had a super basic camera. And if anyone out there is thinking about like, you know, maybe I should move up from my mobile phone. Go to go to a used camera site, go to eBay and gets, find something used. Don't spend more than a like two or $300 a used camera, use lens. And I promise you, you can make beautiful images with that, but it does take work and learn over time. Start shooting and just make yourself do it repeatedly. Don't let it sit in of yourself and you'll find yourself getting a lot better than you might realize. So it's not magic, it's just effort and knowing how it all works. Perfect.

Raymond Hatfield: 00:59:46 Simon, I have to thank you so much for sharing everything that you did today. Before I let you go, can you let the listeners know where they can learn more about you and follow you along online?

Simon Ringsmuth: 00:59:56 Sure. So my website is weeklyfifty.com. My YouTube channel is it's on the website from the, at the website. You can go to YouTube and I'm on Instagram and I post usually one a week, my weekly 50 photo. I'll just manually post that on Instagram when I see it on Wednesday morning. I'm not, I don't have a weekly 50 Facebook. I'm on Facebook, but I'm only, I'm not like friends with anyone. It's just like my actual friends and family. So you won't really find me on Facebook. And if you go to my actual personal website, SRingsmuth.com, that's my, you'll see stuff that's way out outdated. That's like my CV for my job. So I weekly 50 is probably the best place to go. And from there you can get to other places if they want to, if your listeners want.

Simon Ringsmuth: 01:00:40 And, and I would love to have any of your listeners as, as followers, but mostly I would love it if, if any of your listeners took on a similar type of growth project particularly a weekly photo one a week. And at first it's gonna seem so slow. Like I'm so inspired, I want to post photos every day, 10 a day, take it slow one a week cause you can't maintain this, this, like that initial rush. You can't maintain that over a year, two years, five years. You can maintain once a week, maybe once every two weeks. So set, set those reasonable goals and you will, you, not you but Raymond, his listeners will, you will absolutely learn and grow over time. And I think you'll be surprised at what you can come up with.

Raymond Hatfield: 01:01:24 Perfect. Perfect assignment. Again, then. Thank you so much for coming on. I really do appreciate it and I look forward to following along on more weekly 50, and I cannot wait to see you post the photo of the book photos. Alright. Alright. I will do it. Thank you Raymond. I appreciate it.

BPP 201: Corey Potter - 10x Your Website Traffic

Corey Potter is an expert when it comes to SEO and helps teach SEO for Photographers. Corey has a refreshing take on SEO which is to stop blogging just to blog and start blogging with intention. In this interview, we talk about how you can blog less and grow your website traffic.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • The importance of blogging and SEO is fr photographers

  • What most photographers get wrong about blogging

  • How to brainstorm ideas to blog about and then narrow them down to pick a winner

  • What is a featured snippet and how you can utilize them to gain tons of website traffic

  • How many images you should be putting in each blog post

  • How to promote your blog post once its been published

  • The difference between a page and a post

  • How to get google to tell you what people search for

  • 2 of the best paid tools and several free tools to use to get started

  • The one blog family photographers need to write today

  • How to follow up with content you have previously published

Resources:

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00:00 Today's guest is Corey Potter, who if you've been listening for a long time, this is his third time returning. So in two more times you get a jacket, congratulate jumps. Yeah. So back in episode 48, Corey came on and then again in one 32 Corey is a wedding photographer turned SEO expert for photographers. So today we're going to be talking about a lot, but specifically creating content and even potentially 10 Xing your website's traffic, which is always great stuff. So Corey, welcome back to the podcast.

Corey Potter: 00:00:33 Thanks for having me again. I'm, I'm really interested to hear about this jacket. I'm going to get into more, more. Yeah,

Raymond: 00:00:38 Yeah. You know what you would there's, we got, we got you. You, you've been on here three times. Mark Silber has been on three times as well. So now it's a race. It's a race to see who gets the jacket first and then I'll have to come up with something real special for that. That's funny. But before we start talking about SEO, before we start talking about creating content, for those who are new listeners to the podcast, there's always new listeners. Why don't you let them know how you kind of got, how you went from photographer to SEO expert where you are today?

Corey Potter: 00:01:11 Yeah, well, basically it came down to having kids and we were photographers. My wife and I worked together as wedding photographers. We were doing about 40 weddings a year at, at our peak. And we did that for about three years in a row. And then we started having kids. We have three now and they're all about less than 20 months apart. And so it just became one of those things where Ashley had less time to help with the business and I didn't really want to be doing 40 weddings basically by myself. And I had some experience in website development and search engine optimization before we started doing wedding photography, which is one of the reasons we grew pretty quickly as photographers and made that business work so well. And so I was like, you know, there's a lot of bad information in the photography space about search engine optimization.

Corey Potter: 00:01:59 There's a lot of stuff that's misleading or confusing. So I basically wanted to create a safe space where people could get answers that were tested or proven or at least, you know, filtered through an expert who's not going to try to sugarcoat it or trick them into buying something or whatever. And so that's when I created Julia photos and it has grown since then. I think we're up to about 17,000 people in the Facebook group. And it's just, yeah, it's been really fun to be able to talk about all things websites, online marketing and especially SDO. And yeah, I really hope it's a place where people can just feel comfortable asking questions, but also be sure that they're getting a a reliable answer or at least answered that says, I'm not sure, but here's what you could think about. That's kind of what I aim for.

Raymond: 00:02:47 Yeah. That's always so important that, that, that, I don't know. You know, there's so many times where as photographers it's like we're kinda, we kind of start off like with a camera and then we think, we always think just to that next step. It's not 10 steps ahead. It's always just that next step. And then it's always that next step that is so scary that you don't know what you don't know. And there's always so many questions and knowing that you don't know this really went in a different direction than where I was hoping to. But yeah, I mean just, I can attest to the few feel your photos group is a, it's packed full of people always asking great questions, things that I wouldn't have thought of. And it's really cool to see what you've done with the place to be that that figure of authority when it comes to building websites and helping photographers because the two are kind of all over the place. You know, it just cause you're going to the camera doesn't mean that you're always like a technologically savvy and there's just so many different website platforms that you can, and I know that we've talked about this before, the difference between WordPress and SEO and obviously how WordPress is far superior to anything else available on the end.

Corey Potter: 00:03:55 Maybe, maybe things are changing and not, not far superior, but yeah, there's, there's a lot of benefits to WordPress, especially for content creation, which is what we're going to be talking about.

Raymond: 00:04:05 Well, nice segue. That's what I was trying to get to this entire time. Sorry, I thought you were going to continue talking there. So I had a sip of water. So let's talk about them. The whole content creation thing, because creating content is not only what we do as photographers, but according to you, it's one of the best ways to get found as a photographer as well. Is that right?

Corey Potter: 00:04:29 Yeah. I feel like these days, if you really want to have a shot at getting lots of organic traffic, just people constantly coming to you as a photographer to hire you for your services and you want to be found through Google and even through other organic traffic methods, likely social media and things where people are just finding you, you really need to have some sort of strategy to become an authority because if you're just another photographer, unfortunately there's just too many photographers out there right now for you to be average and expect for people to be finding you and looking for you as the option, the best choice. So to me, I think that content creation is a great, a great way to kind of have a strategy for how you're going to set yourself up as an authority. You're going to be looking for topics that resonate with your target market so that you can catch them at different points of their journey to booking a photographer.

Corey Potter: 00:05:30 And whenever you do that, you become trusted. You they start to see you as someone who really knows what you're talking about. Someone they want to spend money on, spend time with and so that makes it really easy for them to make a decision to contact you or hire you. So that's why, you know, sure. It's great if you want to rank for things like Indianapolis wedding photographer, that's a great thing to rank for. But I mean on a lot of our sites we're seeing 10 times traffic, maybe more than that from other long tail terms. When I say long tail, it's talking about whenever you look at any graph of search, you're going to see that a few terms make up what's called the head. Basically if you're, if you're looking, I can't really do it on camera so you'll be able to see it.

Corey Potter: 00:06:15 But basically there's, there's a, yeah, a graph where a small percentage of terms get the majority of search and you've got people who go to Google and type in Facebook or something like that for weather, you know, hotels like these things are getting huge amounts of search. Whereas once you get farther and farther down into like more specific things, this is called the long tail. But there's millions and millions of different searches that only get a handful of searches per month. And so that's what's the long tail. So as we get into that more specific type of query, then we have an opportunity to really demonstrate a authority on a specific topic that someone might be interested in, especially our target audience.

Raymond: 00:06:58 So you mentioned that something that was, that I, that I kind of picked up then that I thought was interesting, which was, you know, which was creating content for our ideal customer and figuring out where it is that they are on their journey and then figuring out how it is that we can help them. So this all comes down to just brainstorming ideas, right? I know that the majority of photographers just blog, you know, Sam and Sarah's engagement session or whatever, or, or Mark and Jane's wedding, and then that's it. So it's just these sessions that they had. So does that really help our ideal client wherever they're at in their journey, or should we be thinking of other topics? Yeah, I think this is

Corey Potter: 00:07:40 A really timely topic right now because it is, it's tricky for years now people, especially in the wedding photography space, you've had people teaching to target a wedding venue. If you, if you blog a wedding, then you, you target the venue name and your title and make sure you get the keywords, like use the venue and write a little bit about the venue in that blog post. But mostly people are posting the wedding and then telling the story of the couple and hoping that it ranks for the venue. And the thing is that strategy can even still work today. Especially in a couple of scenarios. One is if that venue that you're trying to rank for doesn't have much competition. So if it's either a brand new venue or just one that not very many people have blogged about, you could still rank because you would be one of the only pieces of content that is really targeting that venue.

Corey Potter: 00:08:32 And when I say venue again, this can apply to any other thing as well. It doesn't have to be wedding photography, but you know, we'll just for now we'll stick with that example. The other situation is if you are a significant authority already, like let's say that you have been featured on all of the major wedding blogs you've been, you know, maybe you had something go viral, it's been on Buzzfeed and board Panda and Huffington posts and all these different places that's going to lend you significant authority. Like that's those links from all these high authority websites. Send signals to Google that say you can trust this site because all of these other sites that we know are trustworthy, trust the site enough to link to them. Because of that you have high authority and then by lit J just putting a venue name and a title, you may be able to rank higher than all these other people who are doing that because you're kind of swinging your authority.

Corey Potter: 00:09:22 And that's like a force multiplier when it comes to her ranking. And so those situations, maybe you still want to just use the strategy of, Hey, I just photographed a wedding where a session, I'm gonna blog it and I'm gonna try to rank for this venue or this park where you know, this location, this other city near me or whatever, and it could potentially still work. But the truth is in most cases they're going to be 1520 even 50 other photographers who have already blogged something very similar to that and yours. If you just do that same strategy, it's probably not enough to stand out. And so that's why we really need to be looking into what are other topics where we can not just try to rank for a a term by kind of being lazy and throwing up some photos from a session and like trying to add keywords.

Corey Potter: 00:10:12 Like people come to me all the time, they're like, where do I put my keywords? Can I just like put them in the meta keywords field and the title and then like use it five times in the post, then I'm good. I'm like, that's not, that's not what search is all about these days. Now you need to actually cover the topic that the keyword represents. So if I search for a wedding venue, so let's say I searched for laced house weddings, lace houses, a venue here in my city. If I search for that, what do I want to know? I probably want to know the capacity, how many guests can fit there. I wanna know about parking and I want to know about where my guests can stay nearby. I want to know about the caterers that you can use or what other restrictions there might be.

Corey Potter: 00:10:52 Where can I set up my ceremony? Where can I, what does the reception look like at this venue? I want to know all of those things. And so something that's going to rank well in 2020 and beyond is going to cover all of those different intents that someone has when they searched for lace house weddings. And so if your posts can do that, you have a really great shot, especially if no one else is doing that. If someone else is doing that, you need to look at their posts and say, where are the holes? How can I make this better? What can I do that's different? And so those are the things that you need to be thinking about when it comes to those kinds of regular blog posts, strategies that people have been doing for a long time. It's basically, how can I flip this now to, instead of just tacking on something to a session, how can I come up with a topic that I'm going to really truly cover in depth?

Raymond: 00:11:40 Okay. So I mean that, that's great when it comes to thinking about things like a venue or, you know, a park. And it's funny that you said, you know, there may be 15 or 20 other photographers who are writing the same blog about that same location. I think on my website I have like 15 blogs trying to rank for the exact same place because I go there very often to shoot engagement sessions. So I'm probably just shooting myself in the foot there. But that's cannibalization, by the way. Keyword cannibalization. Yeah. Posts.

Corey Potter: 00:12:09 Yeah, they're, they're eating each other, they're trying, they're competing for the same keyword. And so it confuses Google. They're like, wait, okay, we're probably only gonna show one result from this domain for that keyword. We're not sure which one you want us to show because you're basically telling us you want us to show all of these. So at some point, like the algorithm may be just like picking, like they're just like, I'm gonna pick this one. I'll try it, see what works. It's not really random, but essentially it works out to be random if you're not really controlling what they want, what you want them to see.

Raymond: 00:12:37 Okay. So let's talk about that for a moment because oftentimes I do go to the same locations and I'll shoot engagement sessions at the same spots or the same wedding venues. What should I be doing in those situations? Should I just be creating one huge blog of all the photos that I took at that one location with, with helpful information?

Corey Potter: 00:12:55 Yeah, pretty much. So. Essentially what I had described a second ago about the venue where you cover all of those questions that people would typically want to know. Let's take it to the example of an engagement session. So here in Columbia we have there's, I guess one of the features of Columbia club is kind of a Borg city. I hate to say that, but it's this capital. So like there's a lot of government and stuff like that here. But we have some three rivers that, well, two rivers that run together and make another river it right in the center of downtown. And so that's kind of a, a central theme. And a lot of people want to do photos there. So if I were constantly doing, you know, river sessions, there's, there's basically two or three locations at the river, I would basically create some sort of guide to engagement sessions on the rivers in Columbia.

Corey Potter: 00:13:43 I would come up with a better way of saying that, but some, something along those lines. And basically that post is going to show you your, all the options. If you want to do photos by the river. Here's some locations that we can like, here's where we would park. This is what this would look like. And I would show like two or three sessions that I've done in that spot and then I would move to the next spot. And I would say, you know, Columbia riverfront park, Casey, what are moving river walk? And I would, I would basically put these and then I would take all the different sessions that I've done and pick two or three of the best photos, kind of put that underneath that, that subheading. So you're creating one resource that you can then add to as you do more and more sessions at that location.

Corey Potter: 00:14:18 Maybe later you do a session there in, in July and you realize that it's 110 degrees and the mosquitoes are terrible. And it's like, you know, if you're going to do July, make sure you do sunrise or like, and you show an example of sunrise at that location because now you've got more experience. Everything that you do, every insight that you gained by going to that location. Again, come back and add it to that post, it makes it an even more valuable resource. Same thing with wedding venues. You're going to create one post for a wedding venue or one page. It doesn't matter if it's a page or a post and then every time that you go back to that venue you're going to gain some new insights that you might want to add back into that post. You're also going to get some new photos that you might want to add back into that post or page. And so as you do that, you can create supporting pages that are separate for a different topic. We won't get into all that cause it gets kind of complicated.

Raymond: 00:15:06 The main thing that you literally teach like day long classes on this stuff. So in this hour, I appreciate that.

Corey Potter: 00:15:12 Yeah. Yeah. So yeah, that, I mean that's the main, the main strategy is come up with one page that you want to rank for a particular topic and then you reinforce that as you move forward.

Raymond: 00:15:22 Okay. Okay. So that's cool. I think that we got, not that we haven't covered when it comes to location-based topics, but there's, there's so much more out there that can help our, you know, our ideal clients. So where should we or where would we be getting inspiration for the types of posts that would be helpful for, for our clients?

Corey Potter: 00:15:47 Yeah. So there's a couple of things. First of all, I will tell you, you should trust your intuition more than you think you probably should as a photographer. You have worked with clients hopefully, or worked with people who are you know, similar to the new people that you want to attract and you already have questions that, you know they're going to ask. People have already asked you questions, look back through your emails, look back through, you know, think back through the consultations you've had, what have been the common concerns hesitations, big questions you want to, again, use your intuition there and make sure that, like, that's a good place for you to start with. Thinking about topics outside of that, there's a lot of different sources. But what I like to think about is the 80 20 rule, there's going to be, you know, 20% of topics that are going to drive 80% of the traffic.

Corey Potter: 00:16:38 And so I want to try to pick winners and there's a couple of blades you can, you can predict what topics are going to be winners. And so the first thing I would probably do is some competitive analysis. Maybe that's the second thing. Let me go to the first thing being an easiest thing. Okay? Okay. The easiest thing is I'm going to take some of these topics that I've brainstormed intuitively and I'm going to go to Google and I'm going to start typing them in. And as I do that, I'm going to look for features on that SERP surface search engine, result page. So call them SERP features. So if I say that in the future, that's what I'm talking about. Basically in this case we're probably looking for people also ask or searches related to. And those two in particular are going to be really helpful in thinking about what is it really that people want to know about this topic.

Corey Potter: 00:17:25 Google's already determined that from previous searches or from things that they know about this topic. So that's a really good place to start. Second is competitive analysis and to be honest, the way I do this, I use paid tools, so I'm going to be using SEMrush or H refs. Both of those tools are excellent for doing this kind of thing. However, you can use free tools. One of them is Uber. Now Uber suggest just recently, like two weeks ago, moved to a, a freemium model. So now you can still get some results for free. And then I think it's $10 a month to get the premium. Whereas something like SEMrush or Atrius is like $100 per month minimum. So it's still a good tool. Uber suggest it's not going to have as great data as the others, but it's still a great place to start.

Corey Potter: 00:18:12 Basically what you would do is you'll take a competitor, either in your market or in another market. It doesn't really matter. Someone who does something similar to what you do, drop their URL into one of these tools and it's going to have a place for you to look at top pages. And when you look at top pages, you're going to see what pages on their site are currently driving traffic for them. And that's how you know it's a proven topic. It's working, it's getting them. In a lot of cases, you'll see it's getting 50% of their traffic comes from one post and you can say, okay, let me look at that post. And you look at it and you say, is this the best possible piece of content for this topic? Could it be better? Could I improve it? If not, if they've already got like the best thing and it's researched so well, maybe you don't want to mess with it. I mean, unless they're in another market and you could do something different in your market, then go for it. But then you'll often very often find that people are getting hundreds and hundreds of clicks per month on sub par content, like just some bad content.

Corey Potter: 00:19:13 So yeah, basically you can just come in and write something even a little bit better and have a really good chance of ranking. I've come across those quite a few times. Do you have any suggestions on what like where we could get started if somebody is listening right now, maybe they've been shooting for a while and looking to book maybe a few more family sessions or weddings. Like what is a topic that a typically some people are searching for but it just doesn't have a lot of content being written for it? So family sessions and weddings. One of the best topics that I've come across consistently, almost every market is locations, locations to do a family session, locations to do an engagement session. Weddings would basically be venues. If you can cover any of those, you'll be surprised. Like, even if someone has already taken my advice or someone else's advice or whatever and done something like this, you'd be surprised how many of them are like, like right now in Columbia, I have a post ranking on page one for Columbia wedding venues.

Corey Potter: 00:20:12 It's just seven wedding venues. There's at least 30 or more venues in Columbia. You could come in and double or triple the amount of venues that I have written and then make it even more comprehensive, better text about each one, better contact information, why each one you could probably outrank me in a matter of months, maybe one or two months you'd start outbreaking my post. That's how easy it would be. And you'll, you'll find that to be the case across the board right now on my wedding photography site that I still keep up as kind of like mostly experimental things I have places to do, engage from in Columbia and wedding venues in Columbia. Those are my top two posts that drive 70% or more of the traffic. So those are the, those location type posts are where I would start. Like, if I just had to give you a specific thing outside of that though, a fresh specific tip for families is to think about not even photos, photo related topics, but I want you to think about like things to do with your family in your city and basically thinking about what other sites would talk about that.

Corey Potter: 00:21:16 So in my city I might go to, there's a couple of different options. One's like a moms blog that talks about like things to do with kids. And then there's another one that is like our tourism site that tells you like the things to do with the family or as a couple or whatever. I would go to those sites and I would run those through something like Uber suggest or SEMrush and I would say, what are the top posts? So like I'd done, I've done that several times. And once, one of the things that always surprises me is like splash pads. Like that's a huge thing. So like playgrounds in Columbia. Swimming pools, like things like this are, you know, people want to know where are those things I can take my kids to. Another one was like free kids.

Corey Potter: 00:21:58 Our kids eat free restaurants in Columbia so there's just a list of like all the different days that different restaurants did different deals. That thing gets so much traffic. It's not on my site, it's on someone else's site. But that's a topic I would copy because think about it if their family and they have kids and they're searching for things to do as a family, then likely if you had a piece of content that showed them that I even whenever I do those I'll also kind of like weave in. Maybe not though like restaurant with like splash pads. I'll be like want to do a photo session at splash pad or something like that. And then I'll put that as one of the subjects or subtopics of that that post. And it's a great way to kind of segue into Hey, by the way also hire me.

Raymond: 00:22:39 Yeah, that's, that was going to be my next question cause I'm sure that a lot of people were thinking like, okay, wait, I'm a photographer. Why am I writing articles about playgrounds or places to eat in my city? But you know, I mean that totally makes sense. And on top of that, I don't know if I'm totally wrong here, you can, you can tell me, but you know, we have the ability to pixel people through Facebook exactly. That you can then even retarget to them that that they can do some sort of shoot or something with you.

Corey Potter: 00:23:06 Exactly where I was going to go with that next is you have that you've captured them once. So not only do you have brand awareness with them, but also you have the ability to catch, catch them with a Facebook pixel. You know, retarget that way. Again, it's just one of those things where they, if they saw you here and you like gave them some really good advice and then next year they want a family session and they happen to see your name again. Is such a better chance of them trusting you and wanting to hire you because you've already given them something in the past.

Raymond: 00:23:34 Yeah, absolutely. Oh that was cool. That was cool. I I don't shoot family sessions obviously, but a part of me just wants to write that blog just to see how it would would work out cause that's just a great idea. That's a great idea. So,

Corey Potter: 00:23:47 So let me get, let me give you another really quick example. So in my blogging course, I wanted to like do an example of exactly how to use my process. And I'm like, so to teach this, I'm actually gonna just do it on a post just to see if it works. Right. And so I went through, I was pretending I was a maternity photographer and I went through the brainstorming process, like the same stuff I'm talking about right now. Intuitive ideas went through competitive sites and there's a few other methods that I use for brainstorming, but I came up with like 20 topics or something like that and then I narrowed them down and I ended up writing date night ideas for pregnant couples. Ah, okay. So you know, if I'm a returning the photographer, it's a great, you've got to think like that's a something they might be thinking about. Let me see. Yeah, I have that. I think I have it pulled up on my screen right now. I have I don't, I don't have it pulled up. I think there was 230 clicks since I published that in January. It's now March, beginning of March two months. It's had 230 clicks, which is really good for a brand new post and trending up.

Raymond: 00:24:57 No ever. They're the only people who are going to click on that are going to be, you know, pregnant women, like the people who it is that you're searching for.

Corey Potter: 00:25:05 And not only that, but they're likely to be, if they're looking for like dating their partner, then they're probably the kind of client that I'm looking for who values memories and connections. And I put like two of the different items. One was like one of the date night ideas is do a maternity session. Right. And there was another one in there that was something related to photography. I can't remember what it was, but I mean that's the idea is like now that's, I imagine in six months that'll probably be getting 500 clicks a month at least from that one post.

Raymond: 00:25:37 So at that point, so I love that idea. That is such a cool idea because once again, it's kind of outside of the box. How did you, how did you narrow down that that was going to be the idea that you were going to to use? I know that you talked about paid tools, but what if, what if we don't have access to paid tools? What, what would, what would, what would, what would I do? What would I do in that situation?

Corey Potter: 00:26:00 Yeah, it's tricky. It's so hard not to use paid tools for this kind of thing. It's one of those things like if you're really serious about a content strategy, I would recommend at least paying for some sort of tool for at least some period of time, even as one month. And you just say, I'm going to create my strategy in this month for the next six months. It's worth $100 to me to go subscribe to some rest for a month. I would probably do that. But if I didn't have that, here's, here's kind of the process that I went through to narrow it down. First of all, some of the topics that I came up with were very local, locally based and those could be really good. So I would say in general, you want to build local relevance on your site and you want to cover other local entities.

Corey Potter: 00:26:40 So for example, one of the topics that really high on my list was prenatal massage in Dallas was the example I was using there. Apparently there were like 400 people a month searching for that. And that seems like a great place to connect with my target audience. And so there were probably three or four that were like that. I think one was something about yoga for pregnant women and their two or three others that were similar to that. I love those because whenever I do a, an article about a prenatal massage and I can cover let's say three or four different places that offer that each of those a massage, I don't know what you call these people. Oh, let's say they're a misuses, misuse, whatever. Each of these people is an entity probably on the knowledge graph. So they probably have a Google my business setup.

Corey Potter: 00:27:30 They, it Googled, knows that they're associated with that city. And so as I cover these different entities in my city, my site becomes more tied to the city. And so it builds local relevance. That's one way that it builds local relevance. So those kinds of topics, I love if I can find them. I didn't choose those in my case because in my example, I was doing Dallas maternity photographer and my site is in Columbia. And I wanted to like publish something for real that I could like track on my own site. So it didn't make sense to do the Dallas stuff in Columbia. But outside of that, I looked at two other things, or at least one other thing that's relevant here. So the other thing is can I possibly rank for this? And so I had a couple of topics that were well, one was like a birth plan checklist and I looked at the, I did that search on Google.

Corey Potter: 00:28:22 This is, here's the thing, pro tip for you, Google searches, that's the best tool you can use for SEO. Like go do the searches and remember to do them from desktop and from mobile and look for clues like Google is gonna tell you what they're looking for by just showing you these results, right? They're going to show you, here's the stuff we think should rank create something better than this. Or they're going to say, here's the stuff we have to rank, but you know, there's something missing. Fill that hole. So that's where intuition comes into it. But just doing these Google searches, looking at the people also ask related searches, SERP features, all these things. That's huge clue. All right, so back to can I rank in this case for a birth plan checklist, I was up against parents.com and Oh you know like every site, every site you could think of that has to do with like birth or parenting or babies had some sort of checklist or something.

Corey Potter: 00:29:17 And I'm like all these to have domain authorities in the eighties and nineties it's another words extremely hard to rank against these it can be done, can be done depending on the content. You could even be a little guy or girl and come in and you know, rank against these big companies. But in my case, I knew that would be a longterm play on this particular topic. And if I to do that, I probably needed to be thinking, okay, in 12 months, how would I rank against these people? What, what do I need to do to start that ball rolling? And I didn't want to do that for an example for my course. So I was like, I would probably do that in real life. I'd probably say, okay, I'm going to publish this at six months, so I'm gonna start working on this a little bit every month. And then when it republished it, I think it's gonna take 12 months. And so I just know that some topics there, huge opportunity. I mean I think that had 20,000 searches a month or something like that.

Raymond: 00:30:08 Oh my gosh, I'm actually surprised that it's that low. I would assume that it would be closer to like

Corey Potter: 00:30:13 A million, just tiny. It was between 20 and 50 it's per, it was relatively low, but it was still, it's very specific and it's something where if you could rank for it, it's a big opportunity to get traffic, but it's not something that's gonna happen quickly. So I like to target those smaller topics. The one that I landed on there with, you know, date night ideas, it was, that's still relatively high search volume, not super high. It was, you know, in the couple of thousand range or something like that. And the T, the ones that already existed, there was only maybe two or three pieces of content that really nailed it as I was like, well even if I can be four or five if I can on the first page, that's still a win. And interestingly enough, I ended up within a couple of weeks making it onto page one for some of the main keywords that are related to that topic, but I was in like position seven eight and nine bottom of page one but I had taken so much time to like really craft a really strong title and meta description that I was still getting 8% click through rates on like bottom of the first page.

Corey Potter: 00:31:15 Wow, that's impressive. It's actually really high for pop bottom of the first page you expect like maybe max one to 3% in position seven through nine or seven through 10 so anyway, getting 8% click through. That's kind of like the same thing as ranking in position three but from position eight. So sometimes if you take the time to like really be intentional, if you really start to get inside the mind of that target audience and you think, what do they really, really want to know and how can I make this extremely compelling to that exact person? If you do a better job of that than someone else who's already ranking often, you can still get the clicks.

Raymond: 00:31:50 So then, okay, perfect. Let's get, let's go a little bit deeper into that. There's obviously, you know, you spend that time, you kind of use your intuition to figure out, to get into the mind and figuring out what it is that they're trying to to learn and what it is that they want. But for the overall structure of a blog post, you know, is there a basic blog structure that we need to create that will help Google like our information more than anybody else? Cause I'm sure that it's not like a, a reference document, you know, they don't want like a 20 page word document. I don't know, maybe they do.

Corey Potter: 00:32:25 Am I wrong to do sometimes? I mean, sometimes I do. If you think about it, if you see a Wikipedia article ranking for the term that you're trying to rank for, they probably want that 20 page reference document. Sure, sure. If you don't see a Wikipedia article, then probably not necessarily. As far as formatting goes, I think that it is really important to start to really understand headings as a way to indication structure, right? So if you've ever taken any high school or college classes about writing, you probably learn about outlines and how to use them. You know, you have your main topic and then your, you might have subtopics depending on the kind of paper you're writing, but yeah, the idea here is headings can show structure and we want to make it easy for a search engine or a visitor to just skim and be able to understand the content on the page.

Corey Potter: 00:33:26 And so what we typically want to do is use what's called an [inaudible], or it's a heading one tag to indicate the main topic of the page. All right. So if your topic is, you know, date night ideas for pregnant couples, my H one might be literally date night ideas for pregnant couples. That's, that represents the topic that's going to be on this page. But then I'm going to have you know, multiple subheadings that are going to break that down even further. And that's going to be based on the research that you've done to see, like what do people want to know, what are common entities that I find on other websites ranking for this? What are things that are being bolded as you know very closely related when you do that Google search. So then I'll like know these things. So like in my example, I think some of my [inaudible] were romantic date night ideas and then I had like fun date night ideas and nothing.

Corey Potter: 00:34:16 I had one that was like date night ideas for third trimester and then I had one that was, you know I don't remember, but I had several others that were kind of, those are age two to their subtopics there, their topics in and of themselves that don't necessarily need to be a separate post because they're related to this topic very strongly. And then I had H threes underneath that that were the actual idea. So under romantic date idea might have, you know, you know, go on a walk and go to a movie, I don't know, something, whatever. But, but those were also very intentional. Right. So I looked at other other websites that had these kinds of lists. And I said, if all of the lists say actually miniature golf was like on almost every single one of these lists, which I was kind of surprised by, I just can't imagine that being like a pregnant thing I would really want to do anyway.

Raymond: 00:35:05 No, I think you're right. I think it just simply, it's like, you know, you're like swinging and I would think the same thing, but I think it's just that, you know, when you think of like, well what is there to do outside, walk around the city or whatever. That's just kind of what comes up. Anyway, so I saw that real quick. Did you put it on your blog? I don't think I did that one, but like everything else that I felt like, yeah,

Corey Potter: 00:35:26 Nick was on every single list. Right? And so I put that one on my blog. And so that would be an age three, like go on a picnic if that's under the H to romantic date night I guess, or outside Datanize whichever one it fits under. And so as you look back at this, Google is able to really clearly understand which of these ideas fits under which category. And it just all, all that makes sense. The topics relate to each other in a logical way. There's actually, here's another pro tip for you. There's a Chrome extension if you're using Google Chrome or any chromium browser. So brave or there are several others. I think it may be on Firefox as well, but the Chrome extension is called headings map. Headings map. Yep. And it's, I know this podcast so I can't like show you what it looks like.

Corey Potter: 00:36:09 But the idea is if you click it on any page, it's going to show you your headings in hierarchial structure order. So it's going to show you like here's Rachel and here's the issues nested under that. Here's the age threes nested under that age too. And if you get that right. Okay. So I don't want to, I talked about this for five minutes now. I don't want to like overemphasize headings to the point where people think headings are the thing that makes Google rank you. It's not quite like that. It's more that headings help you organize content logically and logically organized content ranks well. Okay. And so whether or not they had a heading tags on them, if they were all just like bolded at the same size font, but it was still easy to skim and like things are next to the things that they're related to Google. Probably still gonna figure that out just fine. But headings are what's you're supposed to use if you, if you can't. And that, that being said, I guess that like, it's a good way to talk about featured snippets, which is kind of a huge opportunity in current SEO. And then in the 2020 landscape right now, Google is trying to answer questions faster. And so you'll often do a search and you'll find that it's just a question and answer at the very top in a snippet.

Raymond: 00:37:25 Yeah. In fact, it's funny that you mentioned this because I was going to ask this exact question because to a follow up to our interview that we did last year, you mentioned writing a location-based, you know, engagement session blog. And that's what I did. I wrote a blog called the 24 best places to take engagement photos in Indianapolis. And within just a day or two, whenever somebody would type that in, you know, where to take engagement photos in Indianapolis, my results would come up. But not my blog, not the blog link, but, but a list of, you know, the canal, you know, Coxall garden, all these places. And because of that, I mean, as you said, the amount of traffic that came to my Mo, my website was insane. So my followup question to you today was going to be, I guess after you describe more about what the featured snippets are, but how do I do more of those?

Corey Potter: 00:38:15 Yeah, for sure. So this will all answer it all at the same time. Basically the best, again, the best tool is to search Google and start understanding where you're going to see featured snippets and what kinds of features to put, you're going to see there's more than one type of feature snippet. There's also what's technically called the search gallery. If you Google search, like Google search gallery, they're going to show you a whole bunch of different SERP features that are not featured snippets. Featured snippets are algorithmic. They're, they're, they're generated algorithmically. So that means there's no schema markup you can add. There's no very specific thing that triggers it. It's like Google is going to try to figure it out and put the best thing they think their their algorithm is just smart enough to understand how to generate these and which type to generate and they're going to do their best, which means there's not a great way to like definitely predict how you're going to get it with some of the other search gallery features.

Corey Potter: 00:39:13 And it's like you use the schema markup. If we see it, we'll try to use it. It's not like that with feature snippets. So featured snippets are typically going to be working with one of a few kinds. One is a question and answer. And so that's whenever Google believes that the query can be answered simply with a paragraph or a sentence. And so if they find a site or a page on the web that, that has almost the exact query as a question and then a sentence or a paragraph, I think you have about 200 characters or so. I think I'm saying that the top of my head, it might be wrong, but it's a short answer. If you have an answer right after that question and it seems that it adequately answers the question, you'll likely get a featured snippet. That's a question answer.

Corey Potter: 00:39:56 And one of the great things to do is look and see where are these already appearing and how can I put something on my page that's very relevant for this topic that also would allow me to grab that featured snippet because sometimes your page is more relevant than the one that has the feature snippet, but you just didn't put that question and answer like they did. So maybe copy what they're doing or something very similar. You'll also see a lot of what you just described, the location or entity based featured snippets. Now these can appear in a couple of different forms. Sometimes you'll see them where the entities show up as little boxes across the top where they'll like have each of the places that you mentioned in your article. That's whenever places within your blog post match up with entities on the knowledge graph.

Corey Potter: 00:40:39 Knowledge graph is just school's way of mapping entities to locations and other entities. And so when they already have information about these entities, they'll sometimes drop in like the official photo from that location that they use and on the knowledge graph and then they'll just kind of make up a set of those. So what I do is I look for scenarios where there's already a entity based featured snippet and I make sure that if I read a post, I'm including those entities that Google already know something about and formatting in a similar way to the way that the person who already gained that snippet if they don't have one yet, then often just making a list of locations. So here's a really good tip. The other types that you'll typically see are either ordered or unordered lists ordered, meaning they have numbered as a numbered list and unordered just mean like old tid lists.

Corey Potter: 00:41:25 And you'll see those show up as featured snippets. And the best way to get those, again using headings properly, but also including lists in your posts. So if you, sometimes you'll be able to say at the very top of your posts, you can either use a table of contents or you could just say TLDR, like if you want to know the top locations here, they are one through 10 and you just put a number to list one through 10 of the top locations kind of at the beginning of your post. Again, ideally table of contents, those link to cause then it would make sense. Yeah. But anyway, Google will often pick up that list and use it as a featured snippet. So those are, those are a few ways. Basically just question and answer. Mentioning entities or having ordered an under ordered list, those are the best ways to get featured snippets right now.

Raymond: 00:42:12 So as you were talking right there, I just looked I just searched it again. And what's interesting, and I don't know if this makes sense or not, but on my computer, when I search best places for engagement photos in Indianapolis, it's a list that it comes up with the one through, you know, 10 or whatever before it says click here to find out more. But on my iPad right in front of me, it is the I forget what, what it was that you said, but it shows the inboxes. Yes. It shows the locations as well as the the photo of, of each location that says 18 more and learn about them. And then it takes you obviously to their, to their information. If you click that little box, it'll take you to there in this, in this case, it's a, Oh, wow. Interesting. It's so it's showing another photographer and her snippet of a, of why it's a good place for an engagement session as well as, as well as mine and another photographer and another photographer. So

Corey Potter: 00:43:09 Yeah, it's really interesting how that can happen. Sometimes you can like get step act snippets, two or three on the same search, different types of snippets. Like it's, it's complex right now. I feel like it's kind of the wild West of, of certain features and featured snippets. So

Raymond: 00:43:27 I gotta say though, I mean for real, it's one of those things that I almost couldn't believe how quickly it brought traffic, brought traffic to my website. So, but now what's interesting and is that I'm not, I'm no longer number one, I'm not the person who's who's information is showing up. It's another photographer who I've never heard of. But yeah, but like if you look on her website, it says that she's been featured. I mean, like in all of these different locations. So in that case, would it go back to possibly a domain authority thing because other sites have said that she's more reputable than I am.

Corey Potter: 00:44:06 Yeah. For the most. I mean, that's basically when I say that links are a force multiplier, that's exactly what I'm talking about. Whenever it's like two sites are equal, then they're going to look at authority based on links. Almost always as kind of the differentiator.

Raymond: 00:44:18 See that's not cool cause she only has 24 locations, but I got 26. Yeah. I just want to help out people even more than she does 1% more than what the, than what she does. But here's somebody who wrote 80 engagement. Oh, Ady engagement photo ideas to steal from couples who totally nailed it. That sounds terrible. So, okay. Okay. Click baity stuff. It works. Yeah. Okay. So let me ask that question. In a, in a situation like this, our people are our couples thinking to themselves, you know what, I really wish that I had a large amount of photo ideas that I could steal from other couples who totally nailed it. Is that what they're searching? Or how does a, how does a, an article like this

Corey Potter: 00:44:58 Rank? Yeah, it's really, it's, it's pretty interesting to see like how intricate the understanding is. So Google understands what that article is about to the point where they understand that it's relevant for someone searching for engagement sessions or engagement session locations even. It's potentially relevant for that. It's, it's separate intent that, but they're trying to show variety of tents intense on the, on the search results. So anyway, it's, they're good enough to understand it and sometimes they'll get it right. And it's interesting

Raymond: 00:45:33 Because I think that's always where I come from is I try to figure out like what are people searching for? And then I just like would try to make the title that exact same thing. But clearly this is not, this is not that case. You don't have to do that

Corey Potter: 00:45:45 As much anymore. You sometimes it can still be beneficial but

Raymond: 00:45:51 So, okay, let's, let's move on and now kind of talk about images because images are an important part of photography. They're also an important part of our websites and putting information out there as, as I told you earlier, my, my engagement session blog, I had to put engagement photos on there. You know, cause part of it is trying to be helpful. Like here's these locations. But then the other half of it is, Hey, look at my photos and if you like them, you can contact me. Exactly. So when it comes to working with photos, you know, we can't be uploading 24 megapixel large photos, right? Is that, that's commonly bad practice. It is a bad practice for sure. Okay, so how do we, what do we do to our photos? How should we optimize them and make sure that we are good in the eyes of Google? How does it [inaudible]?

Corey Potter: 00:46:40 Great question and it is extremely

Raymond: 00:46:43 Complex, unfortunately. Got three minutes to answer it. So chop chop,

Corey Potter: 00:46:48 Right? I'm going to give you the short, short, short answer. If you are on Squarespace, then you basically just need to size them appropriately, ish. So to, let's say, say it's 2000 pixel. Squarespace is going to re sample this photos like they're going to make 1,500 thousand 1500 2020 500 version of each photo. Even if you upgrade it, load a 2000 pixel image, they're going to make a 2,500 pixel version of it. And even if you compress them beforehand, I'm saying all of this from my testing and experience in the past few months, it could change. If you're listening to this in a future like [inaudible], well maybe it's changed but this is what I mean. Not anymore. That's what I've seen in the past is that they'll up sample things so it almost doesn't matter, but you'd still want to make sure that they are relatively close to what they should be.

Corey Potter: 00:47:41 So typical blog widths are going to be most now these days are like anywhere from 900 to 1200 pixels wide. So I typically go with a little bit larger now because I believe that the screens are getting larger and we'll probably continue to go up a little bit. So 1500 pixels on the long edge or wide depending on how you're handling portrait photos. If you're like putting two beside each other, you can adjust this however you want, but you typically want to go with something around 1500 pixels wide. And so that being said, if you're on WordPress, my typical suggestion is going to be take that 1500 pixel image and then either install the short pixel plugin on WordPress or run them through the short pixel stand alone tool. And make sure that it's on the glossy settings. So there's a lossy, a glossy and a lossless setting on short pixel.

Corey Potter: 00:48:35 The middle one is the one you want, it's called city. It's really optimized for best JPEG compression at very high quality. It's going to be about the best ratio of quality to CYA eyes that you can get. The best one I've ever found, a lot of people use something like JPEG mini that's not going to get it in your, I mean a short pixel on average gets me 40 to 60% better compression than JPEG mini. Wow. Yeah. Difference is very, very small. Five to 10% maybe. So I'm willing to go a little bit extra to get that 40% extra compression. Yeah, for sure. For sure. However, again, going back to Squarespace, I have seen where you run through your short pixel upload and then your file is still larger once you have uploaded a Squarespace than it was after you compressed it because they're doing some sort of recompression.

Corey Potter: 00:49:33 Other platforms may do the same thing, so show it has their own sort sort of compression. They'll even tell you upload 3,500 pixel images. Don't worry about the size, we'll compress it. And to some extent that's true, they get it pretty close. But if you upload something that's already compressed through short pixel, often it'll be significantly better than what they would've done. So you really, that's why it's so complex is it depends on your platform. It depends on the tools you're using. It depends on your tolerance. For a quality to size ratio make from an SEO perspective, I lean towards better size and lower quality, but you don't want to go too low because if they look like crap, then no one's gonna wanna hire you. Cause I think your photos look like crap. So find that balance. But I would say you know, the, the walkaway tip here is 1500 pixels on the long end is probably going to get all of your photos down below a megabyte.

Corey Potter: 00:50:22 So that's a great place to start. And then short pixel, if you're on any platform that's not like automatically compressing that can get you down into the F 1500 pixels, I would expect most photos to be between 150 and 300 kilobytes after you run them through square pixel glossy. So then with that is there some sort of best practice for how many photos should be on, on a blog post or a, yeah, that's a really good question. Another timely question because in in this current time we're in, it's a little bit tricky because we have two things happening at once. One is Google and other big companies like pushing for speed, like really, really fast websites. Google wants websites to practically load instantly. It's a whole separate topic. But that means that they have to be more strict on the things that like if you run a Google page speed insights test, you're going to probably see on most photography websites they're going to get between 10 and 20 or something. They're like really low scores out of a hundred.

Corey Potter: 00:51:35 And so that's very, very common. And it's because typically the images are not compressed enough for or whatever. On the other end of the spectrum, we have, we're on the verge of 5g being like a thing that spreads across the nation. When that happens, I mean, we're probably three to five years away from that being pretty common. You know, like why does it matter if most people in the country have 5g you could upload so many photos and the size doesn't even matter anymore, but we're not there yet. So we're kind of in this weird spot. As far as that goes, the Google does consider page weight and whenever they're thinking about ranking, especially on mobile, and what they're thinking about is not just the speed, but they're also thinking about the data that it costs someone to look at a page. So like I am actually on Google fi and Google fi charges by the gigabyte used, so it's $10 per gigabyte.

Corey Potter: 00:52:31 And so if I go to a photography website that's a hundred megabytes because it's got 200 photos from a wedding, it costs me a dollar to load that on my phone. And so if Google sees that, like on average it costs people $5 to go to this website, they're gonna be like, Oh, I don't think we should rank this and the top 10 because we don't want to charge people that much money. Now a lot of people have free or unlimited data. And again, that's one of those weird scenarios we're in this time where some people have unlimited, some people are still paying a lot for extra data in other countries. If you have an international audience or you're not in the United States, it's probably an even bigger deal that there's going to be more people on three G or lower and there's going to be a lot of people who pay for data.

Corey Potter: 00:53:11 So all those things said, I typically would say the short answer is like 20 to 30 photos is kind of the max that I like to go on my blog posts. Sometimes I might go as much as 50, but I don't think I ever go above 50 anymore. Anything. and I'm trying to really keep that at like three megabytes or less, even on those big posts if I can. So that's kind of my range. I mean, if it gets up to five megabytes, maybe it's okay, but it's like, I just like to keep those as low as possible.

Raymond: 00:53:40 And how do we know the size of our,

Corey Potter: 00:53:44 Our blog post? I would just run it through something like GT metrics. So if you just go, I think streaky metrics.com or search for GT metrics. I th I think that's spelled G T M E T R I X GT metrics. You can also use Pingdom or I think Peacefood insights will even tell you. And there's webpage tests. All of those tools will tell you the size overall from the webpage.

Raymond: 00:54:07 Gotcha. So you can so you would, you would publish the blog and then you would take the URL and then put it in there and it'll tell you them. Gotcha. Okay. Write that down. Cool. Cool. Okay, so I will, I'll put links to that in the in the show notes if anybody wants to find that. Okay. So we went through how to brainstorm some ideas, how to kind of narrow them down to picking the right one that we want to work on so that we don't work through a hundred different blog posts at once. We talked a little bit about an outline, those featured snippets and the images. Now we're ready to press post. At this point we just hit publish and then we let Google find it and serve it to millions of people and we need no promotion necessary. Is that right? No, not necessarily. Okay. Okay. I've been doing same back

Corey Potter: 00:54:51 Really quick before the, the promotion part of it. One more step that kind of comes in between before you press publish is there are some specific SEO optimizations do you want to do and and really in particular, right now I'm talking about the title and the meta-description. Those are so important. I didn't mention those briefly earlier. I'm not going to go into a whole lot more now, but just know that you really want to spend some time working on your title and your meta description. There's a tool, it's on the main goals, M a N G O L S mingles website, and it's a, if you want, are there free tools? There's one that's basically a SERP emulator and you can start typing in your title or your meta description and it'll tell you the, the length and now whether it's going to get cut off. And that's a really good way to like craft your titles, meta descriptions and see what they're actually going to look like in search.

Corey Potter: 00:55:43 Because the title is the big blue link and Google and meta-description is a little snippet underneath it. Now that's by default, they may choose other text on your page, but if they are doing that, you maybe want to rewrite your meta-description. So that it kind of matches more what they want to show for the most popular queries. Again, not going to get into all the specifics of that, but just know title and meta-description have a huge impact on not only, okay, meta-description is not really a ranking factor. Title is a ranking factor, but they have a huge impact on click through rate and click through rate. Again, even if you want to rank position three, you could possibly get the same benefit out of position seven if you have a really good title and meta-description. So that's somewhere where even if you don't have the power to continue ranking higher, you do have the power to write a better title and meta description.

Raymond: 00:56:30 Yeah. Yeah. So once again, how did, did you mention what that tool was called?

Corey Potter: 00:56:36 Yeah, I'll get you the link so you can post it in the show notes. It's under, that's on the main ghouls website, which is the one that has Katie, we find her and a couple other tools and it's under their free tools section. Gotcha. Emulator.

Raymond: 00:56:51 That KW finder recently became a paid service as well, right? I think, yeah, that'd be fine. There's been a paid service for awhile. I think enough. What is Oh not that it matters for this podcast. Keywords everywhere. Yes. Keywords everywhere. It did become a paid tool as well, but it's so cheap. It's $10 per hundred thousand keywords. So I do a matter of, you know, it could be expensive, large, large amounts of searches over here. Okay, so, so there we go. We have that we were gonna work on the best title in the best meta-description as possible to make sure that Google understands what it is that we're doing and serves it to the right people. Now let's talk about that promotion. What should we be doing to promote our newly written piece of just golden content?

Corey Potter: 00:57:42 You want to really start by thinking about who would be excited to share this? And if you can just reach out to a handful of people, one or two people even you want to think about who is most likely, who do I have a connection to already, who is most likely to be willing to either a, share this on social media or be even better link to this blog. So if they are a blogger or if they have a blog or if they have a website where they can add links under resources. If you know someone like that who would be excited to add this as a resource or a link, a reference, you somehow then you should reach out to them manually and I mean, I mean if you want to email them or text them, great. If you call them you might get even better results, especially if you have that like excited tone.

Corey Potter: 00:58:30 Like I just wrote this amazing article about date night ideas for pregnant couples and I know, I know your clients would love this. In fact I mentioned you in my article. Would you be willing to share that and know you are active on Twitter or Instagram or whatever it is. Would you be willing to share a link to my posts? Would you be willing to billing to me on your blog or whatever. If you can do that kind of thing, you'll have a much higher success rate, especially for these like few targeted, get this outreach in the very beginning to people you already know. And then after that I think you want you to start kind of stepping out into, okay, where else on the internet are these topics covered? Do they link to similar articles to mind? Can I find places where I could email the author and ask them to link to the my article because it's a better resource.

Corey Potter: 00:59:15 There's all kinds of building techniques out there. But in general you do want to try to get some links. You could also use your own site to link to this article. I know that sounds like, well duh. But in this example of the date night ideas. Okay, so I published it a week later, nothing, crickets, maybe a couple of impressions or something. And then I took the article and I featured it on my homepage. Okay. So I just put a little eye on my homepage of my website. I have like recent blog or featured blog posts or not recent blog posts. I can pick which ones go there. And this one wasn't on there, I or changed it. So this one was on there, like literally overnight, started getting tons of impressions. Why? Because what had happened is that Google saw it on my site, but they didn't see it linked from anywhere important.

Corey Potter: 01:00:09 So they're like, ah, this content is probably not that important to this website. When I put it on the home page, they said, Oh, this is a very important piece of content to this website. It's also passing the page authority from the homepage to this new page to make that page instantly more authoritative. So there is some weight in internal linking and the way that authority flows between pages, I know that's complex topic that you don't really need to worry too much about. Just know the tip here is if you want something to rank and it's a big piece of content featured on your homepage, or at least on a page, that's only one click away from the homepage.

Raymond: 01:00:44 Wow. Yeah. So that, that kinda goes back to what we talked about last time, which was a pillar content, right? Content pillar. Yeah. I call it cornerstone content. Same cornerstone content. That's what it was. Excuse me. Pillars, cornerstone. Do people call it different things? It's all the same. Yeah. Yeah. And that's something that, you know, isn't going to go out of style. Right. Cause that's not something that's like, Hey, you know, bill and Jenny's engagement session know next year nobody's going to care about. But I'm just that kind of always helpful. Evergreen content, keeping that on your homepage. I like that idea. I like it. I like it. Okay. I got one. Go ahead. No, you know, you, yeah, I mean I was just going to say like

Corey Potter: 01:01:28 Those are, those are like the initial outreach are, you know, share it everywhere. You can ask anybody who is you know, would be eager to share it, to share it, look for places to get links, link to it from your own site. And then as far as like follow up, what I like to do is kind of forget about the post for 30 days or so. It was hard to do, especially for people who are like, I just put 10 or 20 hours in writing this and I got to check search console every day. Don't do that. Wait, wait 30 days and see what it's doing. Before you really worry about anything else. And then in search console, which by the way, if you don't have search console, you need search console before you even start this process. So make sure you set up search console.

Corey Potter: 01:02:08 I have a blog post about it, there's plenty of resources about it around the internet set up search console. So then what you're going to do is go into search console under this post after 30 days and you're going to see what queries are traffic to this post and you're gonna make sure that they align with what you expected to get. So sometimes you'll read a post date night it is for pregnant couples and then you'll get this like most of your traffic is coming from some random other keywords. It was like you know, romantic dates in the rain, something like you just, one of your ideas was like something somehow it just like that's what you're getting. Keyword you're getting traffic from. And so what you want to do is just make sure it aligns with what you expected. If it doesn't or if there's new opportunities that you didn't think about before and you're starting to rank for it but maybe not very well, you can even add a subsection H to that is covering that topic that was starting to get some traction in search console and maybe even push that on up.

Corey Potter: 01:03:02 So you kind of cast your net wider and get more impressions from the same piece of content. So yeah, 30 day or even a 60 day, it doesn't have to be in 30 days. Heck up just to see how it's doing. Search console and Kenneth,

Raymond: 01:03:15 That was actually going to be my question was what, because last time when we talked, I believe one of my biggest takeaways that you said was it doesn't have to be perfect the first time that you publish it because you can come back and you can work on it. And then I was like, yeah, I like that. And then that's what I started doing and then I never followed up on my content. So now I know not only, you know, well now I know how to do it essentially is, you know, wait that week, that 60 days. And if I would imagine if you'd like batched all of your blog posts at once, you could just come back two months and check the past four or five blog posts and then spend a day optimizing all those.

Corey Potter: 01:03:54 Yeah. And I also feel like to do this around the beginning of each year. So for example, earlier you mentioned that you had that engagement session, location list that was getting a featured snippet. And then, I don't know if we were in that little spot where it cut out, but you said something that you're not getting that feature snippet anymore. Someone else has it. One of the ways that I've found to gain back featured snuff puppets, these featured snippets are very volatile, but they're also really easy to get in some places by easier than a first, a first position ranking. And so what I'll do often is like come in and say in my title updated for 2020 if it's updated, like, you know, change a couple things, like make sure that it's up to date and then just say that in the title and almost maybe 50% of the time I'm just making up that number. But it's a lot. I will get a featured snippet back just from updating that title to say updated 2020 or something related to updated in 2020.

Raymond: 01:04:48 That's what I'm going to do today. Now that's a, you just said it. Yeah, for sure. For sure. I'll let you know in 60 days when I come back and I check up on it. That's perfect. That's perfect. All right, well, Corey, before I let you go, is there anything that I didn't ask you about that you think is really important to this topic that that new photographers should know about blogging and creating content in 2020?

Corey Potter: 01:05:15 I guess maybe one final for people is that you don't have to do this as frequently as you would expect. So a lot of people when they're thinking about blogging sessions, they're like, I need to do this at least once a week, maybe two or three times a week because Google likes fresh content. Google likes updated websites. That's a myth that's kind of been pushed as a myth. It's like a partial truth that's been twisted to make people believe something that's not true. In general. Google doesn't care about updated content on a photography website. However, in specific cases, like what I just described, if you have a timeless piece that's getting a featured snippet and you update it and you say that this is relevant to right now and Google believes that based on the query they want something relevant for it. Now that can still matter that you have something updated, so just want to clarify that.

Corey Potter: 01:06:08 But in general, updating once a week, random blog posts that's probably never going to rank anyway is not helping you and so cut that out. Instead, start working on a strategy that will allow you to post. I like to say at least quarterly, ideally monthly or twice a month. If you really want to be aggressive, you could do once a week. But that's like really aggressive. Most people can't put out a quality piece of content, like these kinds of content. Even for me who's got the professional tools, and I've done this for years now, when I did that example posts for the course, it probably took me 10 hours. Wow. Yeah. And so investment in time. So for someone who's not quite as experienced and doesn't have the professional tools, I would, I estimate that this is going to take 20 hours. Right? And so break it down. So you're spending an hour or two an hour a day maybe, and then they'd be on a weekend.

Corey Potter: 01:06:58 You've got like five hours to put into it. You finish it in a couple of weeks maybe. But if, if it takes you a couple of weeks, you should be aiming for like one post per month. It's one of these like really strong pieces of content that's a resource for your clients. And if you think about it like that, it's not that hard to call it with 12 topics in a year and then schedule them out to write them. You can do that. You can make that happen and it can, when I say that, like in some in my course or in the workshops that I do, when I say 10 extra traffic, that's what I'm talking about is over the course of a year, if you can put out 10 pieces of content that are, that follow this kind of strategy. I mean again, my example was just one example, but it's very common for me to get 200 to 500 clicks per month off of one of these types of content and if you do that times 10 you're talking 2000 to 5,000 clicks per month. Most photographers who are professional have been a professional photographer for a years and have been blogging consistently have great SEO, don't get 5,000 clicks per month, right? Two or 3000 is like really good clicks from Google. You could be getting 5,000 just in one year from just being intentional and following a plan and making sure that you're going after these topics that are more likely to win. That's how it's done. You see,

Raymond: 01:08:16 When it gets broken down into something, this a, this simple, it just gets me excited to go out and start writing a bunch of stuff because I know that, you know, as a photographer, there's just so many things that you know that your clients don't. And if you can be that helpful voice for them, that's that's really exciting. And then if you can book a few sessions off that, that's even more exciting. So, yeah. Well, Corey, I gotta say, man, thank you so much for sharing everything that you did today. It's always a blast chatting with you before I let you go. Once again, for the new people listening, let them know where they can find you online and what you got going on.

Corey Potter: 01:08:52 Yeah. Cool. So really three things. One is the fuel of your photos Facebook group. That's where we have just a free group and you can join and ask questions and hopefully get good advice. I at least monitor to make sure that there's not terrible advice being being given in that group. But we have a lot of people now who give advice. So it's a really cool group. Second is the fuel your photos websites. So we're working on more and more blog content and even YouTube content, most of that's either linked from the website or you'll find it somewhere on the blog there. We have a free SEO guide there, so the less cool resources on the website. And then third, we have our course SEO course. And we even have this, this topic that we've been talking about, content creation. We have a specific blogging course that walks you through all this.

Corey Potter: 01:09:38 Plus it has like templates for what to look for when you're doing the research or what to look for or when you're doing the brainstorming. And then all the stuff I talked about, about formatting, all that's covered in all those lessons. So those are the, if you, we really believe that photographers need to have a fundamental understanding of SEO. You don't have to be an SEO expert. You could hire someone to help with SEO, but you need to be familiar with these topics so that whenever you're speaking to someone or asking for advice or, or you know, hiring someone help or whatever you do, you need to at least know what your goals are and what kind of results you're expecting and kind of what steps need to be taken to get to that. And then if you don't have time to do it, you know, outsource it. But I say that because that's kind of what fuel your photos stands for is like helping people be empowered to take control of their own SEO. I hope if you hang around in our group or on the website or whatever, that you'll be able to do that.

Raymond: 01:10:36 Yeah. And once again, I can attest to it. I wouldn't have made that one engagement session blog post without you, your help, your knowledge and your group as well. So you know, personally I have to thank you for quite a few weddings that I booked for the year. Cause without that blog post, you know, who knows how they would have found me cause they were just looking for something fun to do. And and that was that. So I'm going to put links to obviously the group, the, the page as well as the course in the show notes as well for this for this episode. So if you're interested, just swipe up. It should be there. And then that's it. So Corey, again, man, thank you so much for coming on. I really do appreciate it. I look forward to chatting with you next year, the year after that so that I can embroider you a sweet jacket and then maybe we'll make a, a, a, a, a, a live event out of it. That'd be pretty fun. That would be awesome. Yeah.

Corey Potter: 01:11:28 Yeah. Thanks for having me.